As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2011
Registration No. 333-
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
IF Bancorp, Inc. and
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
Maryland | 6712 | Being applied for | ||
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
201 East Cherry Street
Watseka, Illinois 60970
(815) 432-2476
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrants Principal Executive Offices)
Mr. Alan D. Martin
President and Chief Executive Officer
201 East Cherry Street
Watseka, Illinois 60970
(815) 432-2476
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)
Copies to:
Lawrence M. F. Spaccasi, Esq. Michael J. Brown, Esq. Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. 5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W. Suite 780 Washington, D.C. 20015 (202) 274-2000 |
Daniel C. McKay, II, Esq. Jennifer Durham King, Esq. Vedder Price P.C. 222 North LaSalle Street Suite 2600 Chicago, Illinois 60601 (312) 609-7500 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: x
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer | ¨ | Accelerated filer | ¨ | |||
Non-accelerated filer | ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) | Smaller reporting company | x |
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of each class of securities to be registered |
Amount to be
registered |
Proposed maximum
offering price per share |
Proposed maximum
aggregate offering price |
Amount of
registration fee |
||||
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share |
4,811,255 | $10.00 | $48,112,550 (1) | $5,587 | ||||
Participation interests |
323,144 interests | (2) | ||||||
(1) | Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee. |
(2) | The securities of IF Bancorp, Inc. to be purchased by the Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan are included in the amount shown for the common stock. Accordingly, no separate fee is required for the participation interests. In accordance with Rule 457(h) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registration fee has been calculated on the basis of the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased with the current assets of such Plan. |
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
Prospectus Supplement
Interests in
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
401(k) Plan
Offering of Participation Interests in up to 323,144 Shares of
IF Bancorp, Inc.
Common Stock
In connection with the conversion of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association from the mutual to the stock form of organization, IF Bancorp, Inc., a newly formed Maryland corporation, is offering shares of common stock for sale. Accordingly, in connection with the conversion, IF Bancorp, Inc. is allowing participants in the Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association 401(k) Plan (the Plan) to invest up to 90% of their accounts in participation interests in the common stock of IF Bancorp, Inc. (IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock). Based upon the value of the Plan assets at December 31, 2010, the trustee of the Plan could purchase up to 323,144 shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock, at the purchase price of $10.00 per share. This prospectus supplement relates to the initial election of Plan participants to invest up to 90% of their Plan accounts in IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock at the time of the stock offering.
The prospectus of IF Bancorp, Inc. dated , 2011, is provided with this prospectus supplement. It contains detailed information regarding the conversion and stock offering of IF Bancorp, Inc. and the financial condition, results of operations and business of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association. This prospectus supplement provides information regarding the Plan. You should read this prospectus supplement together with the prospectus and keep both for future reference.
For a discussion of risks that you should consider, see Risk Factors beginning on page 17 of the prospectus.
The interests in the Plan and the offering of the shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock have not been approved or disapproved by the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal or state agency. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The securities offered in this prospectus supplement are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
This prospectus supplement may be used only in connection with offers and sales by IF Bancorp, Inc., in the stock offering, of participation interests in IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock acquired by the Plan. No one may use this prospectus supplement to reoffer or resell interests in shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock acquired through the Plan.
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the prospectus. IF Bancorp, Inc., Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association and the Plan have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different.
This prospectus supplement does not constitute an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make an offer or solicitation in that jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus supplement and the prospectus nor any sale of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock or participation interests representing an ownership interest in IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock shall under any circumstances imply that there has been no change in the affairs of IF Bancorp, Inc., Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association or the Plan since the date of this prospectus supplement, or that the information contained in this prospectus supplement or incorporated by reference is correct as of any time after the date of this prospectus supplement.
The date of this prospectus supplement is , 2011.
1 | ||||
1 | ||||
1 | ||||
2 | ||||
3 | ||||
3 | ||||
4 | ||||
5 | ||||
5 | ||||
5 | ||||
6 | ||||
7 | ||||
7 | ||||
7 | ||||
8 | ||||
8 | ||||
8 | ||||
9 | ||||
9 | ||||
11 | ||||
16 | ||||
17 | ||||
17 | ||||
17 | ||||
18 | ||||
Additional Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) Considerations |
19 | |||
Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability |
19 | |||
20 | ||||
20 |
2
3
4
5
6
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association originally adopted the Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association 401(k) Plan (the Plan) effective as of January 1, 1993, and subsequently amended and restated the Plan effective January 1, 2002. The Plan is a tax-qualified plan with a cash or deferred compensation feature established in accordance with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code).
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association intends that the Plan, in operation, will comply with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Code. Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association will adopt any amendments to the Plan that may be necessary to ensure the continuing qualified status of the Plan under the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.
Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA). The Plan is an individual account plan other than a money purchase pension plan within the meaning of ERISA. As such, the Plan is subject to all of the provisions of Title I (Protection of Employee Benefit Rights) and Title II (Amendments to the Code Relating to Retirement Plans) of ERISA, except for the funding requirements contained in Part 3 of Title I of ERISA which by their terms do not apply to an individual account plan (other than a money purchase plan). The Plan is not subject to Title IV (Plan Termination Insurance) of ERISA. The funding requirements contained in Title IV of ERISA are not applicable to participants or beneficiaries under the Plan.
Reference to Full Text of Plan. The following portions of this prospectus supplement summarize certain provisions of the Plan. They are not complete and are qualified in their entirety by the full text of the Plan. Copies of the Plan are available to all employees by filing a request with the Plan administrator at Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association, 201 East Cherry Street, Watseka, Illinois 60970. You are urged to read carefully the full text of the Plan.
Employees who have one year of service with Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association in which they complete 1,000 hours of service are eligible to enter the Plan on July 1 or January 1 coincident with or next following the date on which the employee meets the eligibility requirements. Union employees and non-resident aliens are not eligible to participate in the Plan. The Plan year is July 1 to June 30 (the Plan Year).
As of December 31, 2010, there were approximately 73 active employees, 64 employees participating by making elective deferral contributions and 4 terminated employees with an account balances in the plan.
7
Salary Deferrals . You are permitted to defer, on a pre-tax basis, up to 100% of your compensation, subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Code, and to have that amount contributed to the Plan on your behalf. For purposes of the Plan, compensation means your W-2 wages received from Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association. In 2011, the annual compensation of each participant taken into account under the Plan is limited to $245,000. (Limits established by the Internal Revenue Service are subject to increase pursuant to an annual cost-of-living adjustment, as permitted by the Code). You may elect to modify the amount contributed to the Plan by filing a new elective deferral agreement in accordance with the policy set by Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association.
Employer Matching Contributions . In its discretion, Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association may make matching contributions to the Plan.
Discretionary Employer Contributions . Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association may make discretionary employer contributions to the Plan. The discretionary employer contributions made by Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association are allocated on an age and service-weighted basis. For a more thorough discussion of the allocation formula, you should refer to the Summary Plan Description for the Plan.
Limitations on Employee Salary Deferrals . For the Plan Year beginning January 1, 2011, the amount of your before-tax contributions may not exceed $16,500 per calendar year. In addition, if you are at least 50 years old in 2011, you will be able to make a catch-up contribution of up to $5,500 in addition to the $16,500 limit. The catch-up contribution limit may be adjusted periodically by law, based on changes in the cost of living. Contributions in excess of these limits, as applicable to you, are known as excess deferrals. If you defer amounts in excess of these limitations, as applicable to you, your gross income for federal income tax purposes will include the excess in the year of the deferral. In addition, unless the excess deferral is distributed before April 15 of the following year, it will be taxed again in the year distributed. Income on the excess deferral distributed by April 15 of the immediately succeeding year will be treated, for federal income tax purposes, as earned and received by you in the tax year in which the contribution is made.
Contribution Limit . Generally, the law imposes a maximum limit on the amount of contributions you may receive under the Plan. This limit applies to all contributions to the Plan, including your salary deferrals and all other employer contributions made on your behalf during the year, excluding earnings and any transfers/rollovers. For the Plan Year beginning January 1, 2011, this total cannot exceed the lesser of $49,000 or 100% of your annual compensation.
Vesting . At all times, you have a fully vested, nonforfeitable interest in the salary deferrals you have made and to rollover contributions. Non-elective contributions and matching contributions are subject to a 6-year graded vesting schedule in which such amounts vest at the rate of 20% each year after two years of service until a participant is 100% vested upon completion of 6 years of service. In the event of your death or disability, your employer discretionary contributions would immediately become fully vested.
8
Withdrawals and Distributions from the Plan
Applicable federal law requires the Plan to impose substantial restrictions on the right of a Plan participant to withdraw amounts held for his or her benefit under the Plan prior to the participants termination of employment with the employer.
Withdrawal upon Retirement. You may withdraw from your account upon attainment of age 59- 1 / 2 (your Normal Retirement Age). However, if you continue working past your Normal Retirement Age, the distribution of your benefits will be postponed until you actually retire, unless you elect to receive an in-service distribution (as described below). You may also leave your account in the Plan and defer commencement of receipt of your vested balance until April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which you attain age 70 1 / 2 , except that distributions to a participant (other than a 5% owner) with respect to benefits accrued after the later of the adoption of the Plan or the effective date of the amendment of the Plan must commence no later than the April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70 1 / 2 or the calendar year in which the participant retires.
Withdrawal upon Termination . You may request a distribution from your account if your termination of employment occurs before your Normal Retirement Age.
Withdrawal upon Disability . If you are disabled in accordance with the definition of disability under the Plan, you will be entitled to the same withdrawal rights as if you had terminated your employment.
Withdrawal upon Death . If you die while you are a participant in the Plan, the value of your entire account will be payable to your beneficiary.
In-Service Distribution . While employed, you are eligible to receive an in-service distribution from your account after your attainment of age 59 1 / 2 .
Form of Distribution . Your benefits under the Plan will be distributed to you or your beneficiary as a single lump-sum payment.
Investment of Contributions and Account Balances
All amounts credited to your accounts under the Plan are held in the Plan trust (the Trust) which is administered by the trustee appointed by Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Associations Board of Directors.
Prior to the effective date of the offering, you were provided the opportunity to direct the investment of your account into one of the following investment options:
1. | Fidelity Advisor Freedom 2030 A |
2. | Fidelity Advisor Freedom 2035 A |
9
3. | Fidelity Advisor Freedom 2040 A |
4. | Nationwide Inv Destinations Agrsv Svc |
5. | American Funds Growth Fund of Amer R3 |
6. | Dreyfus S&P 500 Index |
7. | Mutual Shares A |
8. | Janus T |
9. | Franklin Balance Sheet Investment A |
10. | Invesco Dynamics Inv |
11. | Wells Fargo Advantage Common Stock A |
12. | Neuberger Berman Genesis Tr |
13. | Templeton Foreign A |
14. | Janus Overseas S |
15. | Fidelity Advisor Freedom 2020 A |
16. | Fidelity Advisor Freedom 2025 A |
17. | Nationwide Inv Destination Mod Agrsv Svc |
18. | Dreyfus Appreciation |
19. | Fidelity Advisor Freedom 2015 A |
20. | MFS Total Return A |
21. | Nationwide Inv Dest Mod Svc |
22. | Nationwide Government Bond D |
23. | PIMCO Total Return A |
24. | Nationwide Inv Dest Cnsrv Svc |
25. | Nationwide Inv Dest Mod Cnsrv Svc |
26. | Nationwide Money Market Instl |
27. | Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association Certificates of Deposit |
In connection with the offering, the Plan now provides that in addition to the investment options specified above, you may direct the trustee, or its representative, to invest up to 90% of your account in shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock. You may elect to have both past contributions and earnings, as well as future contributions to your account invested among the options listed above. After the offering, you may make intra-plan transfers from your other investment accounts into not your self-directed brokerage account to purchase shares in IF Bancorp, Inc., however, you may not elect to transfer your salary deferral contributions directly into your self-directed brokerage to purchase shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. The only way to invest in IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock through the Plan after the offering is through intra-plan transfers into your brokerage account and then through open market purchases in your brokerage account.
If you fail to provide an effective investment direction, your contributions will not be contributed to the Plan. Transfers of past contributions and the earnings thereon do not affect the investment mix of future contributions. You may change your investment directions at any time, provided that you may only change your investment directions with respect to amounts invested in Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association Certificates of Deposit on a quarterly basis. This may be done either by telephone or electronic medium, or with respect to amounts invested in Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association Certificates of Deposit, by written instructions.
10
Performance History and Description of Funds
The following provides performance data with respect to the investment options available under the Plan:
Performance as of January 31, 2011 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Fund |
YTD | 12 Months |
Annualized
3 Yrs |
Annualized
5 Yrs |
Annualized
10 Yrs |
|||||||||||||||
Fidelity Advisor Freedom 2030 A |
1.62 | 20.37 | -0.09 | 2.10 | n/a | |||||||||||||||
Fidelity Advisor Freedom 2035 A |
1.80 | 21.65 | -0.03 | 2.11 | n/a | |||||||||||||||
Fidelity Advisor Freedom 2040 A |
1.84 | 22.04 | -0.34 | 1.93 | n/a | |||||||||||||||
Nationwide Inv Destinations Agrsv Svc |
1.85 | 21.11 | -0.08 | 1.93 | 2.67 | |||||||||||||||
American Funds Growth Fund of Amer Re |
1.72 | 18.92 | -0.69 | 1.37 | 1.97 | |||||||||||||||
Dreyfus S&P 500 Index |
2.31 | 21.19 | -0.85 | 1.39 | 0.43 | |||||||||||||||
Mutual Shares A |
2.07 | 15.63 | -1.71 | 1.10 | 4.14 | |||||||||||||||
Janus T |
1.03 | 17.68 | -0.51 | 2.24 | -2.13 | |||||||||||||||
Franklin Balance Sheet Investment A |
0.53 | 26.66 | -0.37 | 0.27 | 7.34 | |||||||||||||||
Invesco Dynamics Inv |
2.41 | 33.14 | 1.87 | 2.93 | -0.94 | |||||||||||||||
Wells Fargo Advantage Common Stock A |
0.67 | 28.89 | 6.40 | 6.50 | 6.14 | |||||||||||||||
Neuberger Berman Genesis Tr |
1.14 | 27.23 | 3.12 | 4.56 | 9.89 | |||||||||||||||
Templeton Foreign A |
4.85 | 18.82 | 0.33 | 3.98 | 6.05 | |||||||||||||||
Janus Overseas S |
1.23 | 23.92 | 1.96 | 10.58 | 8.15 | |||||||||||||||
Fidelity Advisor Freedom 2020 A |
1.48 | 17.88 | 1.17 | 2.86 | n/a | |||||||||||||||
Fidelity Advisor Freedom 2025 A |
1.62 | 19.56 | 1.12 | 2.82 | n/a | |||||||||||||||
Nationwide Inv Destination Mod Agrsv Svc |
1.74 | 18.13 | 0.90 | 2.60 | 3.07 | |||||||||||||||
Dreyfus Appreciation |
0.95 | 19.86 | 0.38 | 2.89 | 1.30 | |||||||||||||||
Fidelity Advisor Freedom 2015 A |
1.29 | 15.64 | 2.10 | 3.41 | n/a | |||||||||||||||
MFS Total Return A |
1.23 | 12.26 | 1.21 | 3.05 | 3.99 | |||||||||||||||
Nationwide Inv Dest Mod Svc |
1.37 | 14.29 | 1.89 | 3.08 | 3.27 | |||||||||||||||
Nationwide Government Bond D |
0.00 | 2.99 | 4.59 | 5.38 | 5.14 | |||||||||||||||
PIMCO Total Return A |
0.23 | 6.58 | 7.32 | 7.37 | 6.49 | |||||||||||||||
Nationwide Inv Dest Cnsrv Svc |
0.47 | 6.28 | 2.75 | 3.54 | 3.45 | |||||||||||||||
Nationwide Inv Dest Mod Cnsrv Svc |
0.98 | 10.34 | 2.55 | 3.51 | 3.52 | |||||||||||||||
Nationwide Money Market Instl |
-0.02 | -0.20 | 0.40 | 2.05 | 1.81 | |||||||||||||||
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Certificate of Deposit |
.20 | 2.89 | 3.26 | 3.68 | 3.89 |
The following is a brief description of each of the Plans investment funds and other investments: For more complete information on the following funds, please request a fund prospectus from your plan administrator.
Fidelity Advisor Freedom 2030 A. The investment seeks high total return with a secondary objective of principal preservation. The fund uses a moderate asset allocation strategy designed for investors expecting to retire around the year 2030. It normally invests in combination of Fidelity domestic equity funds, international equity funds, bond funds, and short-term funds. The fund uses an asset allocation strategy that becomes increasingly conservative until it reaches 15% in domestic equity funds, 5% in international equity funds, 40% in bond funds, and 40% in short-term funds (approximately 10 to 15 years after the year 2030).
Fidelity Advisor Freedom 2035 A. The investment seeks high total return with a secondary objective of principal preservation. The fund primarily invests in a combination of Fidelity domestic equity funds, international equity funds, bond funds, and short-term funds
11
using a moderate asset allocation strategy designed for investors expecting to retire around the year 2035. It uses an asset allocation strategy that becomes increasingly conservative until it reaches 15% in domestic equity funds, 5% in international equity funds, 40% in bond funds, and 40% in short-term funds (approximately 10 to 15 years after the year 2035).
Fidelity Advisor Freedom 2040 A . The investment seeks high total return with a secondary objective of principal preservation. The fund uses a moderate asset allocation strategy designed for investors expecting to retire around the year 2040. It normally invests in combination of Fidelity domestic equity funds, international equity funds, bond funds, and short-term funds. The fund uses an asset allocation strategy that becomes increasingly conservative until it reaches 15% in domestic equity funds, 5% in international equity funds, 40% in bond funds, and 40% in short-term funds (approximately 10 to 15 years after the year 2040).
Nationwide Inv Destinations Agrsv Svc . The investment seeks to maximize total investment return for an aggressive level of risk. The fund aims to provide diversification across U.S. stocks, international stocks, and bonds by investing primarily in affiliated index mutual funds offered by Nationwide Mutual Funds. It allocates approximately 65% of net assets in U.S. stocks and approximately 30% in international stocks. The fund is non-diversified.
American Funds Growth Fund of Amer R3. The investment seeks capital growth by investing in common stocks. The fund invests primarily in common stocks and seeks to invest in companies that appear to offer superior opportunities for growth of capital. It may invest a portion of its assets in securities of issuers domiciled outside the U.S. The und may also hold cash or money market instruments.
Dreyfus S&P 500 Index. The investment seeks to match the performance of the Standard & Poors 500 Composite Stock Price Index. The fund generally invests in all 500 stocks in the S&P 500 in proportion to their weighting in the index. The S&P 500 is an unmanaged index of 500 common stocks chosen to reflect the industries of the U.S. economy and is often considered a proxy for the stock market in general. It attempts to have a correlation between its performance and that of the index of at least 0.95, before expenses.
Mutual Shares A . The investment seeks capital appreciation; income is a secondary consideration. The fund normally invests primarily in equity securities of U.S. and foreign companies that the manager believes are available at market prices less than their value based on certain recognized or objective criteria (intrinsic value). It invests the equity portion of its portfolio predominantly in companies with market capitalizations greater than $5 billion, with a portion or significant amount in smaller companies. The fund expects to invest a significant portion (up to 35%) of assets in foreign securities.
Janus T. The investment seeks long-term growth of capital. The fund invests primarily in common stocks selected for their growth potential. It may invest in companies of any size. The fund generally invests in larger, more established companies. It may invest in foreign equity and debt securities, which may include investments in emerging markets. The fund can also invest in derivatives.
12
Franklin Balance Sheet Investment A. The investment seeks total return of which capital appreciation and income are components. The fund normally invests most of its assets in equity securities of companies the funds manager believes are undervalued at the time of purchase but that have the potential for capital appreciation. It may invest in common stocks, preferred stocks and convertible securities. From time to time, the fund may invest a substantial portion of its assets in smaller and midsize companies. It may also invest up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities.
Invesco Dynamics Inv. The investment seeks long-term capital growth. The fund normally invests in equity securities of mid-capitalization companies, which have a market capitalization, at the time of purchase, within the range of the largest and smallest capitalized issuers included in the Russell Mid Cap Index. It may invest up to 25% of its total assets in foreign securities.
Wells Fargo Advantage Common Stock A . The investment seeks long-term capital appreciation. The fund normally invests a least 80% of net assets in equity securities of small-capitalization companies, which are defined as companies with market capitalizations falling within the ranges of the Russell 2000 Index. It can invest up to 25% of total assets in equity securities of foreign issuers, including American Depository Receipts (ADRs) and similar investments. Furthermore, the fund can use futures, options, repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements or swap agreements, as well as other derivatives, to manage risk or to enhance return.
Neuberger Berman Genesis Tr . The investment seeks growth of capital. The fund invests primarily in common stocks of companies with market capitalizations of $2 billion or less at the time of purchase. It may continue to hold or add to a position in a stock after the companys market value has grown beyond $2 billion. The portfolio managers generally look for undervalued companies whose current market shares and balance sheets are strong.
Templeton Foreign A . The investment seeks long-term capital growth. The fund invests at least 80% of net assets in foreign securities, which may include emerging markets. It normally invests in the equity securities of such foreign companies located outside the U.S. The equity securities in which the fund invests are primarily common stock. The fund may have significant positions in particular countries or sectors although the investment manager normally searches for investment across a large number of countries and sectors from time to time, based on economic conditions.
Janus Overseas S . The investment seeks long-term growth of capital. The fund normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of issuers from countries outside of the United States. It normally invests in securities of issuers from several different countries, excluding the United States. The fund may have significant exposure to emerging markets. It may invest in foreign equity and debt securities. The fund may invest assets in derivatives.
Fidelity Advisor Freedom 2020 A . The investment seeks high total return with a secondary objective of principal preservation. The fund uses a moderate asset allocation strategy designed for investors expecting to retire around the year 2020. It normally invests in combination of Fidelity domestic equity funds, international equity funds, bond funds, and short-
13
term funds. The fund uses an asset allocation strategy that becomes increasingly conservative until it reaches 15% in domestic equity funds, 5% in international equity funds, 40% in bond funds, and 40% in short-term funds (approximately 10 to 15 years after the year 2020).
Fidelity Advisor Freedom 2025 A. The investment seeks high total return with a secondary objective of principal preservation. The fund primarily invests in a combination of Fidelity domestic equity funds, international equity funds, bond funds, and short-term funds using a moderate asset allocation strategy designed for investors expecting to retire around the year 2025. It uses an asset allocation strategy that becomes increasingly conservative until it reaches 15% in domestic equity funds, 5% in international equity funds, 40% in bond funds, and 40% in short-term funds (approximately 10 to 15 years after the year 2025).
Nationwide Inv Destination Mod Agrsv Svc . The investment seeks to maximize total investment return for a moderately aggressive level of risk. The fund aims to provide diversification across U.S. stocks, international stocks, and bonds by investing primarily in affiliated index mutual funds offered by Nationwide Mutual Funds. It allocates approximately 55% of net assets in U.S. stocks and approximately 25% in international stocks and approximately 20% in bonds. The fund is non-diversified.
Dreyfus Appreciation . The investment seeks long-term growth consistent with the preservation of capital; current income is a secondary consideration. The fund normally invests at least 80% of assets in common stock. If focuses on blue chip companies with total market capitalizations of more than $5 billion at the time of purchase, including multi-national companies. The fund also may invest in companies which it considers undervalued in terms of earnings, assets or growth prospects.
Fidelity Advisor Freedom 2015 A . The investment seeks high total return with a secondary objective of principal preservation. The fund primarily invests in a combination of Fidelity domestic equity funds, international equity funds, bond funds, and short-term funds using a moderate asset allocation strategy designed for investors expecting to retire around the year 2015. It uses an asset allocation strategy that becomes increasingly conservative until it reaches 15%d in domestic equity funds, 5% in international equity funds, 40% in bond funds, and 40% in short-term funds (approximately 10 to 15 years after the year 2015).
MFS Total Return A. The investment seeks total return. The fund invests assets in equity securities and debt instruments. It invests between 40% and 75% of net assets in equity securities and at least 25% of the total assets in fixed-income senior securities. The fund may invest in foreign securities. It focuses on investing assets in the stock of value companies. The fund generally invests substantially all of its investments in debt instruments in investment-grade debt instruments. It may invest in mortgage dollar rolls and derivatives.
Nationwide Inv Dest Mod Svc. The investment seeks to maximize total investment return for a moderate level of risk. The fund aims to provide diversification across U.S. stocks, international stocks, and bonds by investing primarily in affiliated index mutual funds offered by Nationwide Mutual Funds. It allocates approximately 45% of net assets in U.S. stocks, approximately 15% in international stocks and approximately 40% in bonds and money market instruments. The fund is non-diversified.
14
Nationwide Government Bond D. The investment seeks current income consistent with capital preservation. The fund normally invests at least 80% of assets in U.S. government bonds and U.S. government agency securities. Many of these securities include mortgage-backed securities. The fund generally maintains an average portfolio duration of three to six years. The funds subadviser may sell securities.
PIMCO Total Return A. The investment seeks maximum total return. The fund normally invests at least 65% of assets in a diversified portfolio of fixed-income instruments of varying maturities, which may be represented by forwards or derivatives such as options, futures contracts, or swap agreements. It invests primarily in investment-grade debt securities, but may invest up to 10% of total assets in high-yield securities (junk bonds). The fund may invest in derivative instruments, such as options, futures contracts or swap agreements, or in mortgage- or asset-backed securities.
Nationwide Inv Dest Cnsrv Svc. The investment seeks to maximize total investment return for a conservative level of risk. The fund aims to provide diversification across U.S. stocks, international stocks, and bonds by investing primarily in affiliated index mutual funds offered by Nationwide Mutual Funds. It allocates approximately 70% of net assets in bonds, approximately 10% in money market instruments, and approximately 20% in stocks. The fund is non-diversified.
Nationwide Inv Dest Mod Cnsrv Svc. The investment seeks to maximize total investment return for a moderately conservative level of risk. The fund aims to provide diversification across U.S. stocks, international stocks, and bonds by investing primarily in affiliated index mutual funds offered by Nationwide Mutual Funds. It allocates approximately 52.5% of net assets in bonds, approximately 30% in U.S. and 10% in international stocks, and approximately 7.5% in money market instruments. The fund is non-diversified.
Nationwide Money Market Instl. The investment seeks as high a level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital and maintenance of liquidity. The fund invests in high-qualify money market obligations maturing in 397 days or less. These money market obligations primarily include commercial paper and other debt obligations issued by U.S. and foreign corporations, asset-backed commercial paper, U.S. government and agency bonds, bills, notes, the obligations of foreign governments and commercial paper.
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association Certificate of Deposit . Amounts invested in this option are invested in the Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association 15-month variable rate certificate of deposit. As of March 1, 2011, this certificate is paying a rate of 2.13% and an annual percentage rate of 2.15%. Interest is paid quarterly and features a grace period of seven days for automatic renewal. No penalties are assessed for withdrawal at any time.
IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock. In connection with the stock offering, you may, in the manner described earlier, direct the trustee to invest up to 90% of your Plan account in IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock. Unless the subscription offering is over-subscribed, the trustee will use all amounts elected by participants to acquire shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock
15
in the conversion and common stock offering. After the offering, you may elect to invest up to 90% of your account in IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock by making intra-plan transfers into your brokerage account from your account balance currently invested in other funds under the Plan and then using the amount transferred to the brokerage account to purchase IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock in open market purchases. It is expected that all purchases will be made at prevailing market prices. Pending investment in IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock, amounts allocated towards the purchase of shares in the offering will be held in an interest-bearing savings account maintained by First Trust of MidAmerica. In the event of an oversubscription, any earnings that result therefrom will be reinvested among the other funds of the Plan in accordance with your then existing investment election.
Performance of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock will depend on a number of factors, including the financial condition and profitability of IF Bancorp, Inc. and Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association and market conditions for IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock generally. For a discussion of materials risks you should consider, see Risk Factors beginning on page of the prospectus and Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities below.
An investment in any of the investment options listed above (other than Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association Certificates of Deposit) is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. As with any investment option, there is always a risk that you may lose money on your investment in any of the investment options listed above.
The Trustee and Custodian . Prior to the offering, the trustees of the Plan are Alan D. Martin, Ardith Heuton, Pamela J. Verkler, Dennis Wittenborn and Terry W. Acree (collectively, the Trustee). In connection with the offering, the Trustee has agreed to resign and the Bank has appointed an independent trustee, First Trust of MidAmerica, as the Plan Trustee
Plan Administrator . Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Plan is administered by the Plan administrator, Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association. The address of the Plan administrator is 201 East Cherry Street, Watseka, Illinois 60970, telephone number is (815) 432-2476. The Plan administrator is responsible for the administration of the Plan, interpretation of the provisions of the Plan, prescribing procedures for filing applications for benefits, preparation and distribution of information explaining the Plan, maintenance of Plan records, books of account and all other data necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, preparation and filing of all returns and reports relating to the Plan which are required to be filed with the U.S. Department of Labor and the Internal Revenue Service, and for all disclosures required to be made to participants, beneficiaries and others under Sections 104 and 105 of ERISA.
Reports to Plan Participants . The Plan administrator will furnish you a statement at least quarterly showing the balance in your account as of the end of that period, the amount of contributions allocated to your account for that period, and any adjustments to your account to reflect earnings or losses (if any).
16
It is the intention of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association to continue the Plan indefinitely. Nevertheless, Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association may terminate the Plan at any time. If the Plan is terminated in whole or in part, then regardless of other provisions in the Plan, you will have a fully vested interest in your accounts. Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association reserves the right to make any amendment or amendments to the Plan which do not cause any part of the trust to be used for, or diverted to, any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of participants or their beneficiaries; provided, however, that Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association may make any amendment it determines necessary or desirable, with or without retroactive effect, to comply with ERISA.
Merger, Consolidation or Transfer
In the event of the merger or consolidation of the Plan with another plan, or the transfer of the trust assets to another plan, the Plan requires that you would, if either the Plan or the other plan terminates, receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit you would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer, if the Plan had then terminated.
Federal Income Tax Consequences
The following is a brief summary of the material federal income tax aspects of the Plan. You should not rely on this summary as a complete or definitive description of the material federal income tax consequences relating to the Plan. Statutory provisions change, as do their interpretations, and their application may vary in individual circumstances. Finally, the consequences under applicable state and local income tax laws may not be the same as under the federal income tax laws. Please consult your tax advisor with respect to any distribution from the Plan and transactions involving the Plan.
As a tax-qualified retirement plan, the Code affords the Plan special tax treatment, including:
(1) | the sponsoring employer is allowed an immediate tax deduction for the amount contributed to the Plan each year; |
(2) | participants pay no current income tax on amounts contributed by the employer on their behalf; and |
(3) | earnings of the Plan are tax-deferred, thereby permitting the tax-free accumulation of income and gains on investments. |
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association will administer the Plan to comply with the requirements of the Code as of the applicable effective date of any change in the law.
17
Lump-Sum Distribution . A distribution from the Plan to a participant or the beneficiary of a participant will qualify as a lump-sum distribution if it is made within one taxable year, on account of the participants death, disability or separation from service, or after the participant attains age 59 1 / 2 , and consists of the balance credited to participants under the Plan and all other profit sharing plans, if any, maintained by Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association. The portion of any lump-sum distribution required to be included in your taxable income for federal income tax purposes consists of the entire amount of the lump-sum distribution, less the amount of after-tax contributions, if any, you have made to this Plan and any other profit sharing plans maintained by Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association, which is included in the distribution.
IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock Included in Lump-Sum Distribution . If a lump-sum distribution includes IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock, the distribution generally will be taxed in the manner described above, except that the total taxable amount may be reduced by the amount of any net unrealized appreciation with respect to IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock; that is, the excess of the value of IF Bancorp, Inc. at the time of the distribution over its cost or other basis of the securities to the trust. The tax basis of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock, for purposes of computing gain or loss on its subsequent sale, equals the value of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock at the time of distribution, less the amount of net unrealized appreciation. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock, to the extent of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will constitute long-term capital gain, regardless of the holding period of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock, in excess of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will be considered long-term capital gain. The recipient of a distribution may elect to include the amount of any net unrealized appreciation in the total taxable amount of the distribution, to the extent allowed by regulations to be issued by the Internal Revenue Service.
Distributions: Rollovers and Direct Transfers to Another Qualified Plan or to an IRA . You may roll over virtually all distributions from the Plan to another qualified plan or to an individual retirement account in accordance with the terms of the other plan or account.
Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities.
Federal law provides specific rights concerning investments in employer securities. Because you may in the future have investments in IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock under the Plan, you should take the time to read the following information carefully.
Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities . The Plan must allow you to elect to move any portion of your account that is invested in IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock from that investment into other investment alternatives under the Plan. You may contact the Plan administrator shown above for specific information regarding this right, including how to make this election. In deciding whether to exercise this right, you will want to give careful consideration to the information below that describes the importance of diversification. All of the investment options under the Plan are available to you if you decide to diversify out of your investment in IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock.
18
The Importance of Diversifying Your Retirement Savings . To help achieve long-term retirement security, you should give careful consideration to the benefits of a well-balanced and diversified investment portfolio. Spreading your assets among different types of investments can help you achieve a favorable rate of return, while minimizing your overall risk of losing money. This is because market or other economic conditions that cause one category of assets, or one particular security, to perform very well often cause another asset category, or another particular security, to perform poorly. If you invest more than 20% of your retirement savings in any one company or industry, your savings may not be properly diversified. Although diversification is not a guarantee against loss, it is an effective strategy to help you manage investment risk.
In deciding how to invest your retirement savings, you should take into account all of your assets, including any retirement savings outside of the Plan. No single approach is right for everyone because, among other factors, individuals have different financial goals, different time horizons for meeting their goals, and different tolerance for risk. Therefore, you should carefully consider the rights described here and how these rights affect the amount of money that you invest in employer common stock through the Plan.
It is also important to periodically review your investment portfolio, your investment objectives, and the investment options under the Plan to help ensure that your retirement savings will meet your retirement goals.
Additional Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) Considerations
As noted above, the Plan is subject to certain provisions of ERISA, including special provisions relating to control over the Plans assets by participants and beneficiaries. The Plans feature that allows you to direct the investment of your account balances is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 404(c) of ERISA relating to control over plan assets by a participant or beneficiary. The effect of this is two-fold. First, you will not be deemed a fiduciary because of your exercise of investment discretion. Second, no person who otherwise is a fiduciary, such as Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association, the Plan administrator, or the Plans trustee is liable under the fiduciary responsibility provision of ERISA for any loss which results from your exercise of control over the assets in your Plan account.
Because you will be entitled to invest up to 90% of your account balance in the Plan in IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock, the regulations under Section 404(c) of the ERISA require that the Plan establish procedures that ensure the confidentiality of your decision to purchase, hold, or sell employer securities, except to the extent that disclosure of such information is necessary to comply with federal or state laws not preempted by ERISA. These regulations also require that your exercise of voting and similar rights with respect to IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock be conducted in a way that ensures the confidentiality of your exercise of these rights.
Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability
Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 imposes reporting and liability requirements on officers, directors, and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of public companies such as IF Bancorp, Inc.. Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the filing of reports of beneficial ownership. Within 10 days of becoming an officer,
19
director or person beneficially owning more than 10% of the shares of IF Bancorp, Inc., a Form 3 reporting initial beneficial ownership must be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Changes in beneficial ownership, such as purchases, sales and gifts generally must be reported periodically, either on a Form 4 within two business days after the change occurs, or annually on a Form 5 within 45 days after the close of IF Bancorp, Inc.s fiscal year. Discretionary transactions in and beneficial ownership of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock by officers, directors and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock generally must be reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission by such individuals.
In addition to the reporting requirements described above, Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 provides for the recovery by IF Bancorp, Inc. of profits realized by an officer, director or any person beneficially owning more than 10% of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock resulting from non-exempt purchases and sales of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock within any six-month period.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted rules that provide exemptions from the profit recovery provisions of Section 16(b) for all transactions in employer securities within an employee benefit plan, provided certain requirements are met. These requirements generally involve restrictions upon the timing of elections to acquire or dispose of employer securities for the accounts of Section 16(b) persons.
Except for distributions of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock due to death, disability, retirement, termination of employment or under a qualified domestic relations order, persons affected by Section 16(b) are required to hold shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock distributed from the Plan for six months following such distribution and are prohibited from directing additional purchases of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock for six months after receiving such a distribution.
Financial Information Regarding Plan Assets
Financial information representing the net assets available for Plan benefits and the change in net assets available for Plan benefits at June 30, 2010, is available upon written request to the Plan administrator at the address shown above.
The validity of the issuance of IF Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock has been passed upon by Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., which firm acted as special counsel to Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association in connection with IF Bancorp, Inc.s stock offering.
20
PROSPECTUS
IF BANCORP, INC.
(Proposed Holding Company for Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association)
Up to 3,910,000 Shares of Common Stock
IF Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation, is offering up to 3,910,000 shares of common stock on a best efforts basis in connection with the conversion of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association, a federally chartered savings association, from the mutual to the stock form of organization. We may sell up to 4,496,500 shares of common stock because of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions without resoliciting subscribers. We must sell a minimum of 2,890,000 shares in order to complete the offering. All shares of common stock are being offered for sale at a price of $10.00 per share. We expect that our common stock will be listed for trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol IROQ upon conclusion of the stock offering. There is currently no public market for the shares of our common stock.
We are offering the shares of common stock in a subscription offering. Depositors of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on February 28, 2010 will have first priority rights to buy our shares of common stock. Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or community offering through a syndicated community offering managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. In addition, IF Bancorp, Inc. intends to establish a charitable foundation in connection with the conversion and contribute to it shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock equal to 7% of the shares sold in the offering and an amount of cash equal in value to 1% of the shares sold in the offering. The aggregate value of the contribution of cash and shares of common stock will be $3.6 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range.
The minimum number of shares of common stock you may order is 25 shares. The maximum number of shares of common stock that can be ordered through a single qualifying account is 30,000 shares, and no person by himself or with an associate or group of persons acting in concert may purchase more than 50,000 shares. The offering is expected to expire at 12:00 noon, Central time, on [expiration date]. We may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [extension date], unless the Office of Thrift Supervision approves a later date, which may not be beyond [final date]. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [extension date], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 4,496,500 shares or decreased to fewer than 2,890,000 shares. If the offering is extended beyond [extension date], or if the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 4,496,500 shares or decreased to fewer than 2,890,000 shares, we will resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to confirm, cancel or change their orders. Funds received during the offering will be held in a segregated account at Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association and will earn interest at a rate of 0.35% per annum until completion of the offering.
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will assist us in selling our shares of common stock on a best efforts basis. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. is not required to purchase any shares of the common stock that are being offered. Purchasers will not pay a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that following the offering it intends to make a market in the common stock, but is under no obligation to do so.
This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of your investment.
Please read Risk Factors beginning on page 17.
OFFERING SUMMARY
Price: $10.00 per Share
Minimum | Midpoint | Maximum | Adjusted Maximum | |||||||||||||
Number of shares |
2,890,000 | 3,400,000 | 3,910,000 | 4,496,500 | ||||||||||||
Gross offering proceeds |
$ | 28,900,000 | $ | 34,000,000 | $ | 39,100,000 | $ | 44,965,000 | ||||||||
Estimated offering expenses (excluding selling agent fees and expenses) |
$ | 1,075,000 | $ | 1,075,000 | $ | 1,075,000 | $ | 1,075,000 | ||||||||
Estimated selling agent fees and expenses (1) (2) |
$ | 400,015 | $ | 458,308 | $ | 516,601 | $ | 583,637 | ||||||||
Estimated net proceeds |
$ | 27,424,986 | $ | 32,466,693 | $ | 37,508,400 | $ | 43,306,363 | ||||||||
Estimated net proceeds per share |
$ | 9.49 | $ | 9.55 | $ | 9.59 | $ | 9.63 |
(1) | The amounts shown assume that all shares are sold in the subscription offering. See The Conversion; Plan of DistributionMarketing and Distribution; Compensation for a discussion of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.s compensation for this offering. |
(2) | If all shares of common stock are sold in the syndicated community offering, excluding shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan and shares purchased by insiders of IF Bancorp, Inc., for which no selling agent commissions would be paid, the maximum selling agent commissions and expenses would be $1.4 million at the minimum, $1.7 million at the midpoint, $2.0 million at the maximum and $2.2 million at the maximum, as adjusted. See The Conversion; Plan of DistributionMarketing and Distribution; Compensation for a discussion of fees to be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and other FINRA member firms in the event that shares are sold in a syndicated community offering. |
These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not federally insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Office of Thrift Supervision, nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
For assistance, please call the Stock Information Center at [stock info phone #] .
K EEFE , B RUYETTE & W OODS
The date of this prospectus is , 2011.
[MAP SHOWING MARKET AREA APPEARS ON INSIDE FRONT COVER]
Page | ||||
1 | ||||
17 | ||||
27 | ||||
29 | ||||
30 | ||||
32 | ||||
32 | ||||
34 | ||||
35 | ||||
37 | ||||
COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION |
43 | |||
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS |
44 | |||
62 | ||||
62 | ||||
92 | ||||
102 | ||||
104 | ||||
121 | ||||
122 | ||||
145 | ||||
149 | ||||
154 | ||||
155 | ||||
156 | ||||
156 | ||||
156 | ||||
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION |
F-1 |
i
The following summary highlights material information in this prospectus. It may not contain all the information that is important to you. For additional information, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the Financial Statements and the notes to the Financial Statements.
In this prospectus, the terms we, our, and us refer to IF Bancorp, Inc. and Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association, unless the context indicates another meaning. In addition, we refer to Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association as Iroquois Federal.
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association, or Iroquois Federal, is a federally chartered savings association headquartered in Watseka, Illinois. Iroquois Federal was originally chartered in 1883. At December 31, 2010, we had $404.9 million of total assets, $333.2 million of total deposits and $36.7 million of total equity. We provide financial services primarily to individuals, families and businesses through our four full-service banking offices located in the Illinois municipalities of Watseka, Danville, Clifton and Hoopeston and our loan production and wealth management office in Osage Beach, Missouri. Our lending market primarily includes the Illinois counties of Vermilion and Iroquois and the adjacent counties in Illinois and Indiana, as well as the Missouri counties of Camden, Miller and Morgan.
Our business consists primarily of taking deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, in one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, multi-family mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, commercial business loans, consumer loans (consisting primarily of automobile loans), and, to a much lesser extent, construction loans and land loans. At December 31, 2010, $148.9 million, or 61.0%, of our total loan portfolio, including loans held for sale, was comprised of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans.
We also invest in securities, which historically have consisted primarily of securities issued by the U.S. government, U.S. government agencies and U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, as well as mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises. To a lesser extent, we also invest in municipal obligations.
We offer a variety of deposit accounts, including statement savings accounts, certificates of deposit, money market accounts, commercial and regular checking accounts, individual retirement accounts and health savings accounts. We are dedicated to offering alternative banking delivery systems, including ATMs, online banking and telephone banking delivery systems. In addition, we are currently in the process of establishing remote capture capabilities.
In addition to our traditional banking products, we also offer a full line of property and casualty insurance products through our wholly-owned subsidiary, L.C.I. Service Corporation, and financial and wealth management services through Iroquois Financial, a division of Iroquois Federal. These financial services are offered at our branch offices and our loan production office.
Iroquois Federals executive offices are located at 201 East Cherry Street, Watseka, Illinois 60970. Our telephone number at this address is (815) 432-2476. Our website address is www.iroquoisfed.com. Information on our website is not incorporated into this prospectus and should not be considered part of this prospectus.
IF Bancorp, Inc.
IF Bancorp, Inc. is a newly formed Maryland corporation that will own all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Iroquois Federal upon completion of the mutual-to-stock conversion and the stock offering. IF Bancorp, Inc. has not engaged in any business to date.
Our executive offices are located at 201 East Cherry Street, Watseka, Illinois 60970. Our telephone number at this address is (815) 432-2476.
The Conversion and Our Organizational Structure
Iroquois Federal is a mutual savings association that has no stockholders. Pursuant to the terms of the plan of conversion, Iroquois Federal will convert from the mutual to the stock form of ownership. As part of the conversion, IF Bancorp, Inc., the newly formed holding company for Iroquois Federal, will offer for sale shares of its common stock in a subscription offering, and, if necessary, a community offering and a syndicated community offering. Upon the completion of the conversion and stock offering, Iroquois Federal will be a wholly owned subsidiary of IF Bancorp, Inc.
Business Strategy
Our goal is to continue to provide the highest quality customer service to our customers at all of our office locations while increasing and diversifying our lending in our primary market area and expanding into adjacent markets as opportunities arise. Our business strategy is to accomplish these goals and to grow and improve our profitability by:
|
growing our loan portfolio by continuing to emphasize one- to four-family residential mortgage loans while increasing our commercial real estate and multi-family lending, commercial business lending and consumer lending; |
|
maintaining prudent underwriting standards and aggressively monitoring our loan portfolio to maintain asset quality; |
|
managing our overall cost of funds by emphasizing lower-cost core deposits and attracting checking accounts; |
|
managing interest rate risk by emphasizing the origination of adjustable-rate loans for retention in our portfolio and continuing to sell most of our longer-term, fixed-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans that we originate; |
|
expanding our banking franchise through de novo branching, branch acquisitions, or acquisitions of other financial institutions, including FDIC-assisted acquisitions, or other financial services companies, although we currently have no understandings or agreements with respect to any such transaction; and |
|
growing our noninterest income by expanding our wealth management, insurance agency and financial service activities. |
Our business strategy is designed to expand our banking relationships with customers, including businesses within our market area and adjacent markets. A full description of our products and services begins on page 63 of this prospectus under the heading Business of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association.
2
We intend to use this strategy in guiding our investment of the net proceeds of the offering. We intend to continue to pursue our business strategy after the conversion and the offering, subject to changes necessitated by future market conditions and other factors. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsBusiness Strategy for a further discussion of our business strategy.
Reasons for the Conversion
Consistent with our business strategy, our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are:
|
to increase our capital to support future growth; |
|
to enhance our ability to raise additional capital in the future; |
|
to have greater flexibility to structure and finance the expansion of our operations, including through de novo branching, branch acquisitions, or potential cash or stock acquisitions of other financial institutions, including FDIC-assisted acquisitions, or other financial services companies (although we have no current arrangements or agreements with respect to any such transactions); |
|
to enhance our lending capabilities through increased lending limits and loans-to-one borrower limits; |
|
to establish and fund a charitable foundation to benefit the communities we serve; and |
|
to retain and attract qualified personnel by establishing stock-based benefit plans for management and employees. |
As a traditional community oriented financial institution, Iroquois Federal has experienced moderate growth during the past five years. However, the significant changes in the financial services industry that have occurred in recent years as a result of the severe downturn in the financial markets in 2008, the severe nationwide economic recession that followed, and the increased regulatory burden of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and implementing regulations and policies, have severely strained the financial and managerial resources of community banks and savings associations and will continue to do so in the future. Management believes that Iroquois Federal will be better equipped to address these challenges as a larger, more highly capitalized stock institution. Specifically, mutual institutions cannot raise capital or issue stock to acquire branches or other financial institutions. Moreover, selling institutions often want the acquiring institutions stock or a combination of stock and cash as consideration for a merger. Lastly, mutual institutions cannot offer stock incentives to attract and retain highly qualified management personnel. While Iroquois Federal has not required these capital tools and stock incentives in the past, they will be essential to our business strategy, and management believes that the additional capital raised in the offering will enable us to take advantage of business opportunities that may not otherwise be available to us.
As of December 31, 2010, Iroquois Federal was considered well capitalized for regulatory purposes and is not subject to a directive or a recommendation from the Office of Thrift Supervision to raise capital. As a result of the conversion, the proceeds from the stock offering will further improve our capital position during a period of significant economic, regulatory and political uncertainty.
3
Terms of the Conversion and the Offering
Under Iroquois Federals plan of conversion, Iroquois Federal will convert to stock form and will become a subsidiary of IF Bancorp, Inc. In connection with the conversion, we are offering between 2,890,000 and 3,910,000 shares of common stock to eligible depositors of Iroquois Federal, to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans and, to the extent shares remain available, to the general public. The number of shares of common stock to be sold may be increased to up to 4,496,500 as a result of demand for the shares or changes in the market for financial institution stocks. Unless the number of shares of common stock to be offered is increased to more than 4,496,500 or decreased to less than 2,890,000, or the offering is extended beyond [extension date], subscribers will not have the opportunity to change or cancel their stock orders.
The purchase price of each share of common stock to be issued in the offering is $10.00. All investors will pay the same purchase price per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., our marketing advisor in the offering, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling shares of our common stock. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock in the offering.
Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering
We are offering the shares of common stock in a subscription offering in the following descending order of priority:
|
First, to depositors of Iroquois Federal with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on February 28, 2010. |
|
Second, to Iroquois Federals tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, which will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation. Our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase up to 8.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation. |
|
Third, to depositors of Iroquois Federal with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on [supplemental date]. |
|
Fourth, to depositors of Iroquois Federal as of [other member date] and to borrowers of Iroquois Federal as of October 11, 2005, whose borrowings as of that date remain outstanding as of [other member date]. |
Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given to natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in the Illinois Counties of Vermilion and Iroquois. The community offering may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering as we may determine at any time. If shares remain available for sale following the subscription offering or community offering, we also may offer for sale shares of common stock through a syndicated community offering managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated community offering. We have not established any set criteria for determining whether to accept or reject a purchase order in the community offering or the syndicated community
4
offering and, accordingly, any determination to accept or reject purchase orders in the community offering and the syndicated community offering will be based on the facts and circumstances known to us at the time.
To ensure a proper allocation of stock, each subscriber eligible to purchase stock in the subscription offering must list on his or her stock order and certification form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at February 28, 2010, [supplemental date] or [other member date], as applicable. Failure to list all accounts, or providing incorrect information, could result in the loss of all or part of a subscribers stock allocation. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final.
If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order. Shares will be allocated first in the order of priority to subscribers in the subscription offering. A detailed description of share allocation procedures can be found in the section entitled The Conversion; Plan of Distribution.
How We Determined the Offering Range
The amount of common stock that we are offering is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of IF Bancorp, Inc., assuming the conversion and the offering are completed and the charitable foundation is established and funded with IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock equal to 7% of the shares sold in the offering and an amount of cash equal in value to 1% of the shares sold in the offering. RP Financial, LC., our independent appraiser, has estimated that as of February 25, 2011, this market value, including shares sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation, was $36.4 million. By regulation, this market value forms the midpoint of a valuation range with a minimum of $30.9 million and a maximum of $41.8 million. Based on this valuation and a $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by us will range from 2,890,000 shares to 3,910,000 shares, excluding shares contributed to the charitable foundation. We may sell up to 4,496,500 shares of common stock because of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions without resoliciting subscribers. The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions.
RP Financial, LC. advised the Board of Directors that the appraisal was prepared in conformance with the regulatory appraisal methodology. That methodology requires a valuation based on an analysis of the trading prices of comparable public companies whose stocks have traded for at least one year prior to the valuation date. RP Financial, LC. selected a group of ten comparable public companies for this analysis. RP Financial, L.C. advised the Board of Directors that based on the recent stock market performance and pricing ratios of publicly-traded thrift institutions in general, as well as the appraisal peer group and recent mutual-to-stock conversions, the valuation conclusion took into consideration a slight downward valuation adjustment based on these factors.
RP Financial, LC. also considered that we intend to contribute to the charitable foundation shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock equal to 7% of the shares sold in the offering and an amount of cash equal in value to 1% of the shares sold in the offering. Our intended contribution to the charitable foundation will reduce our estimated pro forma market value. See Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation.
5
The appraisal peer group consists of the following companies:
Company Name and Ticker Symbol | Exchange |
Headquarters |
Total Assets | |||||||
(in millions) | ||||||||||
CFS Bancorp, Inc. (CITZ) |
NASDAQ | Munster, IN | $ | 1,122 | (1) | |||||
First Capital, Inc. (FCAP) |
NASDAQ | Corydon, IN | 456 | (2) | ||||||
First Clover Leaf Financial Corp. (FCLF) |
NASDAQ | Edwardsville, IL | 579 | (2) | ||||||
First Savings Financial Group, Inc. (FSFG) |
NASDAQ | Clarksville, IN | 515 | (1) | ||||||
HF Financial Corp. (HFFC) |
NASDAQ | Sioux Fall, SD | 1,226 | (1) | ||||||
HopFed Bancorp, Inc. (HFBC) |
NASDAQ | Hopkinsville, KY | 1,121 | (2) | ||||||
LSB Financial Corp. (LSBI) |
NASDAQ | Lafayette, IN | 385 | (2) | ||||||
North Central Bancshares, Inc. (FFFD) |
NASDAQ | Fort Dodge, IA | 456 | (2) | ||||||
River Valley Bancorp (RIVR) |
NASDAQ | Madison, IN | 382 | (2) | ||||||
Wayne Savings Bancshares (WAYN) |
NASDAQ | Wooster, OH | 410 | (1) |
(1) | Figures as of December 31, 2010. |
(2) | Figures as of September 30, 2010. |
The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for IF Bancorp, Inc. and the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC. Ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and book value as of December 31, 2010. Book value is the same as total equity and represents the difference between the issuers assets and liabilities. Tangible book value is equal to total equity minus intangible assets. Core earnings, for purposes of the appraisal, was defined as net earnings after taxes, excluding the after-tax portion of income from nonrecurring items. Compared to the median pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a premium of 25.1% on a price-to-core earnings basis, a discount of 15.2% on a price-to-book value basis and a discount of 22.1% on a price-to-tangible book value basis. The pricing ratios result from our generally having higher levels of equity but lower core earnings than the companies in the peer group on a pro forma basis. The pricing ratios also reflect recent volatile market conditions, particularly for stock of financial institution holding companies, and the effect of such conditions on the trading market for recent mutual-to-stock conversions. In reviewing and approving the valuation, our Board of Directors considered the range of price-to-core earnings ratios, price-to-book value ratios and price-to-tangible book value ratios at the different ranges of shares to be sold in the offering. The appraisal did not consider one valuation approach to be more important than the others.
Price-to-core earnings
multiple |
Price-to-book
value ratio |
Price-to-tangible
book value ratio |
||||||||||
IF Bancorp, Inc. (pro forma) (1) |
||||||||||||
Maximum, as adjusted |
22.67x | 64.02 | % | 64.02 | % | |||||||
Maximum |
19.49x | 59.77 | % | 59.77 | % | |||||||
Midpoint |
16.79x | 55.52 | % | 55.52 | % | |||||||
Minimum |
14.13x | 50.68 | % | 50.68 | % | |||||||
Valuation of peer group companies using stock prices as of February 25, 2011 |
||||||||||||
Averages |
17.80x | 71.94 | % | 76.70 | % | |||||||
Medians |
15.58x | 70.52 | % | 76.76 | % |
(1) | Price-to-core earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial, LC. in the independent appraisal are based on trailing twelve month earnings through December 31, 2010. Price-to-core earnings are based on estimates by RP Financial, LC. of recurring earnings, which are different than those presented in Pro Forma Data. |
Our Board of Directors carefully reviewed the information provided to it by RP Financial, LC. through the appraisal process, but did not make any determination regarding whether prior standard
6
mutual-to-stock conversions have been undervalued or overvalued, nor did the Board of Directors draw any conclusions regarding how the historical pricing data reflected above may affect IF Bancorp, Inc.s appraisal. Instead, we engaged RP Financial, LC. to help us understand the regulatory process as it applies to the appraisal and to advise the Board of Directors as to how much capital IF Bancorp, Inc. would be required to raise under the regulatory appraisal guidelines.
The independent appraisal does not indicate per share market value. Do not assume or expect that the valuation of IF Bancorp, Inc. as indicated above means that, after the conversion and the offering, the shares of common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 offering price. Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented above were utilized by RP Financial, LC. to estimate our market value and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.
The independent appraisal will be updated prior to the completion of the conversion. If the appraised value decreases below $30.9 million or increases above $48.1 million, subscribers may be resolicited with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision and be given the opportunity to confirm, cancel or change their orders. If you do not respond, we will cancel your stock order and return your subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from your deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, see The Conversion; Plan of DistributionDetermination of Share Price and Number
After-Market Stock Price Performance Provided by Independent Appraiser
The following table presents stock price performance information for all standard mutual-to-stock conversions completed between January 1, 2010 and February 25, 2011. These companies did not constitute the group of ten comparable public companies utilized in RP Financial, LC.s valuation analysis.
Mutual-to-Stock Conversion Offerings with Closing Dates
between January 1, 2010 and February 25, 2011
Company Name and Ticker Symbol |
Conversion
Date |
Exchange | Offering Size |
Percentage Price
Appreciation (Depreciation) |
From Initial Trading Date | |||||||||||||||||||||||
One Day |
One
Week |
One
Month |
Through
February 25, 2011 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
($ | in Millions | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Anchor Bancorp (ANCB) |
01/26/11 | NASDAQ | $ | 25.5 | | % | 0.3 | % | 4.5 | % | 4.5 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. (WBKC) |
01/20/11 | NASDAQ | 25.1 | 24.5 | 22.4 | 35.0 | 35.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SP Bancorp, Inc. (SPBC) |
11/01/10 | NASDAQ | 17.3 | (6.0 | ) | (6.6 | ) | (8.0 | ) | 3.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Standard Financial Corp. (STND) |
10/07/10 | NASDAQ | 33.6 | 19.0 | 18.9 | 29.5 | 46.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Peoples Federal Bancshares, Inc. (PEOP) |
07/07/10 | NASDAQ | 66.1 | 4.0 | 6.9 | 4.2 | 39.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||
OBA Financial Services, Inc. (OBAF) |
01/22/10 | NASDAQ | 46.3 | 3.9 | 1.1 | 3.0 | 39.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||
OmniAmerican Bancorp, Inc. (OABC) |
01/21/10 | NASDAQ | 119.0 | 18.5 | 13.2 | 9.9 | 56.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Athens Bancshares, Inc. (AFCB) |
01/07/10 | NASDAQ | 26.8 | 16.0 | 13.9 | 10.6 | 35.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Madison Bancorp, Inc. (MDSN) |
10/07/10 | OTC | 6.1 | 25.0 | 25.0 | 25.0 | 10.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Century Next Financial Corp. (CTUY) |
10/01/10 | OTC | 10.6 | 25.0 | 15.0 | 10.0 | 23.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
United-American Savings Bank (USAB) |
08/06/10 | OTC | 2.5 | | (5.0 | ) | 5.0 | 30.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Fairmount Bancorp, Inc. (FMTB) |
06/03/10 | OTC | 4.4 | 10.0 | 20.0 | 10.0 | 60.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Harvard Illinois Bancorp, Inc. (HARI) |
04/09/10 | OTC | 7.9 | | | (1.0 | ) | (5.0 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Versailles Financial Corp. (VERF) |
01/13/10 | OTC | 4.3 | | | | 75.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Average |
$ | 28.3 | 10.0 | % | 8.9 | % | 9.8 | % | 32.4 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Median |
$ | 21.2 | 7.0 | % | 10.1 | % | 7.5 | % | 35.4 | % |
7
Stock price performance is affected by many factors, including, but not limited to: general market and economic conditions; the independent appraisal itself; the interest rate environment; the amount of proceeds a company raises in its offering; and numerous factors relating to the specific company, including the experience and ability of management, historical and anticipated operating results, the nature and quality of the companys assets, and the companys market area. The companies listed in the table above may not be similar to IF Bancorp, Inc. Moreover, the pricing ratios for their stock offerings were in some cases different than the pricing ratios for IF Bancorp, Inc.s common stock, and the market conditions in which these offerings were completed were, in some cases, different from current market conditions. Any or all of these differences may cause our stock to perform differently from these other offerings.
There can be no assurance that our stock price will not trade below $10.00 per share, which has been the case for many mutual-to-stock conversions. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to carefully read this prospectus, including, but not limited to, the section entitled Risk Factors beginning on page 17.
Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase
The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25. Generally, no individual, or individuals exercising subscription rights through a single qualifying account held jointly, may purchase more than 30,000 shares ($300,000) of common stock. If any of the following persons purchases shares of common stock through different accounts, their purchases, in all categories of the offering, when combined with your purchases, cannot exceed 50,000 shares ($500,000):
|
your spouse or relatives of you or your spouse who reside with you; |
|
most companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a trustee, have a substantial beneficial interest or hold a senior management position; or |
|
other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you. |
See the detailed descriptions of acting in concert and associate in the section of this prospectus entitled The Conversion; Plan of DistributionLimitations on Common Stock Purchases.
How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock
In the subscription offering and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:
|
personal check, bank check or money order, made payable to IF Bancorp, Inc.; or |
|
authorizing us to withdraw funds from the types of Iroquois Federal deposit accounts permitted on the stock order and certification form. |
Iroquois Federal is not permitted to knowingly lend funds to anyone for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the offering. Additionally, you may not use a check drawn on a Iroquois Federal line of credit or a third-party check to pay for shares of common stock.
You can subscribe for shares of common stock in the offering by delivering a signed and completed original stock order and certification form, together with full payment or authorization to withdraw funds from one or more of your permitted Iroquois Federal deposit accounts, so that it is received (not postmarked) before 12:00 noon, Central time, on [expiration date], which is the expiration
8
of the offering period. For orders paid for by check or money order, the funds will be cashed promptly and held in a segregated account at Iroquois Federal. We will pay interest on those funds at a rate of 0.35% per annum from the date funds are received until completion or termination of the conversion and the offering. Withdrawals from certificates of deposit to purchase shares of common stock in the offering may be made without incurring an early withdrawal penalty; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will be transferred to a savings account and earn interest at a rate of 0.35% per annum subsequent to the withdrawal. All funds authorized for withdrawal from deposit accounts with Iroquois Federal must be in the accounts at the time the stock order is received. However, funds will not be withdrawn from the accounts until the completion of the conversion and offering and will earn interest at the applicable deposit account rate until that time. A hold will be placed on those funds when your stock order is received, making the designated funds unavailable to you. After we receive your order, your order cannot be changed or canceled unless the number of shares of common stock to be offered is increased to more than 4,496,500 shares or decreased to fewer than 2,890,000 shares, or the offering is extended beyond [extension date].
By signing the stock order and certification form, you are acknowledging receipt of a prospectus and that the shares of common stock are not deposits or savings accounts that are federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Iroquois Federal, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
Using IRA Funds to Purchase Stock
You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account (IRA). If you wish to use some or all of the funds in your Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association IRA to purchase our common stock, the applicable funds must be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent trustee, such as a brokerage firm, and the purchase must be made through that account. Because individual circumstances differ and processing of IRA fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the [expiration date] expiration of the offering period, for assistance with purchases using funds from your Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association IRA or any other retirement account that you may have. Whether you may use such funds for the purchase of shares in the stock offering may depend on time constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the brokerage firm or institution where your funds are held.
Delivery of Stock Certificates
Certificates representing shares of common stock sold in the offering will be mailed to the persons entitled thereto at the certificate registration address noted by them on the stock order and certification form, as soon as practicable following consummation of the offering and receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals. It is possible that, until certificates for the common stock are delivered, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading.
9
How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering
Assuming we sell 4,496,500 shares of common stock in the stock offering, which is the adjusted maximum of the offering range, and we have net proceeds of $43.3 million, we intend to distribute the net proceeds as follows:
|
$21.6 million (50.0% of the net proceeds) will be invested in Iroquois Federal; |
|
$3.8 million (8.9% of the net proceeds) will be loaned to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of our shares of common stock; |
|
$450,000 (1.0% of the net proceeds) in cash will be contributed by IF Bancorp, Inc. to the Iroquois Federal Foundation; and |
|
$17.4 million (40.1% of the net proceeds) will be retained by us. |
We may use the remaining funds we receive for investments, to pay cash dividends, to repurchase shares of common stock and for other general corporate purposes. Iroquois Federal may use the proceeds it receives to support increased lending and other products and services, and to repay borrowings. The net proceeds retained by IF Bancorp, Inc. and Iroquois Federal also may be used for future business expansion through de novo branching, branch acquisitions or acquisitions of banks, thrifts and other financial services companies. However, we have no current arrangements or agreements with respect to any such transactions. Initially, we intend to invest a substantial portion of the net proceeds in investment grade securities, including securities issued by U.S. Government agencies and mortgage backed securities issued by U.S. Government agencies and U.S. Government sponsored entities.
Please see the section of this prospectus entitled How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering for more information on our proposed use of the proceeds.
You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights
Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to state that you are purchasing the shares of common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights. We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal or state regulatory agencies, against anyone who we believe has sold or transferred his or her subscription rights. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you have sold or transferred your subscription rights. When completing your stock order and certification form, you should not add the name(s) of persons who do not have subscription rights or who qualify in a lower subscription priority than you do.
Deadline for Orders of Common Stock
If you wish to purchase shares of common stock in the offering, we must receive a properly completed original stock order and certification form, together with full payment for the shares of common stock, at the Stock Information Center or any of our branch offices no later than 12:00 noon, Central time, on [expiration date]. A postmark prior to [expiration date] will not entitle you to purchase shares of common stock unless we receive the envelope by 12:00 noon, Central time, on [expiration date]. You may submit your stock order and certification form by mail using the order reply envelope provided, by overnight courier to the indicated address on the stock order form, or by hand delivery to our Stock Information Center, located at 201 East Cherry Street, Watseka, Illinois 60970, or to any of our branch
10
offices. Once we receive it, your order is irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or extended beyond [extension date] or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is decreased to less than 2,890,000 shares or increased to more than 4,496,500 shares. If the offering is extended beyond [extension date], or if the number of shares of common stock to be sold is decreased to less than 2,890,000 shares or is increased to more than 4,496,500 shares, we will, with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, resolicit subscribers, giving them the opportunity to confirm, cancel or change their stock orders during a specified resolicitation period.
Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide a prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 12:00 noon, Central time, on [expiration date], whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.
Steps We May Take If We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares
If we do not receive orders for at least 2,890,000 shares of common stock, we may take steps to issue the minimum number of shares of common stock in the offering range. Specifically, we may:
|
increase the purchase limitations; and/or |
|
seek the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision to extend the offering beyond [extension date], so long as we resolicit subscriptions that we have previously received in the offering. |
If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be, and, in our sole discretion, some other large subscribers may be, given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then applicable limit.
Possible Change in the Offering Range
RP Financial, LC. will update its appraisal before we complete the offering. If, as a result of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, RP Financial, LC. determines that our pro forma market value has increased, we may sell up to 4,496,500 shares in the offering without further notice to you. If our pro forma market value at that time is either below $30.9 million or above $48.1 million, then, after consulting with the Office of Thrift Supervision, we may:
|
terminate the stock offering and promptly return all funds; |
|
set a new offering range and give all subscribers the opportunity to confirm, cancel or change their purchase orders for shares of IF Bancorp, Inc.s common stock; or |
|
take such other actions as may be permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
Possible Termination of the Offering
We may terminate the offering at any time prior to the special meeting of members of Iroquois Federal that is being called to vote upon the conversion, and at any time after member approval with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision.
11
We must sell a minimum of 2,890,000 shares to complete the offering. If we terminate the offering because we fail to sell the minimum number of shares or for any other reason, we will promptly return your funds with interest at a rate of 0.35% per annum and we will cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations.
Purchases by Officers and Directors
We expect our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, to subscribe for 257,750 shares of common stock in the offering, or 8.9% and 6.6% of the shares to be sold at the minimum and the maximum of the offering range, respectively. However, there can be no assurance that any individual director or executive officer, or the directors and executive officers as a group, will purchase any specific number of shares of our common stock. The purchase price paid by our directors and executive officers for their subscribed shares will be the same $10.00 per share price paid by all other persons who purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Purchases by directors, executive officers and their associates will be included in determining whether the required minimum number of shares has been subscribed for in the offering.
Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Following the Conversion
We expect our tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan to purchase up to 8% of the total number of shares of common stock that we sell in the offering and contribute to the charitable foundation, or up to 384,900 shares of common stock, assuming we sell the adjusted maximum of the shares proposed to be sold. If we receive orders for more shares of common stock than the maximum of the offering range, the employee stock ownership plan will have first priority to purchase shares over this maximum, up to a total of 8% of the total number of shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation. Purchases by the employee stock ownership plan in the offering will be included in determining whether the required minimum number of shares have been sold in the offering. However, subject to regulatory approval, we reserve the right to purchase shares of common stock in the open market following the offering in order to fund all or a portion of the employee stock ownership plan.
We also intend to implement one or more stock-based benefit plans no earlier than six months after completion of the conversion. Stockholder approval of these plans will be required, and the stock-based benefit plans cannot be implemented until at least six months after the completion of the conversion pursuant to applicable Office of Thrift Supervision regulations. If adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based benefit plans will reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to not more than 4% of the shares sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation, or up to 167,348 shares of common stock at the maximum of the offering range, for restricted stock awards to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients. If adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based benefit plan will also reserve a number of shares equal to not more than 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation, or up to 418,370 shares of common stock at the maximum of the offering range, for the exercise of stock options granted to key employees and directors. If the stock-based benefit plans are adopted after one year from the date of the completion of the conversion, the 4% and 10% limitations described above will no longer apply, and we may adopt stock-based benefit plans encompassing more than 585,718 shares of our common stock assuming the maximum of the offering range. We have not yet determined whether we will present these plans for stockholder approval within 12 months following the completion of the conversion or whether we will present these plans for stockholder approval more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion.
The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and aggregate dollar value of grants (valuing each share granted at the offering price of $10.00) that are available under one or
12
more stock-based benefit plans if such plans are adopted within one year following the completion of the conversion and the offering. The table shows the dilution to stockholders if all these shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of shares purchased in the open market. The table also sets forth the number of shares of common stock to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan for allocation to all employees. A portion of the stock grants shown in the table below may be made to non-management employees.
Number of Shares to be Granted or Purchased | Dilution | Value of Grants (1) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
At
Minimum of Offering Range |
At
Maximum of Offering Range |
As
a
Percentage of Common Stock to be Issued (2) |
Resulting
From Issuance of Shares for Stock Benefit Plans |
At
Minimum of Offering Range |
At
Maximum of Offering Range |
|||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Employee stock ownership plan |
247,384 | 334,696 | 8.00 | % | | % | $ | 2,473,840 | $ | 3,346,960 | ||||||||||||||
Stock awards |
123,692 | 167,348 | 4.00 | % | 3.8 | % | 1,236,920 | 1,673,480 | ||||||||||||||||
Stock options |
309,230 | 418,370 | 10.00 | % | 9.1 | % | 1,076,120 | 1,455,928 | ||||||||||||||||
Total |
680,306 | 920,414 | 22.00 | % | 12.3 | % | $ | 4,786,880 | $ | 6,476,368 | ||||||||||||||
(1) | The actual value of restricted stock grants will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.48 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00; dividend yield of 0.0% equal to the average dividend yield of publicly traded thrifts; an expected option life of 10 years; a risk-free interest rate of 3.30%; and a volatility rate of 16.16% based on an index of publicly traded thrift institutions. The actual expense of stock options granted under a stock-based benefit plan will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted, which may or may not be the Black-Scholes model. |
(2) | The stock-based benefit plans may award a greater number of options and shares, respectively, if the plans are adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion. |
In addition to the stock-based benefit plans that we may adopt, IF Bancorp, Inc. and Iroquois Federal each intend to enter into an employment agreement with Alan D. Martin, our President and Chief Executive Officer. Iroquois Federal and IF Bancorp, Inc. also intend to enter into change in control agreements with Pamela J. Verkler, our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Walter H. Hasselbring, III, our Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, and five other senior officers. See Management of IF Bancorp, Inc.Executive Officer Compensation for a further discussion of these agreements, including their terms and potential costs, as well as a description of other benefits arrangements. For further information with respect to the expenses related to the stock-based benefit plans, see Risk FactorsOur stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income and Management of IF Bancorp, Inc.Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Stock Offering.
Market for Common Stock
We expect that our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol IROQ. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. currently intends to make a market in the shares of our common stock, but is under no obligation to do so. See Market for the Common Stock.
Our Issuance of Shares of Common Stock and Cash to the Charitable Foundation
To further our commitment to the communities we serve and may serve in the future, we intend, subject to approval of our members, to establish and fund a new charitable foundation as part of the conversion. IF Bancorp, Inc. intends to contribute to the charitable foundation shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock equal to 7% of the shares sold in the offering and an amount of cash equal in value to 1% of the shares sold in the offering. These shares and cash will have a value of $2.3 million at the minimum
13
of the valuation range and $3.1 million at the maximum of the valuation range, subject to adjustment to up to $3.6 million. As a result of the issuance of shares to the charitable foundation and the cash contribution, we expect to record an after-tax expense of approximately $1.4 million at the minimum of the valuation range and approximately $2.2 million at the adjusted maximum of the valuation range, during the quarter in which the conversion is completed.
Under the Internal Revenue Code, a corporate entity is generally permitted to deduct up to 10% of its taxable income (taxable income before the charitable contributions deduction) in any one year for charitable contributions. Any contribution in excess of the 10% limit may generally be deducted for federal income tax purposes over the five years following the year in which the charitable contribution was made. Accordingly, a charitable contribution by a corporate entity to a charitable foundation could, if necessary, be deducted for federal income tax purposes over a six-year period. Our overall charitable contribution deduction could be limited if our future taxable income is insufficient to allow for the full deduction within the 10% of taxable income limitation, which would result in an increase to income tax expense.
The new charitable foundation will be governed by a Board of Directors, initially consisting of Gary Martin, our Chairman, Alan D. Martin, our President, Chief Executive Officer and director, Frank J. Simutis, director, Thomas J. Chamberlain, our Vice President and Chief Lending Officer, Robert L. Cotter, Jr., the manager of our financial services division, Iroquois Financial, and one individual who is not affiliated with us. None of these individuals will receive compensation for their service as a director of the charitable foundation. In addition, some of our employees will serve as executive officers of the charitable foundation. None of these individuals will receive compensation for their service as an executive officer of the charitable foundation.
The new charitable foundation will be dedicated to supporting charitable causes and community development activities in the communities in which we operate or may operate in the future. In addition to traditional community contributions and community reinvestment initiatives, the charitable foundation is expected to emphasize grants or donations to support housing assistance, local education and other types of organizations or civic-minded projects.
Issuing shares of common stock to the charitable foundation will:
|
dilute the ownership and voting interests of purchasers of shares of our common stock in the stock offering; and |
|
result in an expense, and a reduction in our earnings during the quarter in which the contribution is made, equal to the full amount of the contribution to the charitable foundation, offset in part by a potential corresponding tax benefit. |
The establishment and funding of the charitable foundation has been approved by the Board of Directors of Iroquois Federal, and must be approved by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by its members at its special meeting being held to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. If members approve the plan of conversion but do not approve the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation, we will proceed with the conversion and offering without the foundation and subscribers for common stock will not be resolicited (unless required by the Office of Thrift Supervision). Without the charitable foundation, RP Financial, LC. estimates that our pro forma valuation would be greater and, as a result, a greater number of shares of common stock would be issued in the offering. See Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation.
14
RP Financial, LC. will update its appraisal of our estimated pro forma market value at the conclusion of the offering. The pro forma market value reflected in that updated appraisal will be based on the facts and circumstances existing at that time, including, among other things, market and economic conditions, as well as whether the charitable foundation is formed and funded with cash and shares of our common stock.
See Risk FactorsThe contribution of shares to the charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interests and adversely affect net income, Risk FactorsOur contribution to the charitable foundation may not be tax deductible, which could reduce our profits, Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation and Iroquois Federal Foundation.
Our Policy Regarding Dividends
Following completion of the stock offering, our Board of Directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. However, no decision has been made with respect to the amount, if any, and timing of any dividend payments. The payment and amount of any dividend payments will depend upon a number of factors, including the following: regulatory capital requirements; our financial condition and results of operations; our other uses of funds for the long-term value of stockholders; tax considerations; statutory and regulatory limitations; and general economic conditions. See Our Policy Regarding Dividends for additional information.
Tax Consequences
As a general matter, the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for federal or state income tax purposes to Iroquois Federal, IF Bancorp, Inc., or persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering. See Taxation for additional information.
Conditions to Completion of the Conversion and the Offering
We cannot complete the conversion and the offering unless:
|
the plan of conversion is approved by at least a majority of votes eligible to be cast by members of Iroquois Federal. A special meeting of members to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion has been set for [meeting date]; |
|
we have received orders to purchase at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered; and |
|
we receive final approval from the Office of Thrift Supervision to complete the conversion and the offering. |
How You Can Obtain Additional Information
Our branch office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or the offering, please call our Stock Information Center at [stock info phone #], Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Central time, or visit the Stock Information Center located at 201 East Cherry Street, Watseka, Illinois between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Central time, during the offering period. The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.
15
TO ENSURE THAT EACH PERSON RECEIVES A PROSPECTUS AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE OF [expiration date], IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL LAW, NO PROSPECTUS WILL BE MAILED OR HAND-DELIVERED ANY LATER THAN FIVE DAYS OR TWO DAYS, RESPECTIVELY, PRIOR TO [expiration date].
16
You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in our shares of common stock. |
Risks Related to Our Business
Because we intend to continue to originate commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loans, our credit risk may increase, and continued downturns in the local real estate market or economy could adversely affect our earnings.
We intend to continue originating commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loans. At December 31, 2010, $25.8 million, or 10.5%, of our total loan portfolio consisted of commercial real estate loans, $26.5 million, or 10.8%, of our total loan portfolio consisted of multi-family loans, and $15.5 million, or 6.3%, of our total loan portfolio consisted of commercial business loans. Each of these categories of loans has increased significantly since June 30, 2006, when $11.3 million, or 5.6%, of our total loan portfolio consisted of commercial real estate loans, $2.1 million, or 1.1%, of our total loan portfolio consisted of multi-family loans, and $7.6 million, or 3.7%, of our total loan portfolio consisted of commercial business loans. Commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loans generally have more risk than the one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate. Because the repayment of commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loans depends on the successful management and operation of the borrowers properties or businesses, repayment of such loans can be affected by adverse conditions in the local real estate market or economy. Commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loans may also involve relatively large loan balances to individual borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, a downturn in the real estate market or the local economy could adversely affect the value of properties securing the loan or the revenues from the borrowers business, thereby increasing the risk of nonperforming loans. As our commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loan portfolios increase, the corresponding risks and potential for losses from these loans may also increase.
If our non-performing loans and other non-performing assets increase, our earnings will decrease.
At December 31, 2010, our non-performing assets (which consist of non-accrual loans, loans 90 days or more delinquent, troubled debt restructurings and real estate owned) totaled $4.4 million, which is an increase of $107,000 over our non-performing assets at June 30, 2010, and $415,000 over our non-performing assets at June 30, 2009. At December 31, 2010, our non-performing assets included $3.5 million in non-performing loans, a decrease from $3.8 million in non-performing loans at June 30, 2010. Our non-performing assets adversely affect our net income in various ways. We do not record interest income on non-accrual loans, and we must establish reserves for probable losses on non-performing loans. These reserves are established through a current period charge to income in the provision for loan losses. There are also legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets. Additionally, our real estate owned results in carrying costs such as taxes, insurance and maintenance fees. Further, the resolution of non-performing assets requires the active involvement of management, which can distract us from the overall supervision of operations and other income-producing activities of Iroquois Federal. Finally, if our estimate of the allowance for loan losses is inadequate, we will have to increase the allowance accordingly, which is effected by recording a provision for loan losses.
17
If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings will decrease.
Our customers may not repay their loans according to the original terms, and the collateral, if any, securing the payment of these loans may be insufficient to pay any remaining loan balance. We may experience significant loan losses, which may have a material adverse effect on our operating results. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover probable losses in our loan portfolio, requiring us to make additions to our allowance for loan losses. Our allowance for loan losses was 1.1% of total loans at December 31, 2010. Additions to our allowance could materially decrease our net income.
In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Future changes in interest rates could reduce our profits.
Our profitability largely depends on our net interest income, which can be negatively affected by changes in interest rates. Net interest income is the difference between:
|
the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities; and |
|
the interest expense we incur on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. |
The interest rates on our loans are generally fixed for a longer period of time than the interest rates on our deposits. Like many savings institutions, our focus on deposits as a source of funds, which either have no stated maturity or shorter contractual maturities than mortgage loans, results in our liabilities having a shorter average duration than our assets. For example, as of December 31, 2010, 13.7% of our loans had remaining maturities of, or reprice after, 15 years or longer, while 75.3% of our certificates of deposit had remaining maturities of, or reprice after, one year or less. This imbalance can create significant earnings volatility because market interest rates change over time. In a period of rising interest rates, the interest we earn on our assets, such as loans and investments, may not increase as rapidly as the interest we pay on our liabilities, such as deposits. In a period of declining market interest rates, the interest income we earn on our assets may decrease more rapidly than the interest expense we incur on our liabilities, as borrowers prepay mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities and callable investment securities are called or prepaid, thereby requiring us to reinvest these cash flows at lower interest rates. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsManagement of Market Risk.
In addition, changes in interest rates can affect the average life of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities. A decline in interest rates generally results in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities, as borrowers refinance their debt in order to reduce their borrowing costs. This creates reinvestment risk, which is the risk that we may not be able to reinvest prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates we earned on the prepaid loans or securities. Additionally, increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and/or make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable-rate loans.
18
We evaluate interest rate sensitivity using a model that estimates the change in our net portfolio value over a range of interest rate scenarios, also known as a rate shock analysis. Net portfolio value is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsManagement of Market Risk.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act will, among other things, tighten capital standards, create a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and result in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our costs of operations.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act) will significantly change the current bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years.
Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to have a near term effect on us. For example, the new law provides that the Office of Thrift Supervision, which is the current primary federal regulator for Iroquois Federal, will cease to exist by July 21, 2011, unless extended by up to six months by the Secretary of the Treasury. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, which is currently the primary federal regulator for national banks, will become the primary federal regulator for federal thrifts. Moreover, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System will supervise and regulate all savings and loan holding companies that were formerly regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision, including IF Bancorp, Inc.
Also effective by July 21, 2011, is a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act that eliminates the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest-bearing checking accounts. Depending on competitive responses, this significant change to existing law could have an adverse effect on our interest expense.
The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets will be examined by their applicable bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also weakens the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.
It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act and the yet to be written implementing rules and regulations will have on community banks. However, it is expected that at a minimum they will increase our operating and compliance costs and could increase our interest expense.
19
A portion of our loan portfolio consists of loan participations secured by properties outside of our primary market area. Loan participations may have a higher risk of loss than loans we originate because we are not the lead lender and we have limited control over credit monitoring.
We occasionally purchase loan participations secured by properties outside of our primary market area in which we are not the lead lender. Although we underwrite these loan participations consistent with our general underwriting criteria, loan participations may have a higher risk of loss than loans we originate because we rely on the lead lender to monitor the performance of the loan. Moreover, our decision regarding the classification of a loan participation and loan loss provisions associated with a loan participation is made in part based upon information provided by the lead lender. A lead lender also may not monitor a participation loan in the same manner as we would for loans that we originate. At December 31, 2010, our loan participations totaled $10.3 million, or 4.2% of our gross loans, most of which are within 100 miles of our primary lending market and consist primarily of multi-family, commercial real estate and commercial loans.
Additionally, we expect to continue to use loan participations following completion of the stock offering as a way to effectively deploy our net proceeds. If our underwriting of these participation loans is not sufficient, our non-performing loans may increase and our earnings may decrease.
We have in the past purchased loans originated by other banks and mortgage companies, some of which have experienced a higher rate of losses than loans that we originate. If we continue to experience losses on these loans, our earnings will decrease.
In addition to loans that we originate, at December 31, 2010, our loan portfolio included $22.4 million of purchased loans. These loans were primarily purchased from three vendors: Irwin Mortgage Corporation (now serviced by Everhome Mortgage Company); Mid America Bank (now serviced by PNC Bank); and Countrywide Financial (now serviced by Bank of America). Of these loans, $4.9 million were purchased from Countrywide and have experienced a significantly higher rate of losses than loans that we originate. As of December 31, 2010, the loans purchased from Countrywide consisted of eight loans secured by one- to four-family residential loans, primarily in the Chicago market area. Of these eight loans, three are classified as substandard and have specific allowances of $189,000. The other five loans are performing in accordance with their original terms. If we experience additional losses on these loans, our earnings will decrease.
We operate in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.
We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision, and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Federal regulations govern the activities in which we may engage, and are primarily for the protection of depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund. These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on the operations of a savings association, the classification of assets by a savings association, and the adequacy of a savings associations allowance for loan losses. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations or legislation, could have a material impact on our results of operations. Because our business is highly regulated, the laws, rules and applicable regulations are subject to regular modification and change. Any legislative, regulatory or policy changes adopted in the future could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition or prospects. Further, we expect any such new laws, rules or regulations will add to our compliance costs and place additional demands on our management team.
20
Strong competition within our market areas may limit our growth and profitability.
Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market areas, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, credit unions, mortgage brokerage firms, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Some of our competitors have greater name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business, and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. In addition, larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we do, which could affect our ability to grow and remain profitable on a long-term basis. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our market areas. If we must raise interest rates paid on deposits or lower interest rates charged on our loans, our net interest margin and profitability could be adversely affected. For additional information see Business of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan AssociationCompetition.
Our earnings have been negatively affected by the reduction in dividends paid by the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago. In addition, any restrictions placed on the operations of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago could hinder our ability to use it as a liquidity source.
The Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Chicago ceased paying dividends in the third quarter of 2007, and has only recently resumed paying a dividend for the fourth quarter of 2010. The dividend for the fourth quarter was equal to an annualized rate of 10 basis points per share, far below the dividend paid by the FHLB of Chicago prior to 2007. The failure of the FHLB of Chicago to pay full dividends for any quarter will reduce our earnings during that quarter. In addition, the FHLB of Chicago is an important source of liquidity for us, and any restrictions on their operations may hinder our ability to use it as a liquidity source. At December 31, 2010, the carrying value of our FHLB of Chicago stock, was $3.1 million.
Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption, or breach in security or operational integrity of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan, and other systems. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption, or security breach of our information systems, we cannot assure you that any such failures, interruptions, or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions, or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to this Stock Offering
The future price of our common stock may be less than the purchase price in the stock offering.
If you purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering, you may not be able to sell them at or above the purchase price in the stock offering. The purchase price in the offering is based upon an independent third-party appraisal of the pro forma market value of Iroquois Federal and is subject to review and approval by the Office of Thrift Supervision. The appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock. Our aggregate pro forma market value as reflected in the final independent appraisal may exceed the market price of our shares of common stock after the completion of the offering, which may result in our stock trading below the initial offering price of $10.00 per share.
21
The capital we raise in the stock offering will reduce our return on equity. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.
Net income divided by average equity, known as return on equity, is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of a financial institution to its peers. For the year ended June 30, 2010, our return on average equity was 8.1%. Following the stock offering, we expect our consolidated equity to be between $61.0 million at the minimum of the offering range and $75.2 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. Based upon our earnings for the year ended June 30, 2010, and these pro forma equity levels, our return on equity would be 4.4% and 3.6% at the minimum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. We expect our return on equity to remain low until we are able to leverage the additional capital we receive from the stock offering. Although we will be able to increase net interest income using proceeds of the stock offering, our return on equity will be reduced by the capital raised in the stock offering, higher expenses from the costs of being a public company, and added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plan which we intend to adopt. Until we can increase our net interest income through investment of the proceeds of the offering in higher yielding longer term assets and noninterest income, we expect our return on equity to remain relatively low compared to our peer group, which may reduce the value of our shares of common stock.
We will need to implement additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls in order to satisfy our new public company reporting requirements.
Upon completion of the stock offering, we will become a public reporting company and we expect our common stock to trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market. The federal securities laws and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission require that we file annual, quarterly and current reports, and that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. We expect that the obligations of being a public company, including substantial public reporting obligations, will require significant expenditures and place additional demands on our management team. These obligations will increase our operating expenses and could divert managements attention from our banking operations. Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission will require us to certify the adequacy of our internal controls and procedures, which could require us to upgrade our systems, and/or hire additional staff, which would increase our operating costs. We will also be subject to annual listing fees of the Nasdaq Capital Market, which are anticipated to be approximately $27,500 per year.
Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income.
We anticipate that our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8% of the total shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and contributed to the charitable foundation, with funds borrowed from IF Bancorp, Inc. The cost of acquiring the shares of common stock for the employee stock ownership plan will be between $3.7 million at the minimum of the offering range and $5.7 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. We will record annual employee stock ownership plan expense in an amount equal to the fair value of shares of common stock committed to be released to employees. If shares of common stock appreciate in value over time, compensation expense relating to the employee stock ownership plan will increase.
We also intend to adopt a stock-based benefit plan after the stock offering that would award participants (at no cost to them) shares of our common stock and/or options to purchase shares of our
22
common stock. The number of shares reserved for awards of restricted stock or grants of stock options under any initial stock-based benefit plan may not exceed 4% and 10%, respectively, of the total shares sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation, if these plans are adopted within 12 months after the completion of the conversion. We may reserve shares of common stock for stock awards and stock options in excess of these amounts provided the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than one year following the stock offering.
Assuming the market price of the common stock is $10.00 per share; the options are granted with an exercise price of $10.00 per share; the dividend yield on the stock is 0.00%; the expected option life is ten years; the risk free interest rate is 3.30% (based on the ten-year Treasury rate) and the volatility rate on the shares of common stock is 16.16% (based on an index of publicly traded thrift institutions), the estimated grant-date fair value of the options using a Black-Scholes option pricing analysis is $3.48 per option granted. Assuming this value is amortized over a five-year vesting period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with all the stock options would be $335,000 at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. In addition, assuming that all shares of restricted stock are awarded at a price of $10.00 per share, and that the awards vest over a five-year period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with restricted stock awarded under the stock-based benefit plan would be $389,000 at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. Moreover, if we grant shares of common stock or options in excess of these amounts, such grants would increase our costs further.
The fair value of the shares of restricted stock on the date granted under the stock-based benefit plan will be expensed by us over the vesting period of the shares. If the shares of restricted stock to be granted under the plan are repurchased in the open market (rather than issued directly from authorized but unissued shares by IF Bancorp, Inc.), and cost the same as the purchase price in the stock offering, the reduction to stockholders equity due to the stock-based benefit plan would be between $1.2 million at the minimum of the offering range and $1.9 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. To the extent we repurchase shares of common stock in the open market to fund the grants of shares under the plan, and the price of such shares exceeds the offering price of $10.00 per share, the reduction to stockholders equity would exceed the range described above. Conversely, to the extent the price of such shares is below the offering price of $10.00 per share, the reduction to stockholders equity would be less than the range described above.
The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest. Historically, the overwhelming majority of stock-based benefit plans adopted by savings institutions and their holding companies following mutual-to-stock conversions have been approved by stockholders.
We intend to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans, which will allow participants to be awarded shares of common stock (at no cost to them) and/or options to purchase shares of our common stock, following the stock offering. These stock-based benefit plans will be funded either through open market purchases of shares of common stock, if permitted, or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock. Stockholders would experience a reduction in ownership interest totaling 12.3% in the event newly issued shares are used to fund stock options or awards of shares of common stock under these plans in an amount equal to 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the stock offering and contributed to the charitable foundation. We may grant shares of common stock and stock options in excess of these amounts provided the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than one year following the stock offering. The implementation of the stock-based benefit plan will be subject to stockholder approval. Historically, the overwhelming majority of stock-based benefit plans adopted by savings institutions and their holding companies following mutual-to-stock conversions have been approved by stockholders.
23
The contribution of shares to the charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interests and adversely affect net income.
Subject to depositor approval, we intend to establish and fund a charitable foundation in connection with the conversion. We will make a contribution to the charitable foundation of IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock equal to 7% of the shares sold in the offering and an amount of cash equal in value to 1% of the shares sold in the offering. The contribution of cash and shares of common stock will total $2.3 million at the minimum of the offering range, and up to $3.6 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. The aggregate contribution will have an adverse effect on our net income for the quarter and year in which we make the contribution to the charitable foundation. The after-tax expense of the contribution will reduce net income by approximately $2.2 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. We had net income of $1.6 million for the six months ended December 31, 2010 and $2.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2010, respectively. Persons purchasing shares in the stock offering will have their ownership and voting interests diluted by up to 6.5% by the issuance of shares of common stock to the charitable foundation.
Our contribution to the charitable foundation may not be tax deductible, which could reduce our profits.
The Internal Revenue Service may not grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. If the contribution is not deductible, we would not receive any tax benefit from the contribution. The total value of the contribution would be $3.6 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, which would result in after-tax expense of approximately $3.6 million. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service does not grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation or the contribution to the charitable foundation is otherwise not tax deductible, we would recognize after-tax expense up to the value of the entire contribution, or $3.6 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range.
In addition, even if the contribution is tax deductible, we may not have sufficient taxable income to be able to use the deduction fully. Under the Internal Revenue Code, a corporate entity is generally permitted to deduct charitable contributions in an amount up to 10% of its taxable income (taxable income before the charitable contributions deduction) in any one year for charitable contributions. Any contribution in excess of the 10% limit may be deducted for federal income tax purposes over the five years following the year in which the charitable contribution was made. Accordingly, a charitable contribution by a corporate entity could, if necessary, be deducted for federal income tax purposes over a six-year period. Our taxable income over this period may not be sufficient to fully use this deduction.
We intend to enter into employment agreements with our President and Chief Executive Officer, and change of control agreements with our seven other senior officers. These agreements and any other agreements that we may enter into in the future may increase our compensation costs or increase the cost of acquiring us.
IF Bancorp, Inc. and Iroquois Federal each intend to enter into an employment agreement with Alan D. Martin, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Iroquois Federal and IF Bancorp, Inc. intend to enter into change in control agreements with Pamela J. Verkler, our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Walter H. Hasselbring, III, our Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, and five other senior officers. In the event of termination of employment of Mr. Martin other than for cause, or in the event of certain types of termination following a change in control, as set forth in Mr. Martins employment agreements, and assuming the agreements were in effect on December 31, 2010, the employment agreements provide for cash severance benefits that would cost up to approximately $1,312,707 in the aggregate based on information as of December 31, 2010. In the event of certain types of termination of employment of Ms. Verkler or Mr. Hasselbring, III following a change in control, as set
24
forth in their respective change in control agreements, and assuming such agreements were in effect on December 31, 2010, the change in control agreements provide for cash severance benefits that would cost up to approximately $362,252 and $332,920 for Ms. Verkler and Mr. Hasselbring, respectively, as of December 31, 2010. The aggregate amount of potential cash severance payments to the other senior executive officers under their change in control agreements would be up to approximately $1,101,178. Additionally, if, in the future, we enter into additional employment agreements or change in control agreements with other officers of Iroquois Federal, such agreements may further increase our compensation costs in the event of certain types of terminations. For additional information see Management of IF Bancorp, Inc.Benefit Plans and Agreements.
We have broad discretion in using the proceeds of the stock offering. Our failure to effectively use such proceeds could reduce our profits.
We will use a portion of the net proceeds to finance the purchase of shares of common stock in the stock offering by the employee stock ownership plan and to fund the cash portion of our contribution to the charitable foundation. We may use the remaining net proceeds to pay dividends to stockholders, repurchase shares of common stock, purchase investment securities, deposit funds in Iroquois Federal, acquire other financial services companies or for other general corporate purposes. Iroquois Federal may use the proceeds it receives to fund new loans, establish or acquire new branches, purchase investment securities, reduce a portion of our borrowings, or for general corporate purposes. We have not identified specific amounts of proceeds for any of these purposes and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of such applications. Our failure to utilize these funds effectively could reduce our profitability. We have not established a timetable for the effective deployment of the proceeds and we cannot predict how long we will require to effectively deploy the proceeds.
Our stock value may be negatively affected by federal regulations that restrict takeovers.
For three years following the stock offering, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit any person from acquiring or offering to acquire more than 10% of our common stock without the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, or successor regulator. See Restrictions on Acquisition of IF Bancorp, Inc. for a discussion of applicable Office of Thrift Supervision regulations regarding acquisitions. Certain prospective investors may choose to purchase shares of a company if they believe that the company will be acquired, thereby potentially increasing its stock value. Because federal regulations will restrict any such acquisition of us or Iroquois Federal for at least three years, these regulations may negatively affect our stock value.
The corporate governance provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws and the federal stock charter of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association, and the corporate governance provisions under Maryland law, may prevent or impede the holders of our common stock from obtaining representation on our Board of Directors and may impede takeovers of the company that our Board of Directors might conclude are not in the best interest of IF Bancorp, Inc. or its stockholders.
Provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws, as well as the federal stock charter of Iroquois Federal, may prevent or impede holders of our common stock from obtaining representation on our Board of Directors and may make takeovers of IF Bancorp, Inc. more difficult. For example, our Board of Directors is divided into three classes, only one of which will stand for election annually. A classified board makes it more difficult for stockholders to change a majority of the directors because it generally takes at least two annual elections of directors for this to occur. In addition, our articles of incorporation include a provision that no person will be entitled to vote any shares of our common stock
25
in excess of 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock. This limitation does not apply to the purchase of shares by a tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan established by us. Iroquois Federals federal stock charter will contain a provision that for a period of five years from the closing of the conversion, no person other than IF Bancorp, Inc. may offer directly or indirectly to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of Iroquois Federal. This limitation does not apply to the purchase or voting of shares by a tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan established by us, as well as other acquisitions specified in the federal stock charter. In addition, our articles of incorporation and bylaws restrict who may call special meetings of stockholders and how directors may be removed from office. Additionally, in certain instances, the Maryland General Corporation Law and our bylaws could require a supermajority vote of our stockholders to approve a merger or other business combination with a large stockholder, if the proposed transaction is not approved by a majority of our directors. See Restrictions on Acquisition of IF Bancorp, Inc. In addition, subsequent to the Conversion, the Board of Directors expects to review and amend the bylaws of IF Bancorp, Inc. to impose additional or revised director requirements. Such requirements are expected to include provisions which would: (i) require that Board members meet a residency requirement whereby such individual must reside within a city or county in which IF Bancorp, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries maintains an office, or a contiguous county; (ii) require that members may not have been named as having violated any banking or securities law or regulation, or have been a party to any past regulatory order or sanction; and (iii) require that members may not serve on the Board of Directors or be an officer of or own a material interest in a competing financial institution.
We have never issued capital stock and there is no guarantee that a liquid market for our common stock will develop.
We have never issued capital stock and there is no established market for our common stock. We expect that our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, subject to completion of the offering and compliance with certain conditions. Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in shares of our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so or to continue to do so once it begins. The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be limited. Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment. In addition, our public float, which is the total number of our outstanding shares less the shares held by our employee stock ownership plan, the charitable foundation and our directors and executive officers, will not be very large. As a result, it is possible that an active trading market for the common stock will not develop, or that if an active market develops, it will not continue. Purchasers of common stock in this stock offering should have long-term investment intent and should recognize that there will be a limited trading market in the common stock. This may make it difficult to sell the common stock after the stock offering and may have an adverse impact on the price at which the common stock can be sold.
26
SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following tables set forth selected historical financial and other data of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association for the periods and at the dates indicated. The information at June 30, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 is derived in part from, and should be read together with, the audited financial statements and notes thereto of Iroquois Federal beginning at page F-1 of this prospectus. The information at June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and for the years then ended is derived in part from audited financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The information at December 31, 2010 and for the six months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 is unaudited and reflects all normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods presented. The results of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved for the remainder of fiscal 2011 or any other period.
At
December 31, 2010 |
At June 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | (In thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Selected Financial Condition Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 404,911 | $ | 384,782 | $ | 377,158 | $ | 338,959 | $ | 326,425 | $ | 328,488 | ||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
6,655 | 6,836 | 11,902 | 3,658 | 5,826 | 8,640 | ||||||||||||||||||
Investment securities available for sale |
137,877 | 125,747 | 99,423 | 69,932 | 42,775 | 55,520 | ||||||||||||||||||
Investment securities held to maturity |
| | 25,447 | 33,101 | 54,668 | 49,299 | ||||||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago stock |
3,121 | 3,121 | 3,121 | 3,121 | 3,121 | 3,536 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale |
242 | 460 | 156 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans receivable, net |
240,725 | 233,753 | 223,656 | 215,180 | 206,730 | 199,105 | ||||||||||||||||||
Real estate owned |
386 | 497 | 126 | 72 | 58 | 526 | ||||||||||||||||||
Bank-owned life insurance |
7,108 | 6,978 | 6,723 | 6,469 | 6,225 | 5,985 | ||||||||||||||||||
Deposits |
333,191 | 320,557 | 313,352 | 269,944 | 272,795 | 271,932 | ||||||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago advances |
31,000 | 22,500 | 26,500 | 36,000 | 22,000 | 27,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total equity |
36,720 | 37,288 | 33,256 | 28,912 | 27,054 | 26,288 |
For the Six Months
Ended December 31, |
For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | (In thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Selected Operating Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
$ | 8,611 | $ | 8,977 | $ | 17,761 | $ | 18,118 | $ | 18,142 | $ | 17,224 | $ | 14,665 | ||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
2,729 | 3,610 | 6,714 | 8,663 | 11,033 | 11,058 | 8,216 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income |
5,882 | 5,367 | 11,047 | 9,455 | 7,109 | 6,166 | 6,449 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Provision for loan losses |
625 | 969 | 1,875 | 405 | 47 | 25 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income after provision for loan losses |
5,257 | 4,398 | 9,172 | 9,050 | 7,062 | 6,141 | 6,449 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest income |
2,324 | 1,797 | 4,040 | 3,098 | 2,497 | 2,277 | 2,238 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest expense |
5,066 | 4,458 | 9,146 | 8,379 | 7,247 | 7,623 | 7,011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Income before income tax expense |
2,515 | 1,737 | 4,066 | 3,769 | 2,312 | 795 | 1,676 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
915 | 585 | 1,389 | 1,362 | 742 | 130 | 503 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 1,600 | $ | 1,152 | $ | 2,677 | $ | 2,407 | $ | 1,570 | $ | 665 | $ | 1,173 | ||||||||||||||
27
At or For the Six
Months Ended December 31, |
At or For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Performance Ratios (1): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Return on average assets (net income as a percentage of average total assets) |
.80 | % | .60 | % | .69 | % | .67 | % | .47 | % | .20 | % | .37 | % | ||||||||||||||
Return on average equity (net income as a percentage of average equity) |
9.09 | % | 7.14 | % | 8.10 | % | 7.85 | % | 5.50 | % | 2.41 | % | 4.41 | % | ||||||||||||||
Interest rate spread (2) |
3.01 | % | 2.80 | % | 2.92 | % | 2.53 | % | 1.95 | % | 1.88 | % | 1.85 | % | ||||||||||||||
Net interest margin (3) |
3.11 | % | 2.94 | % | 3.01 | % | 2.74 | % | 2.20 | % | 2.01 | % | 1.95 | % | ||||||||||||||
Efficiency ratio (4) |
64.73 | % | 65.01 | % | 65.42 | % | 67.12 | % | 76.69 | % | 90.29 | % | 80.71 | % | ||||||||||||||
Noninterest expense to average total assets |
2.52 | % | 2.32 | % | 2.36 | % | 2.32 | % | 2.17 | % | 3.09 | % | 2.31 | % | ||||||||||||||
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities |
1.07 | % | 1.07 | % | 1.05 | % | 1.08 | % | 1.07 | % | 1.06 | % | 1.06 | % | ||||||||||||||
Average equity to average total assets |
8.76 | % | 8.39 | % | 8.52 | % | 8.50 | % | 8.53 | % | 8.34 | % | 8.00 | % | ||||||||||||||
Asset Quality Ratios: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-performing assets to total assets |
1.07 | % | .92 | % | 1.13 | % | 1.07 | % | .40 | % | .16 | % | .28 | % | ||||||||||||||
Non-performing loans to total loans |
1.68 | % | 1.49 | % | 1.64 | % | 1.74 | % | .60 | % | .23 | % | .21 | % | ||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans |
66.95 | % | 55.90 | % | 72.19 | % | 35.04 | % | 81.48 | % | 216.77 | % | 211.49 | % | ||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses to total loans |
1.11 | % | .83 | % | 1.17 | % | .61 | % | .49 | % | .49 | % | .43 | % | ||||||||||||||
Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans (5) |
.57 | % | .34 | % | .20 | % | .04 | % | .01 | % | (0.06 | )% | | % | ||||||||||||||
Capital Ratios: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) |
17.3 | % | 16.5 | % | 17.3 | % | 16.7 | % | 16.7 | % | 17.1 | % | 17.6 | % | ||||||||||||||
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets) |
16.5 | % | 15.8 | % | 16.4 | % | 16.1 | % | 16.1 | % | 16.5 | % | 17.1 | % | ||||||||||||||
Tier I capital (to total assets) |
8.9 | % | 8.5 | % | 9.0 | % | 8.4 | % | 8.6 | % | 8.5 | % | 8.2 | % | ||||||||||||||
Tangible capital (to total assets) |
9.1 | % | 8.7 | % | 9.7 | % | 8.8 | % | 8.5 | % | 8.3 | % | 8.0 | % | ||||||||||||||
Other Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Number of full service offices |
4 | 4 | 4 | 4 | 4 | 4 | 4 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Full time equivalent employees |
86 | 81 | 82 | 80 | 74 | 73 | 72 |
(1) | Performance ratios for the six months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are annualized. |
(2) | The average interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted- average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the period. |
(3) | The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the period. |
(4) | The efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense as a percentage of the sum of net interest income and noninterest income (excluding non-recurring gains and losses on securities sold). |
(5) | Amounts shown for the six months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are annualized. |
28
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as estimate, project, believe, intend, anticipate, plan, seek, expect, will, may and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:
|
statements of our goals, intentions and expectations; |
|
statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies; |
|
statements regarding the asset quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and |
|
estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits. |
These forward-looking statements are based on our current beliefs and expectations and are inherently subject to significant business, economic, legal, governmental, technological and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. We do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus, except as required by applicable law. The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:
|
general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected; |
|
competition among depository and other financial institutions; |
|
changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins or reduce the fair value of financial instruments; |
|
adverse changes in the securities markets; |
|
changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements; |
|
our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities; |
|
our ability to successfully integrate acquired entities, if any; |
|
changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits; |
|
changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; |
|
changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans; |
|
changes in our financial condition or results of operations that reduce capital; and |
|
changes in the financial condition or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own. |
29
Because of these and a wide variety of other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. Please see Risk Factors beginning on page 17.
HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING
Although we cannot determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering will be until the offering is completed, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $27.4 million and $37.5 million, or $43.3 million if the offering range is increased by 15%.
We intend to distribute the net proceeds from the stock offering as follows:
Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2,890,000 Shares | 3,400,000 Shares | 3,910,000 Shares | 4,496,500 Shares (1) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
Percent
of Net Proceeds |
Amount |
Percent
of Net Proceeds |
Amount |
Percent
of Net Proceeds |
Amount |
Percent
of Net Proceeds |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock offering proceeds |
$ | 28,900 | $ | 34,000 | $ | 39,100 | $ | 44,965 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less offering expenses |
(1,475 | ) | (1,533 | ) | (1,592 | ) | (1,659 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net offering proceeds (2) |
$ | 27,425 | 100.0 | % | $ | 32,467 | 100.0 | % | $ | 37,508 | 100.0 | % | $ | 43,306 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Use of net proceeds: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
To Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association |
$ | 13,713 | 50.0 | % | $ | 16,234 | 50.0 | % | $ | 18,754 | 50.0 | % | $ | 21,653 | 50.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Cash contributed to foundation |
289 | 1.1 | % | 340 | 1.0 | % | 391 | 1.0 | % | 450 | 1.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
To fund loan to employee stock ownership plan |
2,474 | 9.0 | % | 2,910 | 9.0 | % | 3,347 | 8.9 | % | 3,849 | 8.9 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Retained by IF Bancorp, Inc. |
$ | 10,949 | 39.9 | % | $ | 12,983 | 40.00 | % | $ | 15,016 | 40.1 | % | $ | 17,354 | 40.1 | % | ||||||||||||||||
(1) | As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering. |
(2) | Assumes that all shares of common stock are sold in the subscription offering. |
Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of Iroquois Federals deposits. The net proceeds may vary because the total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if a community offering or a syndicated community offering was used to sell shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering.
IF Bancorp, Inc. may use the proceeds it retains from the stock offering:
|
to fund a loan to the employee stock ownership plan to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering; |
|
to fund the cash portion of the contribution to the charitable foundation; |
|
to invest in mortgage-backed securities and debt securities issued by agencies of, or entities sponsored by, the United States Government; |
|
to finance the acquisition of other financial institutions or other financial service companies, or the deposits and assets of other institutions, including FDIC-assisted acquisitions (although we do not currently have any arrangements or agreements with respect to any such acquisitions); |
30
|
to pay cash dividends to stockholders; |
|
to repurchase shares of our common stock; and |
|
for other general corporate purposes. |
Initially, we intend to invest a substantial portion of the net proceeds in investment grade securities, including securities issued by U.S. Government agencies and mortgage backed securities issued by U.S. Government agencies and U.S. Government sponsored entities.
Under current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the conversion, except to fund stockholder-approved stock-based benefit plans other than stock options or except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval.
Iroquois Federal may use the net proceeds it receives from the stock offering:
|
to expand its banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches, or acquiring other financial institutions, or the deposits and assets of other financial institutions, including in FDIC-assisted acquisitions (although we currently have no arrangements or agreements with respect to any such transactions); |
|
to fund new loans; |
|
to repay borrowings; |
|
to invest in investment grade securities, including securities issued by U.S. Government agencies and mortgage backed securities issued by U.S. Government agencies and U.S. Government sponsored entities; and |
|
for other general corporate purposes. |
Iroquois Federal has not determined how much of the net offering proceeds it intends to use for each of the foregoing purposes. Moreover, the actual cost to acquire or open a new branch may vary significantly depending on the particular opportunity available. Our short-term and long-term growth plans anticipate that, upon completion of the offering, we will experience growth through increased lending and investment activities, expanding our wealth management, insurance agency and financial services activities through cross-selling our products and services to our customers and, possibly, de novo branching or branch acquisitions. We currently have no understandings or agreements to acquire other banks, thrifts, other financial services companies, or branch offices of any such institutions.
Initially, we intend to invest a substantial portion of the net proceeds in investment grade securities, including securities issued by U.S. Government agencies and mortgage backed securities issued by U.S. Government agencies and U.S. Government sponsored entities.
31
OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS
Following completion of the stock offering, our Board of Directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our shares of common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. However, no decision has been made with respect to the payment of dividends. In determining whether to pay a cash dividend and the amount of such cash dividend, the Board of Directors is expected to take into account a number of factors, including capital requirements, our consolidated financial condition and results of operations, other uses of funds for the long-term value of stockholders, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations and general economic conditions. No assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or that, if paid, will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. Special cash dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital, to the extent permitted by Office of Thrift Supervision policy and regulations, may be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends. We will file a consolidated tax return with Iroquois Federal. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions that we make to our stockholders would be treated as cash dividends and not as a non-taxable return of capital for federal and state tax purposes. Additionally, pursuant to Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, during the three-year period following the stock offering, we will not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.
Pursuant to our Articles of Incorporation, we are authorized to issue preferred stock. If we issue preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of our shares of common stock with respect to the payment of dividends. For a further discussion concerning the payment of dividends on our shares of common stock, see Description of Capital StockCommon Stock. Dividends we can declare and pay will depend, in part, upon receipt of dividends from Iroquois Federal, because initially we will have no source of income other than dividends from Iroquois Federal, earnings from the investment of proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock, and interest payments received in connection with the loan to the employee stock ownership plan. A regulation of the Office of Thrift Supervision imposes limitations on capital distributions by savings institutions. See Supervision and RegulationFederal Banking RegulationCapital Distributions.
Any payment of dividends by Iroquois Federal to us that would be deemed to be drawn out of Iroquois Federals bad debt reserves, if any, would require a payment of taxes at the then-current tax rate by Iroquois Federal on the amount of earnings deemed to be removed from the reserves for such distribution. Iroquois Federal does not intend to make any distribution to us that would create such a federal tax liability. See TaxationFederal Taxation and State Taxation.
We have never issued capital stock and there is no established market for our shares of common stock. We expect that our shares of common stock will be traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol IROQ, subject to completion of the offering and compliance with certain conditions, including the presence of at least three registered and active market makers. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in shares of our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so or to continue to do so once it begins. While we will attempt before completion of the offering to obtain commitments from at least two other broker-dealers to make a market in shares of our common stock, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining such commitments.
The development and maintenance of a public market, having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness, depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of
32
shares of our common stock at any particular time may be limited, which may have an adverse effect on the price at which shares of our common stock can be sold. There can be no assurance that persons purchasing the shares of common stock will be able to sell their shares at or above the $10.00 offering purchase price per share. You should have a long-term investment intent if you purchase shares of our common stock and you should recognize that there may be a limited trading market in the shares of our common stock.
33
HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE
At December 31, 2010, Iroquois Federal exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements. The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of Iroquois Federal at December 31, 2010, and the pro forma regulatory capital of Iroquois Federal, after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at $10.00 per share. The table assumes that all shares of common stock are sold in the subscription offering and the receipt by Iroquois Federal of 50% of the net offering proceeds. See How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.
Iroquois
Federal
Savings and Loan Association Historical at December 31, 2010 |
Pro Forma at December 31, 2010, Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2,890,000 Shares | 3,400,000 Shares | 3,910,000 Shares | 4,496,500 Shares (1) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
Percent of
Assets (2) |
Amount |
Percent of
Assets (2) |
Amount |
Percent of
Assets (2) |
Amount |
Percent of
Assets (2) |
Amount |
Percent of
Assets (2) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity (3) |
$ | 36,720 | 9.07 | % | $ | 46,722 | 11.16 | % | $ | 48,588 | 11.54 | % | $ | 50,454 | 11.91 | % | $ | 52,599 | 12.33 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Tier 1 leverage capital (3) (4) |
$ | 36,069 | 8.92 | % | $ | 46,071 | 11.02 | % | $ | 47,937 | 11.40 | % | $ | 49,803 | 11.78 | % | $ | 51,948 | 12.20 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Core requirement |
16,167 | 4.00 | 16,715 | 4.00 | 16,816 | 4.00 | 16,917 | 4.00 | 17,033 | 4.00 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Excess |
$ | 19,902 | 4.92 | % | $ | 29,356 | 7.02 | % | $ | 31,121 | 7.40 | % | $ | 32,886 | 7.78 | % | $ | 34,915 | 8.20 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Tier 1 risk-based capital (3) (5) |
$ | 36,069 | 16.86 | % | $ | 46,071 | 21.26 | % | $ | 47,937 | 22.07 | % | $ | 49,803 | 22.87 | % | $ | 51,948 | 23.80 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Risk-based requirement |
8,559 | 4.00 | 8,668 | 4.00 | 8,689 | 4.00 | 8,709 | 4.00 | 8,732 | 4.00 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Excess |
$ | 27,510 | 12.86 | % | $ | 37,403 | 17.26 | % | $ | 39,248 | 18.07 | % | $ | 41,094 | 18.87 | % | $ | 43,216 | 19.80 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total risk-based capital (3) (5) |
$ | 37,294 | 17.43 | % | $ | 47,296 | 21.82 | % | $ | 49,162 | 22.63 | % | $ | 51,028 | 23.44 | % | $ | 51,173 | 24.36 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Risk-based requirement |
17,117 | 8.00 | 17,337 | 8.00 | 17,377 | 8.00 | 17,418 | 8.00 | 17,464 | 8.00 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Excess |
$ | 20,177 | 9.43 | % | $ | 29,959 | 13.82 | % | $ | 31,785 | 14.63 | % | $ | 33,610 | 15.44 | % | $ | 35,709 | 16.36 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Reconciliation of capital infused into Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association: |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net proceeds |
|
$ | 13,713 | $ | 16,234 | $ | 18,754 | $ | 21,653 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less: Common stock to be acquired by employee stock ownership plan |
|
(2,474 | ) | (2,910 | ) | (3,347 | ) | (3,849 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less: Common stock to be acquired by stock-based benefit plans |
|
(1,237 | ) | (1,455 | ) | (1,673 | ) | (1,925 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma increase |
|
$ | 10,002 | $ | 11,868 | $ | 13,734 | $ | 15,879 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(1) | As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering. |
(2) | Tier 1 leverage capital levels are shown as a percentage of total adjusted assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets. |
(3) | Pro forma capital levels assume that the employee stock ownership plan purchases 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and contributed to the charitable foundation with funds we lend, and the stock-based benefit plan purchases 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation in open market purchases at $10 per share after shareholder approval. Pro forma GAAP and regulatory capital have been reduced by the amount required to fund these plans. See Management of IF Bancorp, Inc. for a discussion of the employee stock ownership plan and stock-based benefit plan. |
(4) | The current Office of Thrift Supervision core capital requirement for financial institutions is 3% of total adjusted assets for financial institutions that receive the highest supervisory rating for safety and soundness and a 4% to 5% core capital ratio requirement for all other financial institutions. |
(5) | Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting. |
34
The following table presents the historical capitalization of Iroquois Federal at December 31, 2010 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of IF Bancorp, Inc., after giving effect to the conversion and the offering, based upon the assumptions set forth in the Pro Forma Data section.
Iroquois Federal
Savings and Loan Association Historical at December 31, 2010 |
IF Bancorp, Inc. Pro
Forma,
Based Upon the Sale in the Offering at $10.00 per Share of |
|||||||||||||||||||
2,890,000
Shares |
3,400,000
Shares |
3,910,000
Shares |
4,496,500
Shares (1) |
|||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits (2) |
$ | 333,191 | $ | 333,191 | $ | 333,191 | $ | 333,191 | $ | 333,191 | ||||||||||
Borrowings |
31,000 | 31,000 | 31,000 | 31,000 | 31,000 | |||||||||||||||
Total deposits and borrowed funds |
$ | 364,191 | $ | 364,191 | $ | 364,191 | $ | 364,191 | $ | 364,191 | ||||||||||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Common stock $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; assuming shares outstanding as shown (3) |
$ | | $ | 31 | $ | 36 | $ | 42 | $ | 48 | ||||||||||
Preferred stock $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; no shares assumed outstanding |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Additional paid-in capital (4) |
| 29,417 | 34,811 | 40,203 | 46,406 | |||||||||||||||
Retained earnings (5) |
36,098 | 36,098 | 36,098 | 36,098 | 36,098 | |||||||||||||||
Less: |
||||||||||||||||||||
After tax expense of contribution to charitable foundation (6) |
$ | | $ | (1,433 | ) | $ | (1,686 | ) | $ | (1,939 | ) | $ | (2,231 | ) | ||||||
Common stock to be acquired by employee stock ownership plan (7) |
| (2,474 | ) | (2,910 | ) | (3,347 | ) | (3,849 | ) | |||||||||||
Common stock to be acquired by stock-based benefit plan (8) |
| (1,237 | ) | (1,455 | ) | (1,673 | ) | (1,925 | ) | |||||||||||
Plus: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
622 | 622 | 622 | 622 | 622 | |||||||||||||||
Total stockholders equity |
$ | 36,720 | $ | 61,024 | $ | 65,516 | $ | 70,006 | $ | 75,169 | ||||||||||
Pro forma shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Shares issued to charitable foundation |
202,300 | 238,000 | 273,700 | 314,755 | ||||||||||||||||
Shares sold in offering |
2,890,000 | 3,400,000 | 3,910,000 | 4,496,500 | ||||||||||||||||
Total shares outstanding |
3,092,300 | 3,638,000 | 4,183,700 | 4,811,255 | ||||||||||||||||
Total stockholders equity as a percentage of total assets (2) |
9.07 | % | 14.22 | % | 15.11 | % | 15.98 | % | 16.95 | % |
(1) | As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering. |
(2) | Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the conversion and offering. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals. |
(3) | No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock pursuant to one or more stock-based benefit plan. If these plans are implemented within 12 months following the completion of the stock offering, an amount up to 10% and 4% of the shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of stock options and for issuance as restricted stock awards, respectively. See Management of IF Bancorp, Inc. |
(4) | The sum of the par value of the total shares outstanding and additional paid-in capital equals the net stock offering proceeds at the offering price of $10.00 per share. |
(5) | The retained earnings of Iroquois Federal will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See Our Policy Regarding Dividends, The Conversion; Plan of DistributionLiquidation Rights and Supervision and Regulation. |
(6) | Represents the expense of the contribution to the charitable foundation based on a 38.0% tax rate. The realization of the deferred tax benefit is limited annually to a maximum deduction for charitable foundations equal to 10% of our annual taxable income, subject to our ability to carry forward for federal or state purposes any unused portion of the deduction for the five years following the year in which the contribution is made. |
(7) |
Assumes that 8% of the shares sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from IF Bancorp, Inc. The loan will be repaid principally from Iroquois Federals contributions to the employee stock ownership plan. Since IF Bancorp, Inc. will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be |
35
eliminated through consolidation, and no asset or liability will be reflected on IF Bancorp, Inc.s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders equity. |
(8) | Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock to be sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation will be purchased for grant by one or more stock-based benefit plan in open market purchases by IF Bancorp, Inc. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share subscription price in the offering and represents unearned compensation. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the offering. As IF Bancorp, Inc. accrues compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to the stock-based benefit plan, the credit to equity will be offset by a charge to noninterest expense. Implementation of the stock-based benefit plan will require stockholder approval. |
36
The following tables summarize historical data of Iroquois Federal and pro forma data of IF Bancorp, Inc. at and for the six months ended December 31, 2010 and the year ended June 30, 2010. This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the table, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the conversion and offering.
The net proceeds in the tables are based upon the following assumptions:
|
all shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription offering; |
|
217,750 shares of common stock will be purchased by our executive officers and directors, and their associates; |
|
our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and contributed to the charitable foundation with a loan from IF Bancorp, Inc. The loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest (at the prime interest rate, adjusted annually) over a period of 20 years; |
|
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a success fee equal to 1.25% of the dollar amount of the shares of common stock sold in the subscription offering, excluding shares purchased by our directors, officers and employees and members of their immediate families, our employee stock ownership plan and our tax-qualified or stock-based compensation or similar plans (except individual retirement accounts), and excluding shares contributed to the charitable foundation; |
|
expenses of the stock offering, other than fees and expenses to be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., will be $1.1 million; and |
|
we will contribute to the charitable foundation a number of shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock equal to 7% of the shares sold in the offering and an amount of cash equal in value to 1% of the shares of sold in the offering. The number of shares contributed to the foundation would equal 202,300 and 314,755 at the minimum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and the amount of cash contributed to the charitable foundation would equal approximately $289,000 and $450,000 at the minimum and adjusted maximum of the offering range. |
Pro forma earnings on net proceeds have been calculated assuming the stock has been sold at the beginning of the period and the net proceeds have been invested at a yield of 2.01% for the six months ended December 31, 2010 and for the year ended June 30, 2010. This represents the five-year United States Treasury Note as of December 31, 2010, which, in light of current market interest rates, we consider to more accurately reflect the pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average of the weighted average yield earned on our interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on our deposits, which is the reinvestment rate generally required by Office of Thrift Supervisions regulations. The pro forma after-tax yield on the net proceeds from the offering is assumed to be 1.25% for the six months ended December 31, 2010 and for the year ended June 30, 2010, based on an effective tax rate of 38.0%.
We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of consolidated net income and stockholders equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock. We adjusted these figures to give effect to the shares of common stock purchased by the
37
employee stock ownership plan. We computed per share amounts for each period as if the shares of common stock were outstanding at the beginning of each period, but we did not adjust per share historical or pro forma stockholders equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.
The pro forma tables give effect to the implementation of stock-based benefit plans. Subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, we have assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will acquire for restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of our outstanding shares of common stock at the same price for which they were sold in the stock offering. We assume that shares of common stock are granted under the plans in awards that vest over a five-year period.
We have also assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will grant options to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock. In preparing the tables below, we assumed that stockholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over five years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $3.48 for each option. In addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumed an estimated volatility rate of 16.16% for the shares of common stock, a dividend yield of 0.0%, an expected option life of ten years and a risk-free interest rate of 3.30%. Finally, we assumed that 25% of the stock options were non-qualified options granted to directors, resulting in a tax benefit (at an assumed tax rate of 38.0%) for a deduction equal to the grant date fair value of the options.
We may reserve shares for the exercise of stock options and the grant of stock awards under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 10% and 4%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering. In addition, we may grant options and award shares that vest sooner than over a five-year period if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering.
As discussed under How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering, we intend to contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering to Iroquois Federal, and we will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering. We will use portions of the proceeds we retain for the purpose of making a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and for the cash portion of the contribution to the charitable foundation, and retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.
The pro forma table does not give effect to:
|
withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the stock offering; |
|
our results of operations after the stock offering; or |
|
changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the stock offering. |
The following pro forma information may not represent the financial effects of the stock offering at the date on which the stock offering actually occurs and you should not use the table to indicate future results of operations. Pro forma stockholders equity represents the difference between the stated amount of our assets and liabilities, computed in accordance with GAAP. We did not increase or decrease stockholders equity to reflect the difference between the carrying value of loans and other assets and their market value. Pro forma stockholders equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated. Pro forma stockholders equity does not give effect to the
38
impact of intangible assets, bad debt reserve or the liquidation account we will establish in the conversion in the unlikely event
we are liquidated.
39
At or For the Six Months Ended December 31, 2010
Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of |
||||||||||||||||
2,890,000
Shares |
3,400,000
Shares |
3,910,000
Shares |
4,496,500
Shares (1) |
|||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) | ||||||||||||||||
Gross Proceeds of Offering |
$ | 28,900 | $ | 34,000 | $ | 39,100 | $ | 44,965 | ||||||||
Plus: Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation |
2,023 | 2,380 | 2,737 | 3,148 | ||||||||||||
Pro forma market capitalization |
30,923 | 36,380 | 41,837 | 48,113 | ||||||||||||
Gross proceeds of offering |
28,900 | 34,000 | 39,100 | 44,965 | ||||||||||||
Less: expenses |
(1,475 | ) | (1,533 | ) | (1,592 | ) | (1,659 | ) | ||||||||
Estimated net proceeds |
27,425 | 32,467 | 37,508 | 43,306 | ||||||||||||
Less: Cash contribution to foundation |
(289 | ) | (340 | ) | (391 | ) | (450 | ) | ||||||||
Less: Common stock purchased by ESOP (2) |
(2,474 | ) | (2,910 | ) | (3,347 | ) | (3,849 | ) | ||||||||
Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3) |
(1,237 | ) | (1,455 | ) | (1,673 | ) | (1,925 | ) | ||||||||
Estimated net cash proceeds |
$ | 23,425 | $ | 27,762 | $ | 32,097 | $ | 37,082 | ||||||||
For the Six Months Ended December 31, 2010 |
||||||||||||||||
Consolidated net income: |
||||||||||||||||
Historical |
$ | 1,600 | $ | 1,600 | $ | 1,600 | $ | 1,600 | ||||||||
Pro forma income on net proceeds |
146 | 173 | 200 | 231 | ||||||||||||
Pro forma ESOP adjustment (2) |
(39 | ) | (45 | ) | (52 | ) | (60 | ) | ||||||||
Pro forma stock award adjustment (3) |
(77 | ) | (90 | ) | (104 | ) | (120 | ) | ||||||||
Pro forma stock option adjustment (4) |
(98 | ) | (115 | ) | (132 | ) | (124 | ) | ||||||||
Pro forma net income |
$ | 1,532 | $ | 1,523 | $ | 1,512 | $ | 1,499 | ||||||||
Per share net income |
||||||||||||||||
Historical |
$ | 0.56 | $ | 0.47 | $ | 0.41 | $ | 0.36 | ||||||||
Pro forma income on net proceeds |
0.05 | 0.05 | 0.05 | 0.05 | ||||||||||||
Pro forma ESOP adjustment (2) |
(0.01 | ) | (0.01 | ) | (0.01 | ) | (0.01 | ) | ||||||||
Pro forma stock award adjustment (3) |
(0.03 | ) | (0.03 | ) | (0.03 | ) | (0.03 | ) | ||||||||
Pro forma stock option adjustment (4) |
(0.03 | ) | (0.03 | ) | (0.03 | ) | (0.03 | ) | ||||||||
Pro forma net income per share |
$ | 0.54 | $ | 0.45 | $ | 0.39 | $ | 0.34 | ||||||||
Offering price as a multiple of pro forma net income per share |
9.30 | x | 11.01 | x | 12.76 | x | 14.78 | x | ||||||||
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma net income per share calculations |
2,851,101 | 3,354,236 | 3,857,371 | 4,435,977 | ||||||||||||
At December 31, 2010 |
||||||||||||||||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||||||||||
Historical |
$ | 36,720 | $ | 36,720 | $ | 36,720 | $ | 36,720 | ||||||||
Estimated net proceeds |
27,425 | 32,467 | 37,508 | 43,306 | ||||||||||||
Plus: Shares issued to the charitable foundation |
2,023 | 2,380 | 2,737 | 3,148 | ||||||||||||
Less: Pre-tax cost of charitable foundation shares |
(2,023 | ) | (2,380 | ) | (2,737 | ) | (3,148 | ) | ||||||||
Less: Cash contribution to foundation |
(289 | ) | (340 | ) | (391 | ) | (450 | ) | ||||||||
Plus: Tax benefit of the contribution to the foundation |
879 | 1,034 | 1,189 | 1,367 | ||||||||||||
Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2) |
(2,474 | ) | (2,910 | ) | (3,347 | ) | (3,849 | ) | ||||||||
Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)(4) |
(1,237 | ) | (1,455 | ) | (1,673 | ) | (1,925 | ) | ||||||||
Pro forma stockholders equity |
$ | 61,024 | $ | 65,516 | $ | 70,006 | $ | 75,169 | ||||||||
Stockholders equity per share: |
||||||||||||||||
Historical |
$ | 11.87 | $ | 10.09 | $ | 8.77 | $ | 7.63 | ||||||||
Estimated net proceeds |
8.87 | 8.93 | 8.97 | 9.00 | ||||||||||||
Plus: Shares issued to the charitable foundation |
0.65 | 0.65 | 0.65 | 0.65 | ||||||||||||
Less: Pre-tax cost of charitable foundation shares |
(0.65 | ) | (0.65 | ) | (0.65 | ) | (0.65 | ) | ||||||||
Less: Cash contribution to foundation |
(0.09 | ) | (0.09 | ) | (0.09 | ) | (0.09 | ) | ||||||||
Plus: Tax benefit of the contribution to the foundation |
0.28 | 0.28 | 0.28 | 0.28 | ||||||||||||
Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2) |
(0.80 | ) | (0.80 | ) | (0.80 | ) | (0.80 | ) | ||||||||
Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3) (4) |
(0.40 | ) | (0.40 | ) | (0.40 | ) | (0.40 | ) | ||||||||
Pro forma stockholders equity per share (5) |
$ | 19.73 | $ | 18.01 | $ | 16.73 | $ | 15.62 | ||||||||
Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders equity per share |
50.68 | % | 55.52 | % | 59.77 | % | 64.02 | % | ||||||||
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations |
3,092,300 | 3,638,000 | 4,183,700 | 4,811,255 |
(footnotes begin on following page)
40
(1) | As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering. |
(2) | Assumes that 8% of shares of common stock sold in the offering will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from IF Bancorp, Inc. Iroquois Federal intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Iroquois Federals total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 20 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 718-40, Employers Accounting for Employer Stock Ownership Plans (ASC 718-40) requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Iroquois Federal, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective tax rate of 38.0%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 6,185, 7,276, 8,367 and 9,623 shares were committed to be released during the six months ended December 31, 2010 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with ASC 718-40, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of income per share calculations. |
(3) | If approved by IF Bancorp, Inc.s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans, and purchases by the plan may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from IF Bancorp, Inc. or through open market purchases. The funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans to purchase the shares will be provided by IF Bancorp, Inc. The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plans acquire the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 20% of the amount contributed to the stock-based benefit plans is amortized as an expense during the fiscal year, and (iii) the stock-based benefit plans expense reflects an effective tax rate of 38.0%. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 3.8%. |
(4) | If approved by IF Bancorp, Inc.s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may grant options to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be sold in the offering (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options to be granted under stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $3.48 for each option, and the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options. The actual expense of the stock options to be granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based benefit plans is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders equity per share would decrease. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock used to fund stock options (equal to 10% of the shares sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 9.1%. |
(5) | The retained earnings of Iroquois Federal will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See Our Policy Regarding Dividends, The Conversion; Plan of DistributionLiquidation Rights and Supervision and Regulation. The number of shares used to calculate pro forma stockholders equity per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the offering. |
41
At or For the Year Ended June 30,
2010
Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of |
||||||||||||||||
2,890,000
Shares |
3,400,000
Shares |
3,910,000
Shares |
4,496,500
Shares (1) |
|||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) | ||||||||||||||||
Gross Proceeds of Offering |
$ | 28,900 | $ | 34,000 | $ | 39,100 | $ | 44,965 | ||||||||
Plus: Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation |
2,023 | 2,380 | 2,737 | 3,148 | ||||||||||||
Pro forma market capitalization |
30,923 | 36,380 | 41,837 | 48,113 | ||||||||||||
Gross proceeds of offering |
28,900 | 34,000 | 39,100 | 44,965 | ||||||||||||
Less: expenses |
(1,475 | ) | (1,533 | ) | (1,592 | ) | (1,659 | ) | ||||||||
Estimated net proceeds |
27,425 | 32,467 | 37,508 | 43,306 | ||||||||||||
Less: Cash contribution to foundation |
(289 | ) | (340 | ) | (391 | ) | (450 | ) | ||||||||
Less: Common stock purchased by ESOP (2) |
(2,474 | ) | (2,910 | ) | (3,347 | ) | (3,849 | ) | ||||||||
Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3) |
(1,237 | ) | (1,455 | ) | (1,673 | ) | (1,925 | ) | ||||||||
Estimated net cash proceeds |
$ | 23,425 | $ | 27,762 | $ | 32,097 | $ | 37,082 | ||||||||
For the Year Ended June 30, 2010 |
||||||||||||||||
Consolidated net income: |
||||||||||||||||
Historical |
$ | 2,677 | $ | 2,677 | $ | 2,677 | $ | 2,677 | ||||||||
Pro forma income on net proceeds |
292 | 346 | 400 | 462 | ||||||||||||
Pro forma ESOP adjustment (2) |
(77 | ) | (90 | ) | (104 | ) | (119 | ) | ||||||||
Pro forma stock award adjustment (3) |
(153 | ) | (180 | ) | (208 | ) | (239 | ) | ||||||||
Pro forma stock option adjustment (4) |
(195 | ) | (229 | ) | (264 | ) | (303 | ) | ||||||||
Pro forma net income |
$ | 2,544 | $ | 2,524 | $ | 2,501 | $ | 2,478 | ||||||||
Per share net income |
||||||||||||||||
Historical |
$ | 0.94 | $ | 0.80 | $ | 0.69 | $ | 0.60 | ||||||||
Pro forma income on net proceeds |
0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 | ||||||||||||
Pro forma ESOP adjustment (2) |
(0.03 | ) | (0.03 | ) | (0.03 | ) | (0.03 | ) | ||||||||
Pro forma stock award adjustment (3) |
(0.05 | ) | (0.05 | ) | (0.05 | ) | (0.05 | ) | ||||||||
Pro forma stock option adjustment (4) |
(0.07 | ) | (0.07 | ) | (0.07 | ) | (0.07 | ) | ||||||||
Pro forma net income per share |
$ | 0.89 | $ | 0.75 | $ | 0.64 | $ | 0.55 | ||||||||
Offering price as a multiple of pro forma net income per share |
11.23 | x | 13.33 | x | 15.63 | x | 18.18 | x | ||||||||
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma net income per share calculations |
2,857,285 | 3,361,512 | 3,865,739 | 4,445,600 | ||||||||||||
At June 30, 2010 |
||||||||||||||||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||||||||||
Historical |
$ | 37,288 | $ | 37,288 | $ | 37,288 | $ | 37,288 | ||||||||
Estimated net proceeds |
27,425 | 32,467 | 37,508 | 43,306 | ||||||||||||
Plus: Shares issued to the charitable foundation |
2,023 | 2,380 | 2,737 | 3,148 | ||||||||||||
Less: Pre-tax cost of charitable foundation shares |
(2,023 | ) | (2,380 | ) | (2,737 | ) | (3,148 | ) | ||||||||
Less: Cash contribution to foundation |
(289 | ) | (340 | ) | (391 | ) | (450 | ) | ||||||||
Plus: Tax benefit of the contribution to the foundation |
879 | 1,034 | 1,189 | 1,367 | ||||||||||||
Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2) |
(2,474 | ) | (2,910 | ) | (3,347 | ) | (3,849 | ) | ||||||||
Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)(4) |
(1,237 | ) | (1,455 | ) | (1,673 | ) | (1,925 | ) | ||||||||
Pro forma stockholders equity |
$ | 61,592 | $ | 66,084 | $ | 70,574 | $ | 75,737 | ||||||||
Stockholders equity per share: |
||||||||||||||||
Historical |
$ | 12.06 | $ | 10.25 | $ | 8.91 | $ | 7.75 | ||||||||
Estimated net proceeds |
8.87 | 8.92 | 8.97 | 9.00 | ||||||||||||
Plus: Shares issued to the charitable foundation |
0.65 | 0.65 | 0.65 | 0.65 | ||||||||||||
Less: Pre-tax cost of charitable foundation shares |
(0.65 | ) | (0.65 | ) | (0.65 | ) | (0.65 | ) | ||||||||
Less: Cash contribution to foundation |
(0.09 | ) | (0.09 | ) | (0.09 | ) | (0.09 | ) | ||||||||
Plus: Tax benefit of the contribution to the foundation |
0.28 | 0.28 | 0.28 | 0.28 | ||||||||||||
Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2) |
(0.80 | ) | (0.80 | ) | (0.80 | ) | (0.80 | ) | ||||||||
Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)(4) |
(0.40 | ) | (0.40 | ) | (0.40 | ) | (0.40 | ) | ||||||||
Pro forma stockholders equity per share (5) |
$ | 19.92 | $ | 18.16 | $ | 16.87 | $ | 15.74 | ||||||||
Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders equity per share |
50.20 | % | 55.07 | % | 59.28 | % | 63.53 | % | ||||||||
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations |
3,092,300 | 3,638,000 | 4,183,700 | 4,811,255 |
(footnotes begin on following page)
42
(1) | As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering. |
(2) | Assumes that 8% of shares of common stock sold in the offering will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from IF Bancorp, Inc. Iroquois Federal intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Iroquois Federals total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 20 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 718-40, Employers Accounting for Employer Stock Ownership Plans (ASC 718-40) requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Iroquois Federal, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined tax rate of 38.0%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 12,369, 14,552, 16,735 and 19,245 shares were committed to be released during the year ended June 30, 2010 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with ASC 718-40, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of income per share calculations. |
(3) | If approved by IF Bancorp, Inc.s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans, and purchases by the plan may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from IF Bancorp, Inc. or through open market purchases. The funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans to purchase the shares will be provided by IF Bancorp, Inc. The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plans acquire the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 20% of the amount contributed to the stock-based benefit plans is amortized as an expense during the fiscal year, and (iii) the stock-based benefit plans expense reflects an effective combined tax rate of 38.0%. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 3.8%. |
(4) | If approved by IF Bancorp, Inc.s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may grant options to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be sold in the offering (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options to be granted under stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $3.48 for each option, and the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options. The actual expense of the stock options to be granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based benefit plans is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders equity per share would decrease. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock used to fund stock options (equal to 10% of the shares sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 9.1%. |
(5) | The retained earnings of Iroquois Federal will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See Our Policy Regarding Dividends, The Conversion; Plan of DistributionLiquidation Rights and Supervision and Regulation. The number of shares used to calculate pro forma stockholders equity per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the offering. |
43
COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION
As reflected in the table below, if the charitable foundation is not established and funded as part of the stock offering, RP Financial, LC. estimates that our pro forma valuation would be greater and, as a result, a greater number of shares of common stock would be issued in the stock offering. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the valuation range, the pro forma value of our stock is $30.9 million, $36.4 million, $41.8 million and $48.1 million with the charitable foundation, as compared to $32.3 million, $38.0 million, $43.7 million and $50.3 million, respectively, without the charitable foundation. There is no assurance that in the event the charitable foundation were not formed, the appraisal prepared at that time would conclude that our pro forma market value would be the same as that estimated in the table below. Any appraisal prepared at that time would be based on the facts and circumstances existing at that time, including, among other things, market and economic conditions.
For comparative purposes only, set forth below are certain pricing ratios and financial data and ratios at and for the six months ended December 31, 2010 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming the stock offering was completed at the beginning of the six-month period, with and without the charitable foundation.
Minimum of Offering Range | Midpoint of Offering Range | Maximum of Offering Range |
Adjusted Maximum of
Offering Range |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
With
Foundation |
Without
Foundation |
With
Foundation |
Without
Foundation |
With
Foundation |
Without
Foundation |
With
Foundation |
Without
Foundation |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Estimated stock offering amount |
$ | 28,900 | $ | 32,300 | $ | 34,000 | $ | 38,000 | $ | 39,100 | $ | 43,700 | $ | 44,965 | $ | 50,255 | ||||||||||||||||
Estimated full value |
30,923 | 32,300 | 36,380 | 38,000 | 41,837 | 43,700 | 48,113 | 50,255 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
429,215 | 431,819 | 433,706 | 436,769 | 438,196 | 441,720 | 443,361 | 447,412 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
368,191 | 368,191 | 368,191 | 368,191 | 368,191 | 368,191 | 368,191 | 368,191 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma stockholders equity |
61,024 | 63,628 | 65,515 | 68,578 | 70,005 | 73,529 | 75,170 | 79,221 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma net income |
1,534 | 1,546 | 1,524 | 1,538 | 1,512 | 1,530 | 1,501 | 1,520 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma stockholders equity per share |
19.73 | 19.70 | 18.01 | 18.05 | 16.73 | 16.82 | 15.62 | 15.76 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma net income per share |
0.54 | 0.52 | 0.45 | 0.44 | 0.39 | 0.38 | 0.34 | 0.33 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma pricing ratios: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders equity per share |
50.68 | % | 50.76 | % | 55.52 | % | 55.40 | % | 59.77 | % | 59.45 | % | 64.02 | % | 63.45 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders equity per share |
50.68 | % | 50.76 | % | 55.52 | % | 55.40 | % | 59.77 | % | 59.45 | % | 64.02 | % | 63.45 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Offering price to pro forma net income per share |
9.30 | x | 9.63 | x | 11.01 | x | 11.39 | x | 12.76 | x | 13.17 | x | 14.78 | x | 15.25 | x | ||||||||||||||||
Pro forma financial ratios: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Return on assets (annualized) |
0.71 | % | 0.72 | % | 0.70 | % | 0.70 | % | 0.69 | % | 0.69 | % | 0.68 | % | 0.68 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Return on equity (annualized) |
5.03 | % | 4.86 | % | 4.65 | % | 4.49 | % | 4.32 | % | 4.16 | % | 3.99 | % | 3.84 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Equity to assets |
14.22 | % | 14.73 | % | 15.11 | % | 15.70 | % | 15.98 | % | 16.65 | % | 16.95 | % | 17.71 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Tangible equity ratio |
14.22 | % | 14.73 | % | 15.11 | % | 15.70 | % | 15.98 | % | 16.65 | % | 16.95 | % | 17.71 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total Shares Issued |
3,092,300 | 3,230,000 | 3,638,000 | 3,800,000 | 4,183,700 | 4,370,000 | 4,811,255 | 5,025,500 |
44
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
This section is intended to help potential investors understand our financial performance through a discussion of the factors affecting our financial condition at December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010 and 2009, and our results of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009. This section should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes to the financial statements that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. IF Bancorp, Inc. did not exist at December 31, 2010 and, therefore, the information reflected in this section reflects the financial performance of Iroquois Federal.
Overview
We have grown our organization to $404.9 million in assets at December 31, 2010 from $326.4 million in assets at June 30, 2007. We have increased our assets primarily through increased investment securities and loan growth. From June 30, 2007 to December 31, 2010, total investment securities increased $40.4 million, or 41.5%, while total loans increased $34.9 million or 16.7%.
Historically, we have operated as a traditional thrift institution. As recently as June 30, 2007, $165.0 million, or approximately 78.8% of our loan portfolio, consisted of longer-term, one- to four-family residential real estate loans. However, in recent years, we have increased our focus on the origination of commercial real estate loans, multi-family real estate loans and commercial business loans which generally provide higher returns than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, have shorter durations and are often originated with adjustable rates of interest. As a result, our net interest rate spread (the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities) increased to 2.92% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 from 1.88% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007. This contributed to a corresponding increase in net interest income (the difference between interest income and interest expense) to $11.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 from $6.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.
Our emphasis on conservative loan underwriting has resulted in relatively low levels of non-performing assets at a time when many financial institutions are experiencing significant asset quality issues. Our non-performing assets totaled $4.3 million or 1.1% of total assets at June 30, 2010, and $4.4 million, or 1.1% of total assets at December 31, 2010.
Other than our loans for the construction of one- to four-family residential properties and the draw portion of our home equity lines of credit, we do not offer interest only mortgage loans on one- to four-family residential properties (where the borrower pays interest but no principal for an initial period, after which the loan converts to a fully amortizing loan). We also do not offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal, such as Option ARM loans, where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on their loan, resulting in an increased principal balance during the life of the loan. We do not offer subprime loans (loans that generally target borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios) or Alt-A loans (traditionally defined as loans having less than full documentation). We also do not own any private label mortgage-backed securities that are collateralized by Alt-A, low or no documentation or subprime mortgage loans.
All of our mortgage-backed securities have been issued by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae, U.S. government-sponsored enterprises. These entities guarantee the payment of principal and interest on our mortgage-backed securities.
44
Business Strategy
Our goal is to continue to provide the highest quality customer service to our customers at all of our office locations while increasing and diversifying our lending in our primary market area and expanding into adjacent markets as opportunities arise. Our business strategy is to accomplish these goals and to grow and improve our profitability by:
|
growing our loan portfolio by continuing to emphasize one- to four-family residential mortgage loans while increasing our commercial real estate and multi-family lending, commercial business lending and consumer lending; |
|
maintaining prudent underwriting standards and aggressively monitoring our loan portfolio to maintain asset quality; |
|
managing our overall cost of funds by emphasizing lower-cost core deposits and attracting checking accounts; |
|
managing interest rate risk by emphasizing the origination of adjustable-rate loans for retention in our portfolio and continuing to sell most of our longer-term, fixed-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans that we originate; |
|
expanding our banking franchise through de novo branching, branch acquisitions, or acquisitions of other financial institutions, including FDIC-assisted acquisitions, or other financial services companies (although we currently have no understandings or agreements with respect to any such transaction); and |
|
growing our noninterest income by expanding our wealth management, insurance agency and financial service activities. |
Our business strategy is designed to expand our banking relationships with customers, including businesses within our market area and adjacent markets. A full description of our products and services begins on page 63 of this prospectus under the heading Business of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association.
Anticipated Increase in Noninterest Expense
Following the completion of the conversion and offering, we anticipate that our noninterest expense will increase as a result of the increased costs associated with managing a public company, allocation of shares of common stock by our employee stock ownership plan, adding employees in our commercial lending and technology areas, and adopting one or more stock-based benefit plans, if approved by IF Bancorp, Inc.s stockholders.
Assuming that the adjusted maximum number of shares are sold in the offering (and shares are contributed to the charitable foundation as set forth herein), 4,811,255 shares will be outstanding and:
|
our employee stock ownership plan would acquire 384,900 shares of common stock with a $3.8 million loan that is expected to be repaid over 20 years, resulting in an annual pre-tax expense of approximately $192,500 (assuming that the common stock maintains a value of $10.00 per share); |
45
|
our stock-based benefit plan would reserve a number of shares equal to 10% of the total shares issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation), or 481,125 shares, for the grant of options to eligible participants, which would result in compensation expense over the vesting period of the options. Assuming the market price of the common stock is $10.00 per share; all options are granted with an exercise price of $10.00 per share and have a term of 10 years; the dividend yield on the stock is 0.00%; the risk free interest rate is 3.30%; and the volatility rate on the common stock is 16.16%, the estimated grant-date fair value of the stock options utilizing a Black-Scholes option pricing model is $3.48 per option granted. Assuming this value is amortized over a five-year vesting period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with the stock options would be approximately $335,000; and |
|
our stock-based benefit plan would reserve a number of shares equal to 4% of the shares issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation), or 192,450 shares, for awards to eligible participants, which would be expensed as the awards vest. Assuming that all shares are awarded under the stock-based benefit plan at a price of $10.00 per share, and that the awards vest over a five-year period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with shares awarded under the stock-based benefit plan would be approximately $385,000. |
The actual expense that will be recorded for the employee stock ownership plan will be determined by the market value of the shares of common stock as they are released to employees over the term of the loan, and whether the loan is repaid faster than its contractual term. Accordingly, increases in the stock price above $10.00 per share will increase the total employee stock ownership plan expense, and any accelerated repayment of the loan would increase the annual employee stock ownership plan expense. Additionally, the actual expense of the stock-based benefit plan will be determined by the fair market value of the stock on the grant date, which might be greater than $10.00 per share. Further, the actual expense of the stock options would be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which would depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
We may award shares of common stock and grant options in excess of 4% and 10%, respectively, of our shares sold in the stock offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation) if our stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering. This would further increase our expenses associated with stock-based benefit plans.
Critical Accounting Policies
We consider accounting policies that require management to exercise significant judgment or discretion or make significant assumptions that have, or could have, a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets or on income, to be critical accounting policies. We consider the following to be our critical accounting policies.
Allowance for Loan Losses. We believe that the allowance for loan losses and related provision for loan losses are particularly susceptible to change in the near term, due to changes in credit quality which are evidenced by trends in charge-offs and in the volume and severity of past due loans. In addition, our portfolio is comprised of a substantial amount of commercial real estate loans which generally have greater credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage and consumer loans because these loans generally have larger principal balances and are non-homogenous.
46
The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level to cover probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Based on our estimate of the level of allowance for loan losses required, we record a provision for loan losses as a charge to earnings to maintain the allowance for loan losses at an appropriate level. The estimate of our credit losses is applied to two general categories of loans:
|
loans that we evaluate individually for impairment under ASC 310-10, Receivables; and |
|
groups of loans with similar risk characteristics that we evaluate collectively for impairment under ASC 450-20, Loss Contingencies. |
The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and reflects consideration of all significant factors that affect the collectability of the loan portfolio. The factors used to evaluate the collectability of the loan portfolio include, but are not limited to, current economic conditions, our historical loss experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, the financial strength of the borrower, and estimated value of any underlying collateral. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are subject to significant revision as more information becomes available. Actual loan losses may be significantly more than the allowance for loan losses we have established which could have a material negative effect on our financial results. See also Business of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan AssociationAllowance for Loan Losses.
Income Tax Accounting. The provision for income taxes is based upon income in our consolidated financial statements, rather than amounts reported on our income tax return. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on our deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date. Under U.S. GAAP, a valuation allowance is required to be recognized if it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The determination as to whether we will be able to realize the deferred tax assets is highly subjective and dependent upon judgment concerning our evaluation of both positive and negative evidence, our forecasts of future income, applicable tax planning strategies, and assessments of current and future economic and business conditions. Positive evidence includes the existence of taxes paid in available carryback years as well as the probability that taxable income will be generated in future periods, while negative evidence includes any cumulative losses in the current year and prior two years and general business and economic trends. Any reduction in estimated future taxable income may require us to record a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. Any required valuation allowance would result in additional income tax expense in the period and could have a significant impact on our future earnings. Positions taken in our tax returns may be subject to challenge by the taxing authorities upon examination. The benefit of an uncertain tax position is initially recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. Such tax positions are both initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement with the tax authority, assuming full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts. Differences between our position and the position of tax authorities could result in a reduction of a tax benefit or an increase to a tax liability, which could adversely affect our future income tax expense.
We believe our tax policies and practices are critical accounting policies because the determination of our tax provision and current and deferred tax assets and liabilities have a material impact on our net income and the carrying value of our assets. We believe our tax liabilities and assets are properly recorded in the consolidated financial statements at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2010 (unaudited) and no valuation allowance was necessary.
47
Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010
Total assets increased $20.1 million, or 5.2%, to $404.9 million at December 31, 2010 from $384.8 million at June 30, 2010. The increase was primarily the result of a $12.1 million increase in investment securities and a $6.8 million increase in net loans receivable.
Net loans receivable increased by $6.8 million, or 2.9%, to $241.0 million at December 31, 2010 from $234.2 million at June 30, 2010. The increase in net loans receivable during this period was due primarily to a $7.2 million, or 37.6%, increase in multi-family residential real estate loans, a $2.1 million, or 15.3%, increase in commercial business loans, and a $1.8 million, or 23.1%, increase in home equity lines of credit. The increases in multi-family residential, commercial business and commercial real estate loans reflected our continued emphasis on originating these types of loans. These increases were partially offset by a $4.8 million, or 3.1%, decrease in one- to four-family residential loans (due primarily to increased sales of loans originated), and a decrease of $875,000 in construction loans. The increase in loans was primarily funded with borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago.
Investment securities, consisting entirely of securities available for sale, increased $12.1 million, or 9.6%, to $137.9 million at December 31, 2010 from $125.7 million at June 30, 2010. The increase was the result of the utilization of excess funding from increased deposits to purchase investment securities, primarily consisting of agency debt obligations with terms of four to six years, which are held as available for sale. We had no securities held to maturity at December 31, 2010 or June 30, 2010.
During the six-month period ended December 31, 2010, other assets increased by $250,000 to $1.6 million and mortgage servicing rights increased by $134,000 to $290,000, while cash and cash equivalents remained stable, decreasing by $180,000 to $6.7 million, and foreclosed assets held for sale decreased by $111,000 to $386,000 due to the sale of foreclosed assets during this period.
We invest in bank-owned life insurance to provide a funding source for benefit plan obligations. Bank-owned life insurance also generally provides noninterest income that is nontaxable. At December 31, 2010, our investment in bank-owned life insurance was $7.1 million, an increase of $130,000 from $7.0 million at June 30, 2010.
Deposits increased $12.6 million, or 3.9%, to $333.2 million at December 31, 2010 from $320.6 million at June 30, 2010, while the mix of deposits remained relatively stable. Certificates of deposit increased $3.6 million, or 1.8%, to $201.9 million, savings, NOW, and money market accounts increased $6.3 million, or 5.6%, to $117.8 million, brokered certificates of deposit increased $1.0 million, or 20.0%, to $6.0 million, and noninterest bearing demand accounts increased $1.7 million, or 29.7%, to $7.6 million.
Borrowings, which consisted solely of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, increased $8.5 million, or 37.8%, to $31.0 million at December 31, 2010 from $22.5 million at June 30, 2010. We increased our borrowings to fund our lending at interest rates more favorable than deposit rates.
Total equity decreased $568,000, or 1.5%, to $36.7 million at December 31, 2010 from $37.3 million at June 30, 2010. The decrease was attributable to a $2.2 million decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income resulting primarily from the after-tax effect of a $3.1 million decrease in unrealized gains on securities available for sale, partially offset by net income of $1.6 million. The decrease in unrealized gains on securities available for sale was due to lower market values of available for sale securities.
48
Comparison of Financial Condition at June 30, 2010 and 2009
Total assets increased $7.6 million, or 2.0%, to $384.8 million at June 30, 2010 from $377.2 million at June 30, 2009. The increase was primarily the result of a $10.4 million increase in net loans receivable and an $877,000 increase in investment securities, partially offset by a $5.1 million decrease in cash and cash equivalents.
Net loans receivable increased by $10.4 million, or 4.6%, to $234.2 million at June 30, 2010 from $223.8 million at June 30, 2009. The increase in loans receivable during this period was due to increases of $4.4 million, or 29.8%, in multi-family residential real estate loans, $4.2 million, or 44.9%, in commercial business loans, $3.3 million, or 71.4%, in home equity lines of credit, $2.2 million, or 15.4%, in consumer loans, and $1.1 million, or 4.8%, in commercial real estate loans. The increases in multi-family residential, commercial business and commercial real estate loans reflected our continued emphasis on originating these types of loans. These increases were partially offset by a $3.3 million, or 2.1%, decrease in one- to four-family residential loans during this period.
Total investment securities remained stable, increasing by $877,000 to $125.7 million at June 30, 2010 from $124.9 million at June 30, 2009. During such period the investment securities portfolio was restructured to facilitate the sale of investment securities under favorable market conditions and to improve our interest rate risk position. Securities available for sale increased $26.3 million, or 26.5%, to $125.7 million at June 30, 2010 from $99.4 million at June 30, 2009, and investments held to maturity decreased by $25.4 million to $0 at June 30, 2010. During fiscal year 2010, we sold securities from the securities held to maturity portfolio with an amortized cost of $11.1 million to realize investment gains of approximately $225,000 and to reinvest the proceeds in investment securities that would improve our interest rate risk, consisting primarily of shorter term agency obligations. We also transferred the remaining $11.1 million of securities held to maturity to our securities available for sale portfolio.
During the year ended June 30, 2010, cash and cash equivalents decreased by $5.1, or 42.6%, to $6.8 million, other assets increased by $697,000 to $1.3 million and foreclosed assets held for sale increased by $372,000 to $497,000. At June 30, 2010, our investment in bank-owned life insurance was $7.0 million, an increase of $255,000 from $6.7 million at June 30, 2009.
Deposits increased $7.2 million, or 2.3%, to $320.6 million at June 30, 2010 from $313.4 million at June 30, 2009. During fiscal 2010, certificates of deposit increased $2.3 million, or 1.2%, to $198.2 million, savings, NOW and money market accounts increased $544,000, or .5%, to $111.5 million, brokered certificates of deposit increased $5.0 million, or 100%, to $5.0 million, and noninterest bearing demand accounts increased $594,000, or 9.2%, to $5.8 million.
Borrowings, which consisted solely of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago during fiscal 2010 and 2009, decreased $4.0 million, or 15.1%, from $26.5 million at June 30, 2009 to $22.5 million at June 30, 2010. Our borrowings decreased during fiscal 2010 primarily due to repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago borrowings during the period.
Total equity increased $4.0 million, or 12.1%, to $37.3 million at June 30, 2010 from $33.3 million at June 30, 2009. The increase was attributable to net income of $2.7 million and a $1.4 million increase in accumulated other comprehensive income resulting primarily from increases in the market value of available for sale securities.
49
Comparison of Operating Results for the Six Months Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
General. Net income increased $448,000, or 38.9%, to $1.6 million for the six months ended December 31, 2010 from $1.2 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to a $515,000 increase in net interest income, a $528,000 increase in noninterest income and a $345,000 reduction in the provision for loan losses, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense of $609,000 and a $330,000 increase in income tax expense.
Net Interest Income . Net interest income increased by $515,000, or 9.6%, to $5.9 million for the six months ended December 31, 2010 from $5.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009. The increase was due to a decrease of $882,000 in interest expense partially offset by a decrease of $367,000 in interest income. The increase in net interest income was primarily the result of the rates on our deposits, particularly our certificates of deposit, decreasing faster than the interest rates of our interest-earning assets in a period of declining market interest rates. As a result, our net interest margin increased 17 basis points to 3.11% for the six months ended December 31, 2010 compared to 2.94% for the six months ended December 31, 2009, and our net interest rate spread increased 21 basis points to 3.01% for the six months ended December 31, 2010 compared to 2.80% for the six months ended December 31, 2009, as the decrease in the average cost of our interest-bearing liabilities exceeded the decrease in the average yield on our interest-earning assets.
Interest Income . Interest income decreased $367,000, or 4.1%, to $8.6 million for the six months ended December 31, 2010 from $9.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in interest income was primarily due to a $342,000 decrease in interest income on securities which resulted from a 61 basis point, or 13.7%, decrease in the average yield on securities from 3.83% to 3.22%. The decrease in the average yield was primarily due to lower market interest rates during the period. The decrease in yield was partially offset by an increase in the average balance of securities of $3.3 million, or 2.6%, to $133.2 million for the six months ended December 31, 2010 from $129.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009.
Interest income on loans decreased $27,000 as a $6.2 million increase in the average balance of loans to $237.0 million at December 31, 2010 was more than offset by an 18 basis point decrease in the average yield on loans from 5.62% to 5.44%. The decrease in the average yield on loans reflected the declining interest rate environment during fiscal 2010.
Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $882,000, or 24.4%, to $2.7 million for the six months ended December 31, 2010 from $3.6 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009. The decrease occurred despite higher deposit balances due to lower market interest rates during the period.
Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits decreased by $808,000, or 24.4%, to $2.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2010 from $3.1 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease of 63 basis points in the average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits to 1.36% for the six months ended December 31, 2010 from 1.99% for the six months ended December 31, 2009. We experienced decreases in the average cost across all categories of interest-bearing deposits for the six months ended December 31, 2010, reflecting lower market interest rates as compared to the prior period. The decrease in average cost was partially offset by a $14.4 million, or 4.6%, increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits to $332.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2010 from $309.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009.
Interest expense on borrowings decreased $74,000 to $458,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2010 from $531,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2009. This decrease was due to a $3.5 million decrease in the average balance of borrowings to $27.5 million for the six months ended
50
December 31, 2010 from $31.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009, and an 11 basis point decrease in the average cost of such borrowings to 3.32% for the six months ended December 31, 2010 from 3.43% for the six months ended December 31, 2009.
Provision for Loan Losses. We establish provisions for loan losses which are charged to operations in order to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level we consider necessary to absorb probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Our methodology for establishing our allowance for loan losses and provisions for loan losses is discussed under Critical Accounting PoliciesAllowance of Loan Losses and Business of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan AssociationAllowance for Loan Losses. Based on the methodology set forth in those sections, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $625,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2010, as compared to a provision for loan losses of $969,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2009. The allowance for loan losses was $2.7 million, or 1.1% of total loans, at December 31, 2010, compared to $1.9 million, or 0.8% of total loans, at December 31, 2009. The decrease in the provision reflects managements view of the risk in the portfolio, in particular the stabilization of non-performing and delinquent loans and higher provisions taken in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 to increase the overall allowance level due to increasing non-performing loans and worsening economic conditions during fiscal 2010.
Noninterest Income . Noninterest income increased $528,000, or 29.4%, to $2.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2010 compared to $1.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to increases in brokerage commissions, mortgage banking income, other service charges and fees, and net realized gain on sales of securities available for sale. For the six months ended December 31, 2010, mortgage banking income increased $256,000 to $420,000, brokerage commissions increased $108,000 to $301,000, other service charges and fees increased $73,000 to $156,000, and net realized gains on the sale of available for sale securities increased $74,000 to $378,000. Insurance commissions and customer service fees decreased $32,000 and $23,000, respectively, for the six months ended December 31, 2010. The increase in mortgage banking income was due primarily to increased originations of one- to-four family loans originated for sale and the increase in brokerage commissions was primarily due to increased sales of mutual funds and annuities.
Noninterest Expense . Noninterest expense increased $609,000, or 13.7%, to $5.1 million for the six months ended December 31, 2010 from $4.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009. The largest components of this increase were compensation and benefits, which increased $470,000, or 17.4%, professional services expense, which increased $58,000, or 86.1%, office occupancy expense and equipment expense, which increased a combined $65,000, or 13.6%, and other noninterest expense, which increased $106,000, or 21.4%. Increased staffing, normal salary increases and increases in payroll taxes primarily accounted for the increase in compensation and benefits expense. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $142,000 in net loss on foreclosed assets to a net gain recognized for 2010.
Income Tax Expense . We recorded a provision for income taxes of $915,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2010, compared to a provision for income taxes of $585,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2009, reflecting effective tax rates of 36.4% and 33.7%, respectively. The increased rate for 2010 was due to an increase in state tax expense.
Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended June 30, 2010 and 2009
General. Net income increased $270,000, or 11.2%, to $2.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2010 from $2.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2009. The primary reasons for the increase were a $1.6 million increase in net interest income and a $942,000 increase in noninterest income, offset by an increase of $1.5 million in the provision for loan losses and an increase of $767,000 in noninterest expense.
52
Net Interest Income . Net interest income increased by $1.6 million, or 16.8%, to $11.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2010 from $9.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2009. The increase primarily resulted from a decrease of $1.9 million in interest expense partially offset by a decrease of $357,000 in interest income. The increase in net interest income was primarily driven by declining market interest rates during the year ended June 30, 2010. Deposit and borrowing rates declined faster than the average yield on our interest-earning assets, and our average balance of interest-earning assets was higher in 2010. As a result, our net interest margin increased 27 basis points to 3.01% for the year ended June 30, 2010 from 2.74% for the year ended June 30, 2009, and our net interest rate spread increased 39 basis points to 2.92% for the year ended June 30, 2010 from 2.53% for the year ended June 30, 2009.
Interest Income . Interest income decreased $357,000 to $17.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2010 from $18.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2009. The decrease primarily resulted from a $400,000 decrease in interest income on loans and a $27,000 decrease in interest on deposits with other financial institutions, partially offset by a $70,000 increase in interest income on securities.
Interest income on loans decreased $400,000, or 3.0%, to $12.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2010 from $13.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2009. This decrease resulted from a 41 basis point decrease in the average yield to 5.55% for the year ended June 30, 2010 from 5.96% for the year ended June 30, 2009, reflecting decreases in market interest rates. The decrease in yield was partially offset by an increase in the average balance of loans of $9.0 million, or 4.1%, to $232.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2010 from $223.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2009.
Interest income on securities increased by $70,000 to $4.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2010 from $4.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2009. The increase in interest income on securities was due to an increase of $20.0 million in the average balance of securities to $129.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2010 from $109.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2009, partially offset by a decrease in the average yield on securities of 62 basis points to 3.75% for the year ended June 30, 2010 from 4.37% for the year ended June 30, 2009. The increase in the average balance of securities resulted from purchases of securities during fiscal 2010, consisting primarily of agency obligations. The decrease in the average yield on securities was due to the declining interest rate environment.
Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $1.9 million, or 22.5%, to $6.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2010 from $8.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2009.
Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits decreased by $1.8 million, or 23.9%, to $5.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2010 from $7.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2009. The decrease in interest expense on interest-bearing deposits was due to a decrease of 80 basis points in the average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits to 1.77% for the year ended June 30, 2010 from 2.57% for the year ended June 30, 2009. We experienced decreases in the average rate across all categories of interest-bearing deposits for the year ended June 30, 2010, reflecting lower market interest rates. This was partially offset by a $31.2 million, or 11.1%, increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits to $313.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2010 from $281.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2009.
Interest expense on borrowings decreased $169,000 to $1.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2010 from $1.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2009. This decrease was due to a $7.3 million decrease in the average balance of borrowings to $28.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2010 from $36.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2009, partially offset by a 26 basis point increase in the average cost of such borrowings to 3.58% for the year ended June 30, 2010 from 3.32% for the year ended June 30, 2009.
53
Provision for Loan Losses. We recorded a provision for loan losses of $1.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2010 and a provision for loan losses of $405,000 for the year ended June 30, 2009. The allowance for loan losses was $2.8 million, or 1.2% of total loans, at June 30, 2010, compared to $1.4 million, or 0.60% of total loans, at June 30, 2009. The increased provision reflects managements view of the risks inherent in the loan portfolio. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, we experienced increased loan charge offs, which increased from $106,000 for fiscal 2009 to $509,000 in fiscal 2010, and an increase in our multi-family, commercial real estate and commercial business loans, which bear higher risk than our one- to-four family mortgage loans. Additionally, our increase in non-performing assets and our view of the added risk of the loan portfolio combined with a weakened economy caused us to increase the overall level of our allowances for loan losses.
Noninterest Income . Noninterest income increased $942,000, or 30.4%, to $4.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2010 compared to $3.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2009. The increase was primarily due to a $1.0 million increase in net realized gains on sales of securities available for sale, partially offset by a decrease of $154,000 in mortgage banking income. The increase in net realized gains on sales of securities available for sale was due to sales of securities available for sale in connection with the restructuring of the securities portfolio to realize investment gains on securities held to maturity, and to improve our interest rate risk position.
Noninterest Expense . Noninterest expense increased $767,000, or 9.2%, to $9.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2010 from $8.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2009. The largest components of this increase were compensation and benefits, which increased $416,000, or 7.9%, FDIC assessments, which increased $103,000, or 29.9%, office occupancy expense and equipment expense, which increased a combined $89,000, or 9.9%, and other noninterest expense, which increased $93,000, or 10.6%. Normal salary increases and increases in payroll taxes primarily accounted for the increase in compensation and benefits expense.
Income Tax Expense . We recorded $1.4 million of income tax expense for the years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, reflecting effective tax rates of 34.2% and 36.1%, respectively.
54
Average Balances and Yields
The following tables set forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the periods indicated. Tax-equivalent yield adjustments have not been made for tax-exempt securities. All average balances are based on month-end balances which management deems to be representative of the operations of Iroquois Federal. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense.
At
December 31, 2010 |
For the Six Months Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield/Rate |
Average
Outstanding Balance |
Interest | Yield/Rate (1) |
Average
Outstanding Balance |
Interest | Yield/Rate (1) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family (2) |
5.09 | % | $ | 149,378 | $ | 3,897 | 5.22 | % | $ | 155,714 | $ | 4,173 | 5.36 | % | ||||||||||||||
Multi-family |
5.29 | 21,090 | 560 | 5.31 | 17,000 | 470 | 5.53 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
5.95 | 25,347 | 758 | 5.98 | 23,912 | 750 | 6.27 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
4.22 | 9,059 | 192 | 4.24 | 5,622 | 127 | 4.51 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
4.67 | 1,417 | 33 | 4.68 | 2,146 | 52 | 4.84 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
5.87 | 13,887 | 409 | 5.89 | 11,764 | 360 | 6.13 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
7.21 | 16,821 | 608 | 7.23 | 14,676 | 552 | 7.52 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans |
5.29 | 236,999 | 6,457 | 5.44 | 230,834 | 6,484 | 5.62 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government, federal agency and government-sponsored enterprises |
2.72 | 117,247 | 1,776 | 3.03 | 92,558 | 1,673 | 3.61 | |||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government sponsored mortgage-backed securities |
5.08 | 13,335 | 311 | 4.66 | 35,388 | 779 | 4.40 | |||||||||||||||||||||
State and political subdivisions |
4.85 | 2,600 | 63 | 4.85 | 1,894 | 38 | 4.01 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total securities |
2.97 | 133,182 | 2,150 | 3.22 | 129,840 | 2,490 | 3.83 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
.16 | 6,959 | 4 | .11 | 4,105 | 3 | .14 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-earning assets |
4.41 | 377,140 | 8,611 | 4.56 | 364,779 | 8,977 | 4.92 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest-earning assets |
24,640 | 20,131 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 401,780 | $ | 384,910 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing checking or NOW |
.20 | $ | 23,967 | $ | 29 | .24 | $ | 23,096 | $ | 67 | .58 | |||||||||||||||||
Savings accounts |
.39 | 22,198 | 69 | .62 | 19,489 | 98 | 1.00 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit |
1.70 | 206,507 | 1,958 | 1.90 | 198,310 | 2,544 | 2.56 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Money market accounts |
.34 | 71,147 | 215 | .60 | 68,551 | 370 | 1.08 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing deposits |
1.17 | 323,819 | 2,271 | 1.36 | 309,446 | 3,079 | 1.99 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
2.83 | 27,522 | 458 | 3.32 | 31,040 | 531 | 3.43 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities |
1.34 | 351,341 | 2,729 | 1.55 | 340,486 | 3,610 | 2.12 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest-bearing liabilities |
15,239 | 12,144 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
1.31 | 366,580 | 352,630 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity |
35,200 | 32,280 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities and equity |
$ | 401,780 | $ | 384,910 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income |
$ | 5,882 | $ | 5,367 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest rate spread (3) |
3.01 | % | 2.80 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest-earning assets (4) |
$ | 25,799 | $ | 24,293 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest margin (5) |
3.11 | % | 2.94 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities |
1.07 | % | 1.07 | % |
(footnotes on following page)
55
For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average
Outstanding Balance |
Interest |
Yield/
Rate |
Average
Outstanding Balance |
Interest |
Yield/
Rate |
Average
Outstanding Balance |
Interest |
Yield/
Rate |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family (2) |
$ | 154,532 | $ | 8,184 | 5.30 | % | $ | 163,485 | $ | 9,440 | 5.77 | % | $ | 163,093 | $ | 10,118 | 6.20 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Multi-family |
17,992 | 988 | 5.49 | 11,850 | 686 | 5.79 | 6,908 | 446 | 6.46 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
23,990 | 1,478 | 6.16 | 20,924 | 1,347 | 6.44 | 17,108 | 1,145 | 6.69 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
6,408 | 281 | 4.39 | 2,984 | 138 | 4.61 | 1,106 | 52 | 4.68 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
2,034 | 98 | 4.81 | 1,611 | 80 | 4.98 | 1,740 | 91 | 5.26 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
12,128 | 736 | 6.07 | 8,114 | 515 | 6.35 | 6,070 | 410 | 6.76 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
15,240 | 1,135 | 7.45 | 14,238 | 1,095 | 7.69 | 13,973 | 1,107 | 7.92 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans |
232,324 | 12,900 | 5.55 | 223,206 | 13,301 | 5.96 | 209,998 | 13,369 | 6.37 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government, federal agency and government-sponsored enterprises |
98,984 | 3,494 | 3.53 | 61,890 | 2,619 | 4.23 | 42,706 | 1,947 | 4.55 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government sponsored mortgage-backed securities |
28,390 | 1,297 | 4.56 | 45,492 | 2,081 | 4.57 | 54,837 | 2,511 | 4.57 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
State and political subdivisions |
2,120 | 65 | 3.07 | 2,094 | 85 | 4.06 | 2,463 | 100 | 4.06 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total securities |
129,494 | 4,856 | 3.75 | 109,476 | 4,785 | 4.37 | 100,006 | 4,558 | 4.55 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
4,460 | 5 | .11 | 11,955 | 32 | .26 | 7,486 | 215 | 2.87 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-earning assets |
366,278 | 17,761 | 4.84 | 344,637 | 18,118 | 5.25 | 317,491 | 18,142 | 5.71 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest-earning assets |
21,973 | 16,008 | 16,828 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 388,251 | $ | 360,645 | $ | 334,319 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing checking or NOW |
$ | 23,234 | $ | 109 | .47 | $ | 21,003 | $ | 137 | .65 | $ | 19,629 | $ | 122 | .62 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Savings accounts |
20,363 | 179 | .87 | 18,712 | 216 | 1.15 | 17,900 | 230 | 1.28 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit |
201,074 | 4,775 | 2.37 | 195,109 | 6,236 | 3.19 | 199,079 | 8,735 | 4.39 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Money market accounts |
68,321 | 616 | .90 | 46,952 | 870 | 1.85 | 32,388 | 812 | 2.51 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing deposits |
312,992 | 5,679 | 1.77 | 281,776 | 7,459 | 2.57 | 268,996 | 9,899 | 3.68 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
28,908 | 1,035 | 3.58 | 36,232 | 1,204 | 3.32 | 26,690 | 1,134 | 4.24 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities |
341,900 | 6,714 | 1.92 | 318,008 | 8,663 | 2.72 | 295,686 | 11,033 | 3.76 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest-bearing liabilities |
13,289 | 11,983 | 10,112 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
355,189 | 329,991 | 305,798 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity |
33,062 | 30,654 | 28,521 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities and equity |
$ | 388,251 | $ | 360,645 | $ | 334,319 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income |
$ | 11,047 | $ | 9,455 | $ | 7,109 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest rate spread (3) |
2.92 | % | 2.53 | % | 1.95 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest-earning assets (4) |
$ | 24,378 | $ | 26,628 | $ | 21,805 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest margin (5) |
3.01 | % | 2.74 | % | 2.20 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities |
1.05 | % | 1.08 | % | 1.07 | % |
(1) | Yields and rates for the six months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are annualized. |
(2) | Includes home equity loans. |
(3) | Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities. |
(4) | Net interest-earning assets represents total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities. |
(5) | Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets. |
56
Rate/Volume Analysis
The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the fiscal years indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The net column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated to the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of change in each.
Six Months Ended December 31,
2010 vs. 2009 |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
2010 vs. 2009 |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
2009 vs. 2008 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Increase (Decrease)
Due to |
Total
Increase (Decrease) |
Increase (Decrease)
Due to |
Total
Increase (Decrease) |
Increase (Decrease)
Due to |
Total
Increase (Decrease) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Volume | Rate | Volume | Rate | Volume | Rate | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(In thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans |
$ | 177 | $ | (204 | ) | $ | (27 | ) | $ | 533 | $ | (933 | ) | $ | (400 | ) | $ | 817 | $ | (885 | ) | $ | (68 | ) | ||||||||||||
Securities |
63 | (405 | ) | (342 | ) | 804 | (734 | ) | 70 | 413 | (187 | ) | 226 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
2 | | 2 | (14 | ) | (13 | ) | (27 | ) | 82 | (264 | ) | (182 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-earning assets |
$ | 242 | $ | (609 | ) | $ | (367 | ) | $ | 1,323 | $ | (1,680 | ) | $ | (357 | ) | $ | 1,312 | $ | (1,336 | ) | $ | (24 | ) | ||||||||||||
Interest-bearing liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing checking or NOW |
$ | 4 | $ | (31 | ) | $ | (27 | ) | $ | 14 | $ | (42 | ) | $ | (28 | ) | $ | 9 | $ | 6 | $ | 15 | ||||||||||||||
Savings accounts |
12 | (41 | ) | (29 | ) | 18 | (55 | ) | (37 | ) | (7 | ) | (7 | ) | (14 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit |
100 | (686 | ) | (586 | ) | 185 | (1,646 | ) | (1,461 | ) | (170 | ) | (2,330 | ) | (2,500 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Money market accounts |
13 | (179 | ) | (166 | ) | 300 | (554 | ) | (254 | ) | 307 | (249 | ) | 58 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing deposits |
129 | (937 | ) | (808 | ) | 517 | (2,297 | ) | (1,780 | ) | 139 | (2,580 | ) | (2,441 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
(56 | ) | (18 | ) | (74 | ) | (257 | ) | 88 | (169 | ) | 350 | (280 | ) | 70 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities |
73 | (955 | ) | (882 | ) | 260 | (2,209 | ) | (1,949 | ) | 489 | (2,860 | ) | (2,371 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Change in net interest income |
$ | 169 | $ | 346 | $ | 515 | $ | 1,063 | $ | 529 | $ | 1,592 | $ | 823 | $ | 1,524 | $ | 2,347 | ||||||||||||||||||
57
Management of Market Risk
General . Because the majority of our assets and liabilities are sensitive to changes in interest rates, our most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk. We are vulnerable to an increase in interest rates to the extent that our interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than our interest-earning assets. As a result, a principal part of our business strategy is to manage interest rate risk and limit the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates. Accordingly, our Board of Directors has established an internal Asset/Liability Management Committee pursuant to our Interest Rate Risk Management Policy that is responsible for evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities, for determining the level of risk that is appropriate, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the guidelines approved by the Board of Directors.
We have sought to manage our interest rate risk in order to control the exposure of our earnings and capital to changes in interest rates. As part of our ongoing asset-liability management, we currently use the following strategies to manage our interest rate risk:
(i) | sell the majority of our long-term, fixed-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans that we originate; |
(ii) | lengthen the weighted average maturity of our liabilities through retail deposit pricing strategies and through longer-term wholesale funding sources such as fixed-rate advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago; |
(iii) | invest in shorter- to medium-term investment securities and interest-earning time deposits; |
(iv) | originate commercial mortgage loans, including multi-family loans and land loans, commercial loans and consumer loans, which tend to have shorter terms and higher interest rates than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, and which generate customer relationships that can result in larger noninterest-bearing demand deposit accounts; and |
(v) | maintain adequate levels of capital. |
We currently do not engage in hedging activities, such as futures, options or swap transactions, or investing in high-risk mortgage derivatives, such as collateralized mortgage obligations, residual interests, real estate mortgage investment conduit residual interests or stripped mortgage backed securities.
In addition, changes in interest rates can affect the fair values of our financial instruments. For additional information regarding the fair values of our assets and liabilities, see Note 14 to the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Net Portfolio Value . The Office of Thrift Supervision requires the computation of amounts by which the difference between the present value of an institutions assets and liabilities (the institutions net portfolio value or NPV) would change in the event of a range of assumed changes in market interest rates. The Office of Thrift Supervision provides all institutions that file a Consolidated Maturity/Rate Schedule as a part of their quarterly Thrift Financial Report with a report that measures the sensitivity of net portfolio value. The Office of Thrift Supervision simulation model uses a discounted cash flow analysis and an option-based pricing approach to measure the interest rate sensitivity of net portfolio value. Historically, the Office of Thrift Supervision model estimated the economic value of each type of
58
asset, liability and off-balance sheet contract using the current interest rate yield curve with instantaneous increases or decreases of 100 to 300 basis points in 100 basis point increments. A basis point equals one-hundredth of one percent, and 100 basis points equals one percent. An increase in interest rates from 3% to 4% would mean, for example, a 100 basis point increase in the Change in Interest Rates column below. Given the current relatively low level of market interest rates, an NPV calculation for an interest rate decrease of greater than 100 basis points has not been prepared. The Office of Thrift Supervision provides us the results of the interest rate sensitivity model, which is based on information we provide to the Office of Thrift Supervision to estimate the sensitivity of our NPV.
The table below sets forth, as of December 31, 2010, the calculation of the estimated changes in our net portfolio value that would result from the designated immediate changes in the United States Treasury yield curve.
At December 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Estimated Increase (Decrease) in NPV |
NPV as a Percentage of Present Value of
Assets (3) |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Change in Interest Rates (basis points) (1) |
Estimated NPV (2) | Amount | Percent | NPV Ratio (4) |
Increase
(Decrease) (basis points) |
|||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
+300 | $ | 37,465 | $ | (19,153 | ) | (34 | )% | 9.27 | % | (393 | ) | |||||||||||
+200 | 45,014 | (11,605 | ) | (20 | ) | 10.89 | (231 | ) | ||||||||||||||
+100 | 52,002 | (4,617 | ) | (8 | ) | 12.31 | (88 | ) | ||||||||||||||
0 | 56,618 | | | 13.20 | | |||||||||||||||||
-100 | 60,399 | 3,780 | 7 | 13.90 | (71 | ) |
(1) | Assumes an instantaneous uniform change in interest rates at all maturities. |
(2) | NPV is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts. |
(3) | Present value of assets represents the discounted present value of incoming cash flows on interest-earning assets. |
(4) | NPV Ratio represents NPV as a percentage of the present value of assets. |
The table above indicates that at December 31, 2010, in the event of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we would experience a 20% decrease in net portfolio value. In the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience a 7% increase in net portfolio value.
Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodologies used in determining interest rate risk through changes in net portfolio value. Modeling changes in net portfolio value require making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the net portfolio value tables presented assume that the composition of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and assume that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although the net portfolio value tables provide an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income and will differ from actual results.
We also perform our own internal interest rate risk analysis that assesses risk to our Net Portfolio Value, Earnings and Capital. As a result of regulatory guidance issued in January 2010, we have recently updated and enhanced our internal interest rate risk model. Our analysis now involves ramping up interest rates 400 basis points using a dynamic and realistic yield curve as well as real world simulation and timing. In addition to measuring Net Portfolio Value, our model also analyzes Earnings at Risk for both Net Interest Income and Net Income, and Capital at Risk for Tangible Equity Capital, Tier 1 Risk Based Capital, and Total Risk Based Capital in rate shock scenarios up to 400 basis points over a three-
59
year period. Due to the current low interest rate environment, we do not analyze rate shock scenarios involving decreasing interest rates. When interest rates increase, we will also analyze scenarios involving decreasing rates. Details of our general ledger along with key data from each deposit, loan, investment, and borrowing are downloaded into our forecasting model which takes into account both market and internal trends. Back testing is done internally on a regular basis to confirm the validity of the model, while third party testing is done periodically. Details of our interest rate risk analysis are reviewed by the Asset/Liability Management Committee and presented to the Board on a quarterly basis.
The tables below illustrate the simulated impact of rate shock scenarios up to 400 basis points over a three-year period on our Earnings at Risk (for both net interest income and net income) and our Capital at Risk (for tangible equity capital, tier 1 risk-based capital, and total risk-based capital). The Net Portfolio Value at Risk table below sets forth our calculation of the estimated changes in our net portfolio value at December 31, 2010 resulting from immediate rate shocks up to 400 basis points.
Earnings at Risk
Capital at Risk
Net Portfolio Value at Risk
At December 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||
Change in Interest Rates (basis points) |
Estimated NPV | % Change NPV | NPV Ratio |
Increase
(Decrease) (in basis points) |
||||||||||||||
+400 | $ | 22,844 | (43 | )% | 6.15 | % | (364 | ) | ||||||||||
+300 | $ | 26,936 | (33 | )% | 7.08 | % | (271 | ) | ||||||||||
+200 | $ | 32,353 | (19 | )% | 8.26 | % | (153 | ) | ||||||||||
+100 | $ | 36,028 | (10 | )% | 8.98 | % | (80 | ) | ||||||||||
0 | $ | 40,183 | | % | 9.79 | % | |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan sales and repayments, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, and maturities of securities. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. Our Asset/Liability
60
Management Committee is responsible for establishing and monitoring our liquidity targets and strategies in order to ensure that sufficient liquidity exists for meeting the borrowing needs and deposit withdrawals of our customers as well as unanticipated contingencies. For the six months ended December 31, 2010 and the year ended June 30, 2010, our liquidity ratio averaged 33.6% and 29.5% of our total assets, respectively. We believe that we have enough sources of liquidity to satisfy our short- and long-term liquidity needs as of December 31, 2010.
We regularly monitor and adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of: (i) expected loan demand; (ii) expected deposit flows; (iii) yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities; and (iv) the objectives of our asset/liability management program. Excess liquid assets are invested generally in interest-earning deposits and short- and medium-term securities.
Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets are affected by our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2010, cash and cash equivalents totaled $6.7 million. Interest-earning time deposits which can offer additional sources of liquidity, totaled $250,000 at December 31, 2010.
Our cash flows are derived from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities as reported in our Statements of Cash Flows included in our financial statements.
At December 31, 2010, we had $16.1 million in loan commitments outstanding, including $11.1 million in unused lines of credit to borrowers. Certificates of deposit due within one year of December 31, 2010 totaled $156.5 million, or 73.3% of total deposits. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on the certificates of deposit due on or before December 31, 2011. Additionally, we believe that the additional capital that we are raising in the offering will provide additional liquidity. Moreover, it is our intention as we continue to grow our commercial real estate portfolio, to emphasize lower cost deposit relationships with these commercial loan customers and thereby replace the higher cost certificates with lower cost deposits. We have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered.
Our primary investing activity is originating loans. During the six months ended December 31, 2010 and the year ended June 30, 2010, we originated $51.6 million and $67.7 million of loans, respectively, and during the year ended June 30, 2009, we originated $81.8 million of loans.
Financing activities consist primarily of activity in deposit accounts and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. We had a net increase in total deposits of $12.6 million for the six months ended December 31, 2010, and a net increase in total deposits of $7.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2010. Deposit flows are affected by the overall level of interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by us and our local competitors, and by other factors.
Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of business management. If we require funds beyond our ability to generate them internally, borrowing agreements exist with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, which provides an additional source of funds. Federal Home Loan Bank advances were $31.0 million at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2010, we had the ability to borrow up to an additional $65.0 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago and had the ability to borrow an additional $27.6 million from the Federal Reserve.
Iroquois Federal is subject to various regulatory capital requirements, including a risk-based capital measure. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories. At December 31, 2010, Iroquois Federal exceeded all regulatory capital requirements.
61
Iroquois Federal is considered well capitalized under regulatory guidelines. See Supervision and RegulationFederal Banking RegulationCapital Requirements and Note 11 Regulatory Matters of the notes to the financial statements included in this prospectus.
The net proceeds from the stock offering will significantly increase our liquidity and capital resources. Over time, the initial level of liquidity will be reduced as net proceeds from the stock offering are used for general corporate purposes, including the funding of new loans. Our financial condition and results of operations will be enhanced by the net proceeds from the stock offering, resulting in increased net interest-earning assets and net interest income. However, due to the increase in equity resulting from the net proceeds raised in the stock offering, our return on equity will be adversely affected.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations
Commitments. As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans we make. For additional information, see Note 13 Commitments and Contingent Liabilities of the notes to the financial statements included in this prospectus.
Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include data processing services, operating leases for premises and equipment, agreements with respect to borrowed funds and deposit liabilities.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
For a discussion of the impact of recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 1 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
Our financial statements and related notes have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. U.S. GAAP generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration of changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, changes in market interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than the effects of inflation.
62
IF Bancorp, Inc. is incorporated in the State of Maryland. We have not engaged in any business to date. Upon completion of the conversion, we will own all of the issued and outstanding stock of Iroquois Federal. We will retain up to 50% of the net proceeds from the offering and initially invest the remaining net proceeds in Iroquois Federal as additional capital of Iroquois Federal. IF Bancorp, Inc. will use a portion of the net proceeds to make a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and to fund the cash portion of the contribution to the charitable foundation. At a later date, we may use the net proceeds to pay dividends to stockholders and we may repurchase shares of our common stock, subject to regulatory limitations. We will invest our initial capital as discussed in How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.
In the future, IF Bancorp, Inc., as the holding company of Iroquois Federal, will be authorized to pursue other business activities permitted by applicable laws and regulations, which may include expansion of our branch network through de novo branching or branch acquisitions, or the acquisition of banking and financial services companies. See Supervision and RegulationHolding Company Regulation for a discussion of the activities that are permitted for savings and loan holding companies. We currently have no understandings or agreements for the acquisition of financial institutions or branches. We may also borrow funds for reinvestment in Iroquois Federal.
Following the offering, our cash flow will depend on earnings from the investment of the net proceeds from the offering that we retain, and any dividends we receive from Iroquois Federal. Initially, IF Bancorp, Inc. will neither own nor lease any property, but will instead pay a fee to Iroquois Federal for the use of its premises, equipment and furniture. At the present time, we intend to employ only persons who are officers of Iroquois Federal to serve as officers of IF Bancorp, Inc. We will, however, use the support staff of Iroquois Federal from time to time. We will pay a fee to Iroquois Federal for the time devoted to IF Bancorp, Inc. by employees of Iroquois Federal. However, these persons will not be separately compensated by IF Bancorp, Inc. IF Bancorp, Inc. may hire additional employees, as appropriate, to the extent it expands its business in the future.
BUSINESS OF IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
General
Iroquois Federal is a federally chartered savings association headquartered in Watseka, Illinois. Our business consists primarily of taking deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, in one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, multi-family loans, commercial real estate loans, home equity lines of credit, commercial business loans, consumer loans (consisting primarily of automobile loans), and, to a much lesser extent, construction loans and land loans. At December 31, 2010, $148.9 million, or 61.0%, of our total loan portfolio was comprised of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. We intend to continue to increase our volume of multi-family loans, commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans.
We also invest in securities, which historically have consisted primarily of securities issued by the U.S. government, U.S. government agencies and U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, as well as mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, and, to a lesser extent, municipal obligations.
We offer a variety of deposit accounts, including statement savings accounts, certificates of deposit, money market accounts, commercial and regular checking accounts, individual retirement accounts and health savings accounts.
63
In addition to our traditional banking products and services, we offer a full line of property and casualty insurance products through our wholly-owned subsidiary, L.C.I. Service Corporation, an insurance agency with offices in Watseka and Danville. We also offer annuities, mutual funds, individual and group retirement plans, life, disability and health insurance, individual securities, managed accounts and other financial services at all of our locations through Iroquois Financial, a division of Iroquois Federal. Raymond James Financial Services, Inc. serves as the broker-dealer for Iroquois Financial.
We are dedicated to offering alternative banking delivery systems, including ATMs, online banking, and telephone banking delivery systems. In addition, we are currently in the process of establishing remote capture capabilities.
Iroquois Federals executive offices are located at 201 East Cherry Street, Watseka, Illinois 60970. Our telephone number at this address is (815) 432-2476. Our website address is www.iroquoisfed.com. Information on our website is not incorporated into this prospectus and should not be considered part of this prospectus.
Market Area
We conduct our operations from our four full-service banking offices located in the municipalities of Watseka, Danville, Clifton and Hoopeston and our loan production and wealth management office in Osage Beach, Missouri. Our primary lending market includes the Illinois counties of Vermilion and Iroquois, as well as the adjacent counties in Illinois and Indiana. In December 2006, we opened our loan production and wealth management office in Osage Beach, Missouri, which serves the Missouri counties of Camden, Miller and Morgan.
In recent years, both our primary market area as well as east central Illinois as a whole has experienced limited to negative growth, reflecting in part, the economic downturn. Future business and growth opportunities will be influenced by economic and demographic characteristics of our primary market area and of east central Illinois. According to SNL Financial, Vermilion County and Iroquois County are projected to experience population reductions of approximately 2.2% and 1.7%, respectively, from 2010 to 2015, with corresponding reductions in population density by 2015. Similarly, Vermilion County and Iroquois County are projected to experience a 2.1% and a 1.5% reduction in households, respectively, from 2010 to 2015. Unemployment rates for Vermilion County and Iroquois County are projected to decrease by approximately 19.0% and 18.7%, respectively, over the next five years.
The economy in Iroquois and Vermilion counties is heavily influenced by agriculture and agriculture related businesses such as Quaker Oats Co, Incobrasa Industries Ltd., Bunge, Hoopeston Foods, ConAgra and Big R Stores. Hospitals and other health care providers, local schools, local government, light industry/manufacturing and trucking/distribution businesses also serve as major sources of employment.
Our Osage Beach, Missouri loan production office is located in the Lake
of the Ozarks region. Once known primarily as a resort area, the Lake of the Ozarks region is becoming an area of permanent residences and a growing retirement community, providing an excellent market for mortgage loans and our wealth management and
Competition
We face intense competition in our market area both in making loans and attracting deposits. We also compete with commercial banks, credit unions, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies and investment banking firms. Some of our competitors have greater name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting customers, and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide.
64
Our deposit sources are primarily concentrated in the communities surrounding our banking offices located in Iroquois and Vermilion Counties, Illinois. As of June 30, 2010, the latest date for which FDIC data is available, we ranked first of eight bank and thrift institutions with offices in Iroquois County with a 22.3% deposit market share. As of the same date, we ranked third of 16 bank and thrift institutions with offices in Vermilion County with a 15.3% deposit market share.
Lending Activities
Our principal lending activity is the origination of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, multi-family loans, commercial real estate loans (including farm loans), home equity loans and lines of credit, commercial business loans, consumer loans (consisting primarily of automobile loans), and, to a much lesser extent, construction loans and land loans. The following table provides a historical breakdown of our loan portfolio at the end of each of our last five years and at December 31, 2010.
In addition to loans originated by Iroquois Federal, our loan portfolio includes loan purchases which are secured by single family homes located primarily in the Midwest. As of December 31, 2010, June 30, 2010 and 2009, the amount of such loans equaled $22.4 million, $24.6 million and $30.0 million, respectively. See Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales, Participations and Servicing.
Our loan portfolio also includes commercial loan participations which are secured by both real estate and other business assets, primarily within 100 miles of our primary lending market. As of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010 and 2009, the amount of such loans equaled $10.3 million, $10.2 million and $7.2 million, respectively. See Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales, Participations and Servicing.
In 2000, we began originating a substantial portion of our fixed-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans for sale to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago with servicing retained. Total mortgages sold under this program equaled approximately $61.6 million, $52.3 million and $47.9 million for the six months ended December 31, 2010 and the years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. See One- to Four-Family Residential Real Estate Lending below for more information regarding the origination of loans for sale to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago.
65
Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio, including loans held for sale, by type of loan at the dates indicated. Amounts shown for one- to four-family loans include loans held for sale of approximately $242,000, $460,000, $156,000, $0, $0, and $0 at December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
At
December 31,
2010 |
At June 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family (1) |
$ | 148,944 | 60.96 | % | $ | 153,774 | 64.56 | % | $ | 157,109 | 69.48 | % | $ | 162,552 | 74.60 | % | $ | 164,950 | 78.77 | % | $ | 156,393 | 77.39 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Multi-family |
26,455 | 10.83 | 19,232 | 8.07 | 14,818 | 6.55 | 10,710 | 4.92 | 1,109 | 0.53 | 2,117 | 1.05 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
25,768 | 10.55 | 24,956 | 10.48 | 23,815 | 10.53 | 21,186 | 9.72 | 21,082 | 10.07 | 11,307 | 5.60 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
9,670 | 3.96 | 7,853 | 3.30 | 4,581 | 2.03 | 1,812 | 0.83 | 583 | 0.28 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
1,237 | 0.51 | 2,112 | 0.89 | 1,915 | 0.85 | 1,567 | 0.72 | 2,551 | 1.22 | 2,750 | 1.36 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
15,467 | 6.33 | 13,410 | 5.63 | 9,252 | 4.09 | 6,390 | 2.93 | 5,047 | 2.41 | 7,559 | 3.74 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
16,806 | 6.88 | 16,875 | 7.08 | 14,627 | 6.47 | 13,685 | 6.28 | 14,093 | 6.73 | 21,955 | 10.86 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans |
244,347 | 100.00 | % | 238,212 | 100.00 | % | 226,117 | 100.00 | % | 217,902 | 100.00 | % | 209,415 | 100.00 | % | 202,081 | 100.00 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other items: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unearned fees and discounts, net |
(26 | ) | (35 | ) | (44 | ) | (61 | ) | (39 | ) | (123 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans in process |
(643 | ) | (1,197 | ) | (896 | ) | (1,614 | ) | (1,625 | ) | (1,987 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses |
(2,712 | ) | (2,767 | ) | (1,365 | ) | (1,047 | ) | (1,021 | ) | (866 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans, net |
$ | 240,967 | $ | 234,213 | $ | 223,812 | $ | 215,180 | $ | 206,730 | $ | 199,105 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(1) | Includes home equity loans. |
66
Loan Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio at June 30, 2010. We have no demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, or overdraft loans.
One- to four-family
residential real estate (1) |
Multi-family
real estate |
Commercial
real estate |
Home equity lines of
credit |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
Weighted
Average Rate |
Amount |
Weighted
Average Rate |
Amount |
Weighted
Average Rate |
Amount |
Weighted
Average Rate |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Due During the Years Ending June 30, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 |
$ | 1,847 | 6.25 | % | $ | 889 | 6.43 | % | $ | 4,451 | 6.40 | % | $ | | | % | ||||||||||||||||
2012 |
260 | 6.29 | 559 | 5.99 | 2,036 | 6.46 | 296 | 6.30 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2013 to 2014 |
3,806 | 6.07 | 7,153 | 5.61 | 6,952 | 6.53 | 2,318 | 4.77 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 to 2019 |
11,493 | 5.79 | 6,699 | 5.00 | 3,641 | 6.03 | 1,966 | 4.30 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2020 to 2024 |
15,069 | 5.47 | 3,511 | 5.87 | 1,511 | 4.72 | 1,426 | 4.03 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2025 and beyond |
121,299 | 5.17 | 421 | 5.62 | 6,365 | 5.92 | 1,847 | 4.00 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 153,774 | 5.29 | % | $ | 19,232 | 5.49 | % | $ | 24,956 | 6.16 | % | $ | 7,853 | 4.39 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
Commercial
Business loans |
Consumer loans | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
Weighted
Average Rate |
Amount |
Weighted
Average Rate |
Amount |
Weighted
Average Rate |
Amount |
Weighted
Average Rate |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Due During the Years Ending June 30, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 |
$ | | | % | $ | 1,339 | 5.37 | % | $ | 4,000 | 4.72 | % | $ | 12,526 | 5.73 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2012 |
| | 884 | 5.84 | 1,285 | 8.88 | 5,320 | 6.85 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2013 to 2014 |
| | 4,661 | 6.24 | 5,886 | 8.13 | 30,776 | 6.39 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 to 2019 |
| | 5,068 | 6.22 | 5,345 | 8.47 | 34,212 | 6.06 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2020 to 2024 |
| | 476 | 5.20 | 34 | 9.58 | 22,027 | 5.39 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2025 and beyond |
2,112 | 4.81 | 982 | 6.09 | 325 | 6.02 | 133,351 | 5.19 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 2,112 | 4.81 | % | $ | 13,410 | 6.07 | % | $ | 16,875 | 7.45 | % | $ | 238,212 | 5.56 | % | ||||||||||||||||
(1) | Includes home equity loans. |
67
The following table sets forth the scheduled repayments of fixed- and adjustable-rate loans at June 30, 2010 that are contractually due after June 30, 2011.
Due After June 30, 2011 | ||||||||||||
Fixed | Adjustable | Total | ||||||||||
(In thousands) | ||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||
One- to four-family (1) |
$ | 53,453 | $ | 98,474 | $ | 151,927 | ||||||
Multi-family |
6,251 | 12,092 | 18,343 | |||||||||
Commercial |
14,398 | 6,107 | 20,505 | |||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
4,662 | 3,191 | 7,853 | |||||||||
Construction loans |
494 | 1,618 | 2,112 | |||||||||
Commercial business loans |
9,117 | 2,954 | 12,071 | |||||||||
Consumer loans |
$ | 12,875 | $ | | $ | 12,875 | ||||||
Total loans |
$ | 101,250 | $ | 124,436 | $ | 225,686 | ||||||
(1) | Includes home equity loans. |
One- to Four-Family Residential Mortgage Loans. At December 31, 2010, $148.9 million, or 61.0% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. We offer residential mortgage loans that conform to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac underwriting standards (conforming loans) as well as non-conforming loans. We generally underwrite our one- to four-family residential mortgage loans based on the applicants employment and credit history and the appraised value of the subject property. We also offer loans through various agency programs, such as the Mortgage Partnership Finance Program of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, which are originated for sale.
We currently offer fixed-rate conventional mortgage loans with terms of up to 30 years that are fully amortizing with monthly loan payments. We also offer adjustable-rate mortgage loans that generally provide an initial fixed interest rate of one to seven years and annual interest rate adjustments thereafter, that amortize over a period up to 30 years. We offer one- to four-family residential mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios up to 100%. Private mortgage insurance is required for all one- to four-family residential mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios exceeding 90%. One- to four-family residential mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios above 80%, but below 90%, require private mortgage insurance unless waived by management. At December 31, 2010, fixed-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans totaled $54.4 million, or 36.6% of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, and adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans totaled $94.3 million, or 63.4% of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans.
Our one- to four-family residential mortgage loans are generally conforming loans, underwritten according to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines. We generally originate both fixed- and adjustable-rate mortgage loans in amounts up to the maximum conforming loan limits as established by the Federal Housing Finance Agency for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which is currently $417,000 for single-family homes. At December 31, 2010, our average one- to four-family residential mortgage loan had a principal balance of $71,000. We also originate loans above the lending limit for conforming loans, which we refer to as jumbo loans. At December 31, 2010, $18.2 million, or 12.2%, of our total one-to four-family residential loans had principal balances in excess of $417,000. Most of our jumbo loans are originated with a seven-year fixed-rate term and a balloon payment, with up to a 30 year amortization schedule. Additionally, occasionally we will originate fixed-rate jumbo loans with terms of up to 15 years.
We actively monitor our interest rate risk position to determine the desirable level of investment in fixed-rate mortgages. In recent years there has been increased demand for long-term fixed-rate loans, as market rates have dropped and remained near historic lows. As a result, we have sold a substantial
67
majority of our fixed-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans with terms of 15 years or greater. In June 2000, we began selling fixed-rate residential mortgages to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, with servicing retained, under its Mortgage Partnership Finance Program. Total mortgages sold under this program equaled approximately $17.6 million, $11.1 million and $21.9 million for the six months ended December 31, 2010 and the years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Generally, however, we retain in our portfolio fixed-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans with terms of less than 15 years, although this has represented a small percentage of the fixed-rate loans that we have originated in recent years due to the favorable long-term rates for borrowers.
We currently offer several types of adjustable-rate mortgage loans secured by residential properties with interest rates that are fixed for an initial period of one to seven years. We offer adjustable-rate mortgage loans that are fully amortizing. After the initial fixed period, the interest rate on adjustable-rate mortgage loans generally resets every year based upon the weekly average of a one-year U.S. Treasury Securities rate plus an applicable margin, subject to periodic and lifetime limitations on interest rate changes. Our adjustable rate mortgage loans with initial rate periods lasting five or seven years have a 2% maximum annual rate change up or down, and a 6% lifetime cap up from the initial rate. Our adjustable rate mortgage loans with initial rate periods lasting one or three years have a 1% maximum annual rate change up or down and a 5% lifetime cap up from the initial rate. The floor on all adjustable rate mortgage loans is equal to the initial rate.
Adjustable-rate mortgage loans generally present different credit risks than fixed-rate mortgage loans, primarily because the underlying debt service payments of the borrowers increase as interest rates increase, thereby increasing the potential for default and higher rates of delinquency. At the same time, the marketability of the underlying collateral may be adversely affected by higher interest rates. Since changes in the interest rates on adjustable-rate mortgages may be limited by an initial fixed-rate period or by the contractual limits on periodic interest rate adjustments, adjustable-rate loans may not adjust as quickly to increases in interest rates as our interest-bearing liabilities.
In addition to traditional one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, we offer home equity loans that are secured by a second mortgage on the borrowers primary or secondary residence. Home equity loans are generally underwritten using the same criteria that we use to underwrite one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Home equity loans may be underwritten with a loan-to-value ratio of up to 90% when combined with the principal balance of the existing first mortgage loan. Our home equity loans are primarily originated with fixed rates of interest with terms of up to 10 years, fully amortized. At December 31, 2011, approximately $1.8 million, or 1.2% of our one- to four-family mortgage loans were home equity loans secured by a second mortgage.
Home equity loans secured by second mortgages have greater risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans or home equity loans secured by first mortgages. We face the risk that the collateral will be insufficient to compensate us for loan losses and costs of foreclosure. When customers default on their loans, we attempt to foreclose on the property and resell the property as soon as possible to minimize foreclosure and carrying costs. However, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to compensate us for the amount of the unpaid loan and we may be unsuccessful in recovering the remaining balance from those customers. Particularly with respect to our home equity loans, decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral for our loans.
We do not offer or purchase loans that provide for negative amortization of principal, such as Option ARM loans, where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on the loan, resulting in an increased principal balance during the life of the loan.
68
We require title insurance on all of our one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, and we also require that borrowers maintain fire and extended coverage casualty insurance in an amount at least equal to the lesser of the loan balance or the replacement cost of the improvements. We also require flood insurance, as applicable. We do not conduct environmental testing on residential mortgage loans unless specific concerns for hazards are identified by the appraiser used in connection with the origination of the loan.
Commercial Real Estate and Multi-family Real Estate Loans. At December 31, 2010, $25.8 million, or 10.6% of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial real estate loans, and $26.5 million, or 10.8% of our loan portfolio consisted of multi-family (which we consider to be five or more units) residential real estate loans. At December 31, 2010, substantially all of our commercial real estate and multi-family real estate loans were secured by properties located in Illinois and Indiana.
Our commercial real estate mortgage loans are primarily secured by office buildings, owner-occupied businesses, strip mall centers, farm loans secured by real estate and churches. At December 31, 2010, loans secured by commercial real estate had an average loan balance of $232,000. We originate commercial real estate loans with balloon and adjustable rate loans of up to 7 years with amortization up to 20-25 years. At December 31, 2010, approximately 23.7% of our commercial real estate loans had adjustable rates. The rates on our adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans are generally based on the prime rate of interest plus an applicable margin, and generally have a specified floor.
We originate multi-family loans with balloon payments and adjustable rates for terms of up to 7 years with amortization up to 20-25 years. At December 31, 2010, approximately 47.0% of our multi-family loans had adjustable rates. The rates on our adjustable-rate multi-family loans are generally tied to the prime rate of interest plus or minus an applicable margin and generally have a specified floor.
In underwriting commercial real estate and multi-family real estate loans, we consider a number of factors, which include the projected net cash flow to the loans debt service requirement (generally requiring a minimum ratio of 120%), the age and condition of the collateral, the financial resources and income level of the borrower and the borrowers experience in owning or managing similar properties. Commercial real estate and multi-family real estate loans are originated in amounts up to 80% of the appraised value or the purchase price of the property securing the loan, whichever is lower. Personal guarantees are typically obtained from commercial real estate and multi-family real estate borrowers. In addition, the borrowers financial information on such loans is monitored on an ongoing basis by requiring periodic financial statement updates.
Commercial real estate and multi-family real estate loans generally carry higher interest rates and have shorter terms than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Commercial real estate and multi-family real estate loans, however, entail greater credit risks compared to the one- to four-family residential mortgage loans we originate, as they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment of loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the successful operation of the property, as repayment of the loan generally is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the property to cover operating expenses and debt service. Changes in economic conditions that are not in the control of the borrower or lender could affect the value of the collateral for the loan or the future cash flow of the property. Additionally, any decline in real estate values may be more pronounced for commercial real estate and multi-family real estate than for one- to four-family residential properties.
At December 31, 2010, our largest commercial real estate loan had an outstanding balance of $2.7 million, was secured by a wholesale distributor, and was performing in accordance with its terms. At that date, our largest multi-family real estate loan had a balance of $5.8 million, was secured by apartment buildings, and was performing in accordance with its terms.
69
Home Equity Lines of Credit . In addition to traditional one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and home equity loans, we offer home equity lines of credit that are secured by the borrowers primary or secondary residence. Home equity lines of credit are generally underwritten using the same criteria that we use to underwrite one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Our home equity lines of credit are originated with either fixed or adjustable rates and may be underwritten with a loan-to-value ratio of up to 90% when combined with the principal balance of an existing first mortgage loan. Fixed-rate lines of credit are generally based on the prime rate of interest plus an applicable margin and have monthly payments of 1.5% of the outstanding balance. Adjustable-rate home equity lines of credit are based on the prime rate of interest plus or minus an applicable margin and require interest paid monthly. Both fixed and adjustable rate home equity lines of credit balloon after 5 years. At December 31, 2010 we had $9.7 million, or 4.0% of our total loan portfolio in home equity lines of credit. At that date we had $4.5 million of undisbursed funds related to home equity lines of credit.
Home equity lines of credit secured by second mortgages have greater risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans secured by first mortgages. We face the risk that the collateral will be insufficient to compensate us for loan losses and costs of foreclosure. When customers default on their loans, we attempt to foreclose on the property and resell the property as soon as possible to minimize foreclosure and carrying costs. However, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to compensate us for the amount of the unpaid loan and we may be unsuccessful in recovering the remaining balance from those customers. Particularly with respect to our home equity lines of credit, decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property securing the loan.
Commercial Business Loans . We also originate commercial non-mortgage business (term) loans and adjustable lines of credit. At December 31, 2010, we had $15.5 million of commercial business loans outstanding, representing 6.3% of our total loan portfolio. At that date, we also had $6.6 million of unfunded commitments on such loans. These loans are generally originated to small- and medium-sized companies in our primary market area. Our commercial business loans are generally used for working capital purposes or for acquiring equipment, inventory or furniture, and are primarily secured by business assets other than real estate, such as business equipment and inventory, accounts receivable or stock. We also offer agriculture loans that are not secured by real estate.
In underwriting commercial business loans, we generally lend up to 80% of the appraised value or purchase price of the collateral securing the loan, whichever is lower. The commercial business loans that we offer have fixed interest rates or adjustable-rate indexed to the prime rate of interest plus an applicable margin , and with terms ranging from one to 7 years. Our commercial business loan portfolio consists primarily of secured loans. When making commercial business loans, we consider the financial statements, lending history and debt service capabilities of the borrower (generally requiring a minimum ratio of 120%), the projected cash flows of the business and the value of the collateral, if any. Virtually all of our loans are guaranteed by the principals of the borrower.
Commercial business loans generally have a greater credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrowers ability to make repayment from his or her employment and other income, and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial business loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrowers ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrowers business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself. Further, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. We seek to minimize these risks through our underwriting standards.
70
At December 31, 2010, our largest commercial business loan outstanding was for $1.0 million and was secured by inventory, equipment, accounts receivable and vehicles. At December 31, 2010, this loan was performing in accordance with its terms.
Construction Loans. We also originate construction loans for one- to four-family residential properties and commercial real estate properties, including multi-family properties. At December 31, 2010, $1.2 million, or 0.5%, of our total loan portfolio, consisted of construction loans, all of which were secured by one- to four-family residential real estate. At December 31, 2010, the unadvanced portion of one- to four-family residential construction loans totaled $454,000.
Construction loans for one- to four-family residential properties are originated with a maximum loan to value ratio of 85% and are generally interest-only loans during the construction period which typically does not exceed 12 months. After this time period, the loan converts to permanent, amortizing financing following the completion of construction. Construction loans for commercial real estate are made in accordance with a schedule reflecting the cost of construction, and are generally limited to an 80% loan-to-completed appraised value ratio. We generally require that a commitment for permanent financing be in place prior to closing the construction loan.
Construction financing generally involves greater credit risk than long-term financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the value of the property at completion of construction compared to the estimated cost (including interest) of construction and other assumptions. If the estimate of construction cost is inaccurate, we may be required to advance additional funds beyond the amount originally committed in order to protect the value of the property. Moreover, if the estimated value of the completed project is inaccurate, the borrower may hold a property with a value that is insufficient to assure full repayment of the construction loan upon the sale of the property. Construction loans also expose us to the risk that improvements will not be completed on time in accordance with specifications and projected costs. In addition, the ultimate sale or rental of the property may not occur as anticipated.
At December 31, 2010, all of our construction loans were for one-to four-family residential properties, and our largest construction loan had a principal balance of $272,000. This loan was performing in accordance with its terms at December 31, 2010.
In addition, in January 2011 we entered into a $5.3 million construction loan participation in a $12.3 million loan for the construction of a multi-family development in Terra Haute, Indiana.
Loan Originations, Purchases, Participations, Sales and Servicing. Lending activities are conducted primarily by our loan personnel operating in each office. All loans that we originate are underwritten pursuant to our standard policies and procedures. In addition, our one- to four-family residential mortgage loans generally incorporate Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago underwriting guidelines, as applicable. We originate both adjustable-rate and fixed-rate loans. Our ability to originate fixed- or adjustable-rate loans is dependent upon the relative customer demand for such loans, which is affected by current market interest rates as well as anticipated future market interest rates. Our loan origination and sales activity may be adversely affected by a rising interest rate environment which typically results in decreased loan demand. Most of our commercial real estate and commercial business loans are generated by our internal business development efforts and referrals from professional contacts. Most of our originations of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, consumer loans and home equity loans and lines of credit are generated by existing customers, referrals from realtors, residential home builders, walk-in business and from our website.
71
Consistent with our interest rate risk strategy, in the low interest rate environment that has existed in recent years, we have sold on a servicing-released basis a substantial majority of the conforming, fixed-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans with maturities of 15 years or greater that we have originated.
From time to time, we purchase loan participations in commercial loans in which we are not the lead lender secured by real estate and other business assets, primarily within 100 miles of our primary lending area. In these circumstances, we follow our customary loan underwriting and approval policies. We have sufficient capital to take advantage of these opportunities to purchase loan participations, as well as strong relationships with other community banks in our primary market area and throughout Illinois that may desire to sell participations, and we may increase our purchases of participations in the future as a growth strategy. At December 31, 2010, our loan participations totaled $10.3 million, or 4.2% of our loan portfolio, $4.8 million of which were outside our primary market area.
We sell a portion of our fixed-rate residential mortgage loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago under its Mortgage Partnership Finance Xtra Program. We retain servicing on all loans sold under this program. During the six months ended December 31, 2010, and the years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, we sold $17.6 million, $11.1 million and $21.9 million of loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago under the program. Prior to December 2008, we also retained some credit risk associated with loans sold to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago. For additional information regarding retained risk associated with these loans, see Allowance for Loan Losses Determination of General Allowance for Remainder of the Loan Portfolio.
72
Originations, Purchases, Participations, Sales and Repayments. The following table shows the loan origination, participation, sale and repayment activities of Iroquois Federal, for the periods indicated. There were no loans purchased during the periods indicated.
(1) | Excludes loans held for sale. |
(2) | Includes home equity loans. |
74
Loan Approval Procedures and Authority . Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by our Board of Directors. The loan approval process is intended to assess the borrowers ability to repay the loan and the value of the collateral that will secure the loan. To assess the borrowers ability to repay, we review the borrowers employment and credit history and information on the historical and projected income and expenses of the borrower. We will also evaluate a guarantor when a guarantee is provided as part of the loan.
Iroquois Federals policies and loan approval limits are established by our Board of Directors. Our loan officers generally have authority to approve one- to four-family residential mortgage loans up to $100,000, other secured loans up to $50,000, and unsecured loans up to $10,000. Managing Officers (those with designated loan approval authority), generally have authority to approve one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and other secured loans up to $300,000, and unsecured loans up to $150,000. In addition, any two individual officers may combine their loan authority limits to approve a loan. Our Loan Committee may approve one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans, multi-family real estate loans and land loans up to $1,000,000 in aggregate loans or $750,000 for individual loans, and unsecured loans up to $500,000. All loans above these limits must be approved by the Operating Committee, consisting of the Chairman, the President, and up to four other Board members.
We generally require appraisals by a rotating list of independent, licensed, third-party appraisers of all real property securing loans. All appraisers are approved by the Board of Directors annually.
Non-performing and Problem Assets
For all of our loans, once a loan is 15 days delinquent, a past due notice is mailed. Past due notices continue to be mailed monthly in the event the account is not brought current. Prior to the time a loan is 30 days past due, we attempt to contact the borrower by telephone. Thereafter we continue with follow-up calls. Generally, once a loan becomes 90 days delinquent, if no work-out efforts have been pursued, we commence the foreclosure or repossession process. A summary report of all loans 60 days or more past due and all criticized and classified loans is provided monthly to our Board of Directors.
Loans are evaluated for non-accrual status when payment of principal and/or interest is 90 days or more past due. Loans are also placed on non-accrual status when it is determined collection of principal or interest is in doubt or if the collateral is in jeopardy. When loans are placed on non-accrual status, unpaid accrued interest is fully reversed, and further income is recognized only to the extent received and only after the loan is returned to accrual status. The loans are typically returned to accrual status if unpaid principal and interest are repaid so that the loan is current.
75
Non-Performing Assets. The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of our non-performing assets at the dates indicated. At December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we had troubled debt restructurings (loans for which a portion of interest or principal has been forgiven and loans modified at interest rates materially less than current market rates) of approximately $1.5 million, $782,000, $951,000, $128,000, $252,000 and $16,000, respectively. At the dates presented, we had no loans that were delinquent 120 days or greater and that were still accruing interest.
At
December 31, 2010 |
At June 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-accrual loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family (1) |
$ | 3,386 | $ | 3,056 | $ | 3,490 | $ | 1,096 | $ | 344 | $ | 328 | ||||||||||||
Multi-family |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
129 | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
25 | | 14 | | 28 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Total non-accrual loans |
3,540 | 3,056 | 3,504 | 1,096 | 372 | 329 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans delinquent 90 days or greater and still accruing: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family (1) |
507 | 733 | 372 | 138 | 77 | 59 | ||||||||||||||||||
Multi-family |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
| | | 48 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Home equity line of credit |
| 36 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
4 | 8 | 20 | 3 | 15 | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
| | | | 7 | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total loans delinquent 90 days or greater and still accruing |
511 | 777 | 392 | 189 | 99 | 80 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total non-performing loans |
4,051 | 3,833 | 3,896 | 1,285 | 471 | 409 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family (1) |
369 | 497 | 113 | 56 | 58 | 507 | ||||||||||||||||||
Multi-family |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
17 | | 13 | 16 | 1 | 19 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Total other real estate owned and foreclosed assets |
386 | 497 | 126 | 72 | 59 | 526 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total non-performing assets |
$ | 4,437 | $ | 4,330 | $ | 4,022 | $ | 1,357 | $ | 530 | $ | 935 | ||||||||||||
Ratios: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-performing loans to total loans |
1.82 | % | 1.61 | % | 1.72 | % | 0.59 | % | 0.22 | % | 0.20 | % | ||||||||||||
Non-performing assets to total assets |
1.10 | % | 1.13 | % | 1.07 | % | 0.40 | % | 0.16 | % | 0.28 | % |
(1) | Includes home equity loans. |
76
For the six months ended December 31, 2010 and for the year ended June 30, 2010, gross interest income that would have been recorded had our non-accruing loans been current in accordance with their original terms was $123,000 and $214,000, respectively. We recognized interest income of $71,000 and $101,000 on such loans for the six months ended December 31, 2010 and for the year ended June 30, 2010, respectively.
At December 31, 2010, our non-accrual loans totaled $3.5 million. These non-accrual loans consisted primarily of 19 one- to four-family residential loans with principal balances of $3.4 million and specific allowances of $569,000, and 2 commercial real estate relationships with principal balances totaling $129,000 and specific allowances of $54,000. The commercial real estate loans are secured by commercial rental properties.
Other than as disclosed in the above tables, there are no other loans at December 31, 2010 that management has serious doubts about the ability of the borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms.
Troubled Debt Restructurings. Troubled debt restructurings are defined under ASC 310-40 to include loans for which either a portion of interest or principal has been forgiven, or for loans modified at interest rates or on terms materially less favorable than current market rates. We periodically modify loans to extend the term or make other concessions to help borrowers stay current on their loans and to avoid foreclosure. At December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010, we had $1.5 million and $782,000, respectively, of troubled debt restructurings. At December 31, 2010 our troubled debt restructuring of approximately $881,000 of residential one- to four-family mortgages, $34,000 of commercial loans and $129,000 of commercial real estate loans were impaired.
For the six months ended December 31, 2010 and for the year ended June 30, 2010, gross interest income that would have been recorded had our troubled debt restructurings been performing in accordance with their original terms was $38,000 and $40,000, respectively. We recognized interest income of $30,000 and $43,000 on such modified loans for the six months ended December 31, 2010 and for the year ended June 30, 2010, respectively.
77
Delinquent Loans. The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our loan portfolio delinquencies at the dates indicated.
Loans Delinquent For | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||
60-89 Days | 90 Days and Over | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Number | Amount | Number | Amount | Number | Amount | |||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
At December 31, 2010 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family (1) |
18 | $ | 1,332 | 26 | $ | 3,893 | 44 | $ | 5,225 | |||||||||||||||
Multi-family |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
| | 2 | 129 | 2 | 129 | ||||||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
1 | 36 | | | 1 | 36 | ||||||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
5 | 68 | 4 | 29 | 9 | 97 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total loans |
24 | $ | 1,436 | 32 | $ | 4,051 | 56 | $ | 5,487 | |||||||||||||||
At June 30, 2010 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family (1) |
6 | $ | 325 | 21 | $ | 3,789 | 27 | $ | 4,114 | |||||||||||||||
Multi-family |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
| | 1 | 36 | 1 | 36 | ||||||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
4 | 41 | 1 | 8 | 5 | 49 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total loans |
10 | $ | 366 | 23 | $ | 3,833 | 33 | $ | 4,199 | |||||||||||||||
At June 30, 2009 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family (1) |
13 | $ | 938 | 27 | $ | 3,862 | 40 | $ | 4,800 | |||||||||||||||
Multi-family |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
1 | 14 | | | 1 | 14 | ||||||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
4 | 23 | 4 | 34 | 8 | 57 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total loans |
18 | $ | 975 | 31 | $ | 3,896 | 49 | $ | 4,871 | |||||||||||||||
At June 30, 2008 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family (1) |
17 | $ | 678 | 15 | $ | 1,234 | 32 | $ | 1,912 | |||||||||||||||
Multi-family |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
1 | 46 | 1 | 48 | 2 | 94 | ||||||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
1 | 9 | | | 1 | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
1 | 17 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 20 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total loans |
20 | $ | 750 | 18 | $ | 1,285 | 38 | $ | 2,035 | |||||||||||||||
At June 30, 2007 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family (1) |
12 | $ | 793 | 8 | $ | 421 | 20 | $ | 1,214 | |||||||||||||||
Multi-family |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
1 | 268 | | | 1 | 268 | ||||||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
| | 1 | 7 | 1 | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
9 | 47 | 7 | 43 | 16 | 90 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total loans |
22 | $ | 1,108 | 16 | $ | 471 | 38 | $ | 1,579 | |||||||||||||||
At June 30, 2006 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family (1) |
5 | $ | 164 | 6 | $ | 387 | 11 | $ | 551 | |||||||||||||||
Multi-family |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
| | 1 | 9 | 1 | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
5 | 56 | 5 | 13 | 10 | 69 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total loans |
10 | $ | 220 | 12 | $ | 409 | 22 | $ | 629 | |||||||||||||||
(1) | Includes home equity loans. |
78
Total delinquent loans increased by $1.3 million to $5.5 million at December 31, 2010 from $4.2 million at June 30, 2010. The increase in delinquent loans was due primarily to an increase of $1.1 million in one- to-four family mortgage loans delinquent 90 days or more.
Real Estate Owned and Foreclosed Assets . Real estate acquired by us as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned. When property is acquired it is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair market value at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Estimated fair value generally represents the sale price a buyer would be willing to pay on the basis of current market conditions, including normal terms from other financial institutions, less the estimated costs to sell the property. Holding costs and declines in estimated fair market value result in charges to expense after acquisition. In addition, we could repossess certain collateral, including automobiles and other titled vehicles, called other repossessed assets. At December 31, 2010, we had $386,000 in foreclosed assets.
Classification of Assets. Our policies, consistent with regulatory guidelines, provide for the classification of loans and other assets that are considered to be of lesser quality as substandard, doubtful, or loss assets. An asset is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard assets include those assets characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. Assets (or portions of assets) classified as loss are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as assets is not warranted. Assets that do not expose us to risk sufficient to warrant classification in one of the afore-mentioned categories, but which possess potential weaknesses that deserve our close attention, are required to be designated as special mention.
When we classify assets as either substandard or doubtful, we undertake an impairment analysis which may result in allocating a portion of our general loss allowances to a specific allowance for such assets as we deem prudent. The allowance for loan losses is the amount estimated by management as necessary to absorb credit losses incurred in the loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonably estimable at the balance sheet date. When we classify a problem asset as loss, we charge the asset off. For other classified assets, we provide a specific allowance for that portion of the asset that is considered uncollectible. Our determination as to the classification of our assets and the amount of our loss allowances are subject to review by our principal federal regulator, the Office of Thrift Supervision, which can require that we establish additional loss allowances. We regularly review our asset portfolio to determine whether any assets require classification in accordance with applicable regulations.
The following table sets forth our amounts of classified assets, assets designated as special mention and criticized assets (classified assets and loans designated as special mention) as of the date indicated. Amounts shown at December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010 and 2009, include approximately $3.5 million, $3.1 million and $3.5 million of nonperforming loans, respectfully. Substandard assets shown include foreclosed assets.
At December 31,
2010 |
At June 30, | |||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||
(In thousands) | ||||||||||||
Classified assets: |
||||||||||||
Substandard |
$ | 4,979 | $ | 5,039 | $ | 4,067 | ||||||
Doubtful |
210 | | | |||||||||
Loss |
1 | | | |||||||||
Total classified assets |
5,190 | 5,039 | 4,067 | |||||||||
Special mention |
4,389 | 2,126 | 1,106 | |||||||||
Total criticized assets |
$ | 9,579 | $ | 7,165 | $ | 5,173 | ||||||
79
At December 31, 2010, substandard assets consisted of $4.4 million of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, $129,000 of commercial real estate loans, $36,000 of home equity lines of credit, $34,000 of commercial loans, $42,000 of consumer loans, $369,000 of other real estate owned and $17,000 of other repossessed assets. At December 31, 2010, special mention assets consisted of $1.5 million of multi-family residential real estate loans, $1.3 million of commercial business loans, $928,000 of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, $559,000 of commercial real estate loans, and $29,000 of consumer loans. At December 31, 2010, all assets classified as doubtful were one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, and assets classified as loss consisted of one consumer loan.
Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses represents one of the most significant estimates within our financial statements and regulatory reporting. Because of this, we have developed, maintained, and documented a comprehensive, systematic, and consistently applied process for determining the allowance for loan losses, in accordance with GAAP, our stated policies and procedures, managements best judgment and relevant supervisory guidance.
Our allowance for loan losses is the amount considered necessary to reflect probable incurred losses in our loan portfolio. We evaluate the need to establish allowances against losses on loans on a quarterly basis, and more frequently if warranted. We analyze the collectability of loans held for investment and maintain an allowance that is appropriate and determined in accordance with GAAP. When additional allowances are necessary, a provision for loan losses is charged to earnings.
Our methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses consists of two key elements: (1) specific allowances for estimated credit losses on individual loans that are determined to be impaired through our review for identified problem loans; and (2) a general allowance based on estimated credit losses inherent in the remainder of the loan portfolio.
In performing the allowance for loan loss review, the company has divided its credit portfolio into several separate homogeneous categories within the following groups:
|
Mortgage Loans : one- to four family residential first lien loans originated by Iroquois Federal; one- to four family residential first lien loans purchased from a separate origination company; one- to four family residential junior lien loans; home equity lines of credit; multi-family residential loans on properties with five or more units; non-residential real estate loans; and loans on land under current development or for future development. |
|
Consumer Loans (unsecured or secured by other than real estate) : loans secured by deposit account; loans for home improvement; educational loans; automobile loans; mobile home loans; loans on other security; and unsecured loans. |
|
Commercial Loans (unsecured or secured by other than real estate) : secured loans; and unsecured loans. |
|
Mortgage Partnership Finance Program (MPFP): Retained risk associated with loans originated for sale under the MPFP. |
Determination of Specific Allowances for Identified Problem Loans. We establish a specific allowance when loans are determined to be impaired. Loss is measured by determining the present value of expected future cash flows, the loans observable market value, or, for collateral-dependant loans, the
80
fair value of the collateral adjusted for market conditions and selling expenses. Factors used in identifying a specific problem loan include: (1) the strength of the customers personal or business cash flows; (2) the availability of other sources of repayment; (3) the amount due or past due; (4) the type and value of collateral; (5) the strength of our collateral position; (6) the estimated cost to sell the collateral; and (7) the borrowers effort to cure the delinquency. In addition, for loans secured by real estate, we consider the extent of any past due and unpaid property taxes applicable to the property serving as collateral on the mortgage.
Determination of General Allowance for Remainder of the Loan Portfolio. We establish a general allowance for loans that are not deemed impaired to recognize the inherent losses associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, has not been allocated to particular problem assets. This general valuation allowance is determined by segregating the loans by loan category and assigning allowance percentages based on our historical loss experience, delinquency trends and managements evaluation of the collectability of the loan portfolio. The allowance is then adjusted for significant factors that, in managements judgment, affect the collectability of the portfolio as of the evaluation date. These significant factors may include: (1) Managements assumptions regarding the minimal level of risk for a given loan category; (2) changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards, and charge-off and recovery practices not considered elsewhere in estimating credit losses; (3) changes in international, national, regional and local economics and business conditions and developments that affect the collectability of the portfolio, including the conditions of various market segments; (4) changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio and in the terms of loans; (5) changes in the experience, ability, and depth of the lending officers and other relevant staff; (6) changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of non-accrual loans, and the volume and severity of adversely classified loans; (7) changes in the quality of the loan review system; (8) changes in the value of the underlying collateral for collateral-dependant loans; (9) the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations; and (10) the effect of other external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in the existing portfolio. The applied loss factors are re-evaluated quarterly to ensure their relevance in the current environment.
Although our policy allows for a general valuation allowance on certain smaller-balance, homogenous pools of loans classified as substandard, we have historically evaluated every loan classified as substandard, regardless of size, for impairment as part of our review for establishing specific allowances. Our policy also allows for a general valuation allowance on certain smaller-balance, homogenous pools of loans which are loans criticized as special mention or watch. A separate general allowance calculation is made on these loans based on historical measured weakness, and which is no less than twice the amount of general allowances calculated on our non-classified loans.
In addition, as an integral part of their examination process, the Office of Thrift Supervision will periodically review our allowance for loan losses. Such agency may require that we recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examination.
We periodically evaluate the carrying value of loans and the allowance is adjusted accordingly. While we use the best information available to make evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the information used in making the evaluations.
The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the credit is well secured and in the process of collection. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.
81
All interest accrued but not collected for loans, including troubled debt restructurings, that are placed on nonaccrual status or charged off is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Generally, loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
Other Credit Risk. We also have some credit risk associated with fixed-rate residential loans that we sold to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago prior to December 2008 under its Mortgage Partnership Finance Program (MPFP). However, while we retain the servicing of these loans and receive both service fees and credit enhancement fees, they are not assets of the Bank. We continue to service approximately $17.6 million of these loans, for which our maximum potential credit risk is approximately $790,000. Since June of 2000, we have experienced only $12,488 in actual losses under the MPFP. Loans that we have sold to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago since December 2008 are sold under its Mortgage Partnership Finance Xtra Program, rather than the MPFP. Unlike loans sold under the MPFP, we do not retain any credit risk with respect to loans sold under the Mortgage Partnership Finance Xtra Program.
82
The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses at and for the periods indicated.
At or For the
Six Months Ended December 31, |
At or For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at beginning of period |
$ | 2,767 | $ | 1,365 | $ | 1,365 | $ | 1,052 | $ | 1,021 | $ | 865 | $ | 860 | ||||||||||||||
Charge-offs: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family (1) |
(655 | ) | (376 | ) | (474 | ) | (21 | ) | (23 | ) | (14 | ) | (5 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Multi-family |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
| | | (10 | ) | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
| | | (6 | ) | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
(30 | ) | (17 | ) | (35 | ) | (69 | ) | (43 | ) | (18 | ) | (19 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Total charge-offs |
(685 | ) | (393 | ) | (509 | ) | (106 | ) | (67 | ) | (32 | ) | (24 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Recoveries: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family (1) |
1 | 1 | 18 | 1 | 35 | 2 | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Multi-family |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
| | | 1 | | 150 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
| 1 | 1 | | | | 12 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
4 | 2 | 17 | 4 | 10 | 11 | 17 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total recoveries |
5 | 4 | 36 | 14 | 45 | 163 | 30 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net (charge-offs) recoveries |
(680 | ) | (389 | ) | (473 | ) | (92 | ) | (21 | ) | 130 | 6 | ||||||||||||||||
Provision (recovery to allowance) for loan losses |
625 | 969 | 1,875 | 405 | 53 | 25 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at end of period |
$ | 2,712 | $ | 1,945 | $ | 2,767 | $ | 1,365 | $ | 1,052 | $ | 1,021 | $ | 865 | ||||||||||||||
Ratios: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding (annualized) |
.57 | % | .34 | % | .20 | % | .04 | % | .01 | % | | % | | % | ||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans at end of period |
66.95 | % | 55.90 | % | 72.19 | % | 35.04 | % | 81.48 | % | 216.77 | % | 211.49 | % | ||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of period |
1.11 | % | .83 | % | 1.16 | % | .60 | % | .48 | % | .49 | % | .43 | % |
(1) | Includes home equity loans. |
83
Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category and the percent of loans in each category to total loans at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.
At
December 31,
2010 |
At June 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for
Loan Losses |
Percent of
Loans in Each Category to Total Loans |
Allowance for
Loan Losses |
Percent of
Loans in Each Category to Total Loans |
Allowance for
Loan Losses |
Percent of
Loans in Each Category to Total Loans |
|||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family (1) |
$ | 1,568 | 61.0 | % | $ | 1,785 | 64.5 | % | $ | 938 | 69.5 | % | ||||||||||||
Multi-family |
252 | 10.8 | 202 | 8.1 | 67 | 6.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
235 | 10.5 | 175 | 10.5 | 127 | 10.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
84 | 4.0 | 71 | 3.3 | 32 | 2.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| .5 | | .9 | | .8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
432 | 6.3 | 400 | 5.6 | 85 | 4.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
135 | 6.9 | 127 | 7.1 | 113 | 6.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total allocated allowance |
2,706 | 2,760 | 1,362 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Unallocated |
6 | 7 | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 2,712 | 100.00 | % | $ | 2,767 | 100.00 | % | $ | 1,365 | 100.00 | % | ||||||||||||
At June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for
Loan Losses |
Percent of
Loans in Each Category to Total Loans |
Allowance for
Loan Losses |
Percent of
Loans in Each Category to Total Loans |
Allowance for
Loan Losses |
Percent of
Loans in Each Category to Total Loans |
|||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family (1) |
$ | 733 | 74.6 | % | $ | 679 | 78.8 | % | $ | 234 | 77.3 | % | ||||||||||||
Multi-family |
48 | 4.9 | 4 | .5 | 16 | 1.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
97 | 9.7 | 94 | 10.1 | 121 | 5.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
12 | .8 | 4 | .3 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| .7 | | 1.2 | | 1.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
54 | 2.9 | 69 | 2.4 | 105 | 3.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
84 | 6.3 | 82 | 6.7 | 211 | 10.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total allocated allowance |
1,028 | 932 | 687 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Unallocated |
19 | 89 | 179 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 1,047 | 100.00 | % | $ | 1,021 | 100.00 | % | $ | 865 | 100.00 | % | ||||||||||||
(1) | Includes home equity loans. |
The allowance for loan losses remained relatively unchanged, decreasing to $2.7 million at December 31, 2010 from $2.8 million at June 30, 2010 as our loan portfolio mix and delinquent and non-accrual loans remained relatively stable. At December 31, 2010, the allowance for loan losses represented 1.1% of total loans compared to 1.2% of total loans at June 30, 2010.
The allowance for loan losses increased $1.4 million, or 102.7%, to $2.8 million at June 30, 2010 from $1.4 million at June 30, 2009. The increase was based on increases in non-performing loans and general market considerations. At June 30, 2010, the allowance for loan losses represented 1.2% of total loans compared to 0.6% of total loans at June 30, 2009.
84
Investments
We conduct investment transactions in accordance with our Board approved investment policy. The investment policy is reviewed at least annually by the Budget and Investment Committee of the Board, and any changes to the policy are subject to ratification by the full Board of Directors. This policy dictates that investment decisions give consideration to the safety of the investment, liquidity requirements, potential returns, the ability to provide collateral for pledging requirements, minimizing exposure to credit risk, potential returns and consistency with our interest rate risk management strategy. Authority to make investments under approved guidelines is delegated to our Investment Committee, comprised of our President and Chief Executive Officer, our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, our Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, and our Vice President and Chief Retail Banking Officer. All investments are reported to the Board of Directors for ratification at the next regular Board meeting.
Our current investment policy permits us to invest only in investment quality securities permitted by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, including U.S. Treasury or Government guaranteed securities, U.S. Government agency securities, including securities issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae, bank qualified municipal securities, bank qualified money market instruments, and bank qualified corporate bonds.
We do not invest in speculative trading, stripped mortgage-backed securities regulations. As of December 31, 2010, we held no asset-backed securities other than mortgage-backed securities. As a federal savings association, Iroquois Federal is generally not permitted to invest in equity securities, although this general restriction will not apply to IF Bancorp, Inc., which may acquire up to 5% of voting securities of any company without regulatory approval.
ASC 320-10, Investment Debt and Equity Securities requires that, at the time of purchase, we designate a security as held to maturity, available-for-sale, or trading, depending on our ability and intent. Securities available for sale are reported at fair value, while securities held to maturity are reported at amortized cost. We do not maintain a trading portfolio.
U.S. Government and Agency Debt Securities. While United States Government and federal agency securities generally provide lower yields than other investments, including mortgage-backed securities and interest-earning certificates of deposit, we maintain these investments, to the extent appropriate, for liquidity purposes and as collateral for borrowings.
Mortgage-Backed Securities. We invest in mortgage-backed securities insured or guaranteed by the United States Government or government sponsored enterprises. Mortgage-backed securities are created by pooling mortgages and issuing a security with an interest rate that is less than the interest rate on the underlying mortgages. Some securities pools are guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest to investors. Mortgage-backed securities generally yield less than the loans that underlie such securities because of the cost of payment guarantees and credit enhancements. However, mortgage-backed securities are more liquid than individual mortgage loans since there is an active trading market for such securities. In addition, mortgage-backed securities may be used to collateralize our specific liabilities and obligations. Finally, mortgage-backed securities are assigned lower risk weightings for purposes of calculating our risk-based capital level.
Investments in mortgage-backed securities involve a risk that actual payments will be greater or less than the prepayment rate estimated at the time of purchase, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or acceleration of any discount relating to such interests, thereby affecting the net yield on our securities. We periodically review current prepayment speeds to determine whether prepayment estimates require modification that could cause amortization or accretion adjustments.
85
Municipal Obligations. Iroquois Federals investment policy allows it to purchase municipal securities of credit-worthy issuers, and does not permit it to invest more than 10% of Iroquois Federals capital in the bonds of any single issuer. At December 31, 2010, we held $2.5 million of municipal securities primarily issued by local governments and school districts within our market area.
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock. We hold $3.1 million of Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago common stock in connection with our borrowing activities totaling $31.0 million at December 31, 2010. The common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank is carried at cost and classified as restricted equity securities.
Bank-Owned Life Insurance. We invest in bank-owned life insurance to provide us with a funding source for our benefit plan obligations. Bank-owned life insurance also generally provides us noninterest income that is non-taxable. Federal regulations generally limit our investment in bank-owned life insurance to 25% of our Tier 1 capital plus our allowance for loan losses. At December 31, 2010, we had invested $7.1 million in bank-owned life insurance.
Investment Securities Portfolio. The following table sets forth the composition of our investment securities portfolio at the dates indicated, excluding Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago stock, federally insured interest-earning time deposits and bank-owned life insurance. As of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010, all of such securities were classified as available for sale.
At December 31, 2010 | At June 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized
Cost |
Fair Value |
Amortized
Cost |
Fair Value |
Amortized
Cost |
Fair Value |
Amortized
Cost |
Fair Value | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
(In thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securities available for sale: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government, federal agency and government-sponsored enterprises |
$ | 122,518 | $ | 122,340 | $ | 103,807 | $ | 106,817 | $ | 81,294 | $ | 82,329 | $ | 51,856 | $ | 51,135 | ||||||||||||||||
U.S. government sponsored mortgage-backed securities |
12,121 | 12,927 | 15,122 | 16,206 | 16,418 | 17,094 | 18,961 | 18,797 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
State and political subdivisions |
2,490 | 2,610 | 2,576 | 2,725 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 137,129 | $ | 137,877 | $ | 121,505 | $ | 125,748 | $ | 97,712 | $ | 99,423 | $ | 70,817 | $ | 69,932 | ||||||||||||||||
At December 31, 2010 | At June 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized
Cost |
Fair Value |
Amortized
Cost |
Fair Value |
Amortized
Cost |
Fair Value |
Amortized
Cost |
Fair Value | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
(In thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securities held to maturity: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government, federal agency and government-sponsored enterprises |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||||||||
U.S. government sponsored mortgage-backed securities |
| | | | 23,322 | 23,720 | 30,845 | 30,311 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
State and political subdivisions |
| | | | 2,125 | 2,172 | 2,255 | 2,276 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 25,447 | $ | 25,892 | $ | 33,100 | $ | 32,587 | ||||||||||||||||
86
Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The composition and maturities of the investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2010 are summarized in the following table. At such date, all of our securities were available for sale. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur. The yields on municipal securities have not been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis.
One Year or Less |
More than One Year
through Five Years |
More than Five Years
through Ten Years |
More than Ten Years | Total Securities | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized
Cost |
Weighted
Average Yield |
Amortized
Cost |
Weighted
Average Yield |
Amortized
Cost |
Weighted
Average Yield |
Amortized
Cost |
Weighted
Average Yield |
Amortized
Cost |
Fair Value |
Weighted
Average Yield |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government, federal agency and government-sponsored enterprises |
$ | | | % | $ | 26,549 | 3.68 | % | $ | 95,969 | 2.46 | % | $ | | | % | $ | 122,519 | $ | 122,340 | 2.73 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government sponsored mortgage-backed securities |
4 | 1.97 | 699 | 5.08 | 7,194 | 4.78 | 4,224 | 5.61 | 12,121 | 12,927 | 5.09 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
State and political subdivisions |
147 | 4.18 | 1,035 | 3.65 | 1,245 | 5.93 | 64 | 4.83 | 2,490 | 2,610 | 4.85 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 151 | 4.12 | % | $ | 28,283 | 3.71 | % | $ | 104,408 | 2.67 | % | $ | 4,288 | 5.60 | % | $ | 137,130 | $ | 137,877 | 2.97 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
87
Sources of Funds
General. Deposits traditionally have been our primary source of funds for our lending and investment activities. We also borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, to supplement cash flow needs, to lengthen the maturities of liabilities for interest rate risk management purposes and to manage our cost of funds. Our additional sources of funds are the proceeds from the sale of loans originated for sale, scheduled loan payments, maturing investments, loan prepayments, retained earnings and income on other earning assets.
Deposits. We generate deposits primarily from the areas in which our branch offices are located. We rely on our competitive pricing, convenient locations and customer service to attract and retain both retail and commercial deposits.
We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms. Our deposit accounts consist of statement savings accounts, certificates of deposit, money market accounts, commercial and regular checking accounts, individual retirement accounts and health savings accounts. From time to time we utilized brokered deposits. At December 31, 2010, we had $6.0 million in brokered deposits.
Interest rates, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties are established on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies, including the cost of alternate sources of funds, and market interest rates, liquidity requirements, interest rates paid by competitors and our deposit growth goals.
88
The following tables set forth the distribution of our average total deposit accounts, by account type, for the periods indicated.
For the Six Months
Ended
December 31, 2010 |
For the Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2010 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Average
Balance |
Percent |
Weighted
Average Rate |
Average
Balance |
Percent |
Weighted
Average Rate |
|||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposit type: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest bearing demand |
$ | 8,474 | 2.55 | % | | % | $ | 7,866 | 2.45 | % | | % | ||||||||||||
Interest-bearing checking or NOW |
23,967 | 7.21 | .24 | % | 23,234 | 7.24 | .47 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Savings accounts |
22,198 | 6.68 | .62 | % | 20,363 | 6.35 | .87 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Money market accounts |
71,147 | 21.41 | .60 | % | 68,321 | 21.29 | .90 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit |
206,507 | 62.15 | 2.86 | % | 201,074 | 62.67 | 2.37 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total deposits |
$ | 332,293 | 100.00 | % | 1.36 | % | $ | 320,858 | 100.00 | % | 1.77 | % | ||||||||||||
For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2009 | 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Average
Balance |
Percent |
Weighted
Average Rate |
Average
Balance |
Percent |
Weighted
Average Rate |
|||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposit type: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest bearing demand |
$ | 7,985 | 2.76 | % | | % | $ | 7,189 | 2.60 | % | | % | ||||||||||||
Interest-bearing checking or NOW |
21,003 | 7.25 | .65 | % | 19,629 | 7.11 | .62 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Savings accounts |
18,712 | 6.46 | 1.15 | % | 17,900 | 6.48 | 1.28 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Money market accounts |
46,952 | 16.20 | 1.85 | % | 32,388 | 11.73 | 2.50 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit |
195,109 | 67.33 | 3.19 | % | 199,079 | 72.08 | 4.39 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total deposits |
$ | 289,761 | 100.00 | % | 2.57 | % | $ | 276,185 | 100.00 | % | 3.58 | % | ||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2010, the aggregate amount of outstanding certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was approximately $81.0 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of those certificates as of December 31, 2010.
At
December 31, 2010 |
||||
(In thousands) | ||||
Three months or less |
$ | 22,685 | ||
Over three months through six months |
16,365 | |||
Over six months through one year |
28,256 | |||
Over one year to three years |
10,742 | |||
Over three years |
2,506 | |||
Total |
$ | 80,554 | ||
89
The following table sets forth the amount of our certificates of deposit classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated.
At December
31,
2010 |
At June 30, | |||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||
(In thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest Rate: |
||||||||||||||||
Less than 2.00% |
$ | 120,154 | $ | 90,014 | $ | 20,296 | $ | 3,164 | ||||||||
2.00% to 2.99% |
60,057 | 69,217 | 129,912 | 27,466 | ||||||||||||
3.00% to 3.99% |
19,062 | 42,023 | 37,142 | 72,599 | ||||||||||||
4.00% to 4.99% |
1,442 | 1,825 | 8,475 | 70,273 | ||||||||||||
5.00% to 5.99% |
150 | 150 | 150 | 16,158 | ||||||||||||
6.00% to 6.99% |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 207,865 | $ | 203,229 | $ | 195,975 | $ | 189,660 | ||||||||
The following table sets forth, by interest rate ranges, information concerning our certificates of deposit at December 31, 2010.
At December 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Period to Maturity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less Than or
Equal to One Year |
More Than
One to Two Years |
More Than
Two to Three Years |
More Than
Three Years |
Total |
Percent of
Total |
|||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest Rate Range: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less than 2.00% |
$ | 93,819 | $ | 23,831 | $ | 1,998 | $ | 505 | $ | 120,153 | 57.80 | % | ||||||||||||
2.00% to 2.99% |
45,955 | 14,240 | 1,499 | 5,363 | 67,057 | 32.26 | ||||||||||||||||||
3.00% to 3.99% |
15,924 | 720 | 1,347 | 1,071 | 19,062 | 9.17 | ||||||||||||||||||
4.00% to 4.99% |
841 | 516 | 86 | | 1,443 | .70 | ||||||||||||||||||
5.00% to 5.99% |
| 150 | | | 150 | .07 | ||||||||||||||||||
6.00% to 6.99% |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 156,539 | $ | 39,457 | $ | 4,930 | $ | 6,939 | $ | 207,865 | 100.00 | % | ||||||||||||
Borrowings. Our borrowings consist of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (FHLB-Chicago). At December 31, 2010, we had access to additional FHLB-Chicago advances of up to $65.0 million. The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our borrowings at the dates and for the periods indicated.
At or For the Six Months
Ended December 31, |
At or For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, | |||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at end of period |
$ | 31,000 | $ | 36,500 | $ | 22,500 | $ | 26,500 | $ | 36,000 | ||||||||||
Average balance during period |
27,500 | 31,000 | 28,908 | 36,232 | 26,690 | |||||||||||||||
Maximum outstanding at any month end |
34,000 | 36,500 | 36,500 | 48,000 | 36,000 | |||||||||||||||
Weighted average interest rate at end of period |
2.83 | % | 2.86 | % | 4.34 | % | 4.17 | % | 3.76 | % | ||||||||||
Average interest rate during period |
3.38 | % | 3.43 | % | 3.53 | % | 3.27 | % | 4.24 | % |
90
Properties
We operate from our main office, three branch offices and administrative office located in Iroquois and Vermilion Counties, Illinois, and our loan production office in Osage Beach, Missouri. The net book value of our premises, land and equipment was $4.2 million at December 31, 2010. The following tables set forth information with respect to our banking offices, including the expiration date of leases with respect to leased facilities.
Address |
Leased or Owned |
Year Acquired or Leased |
||
Main Office: | ||||
201 East Cherry Street Watseka, Illinois 60970 |
Owned | 1964 | ||
Branch Offices: | ||||
619 North Gilbert Street Danville, Illinois 61832 |
Owned | 1973 | ||
175 East Fourth Street Clifton, Illinois 60927 |
Owned | 1977 | ||
511 South Chicago Road Hoopeston, Illinois 60942 |
Owned | 1979 | ||
Loan Production Office: | ||||
3535 Highway 54 Osage Beach, MO 65065 |
Owned | 2006 | ||
Administrative Office: | ||||
204 East Cherry Street Watseka, Illinois 60970 |
Owned | 2001 |
Subsidiary Activities
Iroquois Federal has one wholly-owned subsidiary, L.C.I. Service Corporation, an insurance agency with offices in Watseka
Legal Proceedings
At December 31, 2010, we were not involved in any legal proceedings, the outcome of which we believe would be material to our financial condition or results of operations.
Expense and Tax Allocation
Iroquois Federal will enter into an agreement with IF Bancorp, Inc. to provide it with certain administrative support services, whereby Iroquois Federal will be compensated at not less than the fair market value of the services provided. In addition, Iroquois Federal and IF Bancorp, Inc. will enter into an agreement to establish a method for allocating and for reimbursing the payment of their consolidated tax liability.
91
Personnel
As of December 31, 2010, we had 84 full-time employees and four part-time employees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group. Management believes that we have a good working relationship with our employees.
92
General
As a federal savings association, Iroquois Federal is subject to examination and regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision and is also subject to examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. However, under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act), which is discussed further below, the Office of Thrift Supervisions functions relating to federal savings associations, including rulemaking authority, will be transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency by July 21, 2011, unless extended by up to six months by the Secretary of the Treasury. The thrift charter has been preserved and a new Deputy Comptroller of the Currency will have responsibility over supervising and examining federal savings associations and savings banks.
The federal system of regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which Iroquois Federal may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporations deposit insurance fund. Iroquois Federal is periodically examined by the Office of Thrift Supervision to ensure that it satisfies applicable standards with respect to its capital adequacy, assets, management, earnings, liquidity and sensitivity to market interest rates. Iroquois Federal also is regulated to a lesser extent by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve Board, which governs the reserves to be maintained against deposits and other matters. In addition, Iroquois Federal is a member of and owns stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, which is one of the twelve regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System. Iroquois Federals relationship with its depositors and borrowers also is regulated to a great extent by federal law and, to a much lesser extent, state law, including in matters concerning the ownership of deposit accounts and the form and content of Iroquois Federals loan documents.
As a savings and loan holding company following the conversion, IF Bancorp, Inc. will be subject to examination and supervision by, and will be required to file certain reports with, the Office of Thrift Supervision. IF Bancorp, Inc. will also be subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws. However, under the Dodd-Frank Act, as further discussed below, the Office of Thrift Supervisions functions relating to savings and loan holding companies, will be transferred to the Federal Reserve Board by July 21, 2011, unless extended by up to six months by the Secretary of the Treasury.
Set forth below are certain material regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to Iroquois Federal and IF Bancorp, Inc. after the conversion. This description of statutes and regulations is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Iroquois Federal and IF Bancorp, Inc. Any change in these laws or regulations, whether by Congress or the applicable regulatory agencies, could have a material adverse impact on IF Bancorp, Inc., Iroquois Federal and their operations.
Dodd-Frank Act
The Dodd-Frank Act will significantly change the current bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act will eliminate our current primary federal regulator, the Office of Thrift Supervision, and will require Iroquois Federal to be regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the primary federal regulator for national banks). The Dodd-Frank Act also authorizes the Federal Reserve Board to supervise and regulate all savings and loan holding companies, such as IF Bancorp, Inc., in addition to bank holding companies, which the Federal Reserve Board currently
93
regulates. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the Federal Reserve Board to set minimum capital levels for both bank and savings and loan holding companies that are as stringent as those required for the insured depository subsidiaries, and the components of Tier 1 capital would be restricted to capital instruments that are currently considered to be Tier 1 capital for insured depository institutions. Bank holding companies with assets of less than $500 million are exempt from these capital requirements. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the proceeds of trust preferred securities are excluded from Tier 1 capital unless such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank or savings and loan holding companies with less than $15 billion of assets. Savings and loan holding companies are subject to a five year transition period before the holding company capital requirements will become applicable. The legislation also establishes a floor for capital of insured depository institutions that cannot be lower than the standards in effect today, and directs the federal banking regulators to implement new leverage and capital requirements within 18 months. These new leverage and capital requirements must take into account off-balance sheet activities and other risks, including risks relating to securitized products and derivatives.
The Dodd-Frank Act also creates a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions such as Iroquois Federal, including the authority to prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets will be examined by their applicable bank regulators. The new legislation also weakens the federal preemption available for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce applicable federal consumer protection laws.
The Dodd-Frank Act also broadens the base for Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance assessments. Assessments will now be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. The legislation also permanently increases the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2008, and noninterest bearing transaction accounts have unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012. The Dodd-Frank Act will increase stockholder influence over boards of directors by requiring companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called golden parachute payments, and authorizing the Securities and Exchange Commission to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate and solicit votes for their own candidates using a companys own proxy materials. The legislation also directs the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not. Further, the legislation requires that originators of securitized loans retain a percentage of the risk for transferred loans, directs the Federal Reserve Board to regulate pricing of certain debit card interchange fees and contains a number of reforms related to mortgage origination. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act involve delayed effective dates and/or require implementing regulations. Accordingly, it will be some time before management can assess the full impact on operations. However, there is a significant possibility that the Dodd-Frank Act will, at a minimum, result in an increased regulatory burden and compliance, operating and interest expense for the Iroquois Federal and IF Bancorp, Inc.
Federal Banking Regulation
Business Activities. A federal savings association derives its lending and investment powers from the Home Owners Loan Act, as amended, and the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Under these laws and regulations, Iroquois Federal may invest in mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial real estate, commercial business and consumer loans, certain types of debt securities and
94
certain other assets, subject to applicable limits. Iroquois Federal also may establish subsidiaries that may engage in activities not otherwise permissible for Iroquois Federal, including real estate investment and securities and insurance brokerage. The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes, for the first time, the payment of interest on commercial checking accounts effective July 1, 2011.
Capital Requirements. Office of Thrift Supervision regulations require savings associations to meet three minimum capital standards: a 1.5% tangible capital ratio, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for savings associations receiving the highest rating on the CAMELS rating system), and an 8% risk-based capital ratio.
The risk-based capital standard for savings associations requires the maintenance of Tier 1 (core) and total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary capital) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4% and 8%, respectively. In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets, are multiplied by a risk-weight factor of 0% to 200%, assigned by the Office of Thrift Supervision, based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Core capital is defined as common stockholders equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less intangibles other than certain mortgage servicing rights and credit card relationships. The components of supplementary capital include cumulative preferred stock, long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt and intermediate preferred stock, the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Overall, the amount of supplementary capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital. Additionally, a savings association that retains credit risk in connection with an asset sale may be required to maintain additional regulatory capital because of the purchasers recourse against the savings association. In assessing an institutions capital adequacy, the Office of Thrift Supervision takes into consideration not only these numeric factors but qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual associations where necessary.
At December 31, 2010, Iroquois Federals capital exceeded all applicable requirements. See Historical and Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Compliance.
Loans-to-One Borrower. Generally, a federal savings association may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be loaned, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral, which generally does not include real estate. As of December 31, 2010, Iroquois Federal was in compliance with the loans-to-one borrower limitations.
Qualified Thrift Lender Test. As a federal savings association, Iroquois Federal must satisfy the qualified thrift lender, or QTL, test. Under the QTL test, Iroquois Federal must maintain at least 65% of its portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including mortgage-backed securities) in at least nine months of the most recent 12-month period. Portfolio assets generally means total assets of a savings association, less the sum of specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, and the value of property used in the conduct of the savings associations business.
Iroquois Federal also may satisfy the QTL test by qualifying as a domestic building and loan association as defined in the Internal Revenue Code.
A savings association that fails the qualified thrift lender test must operate under specified restrictions set forth in the Home Owners Loan Act. The Dodd-Frank Act makes noncompliance with
95
the QTL test subject to agency enforcement action for a violation of law. At December 31, 2010, Iroquois Federal maintained approximately 90.4% of its portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments and, therefore, satisfied the QTL test.
Capital Distributions. Office of Thrift Supervision regulations govern capital distributions by a federal savings association, which include cash dividends, stock repurchases and other transactions charged to the savings associations capital account. A savings association must file an application for approval of a capital distribution if:
|
the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of the savings associations net income for that year to date plus the savings associations retained net income for the preceding two years; |
|
the savings association would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution; |
|
the distribution would violate any applicable statute, regulation, agreement or Office of Thrift Supervision-imposed condition; or |
|
the savings association is not eligible for expedited treatment of its filings. |
Even if an application is not otherwise required, every savings association that is a subsidiary of a holding company must still file a notice with the Office of Thrift Supervision at least 30 days before the Board of Directors declares a dividend or approves a capital distribution.
The Office of Thrift Supervision may disapprove a notice or application if:
|
the savings association would be undercapitalized following the distribution; |
|
the proposed capital distribution raises safety and soundness concerns; or |
|
the capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation or agreement. |
In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that an insured depository institution shall not make any capital distribution, if after making such distribution the institution would be undercapitalized. A savings association may not make a capital distribution that would reduce its regulatory capital below the amount required for the liquidation account established in connection with its conversion to stock form.
Liquidity. A federal savings association is required to maintain a sufficient amount of liquid assets to ensure its safe and sound operation. We anticipate that our liquidity levels will increase following the completion of the stock offering.
Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws. All savings associations have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income borrowers. In connection with its examination of a federal savings association, the Office of Thrift Supervision is required to assess the savings associations record of compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those
96
statutes. A savings associations failure to comply with the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act could, at a minimum, result in denial of certain corporate applications such as branches or mergers, or in restrictions on its activities. The failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the Office of Thrift Supervision, as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice. Iroquois Federal received a satisfactory Community Reinvestment Act rating in its most recent federal examination. The Community Reinvestment Act requires all institutions insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to publicly disclose their rating.
Transactions with Related Parties. A federal savings associations authority to engage in transactions with its affiliates is limited by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations and by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing Regulation W promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. An affiliate is generally a company that controls, or is under common control with an insured depository institution such as Iroquois Federal. IF Bancorp, Inc. will be an affiliate of Iroquois Federal. In general, transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliates are subject to certain quantitative and collateral requirements. In addition, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit a savings association from lending to any of its affiliates that are engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies and from purchasing the securities of any affiliate, other than a subsidiary. Finally, transactions with affiliates must be consistent with safe and sound banking practices, not involve low-quality assets and be on terms that are as favorable to the institution as comparable transactions with non-affiliates. The Office of Thrift Supervision requires savings associations to maintain detailed records of all transactions with affiliates.
Iroquois Federals authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders:
(i) | be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features; and |
(ii) | not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of Iroquois Federals capital. |
In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by Iroquois Federals Board of Directors.
Enforcement. The Office of Thrift Supervision has primary enforcement responsibility over federal savings associations and has the authority to bring enforcement action against all institution-affiliated parties, including directors, officers, stockholders, attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on a federal savings association. Formal enforcement action by the Office of Thrift Supervision may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order, to removal of officers and/or directors of the institution, and the appointment of a receiver or conservator. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25,000 per day, unless a finding of reckless disregard is made, in which case penalties may be as high as $1 million per day. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also has the authority to terminate deposit insurance or to recommend to the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings institution. If action is not taken by the Director, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has authority to take action under specified circumstances.
97
The Comptroller of the Currency will assume the Office of Thrift Supervisions enforcement authority over federal savings banks pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act.
Standards for Safety and Soundness. Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe certain standards for all insured depository institutions. These standards relate to, among other things, internal controls, information systems and audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation, and other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. Interagency guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. If an institution fails to meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to implement an acceptable compliance plan. Failure to implement such a plan can result in further enforcement action, including the issuance of a cease and desist order or the imposition of civil money penalties.
Regulatory Guidance to Subprime Lending. The federal bank regulatory agencies have issued regulatory guidance relating to the examination of financial institutions that are engaged in significant subprime lending activities. The regulatory guidance emphasizes that the federal banking agencies believe that responsible subprime lending can expand credit access for consumers and offer attractive returns for the savings institution. The guidance is applicable to savings institutions that have subprime lending programs greater than or equal to 25% of core capital. As part of the regulatory guidance, examiners must provide greater scrutiny of (i) an institutions ability to administer its higher risk subprime portfolio, (ii) the allowance for loan losses to ensure that the portion of the allowance allocated to the subprime portfolio is sufficient to absorb the estimated credit losses for the portfolio, and (iii) the level of risk-based capital that the savings institution has to ensure that such capital levels are adequate to support the savings institutions subprime lending activities. We do not offer subprime loans.
Prompt Corrective Action Regulations . Under prompt corrective action regulations, the Office of Thrift Supervision is authorized and, under certain circumstances, required to take supervisory actions against undercapitalized savings associations. For this purpose, a savings association is placed in one of the following five categories based on the savings associations capital:
|
well-capitalized at least 5% leverage capital, 6% Tier 1 risk-based capital and 10% total risk-based capital; |
|
adequately capitalized at least 4% leverage capital, 4% Tier 1 risk-based capital and 8% total risk-based capital; |
|
undercapitalized less than 4% leverage capital (3% or less for institutions with the highest examination rating), 4% Tier 1 risk-based capital and 8% total risk-based capital; |
|
significantly undercapitalized less than 3% leverage capital, 3% Tier 1 risk-based capital and 6% total risk-based capital; and |
|
critically undercapitalized less than 2% tangible capital. |
98
Generally, the Office of Thrift Supervision is required to appoint a receiver or conservator for a savings association that is critically undercapitalized within specific time frames. The regulations also provide that a capital restoration plan must be filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision within 45 days of the date a savings association receives notice that it is undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized. Any holding company of a savings association that is required to submit a capital restoration plan must guarantee the lesser of an amount equal to 5% of the savings associations assets at the time it was notified or deemed to be undercapitalized by the Office of Thrift Supervision, or the amount necessary to restore the savings association to adequately capitalized status. This guarantee remains in place until the Office of Thrift Supervision notifies the savings association that it has maintained adequately capitalized status for each of four consecutive calendar quarters, and the Office of Thrift Supervision has the authority to require payment and collect payment under the guarantee. Failure by a holding company to provide the required guarantee will result in certain operating restrictions on the savings association, such as restrictions on the ability to declare and pay dividends, pay executive compensation and management fees, and increase assets or expand operations. The Office of Thrift Supervision may also take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions against undercapitalized savings associations, including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.
At December 31, 2010, Iroquois Federal met the criteria for being considered well-capitalized.
Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, insures deposits at FDIC insured financial institutions such as Iroquois Federal. Deposit accounts in Iroquois Federal are insured by the FDIC generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately insured depositor and up to a maximum of $250,000 for self-directed retirement accounts. The FDIC charges the insured financial institutions premiums to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund.
Under the FDICs current risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other risk factors. The rates for nearly all of the financial institutions industry vary between five and seven cents for every $100 of domestic deposits.
As part of its plan to restore the Deposit Insurance Fund in the wake of the large number of bank failures following the financial crisis, the FDIC imposed a special assessment of 5 basis points for the second quarter of 2009. In addition, the FDIC has required all insured institutions to prepay their quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. As part of this prepayment, the FDIC assumed a 5% annual growth in the assessment base and applied a 3 basis point increase in assessment rates effective January 1, 2011.
In February 2011, the FDIC published a final rule under the Dodd-Frank Act to reform the deposit insurance assessment system. The rule redefines the assessment base used for calculating deposit insurance assessments effective April 1, 2011. Under the new rule, assessments will be based on an institutions average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity as opposed to total deposits. In addition, the final rule eliminates the adjustment for secured borrowings and makes certain other changes to the impact of unsecured borrowings and brokered deposits on an institutions deposit insurance assessment. The proposed rule also revises the assessment rate schedule to provide assessments ranging from five to 45 basis points.
The Dodd-Frank Act also extended the unlimited deposit insurance on noninterest bearing transaction accounts through December 31, 2012. Unlike the FDICs Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, the insurance provided under the Dodd-Frank Act does not extend to low-interest NOW accounts, and there is no separate assessment on covered accounts.
99
In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (FICO) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. During the year ended June 30, 2010, Iroquois Federal paid $33,350 in fees related to the FICO.
Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not currently know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.
Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements . Federal savings associations are prohibited, subject to some exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.
Federal Home Loan Bank System. Iroquois Federal is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank System provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, Iroquois Federal is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank. As of December 31, 2010, Iroquois Federal was in compliance with this requirement.
Other Regulations
Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by Iroquois Federal are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Iroquois Federals operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:
|
Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers; |
|
Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves; |
|
Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit; |
|
Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies; |
|
Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; |
|
Truth in Savings Act; and |
|
rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws. |
100
The operations of Iroquois Federal also are subject to the:
|
Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; |
|
Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services; |
|
Check Clearing for the 21 st Century Act (also known as Check 21), which gives substitute checks, such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check; |
|
The USA PATRIOT Act, which requires savings associations to, among other things, establish broadened anti-money laundering compliance programs, and due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement existing compliance requirements that also apply to financial institutions under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations; and |
|
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which places limitations on the sharing of consumer financial information by financial institutions with unaffiliated third parties. Specifically, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires all financial institutions offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institutions privacy policy and provide such customers the opportunity to opt out of the sharing of certain personal financial information with unaffiliated third parties. |
Holding Company Regulation
General . Upon completion of the conversion, IF Bancorp, Inc. will be a non-diversified savings and loan holding company within the meaning of the Home Owners Loan Act. As such, IF Bancorp, Inc. will be registered with the Office of Thrift Supervision and will be subject to Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, examinations, supervision and reporting requirements. In addition, the Office of Thrift Supervision will have enforcement authority over IF Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the Office of Thrift Supervision to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings institution.
However, under the Dodd-Frank Act, the functions of the Office of Thrift Supervision relating to savings and loan holding companies and their non-insured subsidiaries, as well as rulemaking and supervision authority over thrift holding companies, will be transferred to the Federal Reserve Board by July 21, 2011, subject to extension by up to six months if requested by the Secretary of the Treasury. See Risk Factors Financial reform legislation recently enacted by Congress will, among other things, tighten capital standards, create a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and result in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our costs of operations.
Permissible Activities. Under present law, the business activities of IF Bancorp, Inc. will be generally limited to those activities permissible for financial holding companies under Section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or for multiple savings and loan holding companies. A financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature, including underwriting
101
equity securities and insurance as well as activities that are incidental to financial activities or complementary to a financial activity. A multiple savings and loan holding company is generally limited to activities permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act, subject to the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, and certain additional activities authorized by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations.
Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company, including IF Bancorp, Inc., directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring more than 5% of another savings institution or holding company thereof, without prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. It also prohibits the acquisition or retention of, with certain exceptions, more than 5% of a nonsubsidiary company engaged in activities that are not closely related to banking or financial in nature, or acquiring or retaining control of an institution that is not federally insured. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the Office of Thrift Supervision must consider the financial and managerial resources, future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the federal deposit insurance fund, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.
The Office of Thrift Supervision is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings institutions in more than one state, subject to two exceptions:
(i) | the approval of interstate supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies; and |
(ii) | the acquisition of a savings institution in another state if the laws of the state of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisition. |
The states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions.
Capital. Savings and loan holding companies are not currently subject to specific regulatory capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act, however, requires the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. Instruments such as cumulative preferred stock and trust preferred securities will no longer be includable as Tier 1 capital as is currently the case with bank holding companies. Instruments issued by May 19, 2010 will be grandfathered for companies with consolidated assets of $15 billion or less. There is a five-year transition period (from the July 21, 2010 effective date of the Dodd-Frank Act) before the capital requirements will apply to savings and loan holding companies.
Source of Strength. The Dodd-Frank Act also extends the source of strength doctrine to savings and loan holding companies. The regulatory agencies must issue regulations requiring that all bank and savings and loan holding companies serve as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial stress.
Dividends. The Bank must notify the Office of Thrift Supervision thirty days before declaring any dividend to the Company. The financial impact of a holding company on its subsidiary institution is a matter that is evaluated by the Office of Thrift Supervision and the agency has authority to order cessation of activities or divestiture of subsidiaries deemed to pose a threat to the safety and soundness of the institution.
102
Federal Securities Laws
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 for the registration of the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to the stock offering. Upon completion of the stock offering, our common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
The registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of shares of common stock to be issued in the stock offering does not cover the resale of those shares. Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not our affiliates may be resold without registration. Shares purchased by our affiliates will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. In the future, we may permit affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under the Securities Act of 1933.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. As directed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer will be required to certify that our quarterly and annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have several requirements, including having these officers certify that: they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; they have made certain disclosures to our auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors about our internal control over financial reporting; and they have included information in our quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been changes in our internal control over financial reporting or in other factors that could materially affect internal control over financial reporting. We expect that we will be subject to further reporting and audit requirements beginning with the year ending June 30, 2012 under the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will prepare policies, procedures and systems designed to ensure compliance with these regulations.
Federal Taxation
General. IF Bancorp, Inc. and Iroquois Federal are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize material federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to IF Bancorp, Inc. and Iroquois Federal.
Method of Accounting . For federal income tax purposes, Iroquois Federal currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending June 30 th for filing its consolidated federal income tax returns. The Small Business Protection Act of 1996 eliminated the use of the reserve method of accounting for bad debt reserves by savings institutions, effective for taxable years beginning after 1995.
Minimum Tax. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes an alternative minimum tax at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences, referred to as alternative minimum taxable income. The alternative minimum tax is payable to the extent alternative minimum taxable income is in excess of an exemption amount. Net operating losses can, in
103
general, offset no more than 90% of alternative minimum taxable income. Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. At June 30, 2010, Iroquois Federal had no minimum tax credit carryforward.
Net Operating Loss Carryovers. Generally, a financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. However, as a result of recent legislation, subject to certain limitations, the carryback period for net operating losses incurred in 2008 or 2009 (but not both years) has been expanded to five years. At June 30, 2010, Iroquois Federal had no net operating loss carryforward.
Corporate Dividends. We may generally exclude from our income 100% of dividends received from Iroquois Federal as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations.
Audit of Tax Returns. Iroquois Federals federal income tax returns have not been audited in the most recent five-year period.
State Taxation
Illinois State Taxation . IF Bancorp, Inc. and Iroquois Federal will be required to file an annual combined Illinois income tax return and pay tax at a stated tax rate of 9.50%. For these purposes, Illinois taxable income generally means federal taxable income subject to certain modifications, primarily the exclusion of interest income on United States obligations. For the year ended June 30, 2010 Iroquois Federal paid Illinois income tax totaling $250,700. Iroquois Federal is not currently under audit with respect to Illinois income tax returns and its Illinois income tax returns have not been audited for the past five years.
Other State Taxes . Iroquois Federal paid Missouri income tax totaling $10,417 for the year ended June 30, 2010. Because IF Bancorp, Inc. is a Maryland business corporation it will be required to file Maryland income tax returns beginning for the year ended June 30, 2011. The State of Maryland imposes an income tax of approximately 8.25% on Maryland taxable income, which generally means federal taxable income subject to certain modifications, primarily the exclusion of interest income on United States obligations.
104
Shared Management Structure
The directors of IF Bancorp, Inc. are the same persons who are the directors of Iroquois Federal. In addition, each executive officer of IF Bancorp, Inc. is also an officer of Iroquois Federal. We expect that IF Bancorp, Inc. and Iroquois Federal will continue to have common officers until there is a business reason to establish separate management structures.
Executive Officers of IF Bancorp, Inc.
The executive officers of IF Bancorp, Inc. are elected annually. The following table sets forth information regarding the executive officers of IF Bancorp, Inc. and their ages as of December 31, 2010.
Name |
Age |
Position(s) Held |
||
Alan D. Martin | 59 | President and Chief Executive Officer of IF Bancorp, Inc. and Iroquois Federal | ||
Pamela J. Verkler | 50 | Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of IF Bancorp, Inc. and Iroquois Federal | ||
Walter H. Hasselbring, III | 54 | Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of IF Bancorp, Inc. and Iroquois Federal | ||
Thomas J. Chamberlain | 46 | Vice President of IF Bancorp, Inc. and Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of Iroquois Federal | ||
Terry W. Acree | 56 | Vice President of IF Bancorp Inc. and Vice President and Chief Retail Banking Officer of Iroquois Federal |
Directors of IF Bancorp, Inc. and Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
IF Bancorp, Inc. has nine directors. Directors serve three-year staggered terms. Directors of Iroquois Federal will be elected by IF Bancorp, Inc. as its sole stockholder. The following table states our directors names, their ages as of December 31, 2010, the years when they began serving as directors of Iroquois Federal and when their current terms expire.
Name |
Position(s) Held With IF Bancorp, Inc. |
Age |
Director
Since |
Current Term
Expires |
||||
Gary Martin | Chairman of the Board | 61 | 1985 | 2012 | ||||
Alan D. Martin | President, Chief Executive Officer and Director | 59 | 2001 | 2011 | ||||
Joseph A. Cowan | Director | 50 | 2000 | 2012 | ||||
Ardith Heuton | Director | 71 | 2002 | 2011 | ||||
Wayne A. Lehmann | Director | 57 | 1996 | 2011 | ||||
John D. Martin | Director | 70 | 1973 | 2013 | ||||
Frank J. Simutis | Director | 64 | 2001 | 2013 | ||||
Dennis C. Wittenborn | Director | 57 | 2000 | 2012 | ||||
Rodney E. Yergler | Director | 53 | 1998 | 2013 |
105
Board Independence
The Board of Directors has determined that each of our directors, with the exception of President and Chief Executive Officer Alan D. Martin, is independent as defined in the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market. Mr. Martin is not independent because he is one of our executive officers.
In determining the independence of the directors listed above, the Board of Directors reviewed the following transactions, none of which are required to be reported under Transactions With Certain Related Persons, below. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, Iroquois Federal paid director Frank Simutis approximately $13,800, $14,272 and $9,282 for legal services provided to the Association. In addition, directors Cowan, Wittenborn and John Martin each have loans with Iroquois Federal that are not required to be reported under Transactions With Certain Related Persons because they were made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not related to Iroquois Federal, and did not present any unusual risk of collectability or have any other unfavorable features.
Director Qualifications
In considering and identifying individual candidates for director, our Nominating Committee and our Board of Directors take into account several factors which they believe are important to our operations as a community banking institution. With respect to specific candidates, the Board and Nominating Committee assess the specific qualities and experience that such individuals possess, including: (1) overall familiarity and experience with the market areas that we serve and the local community groups within such markets; (2) knowledge of the local real estate markets and real estate professionals; (3) contacts with and knowledge of local businesses operating in our market area; (4) professional and educational experience, with particular emphasis on real estate, legal, accounting or financial services; (5) experience with the local governments and agencies and political activities; (6) any adverse regulatory or legal actions involving the individual or entity controlled by the individual; (7) the integrity, honesty and reputation of the individual; (8) experience or involvement with other local financial services companies and potential conflicts that may develop; (9) past service with Iroquois Federal or its subsidiaries and contributions to their operations; and (10) the independence of the individual. While the Board of Directors and the Nominating Committee do not maintain a written policy on diversity which specifies the qualities or factors the Board or Nominating Committee must consider when assessing Board members individually or in connection with assessing the overall composition of the Board, the Board and Nominating Committee take into account: (1) the effectiveness of the existing Board of Directors or additional qualifications that may be required when selecting new Board members; (2) the requisite expertise and sufficiently diverse backgrounds of the members of the Board of Directors; and (3) the independence and possible conflicts of interest of existing and potential members of the Board of Directors.
The Business Background of Our Directors and Executive Officers
The business experience for the past five years of each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below. Unless otherwise indicated, directors and executive officers have held their positions for the past five years.
106
Directors:
Gary Martin. Mr. Martin has served as Chairman of the Board of Iroquois Federal since 2000. He has 41 years of experience in the retail industry, including 33 years as owner of Scotchmons, a convenience store with two locations in Watseka, Illinois. Mr. Martin was named as one of the Top Illinois Retailers of the 20 th Century in 2000. In 2003 he was named Illinois Retailer of the Year. He is the former Chairman of Illinois Retail Merchants Association. His extensive business background and long-term experience managing the operations of a successful business enterprise provides the Board with general business acumen and insight in assessing strategic decisions involving Iroquois Federal. His Board tenure provides the Board with valuable institutional knowledge of the development of Iroquois Federal over the past 25 years.
Alan D. Martin. Mr. Martin has served with Iroquois Federal since 1973 and has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since 1999. Mr. Martin spent eight years of his banking experience in the Danville and Vermilion county market for Iroquois Federal, giving him a broad prospective on the market area in which Iroquois Federal operates. He has a degree in Business Administration from Illinois State University. He is a C ERTIFIED F INANCIAL P LANNER certificant and a State of Illinois insurance license. Additionally, Mr. Martin is active in civic and charitable organizations in Illinois, and has significant ties to the community that support business generation by Iroquois Federal. His significant local banking experience and participation in industry trade groups provides the Board with a perspective on the day to day operations of Iroquois Federal and assists the Board in assessing the trends and developments in the financial industry on a local and national basis.
Joseph A. Cowan. Mr. Cowan has worked with Iroquois Paving Corporation since 1985, and was appointed President in 1996. Iroquois Paving Corporation is a heavy highway construction company employing approximately 150 people and with annual gross income of approximately $45 million. Mr. Cowan is very involved with industry associations, and served as President of The Association of General Contractors of Illinois in 2003. He holds a B.A. from Eureka College. Mr. Cowans business and management experience and knowledge of the local business community bring invaluable business insight to the Board.
Ardith Heuton. Ms. Heuton was elected to the Board of Directors in 2002, prior to her retirement from Iroquois Federal as Senior Vice President Corporate Secretary, in 2004. She held numerous positions with increasing responsibilities throughout her career with Iroquois Federal, focusing on lending and compliance. Ms. Heuton has actively participated in civic and charitable organizations, serving in significant management and organizational positions. She is co-chair of the Iroquois Memorial Hospital Development Council which raises significant funds for the betterment of the hospital and local area. She has participated in the American Cancer Society Relay for Life since 2001, serving as Chair of the Survivorship Committee for seven years. Ms. Heuton has served as chair of her church congregation, and is a past President of the Watseka Area Chamber of Commerce. Ms. Heutons banking experience, tenure with Iroquois Federal and involvement in the local community provide the Board valuable insight into the needs of the communities that we serve.
Wayne A. Lehmann . Mr. Lehmann has served as President of Iroquois Title Company, Watseka, Illinois, since 1991. He graduated from Eastern Illinois University with a B. S. in Finance. Mr. Lehmann has been active in our community as a member of the Kiwanis Club of Watseka and has served on the Board of Directors of the Watseka Area Chamber of Commerce. He has been a member of the Regional Board of School Trustees for more than 15 years. Mr. Lehmann is also active in his church, having served in many capacities. Mr. Lehmanns experience in the real estate industry and involvement in the local community provide the Board with valuable perspective regarding the local real estate market.
107
Dr. John D. Martin. Dr. Martin has operated an orthodontia practice in Watseka, Illinois for over 41 years. His management and marketing experience in providing his services to a wide area surrounding Iroquois County brings invaluable business insight to Iroquois Federal. Dr. Martin is known for his philanthropy throughout Iroquois County.
Frank J. Simutis. Mr. Simutis is an attorney who heads the Law Offices of Frank J. Simutis, P.C., in Watseka, Illinois. After five years of service with the United States Air Force, Mr. Simutis joined a Watseka law firm in 1976, in which he practiced for more than 19 years. In 1996, he established his own law practice in Watseka, which currently has three attorneys. His practice includes representation of banks, local governments, insurance companies, and a wide range of other matters for individual clients. Mr. Simutis is a member of the Knights of Columbus, a former member of Rotary International, and is the chair of the Planned Gifts committee of Iroquois Memorial Hospital. During his career he has been a member of the local school board, a director of the Iroquois Industrial Development Association, and has served as President of the Iroquois County Bar Association. He is a member of the Illinois and Arizona Bar. His legal expertise provides the Board with insight on legal matters involving Iroquois Federal.
Dennis C. Wittenborn. Mr. Wittenborn has served as President and Chairman of Pizza Resources Corporation since 1993, as President of GRIF Corporation since 1997, and past President of Witmat Development Corporation from 1998 through 2010. He also served as President of Monical Pizza Corporation from 1987 through 1992. In addition, Mr. Wittenborn has served as a Director of the Iroquois Memorial Hospital and Resident Home Board since 1998 and as its Chairman since 2009. Mr. Wittenborn has successfully opened and operated numerous restaurants in Illinois and Indiana. He is a past Alderman of South Pekin, Illinois, and a past Charter President of the Jaycees, South Pekin, Illinois. Mr. Wittenborn has a strong background in marketing and finance, as well as extensive experience with computer networking systems and business software packages. His businesses and marketing experience assist the Board with matters relating to business generation and the business community that we serve.
Dr. Rodney E. Yergler. Dr. Yergler has operated his own dental practice in Crescent City, Illinois, since 1985. He is a member of the American Dental Association, the Illinois State Dental Association, the Kankakee District Dental Association and the American Academy of Implant Dentistry. Dr. Yergler has a B.S. in Biology from Wheaton College, and graduated cum laude from Loyola University School of Dentistry. He served for many years on the American Cancer Society Iroquois County Board and assisted with the Iroquois County Relay for Life for three years. He has also served as Superintendent for St. Peters Lutheran Church Sunday School and Church Council. Mr. Yerglers business experience and involvement in the local community provide the Board with invaluable perspective regarding the business community that we serve.
Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors:
Walter H. Hasselbring, III. Mr. Hasselbring joined Iroquois Federal in 1978 and currently serves as Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. He is responsible for the daily operations of the bank, including ongoing risk management and development of new business opportunities. He also works directly with the Osage office, Iroquois Insurance, and oversees the marketing function. Mr. Hasselbring holds a B.S. degree in Business Administration with emphasis in both Management and Marketing and a minor in Economics from Olivet University, supported by educational development courses, training seminars, and key industry associations. Prior to being named Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Hasselbring has served with Iroquois Federal as Vice President of Loans, Danville Branch Manager, and Marketing Officer among other responsibilities. Mr. Hasselbring is directly involved in the communities served by Iroquois Federal, with service in key leadership rolls for many organizations. In Danville, he has served as Chairman of Cross Point Human Services, President of Schlarman H.S. Board, member of the Board of Commissioners of Danville Housing Authority, Vice President of Danville Economic Development
108
Corporation, President of Danville Youth Baseball, YMCA, and Boy Scouts. In Watseka he has served as a director of ARC of Iroquois County, director and Treasurer of Iroquois Economic Development Association, and as a member of the Iroquois Memorial Hospital Business and Development Committee. Mr. Hasselbring currently serves as a director on the Illinois League of Financial Institutions.
Thomas J. Chamberlain. Mr. Chamberlain has served as Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of Iroquois Federal since July of 2010. He has served with Iroquois Federal since July of 2004, when he joined the association as Vice President and Manager Danville Office, with responsibility for the management and commercial loan activities of the that office. Prior to his service with Iroquois Federal, Mr. Chamberlain worked with First Mid-Illinois Bank & Trust for over 18 years, managing branches, and working in their lending and trust/farm management departments. Mr. Chamberlain has an MBA from Eastern Illinois University and a Bachelors degree from the University of Illinois. He is presently participating in the ABA Stonier Graduate School of Banking, and is a graduate of the Illinois Agricultural Leadership Program. He has served as Chairman of the Illinois Bankers Association Ag Credit School, and as a member or Chairman of several committees for the Illinois and American Societies of Farm Managers and Rural Appraisers. He has served in the top leadership position of several community organizations including: Board Chair of United Way of Danville; Board Chair of Vermilion Advantage economic development organization; President of the Rotary Club of Tuscola; President of the Tuscola Chamber of Commerce; President of Main Street Tuscola; Grand Knight Mattoon Knights of Columbus; and, President Mid-Illinois Big Brothers/Big Sisters.
Pamela J. Verkler. Ms. Verkler has been employed with Iroquois Federal since 1982, holding positions of staff accountant, Assistant Treasurer, and Treasurer, before her current position of Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Verkler holds a Bachelors degree in Business from the University of Illinois. She has over 28 years of experience in the financial services industry, and her responsibilities include supervision and oversight of the Accounting, Human Resources, and Investment areas. She also chairs the Asset/Liability Management Committee and has served as trustee of the companys 401(k) plan. She is a member of the Financial Managers Society and the Society for Human Resource Management. Ms. Verkler has also served as Treasurer of the Iroquois County Community Unit School District 9 since 1999 and has been the Watseka Band Booster President for the last two years. She has also been active in the American Cancer Society, serving as Relay For Life Accounting Chair for seven years and as Relay Team Captain for the past two years.
Terry W. Acree. Mr. Acree has served as Vice President and Chief Retail Banking Officer of Iroquois Federal since July of 2010. He joined Iroquois Federal in June of 2000 as a Vice President of Operations. Mr. Acree is also Iroquois Federals Bank Secrecy Act Officer and Security Officer, and is a member of the Asset/Liability Management Committee. Prior to joining Iroquois Federal, Mr. Acree served as a vice president at other financial institutions and has over 34 years of banking experience. Mr. Acree has a Bachelor of Business degree from Western Illinois University. He has been active in many community organizations. He has served on the Iroquois Memorial Hospital Board for 13 years, including 10 years as Chairman. He has also served as president of the Kiwanis Club of Watseka, the Watseka Area Chamber of Commerce and the Iroquois Industrial Development Association, and as a member of the Iroquois Memorial Hospital Development Council and various youth organizations. Mr. Acree was the Watseka Citizen of the Year for 1992.
Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors
We conduct business through meetings of our Board of Directors and its committees. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, the Board of Directors of Iroquois Federal met 16 times. The Board of Directors of IF Bancorp, Inc. has established standing committees, including a Compensation Committee, a Nominating Committee and an Audit Committee. Each of these committees operates under a written charter, which governs its composition, responsibilities and operations.
109
The table below sets forth the directors of each of the listed standing committees as of March 15, 2011, and the number of meetings held by the comparable committee of Iroquois Federal during fiscal 2010. The Board of Directors of IF Bancorp, Inc. has designated director Dennis Wittenborn as an audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Pursuant to Nasdaq and Securities and Exchange Commission rules which require certain board committees of listed companies to be comprised entirely of independent directors, Mr. Alan Martin will not serve on any of these Committees until such time as he would be deemed an independent director.
110
Executive Officer Compensation
Summary Compensation Table. The table below summarizes for the year ended June 30, 2010 the total compensation paid to or earned by our President and Chief Executive Officer, Alan D. Martin, and our two other most highly compensated executive officers. Each individual listed in the table below is referred to as a named executive officer.
Summary Compensation Table For the Year Ended June 30, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name and principal position |
Year |
Salary
($) |
Bonus
($) |
Incentive
($) |
Nonqualified
deferred compensation earnings ($) |
All other
compensation ($)(1) |
Total
($) |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Alan D. Martin |
2010 | 251,991 | | 88,197 | | 86,354 | 426,542 | |||||||||||||||||||||
President and Chief Executive Officer |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pamela J. Verkler |
2010 | 129,375 | | 38,813 | | 35,570 | 203,758 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Walter H. Hasselbring, III |
2010 | 126,000 | | 26,460 | | 33,844 | 186,304 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Vice President and Chief Operating Officer |
(1) | The amounts in this column reflect what Iroquois Federal paid for, or reimbursed, the applicable named executive officer for the various benefits and perquisites received. A break-down of the various elements of compensation in this column is set forth in the table below. |
Alan D. Martin | Pamela J. Verkler | Walter H. Hasselbring, III | ||||||||||
401k Matching |
$ | 2,888 | $ | 1,968 | $ | 1,855 | ||||||
401k Profit Sharing |
36,570 | 18,889 | 22,260 | |||||||||
Life Insurance/AD&D Premium |
460 | 460 | 460 | |||||||||
LTD Insurance Premium |
616 | 438 | 427 | |||||||||
Medical/Dental Insurance Premium |
12,915 | 12,915 | 6,842 | |||||||||
Cell Phone |
900 | 900 | 900 | |||||||||
Club Dues |
1,825 | | 1,100 | |||||||||
Director Fees |
30,000 | | | |||||||||
Total |
$ | 86,354 | $ | 35,570 | $ | 33,844 | ||||||
Benefit Plans and Agreements
Employment Agreements. Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association and IF Bancorp, Inc. each intend to enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Alan D. Martin, our President and Chief Executive Officer, effective on the closing date of the offering. The Iroquois Federal agreement will provide for a three-year term, subject to annual renewal by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors. The IF Bancorp, Inc. agreement will be essentially identical to the Iroquois Federals agreement, except that the employment agreement with IF Bancorp, Inc. will provide for daily rather than annual renewal. Although the agreements are substantially similar and each requires payments to the executive under certain circumstances, there will be no duplication of benefits. Any payment made under the Iroquois Federal agreement will be subtracted from the same payment required under the IF Bancorp, Inc. agreement.
The initial base salary under the employment agreements will be $286,000. The Boards of Directors will review the rate of Mr. Martins base salary annually, and may maintain or increase (but not
111
decrease) his base salary. In addition to base salary, the agreements provides for, among other things, the executives right to participate in discretionary bonuses or other incentive compensation programs and employee benefit plans and to receive perquisites applicable to executive management. If we terminate the executive without cause or if the executive terminates voluntarily under specified circumstances that constitute good reason (as defined in the agreements), the executive will be entitled to the base salary and incentive compensation and the value of all employee benefits that would have been provided for the remaining term of the agreements had the executives employment not terminated. Such amounts will be paid in a lump sum payment. In addition, the executive will be entitled to participate in any life insurance, non-taxable medical, health, or dental arrangement, subject to the same premium contribution as prior to the executives termination, until the earlier of his death, his employment by another employer other than one in which he is the majority owner, or the remaining term of the agreement. In the event of a change in control followed by the executives dismissal or resignation within 90 days for any reason, or after 90 days due to a demotion, loss of title, office or significant authority, reduction in compensation or benefits, or relocation by more than 25-miles, the executive will be entitled to the greater of the payments set forth above or three times his average annual compensation over the last five years, payable in a lump sum, plus, continued welfare benefits either provided under the Iroquois Federal plans for a period of up to the earlier of the executives death, employment by another employer other than one of which he is the majority owner, or the expiration of 36 months, or by payment of a cash lump sum payment equal to the cost of providing such benefits for up to 36 months. In addition, any memberships or automobile use shall be continued during the remaining unexpired term of the agreement (or if less, the maximum period permitted under Code Section 409A without being considered deferred compensation). The payments required under the Iroquois Federal employment agreement in connection with a change in control will be reduced to the extent necessary to avoid an excess parachute payment. The IF Bancorp, Inc. agreement will not require a reduction in severance benefits on a termination of employment in connection with a change in control in the event of an excess parachute payment.
In the event of Mr. Martins death during the term of the agreements, Mr. Martins dependents will continue to receive non-taxable medical insurance benefits for a period of six months following his death. In the event of his disability (as construed in accordance with Code Section 409A), the agreements provide that Mr. Martin will be entitled to 100% of his base salary for 180 days following his disability termination and 60% of his base salary following termination under the earlier of the date of his death or the date he attains age 65. Such payments will be reduced by any short or long-term disability benefits payable under any disability program to which he is entitled. To the greatest extent possible, Mr. Martin and his dependents will be covered under life and non-taxable medical and dental plans of Iroquois Federal Savings & Loan Association, on the same terms as Mr. Martin participated prior to his disability termination.
Upon termination of the executives employment for cause, as defined in the agreement, the executive will receive no further compensation or benefits under the agreement.
Upon any termination of employment that would entitle the executive to a severance payment (other than a termination in connection with a change in control), the executive will be required to adhere to a one-year non-competition provision. We will agree to pay all reasonable costs and legal fees of the executive in relation to the enforcement of the employment agreement, provided the executive succeeds on the merits in a legal judgment, arbitration proceeding or settlement. The employment agreement also provides for indemnification of the executive to the fullest extent legally permissible.
Change in Control Agreements. Iroquois Federal intends to enter into change in control agreements with Ms. Verkler and Mr. Hasselbring and five other executives, effective on the closing date of the offering. Each of the agreements provides for a twenty-four-month term, subject to annual renewal by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors. In the event of a change in control (as defined in
112
the agreement), each agreement will automatically renew for a term of twenty-four months following the effective date of the change in control. The agreements will terminate if the executive or Iroquois Federal terminates executives employment prior to a change in control. If, within two years after a change in control, we terminate the executive without cause or if the executive terminates voluntarily under specified circumstances that constitute good reason, including a material diminution in authority, duties or responsibilities, a material diminution in base salary, a relocation that increases the executives commute by more than 35 miles, or any other action or inaction by the bank or IF Bancorp, Inc. that would constitute a breach of the agreement, the executive will be entitled to a lump sum cash payment equal to two times the executives base salary and highest rate of bonus paid to the executive during the three years prior to termination, payable in a single lump sum within ten days following the termination of employment. In addition, the executive will be entitled to continue participation in life insurance, non-taxable medical, vision, and dental coverage, subject to the same terms and conditions as prior to the executives termination of employment. Such coverage will cease 24 months after the executives termination. In the event the provision or payment of such benefit would subject Iroquois Federal to excise taxes or penalties, Iroquois Federal will pay to the executive a cash lump sum payment equal to the cost of providing such benefits. The payments required under the change in control agreements will be reduced to the extent necessary to avoid an excess parachute payment. Payments under the agreements will be paid from the general funds of Iroquois Federal; IF Bancorp, Inc., however, will guarantee the payments due under the agreements. We will agree to pay all reasonable costs and legal fees of the executive in relation to the enforcement of the change in control agreements, provided the executive succeeds on the merits in a legal judgment, arbitration proceeding or settlement.
Incentive Compensation. Iroquois Federal pays incentive compensation to certain officers, including its Named Executive Officers, upon the satisfaction of certain corporate level and individual performance goals. Each officer is assigned one or more performance goals and each goal is assigned a weight, vis a vis the other goals attributable to said officer, with the aggregate weight of that officers goals totaling 100%. The incentive compensation program pays incentive compensation based on the level of achievement of each of the targeted performance goals over three target levels. Achievement of a goal at one of the target levels entitles the executive to a bonus based on the level achieved multiplied by the relative weight assigned to such goal times a specified percentage of the executives base salary. The incentive award opportunities range from 10% to 35% of base salary for Mr. Martin to 7.5% to 30% of base salary for each of Ms. Verkler and Mr. Hasselbring. Mr. Alan Martins sole performance goal based on the achievement of certain levels of net income. Ms. Verklers incentive compensation was based on the achievement of certain levels of net income and the [reduction] of general and administrative expenses. Mr. Hasselbrings incentive compensation was based on the achievement of certain levels of net income, the achievement of certain levels of loan fees and revenue per budget and the decrease in the percentage of non-current loans to total loans.
For the fiscal year ending in June 2010, budgeted net income was set at $1,856,244. Incentive compensation will be paid at Level 1 on the achievement of net income equal to or greater than $1,967,619, at Level 2 on the achievement of net income equal to or greater than $2,134,681, and at Level 3 on the achievement of net income equal to or greater than $2,338,867. Set forth below is a table that indicates the incentive compensation that would be paid on the achievement of all performance goals by each Names Executive Officer at the level set forth in the table.
Named Executive Officer |
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | |||||||||
Alan D. Martin |
$ | 25,199 | $ | 62,998 | $ | 88,197 | ||||||
Pamela J. Verkler |
9,703 | 25,875 | 38,813 | |||||||||
Walter Hasselbring |
9,450 | 25,200 | 37,800 |
113
401(k) Plan. Iroquois Federal maintains the Iroquois Federal 401(k) Plan, a tax-qualified defined contribution plan for eligible employees (the 401(k) Plan). Employees who have completed one year of service are eligible to enter the plan on July 1 or January 1 coincident with or next following the date on which the employee meets the eligibility requirement. Union employees and non-resident aliens are not eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan.
Under the 401(k) Plan a participant may elect to defer, on a pre-tax basis, up to 100% of his or her salary in any plan year, subject to limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. For 2011, the salary deferral contribution limit is $16,500, provided, however, that a participant over age 50 may contribute an additional $5,500 to the 401(k) Plan. In addition to salary deferral contributions, Iroquois Federal may, in its discretion, make matching contributions and discretionary non-elective contributions. Non-elective contributions are allocated in accordance with an age- and years-of-service-weighted formula. A participant is always 100% vested in his or her salary deferral contributions and rollover contributions. Non-elective contributions and matching contributions are subject to a 6-year graded vesting schedule in which such amounts vest at the rate of 20% each year after two years of service until the participant is 100% vested upon completion of six years of service. The employer discretionary contributions become fully vested upon the participants attainment of normal retirement age, in the event of death or disability. A participant may receive in-service distributions from all contribution accounts upon attainment of age 59 1 / 2 . In the event a participant terminates employment before reaching age 62 and has an account balance exceeding $1,000 but not exceeding $5,000, the account balance will be rolled over to an individual retirement account selected by the Plan administrator. Amounts of $5,000 or more will be distributed in a lump sum.
Each participant has an individual account under the 401(k) Plan and may direct the investment of his or her account among a variety of investment options, including a certificate of deposit in Iroquois Federal. In connection with the conversion, the 401(k) Plan was amended to permit participants to set up individual brokerage accounts in the 401(k) Plan for the purpose of purchasing IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock in the offering and afterwards, provided, that a participant may not use more than 90% of his or her account balance to purchase stock in IF Bancorp, Inc. in the offering or afterwards.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan. In connection with the conversion, Iroquois Federal adopted an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees. Employees who have attained age 21 and have completed 1,000 hours of service during a continuous 12-month period will begin participation in the employee stock ownership plan on the earlier of the effective date of the employee stock ownership plan or the first entry date commencing on or after the eligible employees completion of 1,000 hours of service during a continuous 12-month period.
The employee stock ownership plan trustee is expected to purchase, on behalf of the employee stock ownership plan, 8% of the total number of shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock issued in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation. We anticipate that the employee stock ownership plan will fund its stock purchase with a loan from IF Bancorp, Inc. equal to the aggregate purchase price of the common stock. The loan will be repaid principally through Iroquois Federals contribution to the employee stock ownership plan and dividends payable on common stock held by the employee stock ownership plan over the anticipated [20-year] term of the loan. The interest rate for the employee stock ownership plan loan is expected to be an adjustable rate equal to the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal , on the closing date of the offering. Thereafter the interest rate will adjust annually and will be the prime rate on the first business day of the calendar year, retroactive to January 1 of such year. See Pro Forma Data.
The trustee will hold the shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan in an unallocated suspense account, and shares will be released from the suspense account on a pro-rata basis as
114
we repay the loan. The trustee will allocate the shares released among participants on the basis of each participants proportional share of compensation relative to all participants. A participant will become vested in his or her account balance at a rate of 20% per year, based on years of service, commencing and will be fully vested after a six-year period. For these purposes, employees will receive vesting credit from their initial year of service. Participants also will become fully vested automatically upon normal retirement, death or disability, a change in control, or termination of the employee stock ownership plan. Generally, participants will receive distributions from the employee stock ownership plan upon separation from service. The employee stock ownership plan reallocates any unvested shares forfeited upon termination of employment among the remaining participants.
The employee stock ownership plan permits participants to direct the trustee as to how to vote the shares of common stock allocated to their accounts. The trustee votes unallocated shares, allocated shares for which participants do not provide instructions on any matter and shares for which the participant votes to abstain in the same ratio as those shares for which participants provide instructions, subject to fulfillment of the trustees fiduciary responsibilities.
Under applicable accounting requirements, Iroquois Federal will record a compensation expense for the employee stock ownership plan at the fair market value of the shares as they are committed to be released from the unallocated suspense account to participants accounts, which may be more or less than the original issue price. The compensation expense resulting from the release of the common stock from the suspense account and allocation to plan participants will result in a corresponding reduction in IF Bancorp, Inc.s earnings.
Employee Severance Compensation Plan . In connection with the conversion and stock offering, Iroquois Federal expects to adopt the Iroquois Federal Employee Severance Compensation Plan to provide severance benefits to eligible full-time employees whose employment terminates in connection with a change in control of Iroquois Federal or IF Bancorp, Inc. Employees become eligible for severance benefits under the plan if they have a minimum of one year of service with Iroquois Federal and are full-time employees. Individuals who enter into employment or change in control-related severance agreements with Iroquois Federal or IF Bancorp, Inc. will not participate in the severance plan. Under the severance plan, if, within 12 months of a change in control, Iroquois Federal or IF Bancorp, Inc. or their successors terminate an employees employment or if the individual voluntarily terminates employment after being offered continued employment in a position that is not a comparable position, then that individual will receive a severance payment equal to one month of base compensation for each year of credited service with Iroquois Federal, up to a maximum payment of 26 months of the employees base compensation. For these purposes, a comparable position is one that would: (a) provide the employee with base compensation and benefits that are comparable in the aggregate to those provided prior to the change in control, (b) provide the employee with an opportunity for variable bonus compensation that is comparable, (c) not require the employee to increase his or her commuting distance by more than 35 miles, and (d) would have job skill requirements and duties that are comparable to the requirement and duties held prior to the change in control. The plan provides that all Vice Presidents and above who are not covered by an employment or change in control agreement will be eligible for a severance benefit equal to the greater of the benefit described above or 52 weeks of base compensation. The severance benefit will be paid in a lump sum no later than five business days after the date of the employees termination of employment. In addition, employees at the Vice President level and above on the date of termination of employment will be eligible to continue to participate in Iroquois Federals health insurance coverage for one year on the same cost-sharing terms and conditions as those in effect on the date of the employees termination. In the event an employee obtains health insurance coverage from a new employer, coverage under the plan will cease. The payments required under the plan will be reduced to the extent necessary to avoid an excess parachute payment.
115
Retiree Health Insurance Plan . Iroquois Federal sponsors a retiree health insurance plan which provides continuation of medical and hospitalization insurance coverage for employees who retire at age 60 or older and have been employees of Iroquois Federal for at least ten years. Iroquois Federal will pay 100% of the insurance coverage for retirees who were hired prior to January 16, 2002, and 50% of the insurance coverage of the retirees dependents, up to a capped amount set of 200% of Iroquois Federals 2002 costs for retiree medical insurance. Any employee hired after January 16, 2002 with a minimum of ten years of service may retire at age 60 and continue his or her existing medical and hospitalization insurance coverage, provided that the retiree will be
Director Compensation
The following table sets forth for the year ended June 30, 2010 certain information as to the total remuneration we paid to our directors other than Mr. Alan D. Martin, who is also our President and Chief Executive Officer. Information with respect to director fees paid to Mr. Alan D. Martin is included above in Executive Officer CompensationSummary Compensation Table.
Directors Compensation Table For the Year Ended June 30, 2010 |
||||||||||||||||
Name |
Fees earned
or paid in cash ($) |
Nonqualified
deferred compensation earnings ($) |
All other
compensation ($) |
Total
($) |
||||||||||||
Gary Martin |
60,000 | | | 60,000 | ||||||||||||
Dennis C. Wittenborn |
36,000 | | | 36,000 | ||||||||||||
John D. Martin |
30,000 | | | 30,000 | ||||||||||||
Wayne A. Lehmann |
30,000 | | | 30,000 | ||||||||||||
Rodney E. Yergler |
30,000 | | | 30,000 | ||||||||||||
Joseph A. Cowan |
30,000 | | | 30,000 | ||||||||||||
Frank J. Simutis |
30,000 | | 13,799 | (1) | 43,799 | |||||||||||
Ardith Heuton |
30,000 | | | 30,000 |
(1) | This amount reflects attorneys fees and expenses paid to Mr. Simutis in his capacity as counsel to Iroquois Federal. |
Director Fees
Each individual who serves as a director of Iroquois Federal receives an annual retainer of $30,000, except the Chairman of the Board receives an annual retainer of $60,000 and director Dennis Wittenborn receives a retainer of $36,000 as Chairman of the Audit Committee. Effective July 1, 2010, directors fees were increased to $33,000 for directors generally, with $40,000 for the Audit Committee Chair and $66,000 for the Chairman of the Board.
Each person who serves as a director of IF Bancorp, Inc. also serves as a director of Iroquois Federal and earns director and committee fees only in his or her capacity as a Board or committee member of Iroquois Federal. Upon completion of the conversion, we expect that directors of Iroquois Federal will continue to receive directors fees equivalent to the fees paid prior to the conversion and that IF Bancorp, Inc. will not pay director or committee fees.
116
Director Plans
Directors Non Qualified Retirement Plan . Iroquois Federal maintains a Directors Non Qualified Retirement Plan, which was amended and restated on October 10, 2006. The purpose of the plan is to provide a retirement benefit to directors and directors emeriti of Iroquois Federal. Upon a directors termination of service on or after normal retirement age (age 72), the director will be entitled to the average annual cash compensation received for the three years prior to retirement, payable in monthly installments over a ten-year period. In the event of a directors retirement on or after his or her early retirement date (the later of age 65 or the date the director has continuously been elected to the Board of Directors for ten years), the director will be entitled to his or her accrual balance (as defined in the plan), payable over a ten-year period, in monthly installments. In the event of the directors termination of service due to disability, the director will receive his or her accrual balance, payable over a ten-year period, in monthly installments. In the event a director leaves the Board of Directors for any reason within 24 months after a change in control, the director will be paid his or her accrual balance in one lump sum within three days after the directors removal from the Board of Directors. In the event a change in control occurs while the director is receiving normal or early retirement benefits, or disability benefits, the director will receive the remaining benefits in a single lump sum payment within three days after the change in control. In the event of the directors death during active service, Iroquois Federal will pay a death benefit equal to the accrual balance as of the last day of the plan year immediately preceding the date of the directors death; payment will be made within 30 days after the directors death. In the event of a directors death after the director is entitled to benefits but before payments commence, or after benefits commence but before the director has received all benefit payments, benefits will be paid to the directors beneficiary in the same amounts as would have been made to the director, had the director survived.
Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Stock Offering
Following the stock offering, we intend to adopt a new stock-based incentive plan that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted common stock awards. In accordance with applicable regulations, we anticipate that the plan will authorize a number of stock options and a number of shares of restricted stock, not to exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares issued in the offering, including shares issued to the charitable foundation. These limitations will not apply if the plan is implemented more than one year after the conversion.
The stock-based incentive plan will not be established sooner than six months after the stock offering and, if adopted within one year after the stock offering, would require the approval by stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of IF Bancorp, Inc. If the stock-based incentive plan is established more than one year after the stock offering, it would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes cast.
The following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based incentive plan only if the plan is adopted within one year after the stock offering:
|
non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan; |
|
any non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan; |
|
any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan; |
117
|
the options and restricted stock awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plan; and |
|
accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of Iroquois Federal or IF Bancorp, Inc. |
These restrictions do not apply to plans adopted after one year following the completion of the stock offering.
We have not yet determined whether we will present the stock-based incentive plan for stockholder approval within one year following the completion of the conversion or whether we will present this plan for stockholder approval more than one year after the completion of the conversion. In the event of changes in applicable regulations or policies regarding stock-based incentive plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.
We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases.
The actual value of restricted stock grants will be determined based on their fair value (the closing market price of shares of common stock of IF Bancorp, Inc.) as of the date grants are made. The following table presents the total value of all shares to be available for awards of restricted stock under the stock-based benefit plan, assuming the shares for the plan are purchased or issued in a range of market prices from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share at the time of the grant.
Share Price |
123,692 Shares
Awarded at Minimum of Offering Range |
145,520 Shares
Awarded at Midpoint of Offering Range |
167,348 Shares
Awarded at Maximum of Offering Range |
192,450 Shares
Awarded at Maximum of Offering Range, As Adjusted |
||||||||||||||
$ | 8.00 | $ | 990 | $ | 1,164 | $ | 1,339 | $ | 1,540 | |||||||||
10.00 | 1,237 | 1,455 | 1,673 | 1,925 | ||||||||||||||
12.00 | 1,484 | 1,746 | 2,008 | 2,309 | ||||||||||||||
14.00 | 1,732 | 2,037 | 2,343 | 2,694 |
The grant-date fair value of the stock options granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be based, in part, on the closing price of shares of common stock of IF Bancorp, Inc. on the date the options are granted. The fair value will also depend on the various assumptions utilized in the option-pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated value of the stock options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the range of market prices for the shares is $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share at the time of the grant.
Exercise Price |
Grant-Date Fair
Value Per Option |
309,230 Options at
Minimum of Range |
363,800 Options at
Midpoint of Range |
418,370 Options at
Maximum of Range |
481,126 Options at
Maximum of Range, As Adjusted |
|||||||||||||||||
$ | 8.00 | $ | 2.78 | $ | 860 | $ | 1,011 | $ | 1,163 | $ | 1,338 | |||||||||||
10.00 | 3.48 | 1,076 | 1,266 | 1,456 | 1,674 | |||||||||||||||||
12.00 | 4.18 | 1,293 | 1,521 | 1,749 | 2,011 | |||||||||||||||||
14.00 | 4.87 | 1,506 | 1,772 | 2,037 | 2,343 |
The tables presented above are provided for informational purposes only. There can be no assurance that our stock price will not trade below $10.00 per share. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to carefully read this prospectus, including, but not limited to, the section entitled Risk Factors beginning on page 17.
118
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
Our Compensation Committee determines the salaries to be paid each year to the Chief Executive Officer and those executive officers who report directly to the Chief Executive Officer. The Compensation Committee consists of our entire Board except for director Alan Martin. None of these individuals was an officer or employee of IF Bancorp, Inc. or Iroquois Federal during the year ended June 30, 2010, or is a former officer of IF Bancorp, Inc. or Iroquois Federal, except for director Ardith Heuton who served as Senior Vice President-Corporate Secretary of Iroquois Federal until her retirement in 2004. See Transactions with Certain Related Persons below for a description of loans that directors Joseph Cowan, Ardith Heuton, Gary Martin, John Martin, Frank Simutis, Dennis Wittenborn and Rodney Yergler have received from Iroquois Federal.
During the year ended June 30, 2010, (i) no executive officer of Iroquois Federal (IF Bancorp, Inc. was not yet incorporated at that date) served as a member of the compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on the Compensation Committee of Iroquois Federal; (ii) no executive officer of Iroquois Federal served as a director of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on the Compensation Committee of Iroquois Federal; and (iii) no executive officer of Iroquois Federal served as a member of the compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of
Transactions with Certain Related Persons
Loans and Extensions of Credit . Federal law requires that all loans or extensions of credit to executive officers and directors must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with the general public and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Federal regulations adopted under this law permit executive officers and directors to receive the same terms that are widely available to other employees as long as the director or executive officer is not given preferential treatment compared to the other participating employees. Loans to executive officers must be approved by the full Board of Directors regardless of amounts.
Iroquois Federal makes loans to its directors, executive officers and employees through an employee loan program. The program applies to adjustable-rate mortgage loans on a primary residence, fixed-rate home equity loans and certain consumer loans. Under the program, borrowers receive a reduced interest rate of 1% over Iroquois Federals cost of funds. In addition, Iroquois Federal waives its $500 loan origination fee on any new mortgage loan. Loans made pursuant to this program are otherwise made on substantially the same terms, including required collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not related to Iroquois Federal and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.
119
The following tables set forth loans made by Iroquois Federal to its directors and executive officers where the largest amount of all indebtedness outstanding during the years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, and all amounts of interest payable during each year, respectively, exceeded $120,000, and where the borrowers received reduced interest rates and/or origination fees, as described above.
Name |
Position |
Nature Of Transaction |
Largest
Aggregate Balance from 7/1/09 to 6/30/10 |
Interest
Rate |
Principal
Balance at 6/30/10 |
Principal
Paid 7/1/09 to 6/30/10 |
Interest
Paid 7/1/09 to 6/30/10 |
|||||||||||||||||
Gary Martin |
Chairman | Mortgage | $ | 126,444.85 | 3.500 | % | $ | 123,363.30 | $ | 3,081.55 | $ | 4,376.45 | ||||||||||||
Chairman | Consumer | 19,995.00 | 4.250 | 17,995.00 | 2,000.00 | 826.28 | ||||||||||||||||||
Chairman | HELOC | 24,568.35 | 5.000 | 21,000.00 | 3,568.35 | 10,521.22 | ||||||||||||||||||
Joseph A. Cowan |
Director | Mortgage | 156,217.01 | 3.875 | 145,412.37 | 10,804.64 | 5,995.36 | |||||||||||||||||
Director | Consumer | 22,285.00 | 3.250 | 16,600.06 | 5,684.94 | 315.06 | ||||||||||||||||||
Director | Consumer | 26,326.00 | 5.000 | 25,378.43 | 947.57 | 324.22 | ||||||||||||||||||
Ardith Heuton |
Director | Consumer | 210,000.00 | 5.000 | 210,000.00 | | 10,501.05 | |||||||||||||||||
Director | HELOC | 82,697.56 | 3.500 | 53,487.31 | 29,210.25 | 1,812.26 | ||||||||||||||||||
John D. Martin, Jr. |
Director | Mortgage | 126,818.49 | 4.750 | 113,418.39 | 13,400.10 | 5,734.62 | |||||||||||||||||
Director | Consumer | 47,770.75 | 4.500 | 38,838.98 | 8,931.77 | 1,684.71 | ||||||||||||||||||
Director | Consumer | 24,030.98 | 3.250 | 19,135.00 | 4,895.98 | 104.02 | ||||||||||||||||||
Frank J. Simutis |
Director | Mortgage | 103,692.22 | 6.125 | 90,381.97 | 13,310.25 | 5,727.13 | |||||||||||||||||
Director | Consumer | 25,180.49 | 5.000 | 17,860.82 | 7,319.67 | 1,093.65 | ||||||||||||||||||
Director | HELOC | 67,954.26 | 4.750 | 62,983.53 | 4,970.73 | 3,111.44 | ||||||||||||||||||
Dennis C. Wittenborn |
Director | Mortgage | 308,000.00 | 3.000 | 303,398.52 | 4,601.48 | 2,426.85 | |||||||||||||||||
Director | Consumer | 30,768.47 | 3.250 | 26,999.78 | 3,768.69 | 625.67 | ||||||||||||||||||
Director | HELOC | 71,223.14 | 5.000 | 36,401.50 | 34,821.62 | 2,703.32 | ||||||||||||||||||
Rodney E. Yergler |
Director | Mortgage | 148,428.73 | 5.750 | 134,681.92 | 13,746.81 | 8,176.11 | |||||||||||||||||
Director | Consumer | 30,491.66 | 5.000 | 30,491.66 | | 790.02 | ||||||||||||||||||
Director | Consumer | 41,681.59 | 5.000 | 29,896.41 | 11,785.18 | 1,820.78 | ||||||||||||||||||
Director | Consumer | 25,055.02 | 3.750 | 15,336.42 | 9,718.60 | 778.04 | ||||||||||||||||||
Director | HELOC | 19,813.64 | 2.750 | 19,331.55 | 482.09 | 35.82 | ||||||||||||||||||
Thomas J. Chamberlain |
VP-CLO | Mortgage | 220,000.00 | 3.250 | 215,640.47 | 4,359.53 | 7,070.61 | |||||||||||||||||
VP-CLO | Consumer | 9,872.52 | 5.000 | 5,049.33 | 4,823.19 | 584.81 | ||||||||||||||||||
VP-CLO | Consumer | 8,719.32 | 4.000 | 2,963.83 | 5,755.49 | 444.51 | ||||||||||||||||||
VP-CLO | HELOC | 33,500.00 | 3.250 | 27,500.00 | 6,000.00 | 1,010.91 | ||||||||||||||||||
Walter Hasselbring |
VP-COO | Mortgage | 308,000.00 | 3.250 | 305,178.65 | 2,821.35 | 4,062.93 | |||||||||||||||||
VP-COO | College | 52,677.89 | 4.250 | 49,696.26 | 2,981.63 | 2,089.87 | ||||||||||||||||||
VP-COO | College | 13,992.71 | 4.250 | 12,912.18 | 1,080.53 | 544.53 | ||||||||||||||||||
VP-COO | College | 26,344.08 | 4.250 | 24,854.00 | 1,490.08 | 1,045.67 | ||||||||||||||||||
VP-COO | HELOC | | 3.250 | | | |
(1) | HELOC Home equity loan or line of credit. |
120
Name |
Position |
Nature Of Transaction |
Largest
Aggregate Balance from 7/1/08 to 6/30/09 |
Interest
Rate |
Principal
Balance at 6/30/09 |
Principal
Paid 7/1/08 to 6/30/09 |
Interest
Paid 7/1/08 to 6/30/09 |
|||||||||||||||||
Gary Martin |
Chairman | Mortgage | $ | 128,799.16 | 4.750 | % | $ | 126,444.85 | $ | 2,354.31 | $ | 6,386.49 | ||||||||||||
Chairman | Consumer | 22,000.00 | 4.250 | 19,995.00 | 2,005.00 | 1,114.35 | ||||||||||||||||||
Chairman | HELOC | 24,568.35 | 5.000 | 24,568.35 | | 720.05 | ||||||||||||||||||
Joseph A. Cowan |
Director | Mortgage | 165,026.47 | 4.875 | 156,217.01 | 8,809.46 | 7,990.54 | |||||||||||||||||
Ardith Heuton |
Director | Consumer | 210,000.00 | 5.000 | 210,000.00 | | 5,286.16 | |||||||||||||||||
Director | HELOC | 31,726.98 | 3.500 | 28,987.31 | | 2,739.67 | ||||||||||||||||||
John D. Martin, Jr. |
Director | Mortgage | 139,598.14 | 4.750 | 126,818.49 | 12,779.65 | 6,355.07 | |||||||||||||||||
Director | Consumer | 60,149.51 | 4.500 | 48,739.74 | 11,409.77 | 2,457.81 | ||||||||||||||||||
Frank J. Simutis |
Director | Mortgage | 116,104.31 | 6.125 | 103,692.22 | 12,412.09 | 6,766.79 | |||||||||||||||||
Director | Consumer | 32,151.08 | 5.000 | 25,180.49 | 6,970.59 | 1,442.73 | ||||||||||||||||||
Director | HELOC | 67,258.71 | 4.750 | 67,258.71 | | 3,055.37 | ||||||||||||||||||
Dennis C. Wittenborn |
Director | Mortgage | 116,797.54 | 4.250 | 96,254.62 | 20,542.92 | 4,849.80 | |||||||||||||||||
Director | HELOC | 68,126.17 | 5.000 | 57,189.84 | 10,936.33 | 2,963.97 | ||||||||||||||||||
Rodney E. Yergler |
Director | Mortgage | 161,409.16 | 5.750 | 148,428.73 | 12,980.43 | 8,942.49 | |||||||||||||||||
Director | Consumer | 30,500.00 | 5.000 | 30,491.66 | 8.34 | 2,241.02 | ||||||||||||||||||
Director | Consumer | 52,896.57 | 5.000 | 41,681.59 | 11,214.98 | 2,390.98 | ||||||||||||||||||
Director | Consumer | 28,000.00 | 3.750 | 25,055.02 | 2,944.98 | 351.66 | ||||||||||||||||||
Director | Consumer | 14,354.58 | 4.750 | 3,662.60 | 10,691.98 | 447.63 | ||||||||||||||||||
Director | HELOC | 27,478.84 | 3.750 | 23,478.84 | 1,000.00 | 704.70 | ||||||||||||||||||
Thomas J. Chamberlain |
VP-CLO | Mortgage | 205,872.99 | 3.500 | 201,000.88 | 4,872.11 | 7,127.89 | |||||||||||||||||
VP-CLO | Consumer | 14,463.96 | 5.000 | 9,872.52 | 4,591.44 | 616.56 | ||||||||||||||||||
VP-CLO | Consumer | 11,500.00 | 4.000 | 8,719.32 | 2,780.68 | 219.32 | ||||||||||||||||||
VP-CLO | HELOC | 33,500.00 | 4.750 | 32,550.00 | 950.00 | 1,571.08 |
(1) | HELOC Home equity loan or line of credit. |
Other than as described above and except for executive officers whose loans were made on preferential terms but for which the principal balance has been less than $120,000 since July 1, 2008, all loans made by Iroquois Federal to executive officers, directors, immediate family members of executive officers and directors, or organizations with which executive officers and directors are affiliated, were made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not related to Iroquois Federal, and did not present any unusual risk of collectability or have any other unfavorable features. The aggregate amount of our loans to our officers and directors and their related entities was $6.8 million at December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2010, these loans were performing according to their original terms.
121
SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND SENIOR OFFICERS
The following table sets forth information regarding intended common stock subscriptions by each of the directors and senior officers of Iroquois Federal and their associates, and by all directors and senior officers as a group. However, there can be no assurance that any individual director or senior officer, or the directors and senior officers as a group, will purchase any specific number of shares of our common stock. In the event the individual maximum purchase limitation is increased, persons subscribing for the maximum amount may increase their purchase order. Directors and senior officers will purchase shares of common stock at the same $10.00 purchase price per share and on the same terms as other purchasers in the offering. This table excludes shares of common stock to be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan, as well as any stock awards or stock option grants that may be made no earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. The directors and senior officers have indicated their intention to subscribe in the offering for an aggregate of 257,750 shares of common stock (for a total subscription amount of $2,577,500), including subscriptions through funds held by the individuals in Iroquois Federals 401(k) Plan, which is equal to 8.9% of the shares of common stock to be sold in the offering at the minimum of the offering range. The shares being acquired by the directors, senior officers and their associates are being acquired for investment purposes, and not with a view towards resale.
Name and Title |
Number of Shares |
Aggregate
Purchase Price |
Percent at
Minimum of Offering Range |
|||||||||
Terry W. Acree |
6,000 | $ | 60,000 | * | ||||||||
Thomas Chamberlain |
15,750 | $ | 157,500 | * | ||||||||
Joseph A. Cowan |
30,000 | $ | 300,000 | 1.0 | ||||||||
Wendy Glass |
9,000 | $ | 90,000 | * | ||||||||
Walter H. Hasselbring, III |
25,000 | $ | 250,000 | * | ||||||||
Ardith Heuton |
5,000 | $ | 50,000 | * | ||||||||
Wayne A. Lehmann |
2,000 | $ | 20,000 | * | ||||||||
Alan D. Martin |
25,000 | $ | 250,000 | * | ||||||||
Gary Martin |
25,000 | $ | 250,000 | * | ||||||||
John D. Martin |
| $ | | * | ||||||||
Theodore Morris |
5,000 | $ | 50,000 | * | ||||||||
Frank J. Simutis |
20,000 | $ | 200,000 | * | ||||||||
Pamela J. Verkler |
10,000 | $ | 100,000 | * | ||||||||
Beth Warren |
5,000 | $ | 50,000 | * | ||||||||
Dennis C. Wittenborn |
50,000 | $ | 500,000 | 1.7 | % | |||||||
Rodney E. Yergler |
25,000 | $ | 250,000 | * | ||||||||
All directors and senior officers as a group (16 persons) |
257,750 | $ | 2,577,500 | 8.9 | % | |||||||
* | Less than 1%. |
122
THE CONVERSION; PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
The Board of Directors of Iroquois Federal has approved the plan of conversion. The plan of conversion must also be approved by Iroquois Federals members. A special meeting of members has been called for this purpose. The Office of Thrift Supervision has conditionally approved the plan of conversion; however, such approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion by the Office of Thrift Supervision.
General
The Board of Directors of Iroquois Federal approved the plan of conversion on March 8, 2011. Pursuant to the plan of conversion, Iroquois Federal will convert from the mutual form of organization to the fully stock form. In the conversion, we will organize a new Maryland stock holding company named IF Bancorp, Inc. which will sell shares of common stock to the public in an initial public stock offering. When the conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of Iroquois Federal will be owned by IF Bancorp, Inc., and all of the common stock of IF Bancorp, Inc. will be owned by public stockholders.
We intend to retain between $10.9 million and $15.0 million of the net proceeds of the offering, or $17.4 million if the offering range is increased by 15% stock because of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions. We also intend to contribute 50% of the net proceeds to Iroquois Federal, and contribute to Iroquois Federal Foundation shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock equal to 7% of the shares sold in the offering and an amount of cash equal in value to 1% of the shares sold in the offering. The conversion will be consummated only upon the sale of at least 2,890,000 shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion.
The plan of conversion provides that we will offer shares of common stock for sale in the subscription offering to eligible account holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, supplemental eligible account holders and other members. If all shares are not subscribed for in the subscription offering, we may, in our discretion, offer common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the general public, with a preference given to natural persons residing in the Illinois Counties of Iroquois and Vermilion. In addition, all shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and community offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated community offering to be managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., acting as our agent.
We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community or syndicated community offering. The community offering or syndicated community offering, if any, may begin at the same time as, during, or after the subscription offering, and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by us with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. See Community Offering.
We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of IF Bancorp, Inc. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.
123
The following is a brief summary of the conversion. We recommend reading the plan of conversion in its entirety for more information. A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at each branch office of Iroquois Federal and at the Central Regional Office and the Washington, D.C. Office of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to Iroquois Federals application to convert from mutual to stock form of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission or online at the Securities and Exchange Commissions website, www.sec.gov . See Where You Can Find Additional Information.
Reasons for the Conversion
Consistent with our business strategy, our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are:
|
to increase our capital to support future growth; |
|
to enhance our ability to raise additional capital in the future; |
|
to have greater flexibility to structure and finance the expansion of our operations, including through de novo branching, branch acquisitions, or potential cash or stock acquisitions of other financial institutions, including FDIC-assisted acquisitions, or other financial services companies, although we have no current arrangements or agreements with respect to any such transactions; |
|
to enhance our lending capabilities through increased lending limits and loans-to-one borrower limits; |
|
to establish and fund a charitable foundation to benefit the communities we serve; and |
|
to retain and attract qualified personnel by establishing stock-based benefit plans for management and employees. |
As a traditional community oriented financial institution, Iroquois Federal has experienced moderate growth during the past five years. However, the significant changes in the financial services industry that have occurred in recent years as a result of the severe downturn in the financial markets in 2008, the severe nationwide economic recession that followed, and the increased regulatory burden of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and implementing regulations and policies, have severely strained the financial and managerial resources of community banks and savings associations and will continue to do so in the future. Management believes that Iroquois Federal will be better equipped to address these challenges as a larger, more highly capitalized stock institution. Specifically, mutual institutions cannot raise capital or issue stock to acquire branches or other financial institutions. Moreover, selling institutions often want the acquiring institutions stock or a combination of stock and cash as consideration for a merger. Lastly, mutual institutions cannot offer stock incentives to attract and retain highly qualified management personnel. While Iroquois Federal has not required these capital tools and stock incentives in the past, they will be essential to our business strategy, and management believes that the additional capital raised in the offering will enable us to take advantage of business opportunities that may not otherwise be available to us.
124
As of December 31, 2010, Iroquois Federal was considered well capitalized for regulatory purposes and is not subject to a directive or a recommendation from the Office of Thrift Supervision to raise capital. As a result of the conversion, the proceeds from the stock offering will further improve our capital position during a period of significant economic, regulatory and political uncertainty.
Approvals Required
The affirmative vote of a majority of the total eligible votes of members of Iroquois Federal at a special meeting of members is required to approve the plan of conversion. A special meeting of members to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion has been set for [meeting date]. The plan of conversion also must be approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision, which has given its conditional approval to the plan of conversion.
Subject to member and regulatory approvals, we intend to establish and fund the charitable foundation in connection with the conversion. However, member approval of the charitable foundation is not a condition to the completion of the conversion and offering.
Effects of Conversion on Depositors, Borrowers and Members
Continuity . While the conversion is being accomplished, our normal business of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption. We will continue to be a federally chartered savings association and will continue to be regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (subject to the Office of Thrift Supervisions functions relating to federal savings associations being transferred to the Comptroller of the Currency under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act as described under Supervision and RegulationDodd Frank Act. After the conversion, we will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. The directors serving Iroquois Federal at the time of the conversion will be the directors of Iroquois Federal and of IF Bancorp, Inc. after the conversion.
Effect on Deposit Accounts . Pursuant to the plan of conversion, each depositor of Iroquois Federal at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each such account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates, passbooks and other evidences of their accounts.
Effect on Loans . No loan outstanding from Iroquois Federal will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.
Effect on Voting Rights of Members . At present, all of our depositors, and certain of our borrowers, are members of and have voting rights in Iroquois Federal as to all matters requiring membership action. Upon completion of the conversion, depositors and borrower members will cease to be members of Iroquois Federal and will no longer have voting rights. Upon completion of the conversion, all voting rights in Iroquois Federal will be vested in IF Bancorp, Inc. as the sole stockholder of Iroquois Federal. The stockholders of IF Bancorp, Inc. will possess exclusive voting rights with respect to IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock.
Tax Effects . We will receive an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with regard to federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be taxable for federal or state income tax purposes to Iroquois Federal or its members. See Material Income Tax Consequences.
125
Effect on Liquidation Rights . Each depositor in Iroquois Federal has both a deposit account in Iroquois Federal and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of Iroquois Federal based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositors account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. This interest may only be realized in the event of a complete liquidation of Iroquois Federal. Any depositor who opens a deposit account obtains a pro rata ownership interest in Iroquois Federal without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all, respectively, of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of Iroquois Federal, which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.
Consequently, depositors in a mutual savings association normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest, which has realizable value only in the unlikely event that the savings association is completely liquidated. If this occurs, the depositors of record at that time, as owners, would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of Iroquois Federal after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid.
In the unlikely event that Iroquois Federal were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, also would be paid first, followed by distribution of a liquidation account to depositors as of February 28, 2010 and [supplemental date] who continue to maintain their deposit accounts as of the date of liquidation, with any assets remaining thereafter distributed to IF Bancorp, Inc. as the holder of Iroquois Federals capital stock. Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, sale of bulk assets or similar combination or transaction with another insured savings institution would not be considered a liquidation and, in such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution. See Liquidation Rights.
Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued
The plan of conversion and federal regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by an independent valuation. We have retained RP Financial, LC. to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation and one update, RP Financial, LC. will receive a fee of $50,000, and will be reimbursed for its expenses up to $7,500. In the event RP Financial, LC. is required to update the appraisal more than one time, it will receive an additional fee of $5,000 for each such update to the valuation appraisal. Other than the fees and expenses related to the appraisal engagement, we have not paid any fees or expenses to RP Financial, LC. during the previous three years. We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial, LC. and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
The independent valuation appraisal considered the pro forma impact of the offering. Consistent with the Office of Thrift Supervision appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based upon the current market valuations of the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC., subject to valuation adjustments applied by RP Financial, LC. to account for differences between us and
126
our peer group. Because RP Financial, LC. concluded that asset size is not a strong determinant of market value, RP Financial, LC. did not place significant weight on the pro forma price-to-assets approach in reaching its conclusions. RP Financial, LC. placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-book value and price-to-earnings approaches in estimating pro forma market value.
In the application of the price-to-book value and price-to-earnings approaches, RP Financial, LC. reflected several qualitative adjustments relative to the average and median pricing ratios indicated by the peer group companies.
The independent valuation was prepared by RP Financial, LC. in reliance upon the information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements. RP Financial, LC. also considered the following factors, among others:
|
our present and projected operating results and financial condition; |
|
the economic and demographic conditions in our existing market area; |
|
certain historical, financial and other information relating to us; |
|
a comparative evaluation of our operating and financial characteristics with those of other similarly situated publicly traded savings institutions; |
|
the impact of the conversion and the offering on our equity and earnings potential; |
|
our potential to pay cash dividends; |
|
the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities; and |
|
the contribution to the charitable foundation. |
Included in the independent valuation were certain assumptions as to our pro forma earnings after the conversion that were utilized in determining the appraised value. These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return on the net offering proceeds and purchases in the open market of 4% of the common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) by the stock-based benefit plan at the $10.00 purchase price. See Pro Forma Data for additional information concerning these assumptions. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.
The independent valuation states that as of February 25, 2011, the estimated pro forma market value of IF Bancorp, Inc., assuming the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation as set forth herein, ranged from $30.9 million to $41.8 million, with a midpoint of $36.4 million. Our Board of Directors decided to offer the shares of common stock for a price of $10.00 per share primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions. The number of shares offered will be equal to the aggregate offering price of the shares divided by the price per share. Based on the valuation range and the $10.00 price per share, the minimum of the offering range will be 2,890,000 shares, the midpoint of the offering range will be 3,400,000 shares and the maximum of the offering range will be 3,910,000 shares, or 4,496,500 shares if the maximum amount is adjusted because of demand for shares or changes in market conditions.
127
The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for IF Bancorp, Inc. and the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC. Ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and book value as of December 31, 2010. Book value is the same as total equity and represents the difference between the issuers assets and liabilities. Tangible book value is equal to total equity minus intangible assets. Core earnings, for purposes of the appraisal, was defined as net earnings after taxes, excluding the after-tax portion of income from nonrecurring items. Compared to the median pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a premium of 25.1% on a price-to-core earnings basis, a discount of 15.2% on a price-to-book value basis and a discount of 22.1% on a price-to-tangible book value basis. The pricing ratios result from our generally having higher levels of equity but lower core earnings than the companies in the peer group on a pro forma basis. The pricing ratios also reflect recent volatile market conditions, particularly for stock of financial institution holding companies, and the effect of such conditions on the trading market for recent mutual-to-stock conversions. In reviewing and approving the valuation, our Board of Directors considered the range of price-to-core earnings ratios, price-to-book value ratios and price-to-tangible book value ratios at the different ranges of shares to be sold in the offering. The appraisal did not consider one valuation approach to be more important than the others.
Peer Group Companies
CITZ | CFS Bancorp, Inc. of Munster IN | 21.48 | x | 55.72 | % | 55.77 | % | |||||||||||
FCAP | First Capital, Inc. of IN | 15.58 | x | 93.05 | % | 104.99 | % | |||||||||||
FCLF | First Clover Leaf Financial Group of IL | NM | 71.79 | % | 85.54 | % | ||||||||||||
FSFG | First Savings Financial Group of IN | 10.34 | x | 72.83 | % | 86.05 | % | |||||||||||
HFFC | HF Financial Corp of SD | 26.17 | x | 81.23 | % | 85.19 | % | |||||||||||
HFBC | HopFed Bancorp, Inc of KY | 14.54 | x | 68.48 | % | 69.13 | % | |||||||||||
LSBI | LSB Financial Corp of Lafayette IN | 29.49 | x | 69.25 | % | 69.25 | % | |||||||||||
FFFD | North Central Bancshares of IA | 16.47 | x | 57.53 | % | 57.53 | % | |||||||||||
RIVR | River Valley Bancorp of IN | 13.90 | x | 82.79 | % | 83.02 | % | |||||||||||
WAYN | Wayne Savings Bancshares of OH | 12.23 | x | 66.72 | % | 70.51 | % |
(1) | Based on earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and book value as of December 31, 2010. |
Our Board of Directors reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:
|
our financial condition and results of operations; |
|
comparison of our financial performance ratios to those of other financial institutions of similar size; and |
|
market conditions generally and, in particular, for financial institutions. |
All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. Our Board of Directors also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by RP Financial, LC. in preparing the independent valuation and believes that such assumptions were reasonable. The offering range may be amended with
128
the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, if required, as a result of subsequent developments in our financial condition or market conditions generally. In the event the independent valuation is updated to amend our pro forma market value to less than $30.9 million or more than $48.1 million, the appraisal will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by a post-effective amendment to our registration statement.
The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock. RP Financial, LC. did not independently verify our financial statements and other information that we provided to them, nor did RP Financial, LC. independently value our assets or liabilities. The independent valuation considers Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above the $10.00 offering price per share.
Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $48.1 million, without resoliciting subscribers, which would result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range to up to 4,496,500 shares, to reflect changes in the market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of subscribers. The subscription price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed. See Limitations on Common Stock Purchases as to the method of distribution and allocation of additional shares that may be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range to fill unfilled orders in the offering.
If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $48.1 million and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 4,811,255 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $30.9 million and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 3,092,300 shares, then we may promptly return with interest at a rate of 0.35% per annum all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock and cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations, and, after consulting with the Office of Thrift Supervision, we may terminate the plan of conversion. Alternatively, we may hold a new offering, establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of subscribers or take other actions as permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision in order to complete the conversion and the offering. In the event that a resolicitation is commenced, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to confirm, cancel or change their stock order for a specified period of time. If a person does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return his or her subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. Any resolicitation following the conclusion of the subscription and community offerings would not exceed 45 days unless further extended by the Office of Thrift Supervision for periods of up to 90 days.
An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease both a subscribers ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma earnings and stockholders equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a subscribers ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders equity on a per share basis, while decreasing pro forma earnings and stockholders equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of these changes, see Pro Forma Data.
129
Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial, LC. and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are available for inspection at our main office and as specified under Where You Can Find Additional Information.
Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights
In accordance with the plan of conversion, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and to the minimum, maximum and overall purchase limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and as described below under Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.
Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders . Each depositor with aggregate deposit account balances of $50.00 or more (a Qualifying Deposit) on February 28, 2010 (an Eligible Account Holder) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase, subject to the overall purchase limitations, up to the greater of 30,000 shares of our common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Eligible Account Holders, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See Limitations on Common Stock Purchases. If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.
To ensure proper allocation of shares of our common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order and certification form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest on February 28, 2010. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also our directors or executive officers or their associates will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to increased deposits during the year preceding February 28, 2010.
Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Plans . Our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation. Our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase up to 8% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation.
Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders . To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, each depositor with a Qualifying Deposit on [supplemental date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder (Supplemental Eligible Account Holder) will receive, without payment
130
therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of 30,000 shares of common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See Limitations on Common Stock Purchases. If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.
To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on the stock order and certification form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest at [supplemental date]. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.
Priority 4: Other Members . To the extent that there are shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each depositor and each borrower member on the voting record date of [other member date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (Other Members) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of 30,000 shares of common stock or 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See Limitations on Common Stock Purchases. If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, available shares will be allocated so as to permit each Other Member to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Other Member whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her subscription bears to the total amount of subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unfilled.
Expiration Date . The Subscription Offering will expire at 12:00 noon, Central time, on [expiration date], unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, if necessary. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each eligible member can be located. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint or maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights that have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void.
We will not execute orders until we have received orders to purchase at least the minimum number of shares of common stock. If we have not received orders to purchase at least 2,890,000 shares within 45 days after the expiration date and the Office of Thrift Supervision has not consented to an extension, all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly to the subscribers with interest at a rate of 0.35% per annum and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. If an extension beyond [extension date] is granted by the Office of Thrift
131
Supervision, we will resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to change or cancel their orders. We will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to confirm, cancel or change their stock order for a specified period of time. If a subscriber does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return his or her subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. Extensions may not go beyond [final date], which is two years after the special meeting of our members to vote on the conversion.
Community Offering
To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of the Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, we may offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion to members of the general public in a community offering with a preference given to natural persons and trust of natural persons residing in the Illinois Counties of Iroquois and Vermilion (collectively, the Community).
Purchasers in the community offering may purchase up to 30,000 shares of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See Limitations on Common Stock Purchases. The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering.
If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons residing in the Community, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares, or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among natural persons residing in the Community, whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order. If, after the allocation of shares to natural persons residing in the Community, we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of other members of the general public, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares, or the number of shares ordered by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among members of the general public whose orders remain unsatisfied up to a maximum of 2% of the shares sold in the offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order.
The term residing or resident as used in this prospectus means any person who occupies a dwelling within the Community, has a present intent to remain within the Community for a period of time and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community, together with an indication that this presence within the Community is something other than merely transitory in nature. We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to decide whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.
Expiration Date. The community offering may begin at the same time as, during or after the subscription offering. We will not execute orders in the community offering until we have received orders to purchase at least the minimum number of shares of common stock. The community offering is currently expected to terminate at the same time as the subscription offering, although it must terminate no more than 45 days following the subscription offering. We may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and are not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [extension date]. If an extension beyond [extension date] is granted by the Office
132
of Thrift Supervision, we will resolicit persons whose orders we accept in the community offering, giving them an opportunity to confirm, cancel or change their orders. If a person does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return purchase funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. These extensions may not go beyond [final date], which is two years after the special meeting of our members to vote on the conversion.
Syndicated Community Offering
The plan of conversion provides that, if necessary, all shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and community offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated community offering to be managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., acting as our agent. In such capacity, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. may form a syndicate of other broker-dealers. Neither Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering; however, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has agreed to use its best efforts in the sale of shares in any syndicated community offering. The syndicated community offering would terminate no later than [extension date], unless extended by us, with approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. See Community OfferingExpiration Date above for a discussion of rights of persons who place orders in the syndicated community offering in the event an extension is granted.
The opportunity to order shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering is subject to our right to reject orders, in whole or in part, either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering. If your order is rejected in part, you will not have the right to cancel the remainder of your order. Purchasers in the syndicated community offering are eligible to purchase up to 30,000 shares of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See Limitations on Common Stock Purchases. Unless the Office of Thrift Supervision permits otherwise, accepted orders for IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock in the syndicated community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of 2% of the shares sold in the offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all shares have been allocated. We may begin the syndicated community offering at any time following the commencement of the subscription offering.
The syndicated community offering will be conducted in accordance with certain Securities and Exchange Commission rules applicable to best efforts offerings. Under these rules, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. or the other broker-dealers participating in the syndicated community offering generally will accept payment for shares of common stock to be purchased in the syndicated community offering through a sweep arrangement under which a customers brokerage account at the applicable participating broker-dealer will be debited in the amount of the purchase price for the shares of common stock that such customer wishes to purchase in the syndicated community offering on the settlement date. Customers who authorize participating broker-dealers to debit their brokerage accounts are required to have the funds for the payment in their accounts on, but not before, the settlement date which will only occur if the minimum of the offering range is met. Customers who do not wish to authorize participating broker-dealers to debit their brokerage accounts will not be permitted to purchase shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering. Customers without brokerage accounts will not be able to participate in the syndicated community offering. Institutional investors will pay Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., in its capacity as sole book running manager, for shares purchased in the syndicated community offering on the settlement date through the services of the Depository Trust Company on a delivery versus payment basis. The closing of the syndicated community offering is subject to conditions set forth in an agency agreement among Iroquois Federal and IF Bancorp, Inc. on one hand, and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. on the other hand. If and when all the conditions for the closing are met, funds
133
for common stock sold in the syndicated community offering, less fees and commissions payable by us, will be delivered promptly to us. If the offering is consummated, but some or all of an interested investors funds are not accepted by us, those funds will be returned to the interested investor promptly after closing, without interest. Normal customer ticketing will be used for order placement. In the syndicated community offering, order forms will not be used.
If we are unable to find purchasers from the general public for all unsubscribed shares, we will make other purchase arrangements, if feasible. Other purchase arrangements must be approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision. If other purchase arrangements cannot be made, we may do any of the following: terminate the offering and promptly return all funds; set a new offering range, notify all subscribers and give them the opportunity to confirm, cancel or change their orders; or take such other actions as may be permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision.
Limitations on Common Stock Purchases
The plan of conversion includes the following limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:
|
No person or entity together with any associate or group of persons acting in concert may purchase more than 50,000 shares of common stock in the offering, except that our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, may purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering, including shares of common stock contributed to the charitable foundation as well as shares issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15%; |
|
The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in all categories of the offering by our executive officers and directors and their associates, in the aggregate, may not exceed 27% of the shares issued in the offering; and |
|
The minimum purchase by each person purchasing shares in the offering is 25 shares, to the extent those shares are available. |
Depending upon market or financial conditions, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in the offering by any person or entity together with any associate or group of persons acting in concert, may be increased to an amount not to exceed 5.0% of the outstanding shares of our common stock at the completion of the offering (excluding our employee stock ownership plan). In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5.0% of the shares issued in the offering, this limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for shares of common stock exceeding 5.0% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering do not exceed in the aggregate 10.0% of the total shares of the common stock issued in the offering.
Depending upon market or financial conditions, our Board of Directors, with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision and without further approval of our members, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be, and, in our sole discretion, some other large subscribers may be given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit. The effect of this type of resolicitation would be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by subscribers who choose to increase their subscriptions.
134
In the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15% of the total number of shares of common stock offered in the offering, shares will be allocated in the following order of priority in accordance with the plan of conversion:
(1) | to fill our tax-qualified employee benefit plans subscriptions for up to 10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation; |
(2) | in the event that there is an oversubscription at the Eligible Account Holder, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member levels, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities; and |
(3) | to fill unfulfilled subscriptions in the community offering, with preference given first to natural persons residing in the Illinois counties of Vermilion and Iroquois. |
The term associate of a person means:
(1) | any corporation or organization, other than Iroquois Federal, IF Bancorp, Inc. or a majority-owned subsidiary of these entities, of which the person is a senior officer, partner or 10% beneficial stockholder; |
(2) | any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a fiduciary capacity, excluding any employee stock benefit plan in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as trustee or in a fiduciary capacity; and |
(3) | any blood or marriage relative of the person, who either resides with the person or who is a director or officer of Iroquois Federal or IF Bancorp, Inc. |
The term acting in concert means:
(1) | knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or |
(2) | a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. |
A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (other party) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated.
Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the Board of Directors. We have the right to determine whether prospective purchasers are associates or acting in concert. Shares of common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by our executive officers and directors and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of Iroquois Federal or IF Bancorp, Inc. for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be
135
made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. In addition, under the guidelines of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of shares of our common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares After Conversion and Restrictions on Acquisition of IF Bancorp, Inc.
Marketing and Distribution; Compensation
Offering materials have been initially distributed to certain persons by mail, with additional copies made available through our Stock Information Center.
We have engaged Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, as a financial advisor in connection with the offering of our common stock. In its role as financial advisor, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., will:
|
provide advice on the financial and securities market implications of the plan of conversion and related corporate documents, including our business plan; |
|
assist in structuring our stock offering, including developing and assisting in implementing a market strategy for the stock offering; |
|
review all offering documents, including this prospectus, stock order forms and related offering materials (we are responsible for the preparation and filing of such documents); |
|
assist us in preparing for and scheduling meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers, as necessary; |
|
assist us in analyzing proposals from outside vendors retained in connection with the stock offering, including printers, transfer agents and appraisal firms; |
|
assist us in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate in connection with the stock offering; |
|
meet with the Board of Directors and management to discuss any of these services; and |
|
provide such other financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with the stock offering as may be agreed upon by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and us. |
For these services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a management fee of $25,000, payable in four consecutive monthly installments commencing in March 2011, and a success fee of 1.25% of the aggregate dollar amount of the common stock sold in the subscription offering if the conversion is consummated, excluding shares purchased by our directors, officers and employees and members of their immediate families, our employee stock ownership plan and our tax-qualified or stock-based compensation or similar plans (except individual retirement accounts), and excluding shares contributed to the charitable foundation. In addition, Iroquois Federal will pay Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. a success fee of 2% of the aggregate dollar amount of the common stock sold in any direct community offering if the conversion is consummated. The management fee will be credited against the success fees payable upon the consummation of the conversion.
136
The plan of conversion provides that, if necessary, all shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and community offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated community offering to be managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. In such capacity, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. may form a syndicate of other broker-dealers. Neither Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering; however, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has agreed to use its best efforts in the sale of shares in any syndicated community offering. If there is a syndicated community offering, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a management fee not to exceed 5.5% of the aggregate dollar amount of the common stock sold in the syndicated community offering. This fee will include the success fees earned by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. in connection with the subscription and community offerings set forth above. Of this amount, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will pass on to selected broker-dealers, who assist in the syndicated community offering, an amount competitive with gross underwriting discounts charged at such time for comparable amounts of stock sold at a comparable price per share in a similar market environment.
We also will reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with its marketing effort up to a maximum of $20,000. In addition, we will reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. for fees and expenses of its counsel not to exceed $75,000. In the event of a delay in the offering requiring an update of financial information, or if we are required to resolicit subscribers for shares of our common stock in the offerings, we will reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. for additional expenses, not to exceed $25,000.
If the plan of conversion is terminated or if Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.s engagement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agreement, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will only receive reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees and expenses paid to its counsel, and the portion of the management fee payable and will return any amounts paid or advanced by us in excess of these amounts. We will indemnify Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. against liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) related to or arising out of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.s engagement as our financial advisor and performance of services as our financial advisor.
We have also engaged Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. to act as our conversion agent in connection with the stock offering. In its role as conversion agent, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will, among other things:
|
consolidate accounts and develop a central file; |
|
prepare proxy forms and proxy materials; |
|
tabulate proxies and ballots; |
|
act as inspector of election at the special meeting of members; |
|
assist us in establishing and managing the Stock Information Center; |
|
assist our financial printer with labeling of stock offering materials; |
|
process stock order forms and certification forms and produce daily reports and analyses; |
|
assist our transfer agent with the generation and mailing of stock certificates; |
|
advise us on interest and refund calculations; and |
|
create tax forms for interest reporting. |
137
For these services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a fee of $20,000, and we have made an advance payment of $10,000 to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. with respect to this fee. We also will reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with its acting as conversion agent up to a maximum of $5,000. If the plan of conversion is terminated or if Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.s engagement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agreement, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will be entitled to the advance payment and also receive reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We will indemnify Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. against liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) related to or arising out of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.s engagement as our conversion agent and performance of services as our conversion agent.
Our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other trained employees of Iroquois Federal or its affiliates may assist in the offering in ministerial capacities, providing clerical work in effecting a sales transaction or answering questions of a ministerial nature. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. All sales activity will be conducted in a segregated or separately identifiable area of our main office facility apart from the area accessible to the general public. Other questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering by the payment of commissions or other remuneration based either directly or indirectly on the transactions in the shares of common stock.
The offering will comply with the requirements of Rule 10b-9 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Procedure for Purchasing Shares
Expiration Date . The offering will expire at 12:00 noon, Central time, on [expiration date], unless we extend it for up to 45 days. This extension may be approved by us, in our sole discretion, without further approval or additional notice to purchasers in the offering. Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond [extension date] would require the Office of Thrift Supervisions approval. If an extension beyond [extension date] is granted by the Office of Thrift Supervision, we will resolicit subscribers/persons who place orders, giving them an opportunity to confirm, cancel or change their orders. We will notify these persons of the extension of time and of the rights to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. If a person does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return his or her subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. If we have not received orders to purchase the minimum number of shares offered in the offering by the expiration date or any extension thereof, we may terminate the offering and promptly refund all funds received for shares of common stock. If the number of shares offered is reduced below the minimum of the offering range, or increased above the adjusted maximum of the offering range, subscribers may be resolicited with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision.
To ensure that each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before [expiration date], the expiration date of the offering, in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to the expiration date or hand delivered any later than two days prior to the expiration date. Execution of an order form will confirm
138
receipt of delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Order forms will be distributed only with a prospectus. Subscription funds will be maintained in a segregated account at Iroquois Federal and will earn interest at a rate of 0.35% per annum from the date of receipt.
We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal orders and promptly return all funds delivered to us, with interest at a rate of 0.35% per annum from the date of receipt.
We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion.
Use of Order Forms . In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering and community offering, you must complete an order form and remit full payment. We will not be required to accept incomplete order forms, unsigned order forms, orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. We must receive all order forms prior to 12:00 noon, Central time, on [expiration date]. We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time, are executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate withdrawal instructions. A postmark prior to [expiration date] will not entitle you to purchase shares of common stock unless we receive the envelope by [expiration date]. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed order forms. We have the right to permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms or waive immaterial irregularities. We do not represent, however, that we will do so and we have no affirmative duty to notify any prospective subscriber of any such defects. You may submit your order form and payment by mail using the return envelope provided, by bringing your order form to our Stock Information Center or to any branch office or by overnight delivery to the indicated address on the order form. Once tendered, an order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent. We reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of the offering. If you are ordering shares, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final, subject to the authority of the Office of Thrift Supervision.
By signing the order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Iroquois Federal or the federal government, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Payment for Shares . Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares may be made by:
(1) | personal check, bank check or money order, payable to IF Bancorp, Inc.; or |
(2) | authorization of withdrawal from Iroquois Federal deposit accounts designated on the order form. |
Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at Iroquois Federal are provided in the order forms. The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contract rate until
139
the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will be transferred to a savings account and earn interest at a rate of 0.35% per annum subsequent to the withdrawal. In the case of payments made by check or money order in the subscription and community offerings, these funds must be available in the account(s) and will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at Iroquois Federal and will earn interest at a rate of 0.35% per annum from the date payment is received until the offering is completed or terminated.
You may not use a check drawn on a Iroquois Federal line of credit, and we will not accept third-party checks (a check written by someone other than you) payable to you and endorsed over to IF Bancorp, Inc. Once we receive your executed order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by the expiration date, in which event purchasers may be given the opportunity to increase, decrease or rescind their orders for a specified period of time.
If you are interested in using your individual retirement account funds to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed individual retirement account such as a brokerage firm individual retirement account. By regulation, Iroquois Federals individual retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in shares of our common stock. Therefore, if you wish to use your funds that are currently in a Iroquois Federal individual retirement account, you may not designate on the order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock. The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will have to be transferred to a brokerage account. It may take several weeks to transfer your Iroquois Federal individual retirement account to an independent trustee, so please allow yourself sufficient time to take this action. There will be no early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service interest penalties for these transfers. Depositors interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the end of the offering period, because processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.
We will have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the syndicated community offering at any time prior to the completion of the offering. This payment may be made by wire transfer.
Our employee stock ownership plan will not be required to pay for any shares purchased in the offering until consummation of the offering, provided there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or IF Bancorp, Inc. to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase. Our 401(k) plan will not be required to pay for any shares purchased in the offering until consummation of the offering.
If the offering is consummated, but some or all of an interested investors funds submitted in the subscription or community offerings are not accepted by us, those funds will be returned to the interested investor promptly after closing, with interest. If the offering is not consummated, funds in the account will be returned promptly, with interest, to the potential investor.
140
Regulations prohibit Iroquois Federal from knowingly lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.
Delivery of Stock Certificates . Certificates representing shares of common stock issued in the offering and IF Bancorp, Inc. checks representing any applicable refund and/or interest paid on subscriptions made by check or money order will be mailed to the persons entitled thereto at the certificate registration address noted on the order form, as soon as practicable following consummation of the offering and receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals. Any certificates returned as undeliverable will be held by the transfer agent until claimed by persons legally entitled thereto or otherwise disposed of in accordance with applicable law. Until certificates for the shares of common stock are available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers may not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading.
Other Restrictions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state blue sky regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country.
Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares
Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights, including the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise prior to completion of the offering.
We intend to pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.
Stock Information Center
If you have any questions regarding the offering, please call our Stock Information Center at [stock info phone #] Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Central time, or visit the Stock Information Center located at 201 East Cherry Street, Watseka, Illinois between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Central time during the offering period. The Stock Information Center will be closed weekends and bank holidays.
141
Liquidation Rights
In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of Iroquois Federal prior to the conversion, all claims of creditors of Iroquois Federal, including those of depositors of Iroquois Federal (to the extent of their deposit balances), would be paid first. Then, if there were any assets of Iroquois Federal remaining, members of Iroquois Federal would receive those remaining assets, pro rata, based upon the deposit balances in their deposit account in Iroquois Federal immediately prior to liquidation. In the unlikely event that Iroquois Federal were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution of the liquidation account to certain depositors, with any assets remaining thereafter distributed to IF Bancorp, Inc. as the sole holder of Iroquois Federal capital stock. Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, sale of bulk assets or similar combination or transaction with another insured savings institution would not be considered a liquidation and, in these types of transactions, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution.
The plan of conversion provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a special liquidation account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to the total equity of Iroquois Federal as of the date of its latest balance sheet contained in this prospectus.
The purpose of the liquidation account is to provide Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who maintain their deposit accounts with Iroquois Federal after the conversion with a liquidation interest in the unlikely event of the complete liquidation of Iroquois Federal after the conversion. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder that continues to maintain his or her deposit account at Iroquois Federal, would be entitled, on a complete liquidation of Iroquois Federal after the conversion, to an interest in the liquidation account prior to any payment to the stockholders of IF Bancorp, Inc. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have an initial interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50 or more held in Iroquois Federal on February 28, 2010 and [supplemental date], respectively. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have a pro rata interest in the total liquidation account for each such deposit account, based on the proportion that the balance of each such deposit account on February 28, 2010 and [supplemental date], respectively, bears to the balance of all such deposit accounts in Iroquois Federal on such dates.
If, however, on any June 30 annual closing date commencing on or after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account on February 28, 2010 and [supplemental date], as applicable, or any other annual closing date, then the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced from time to time by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account. Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositor. Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are satisfied would be distributed to IF Bancorp, Inc., as the sole stockholder of Iroquois Federal.
142
Material Income Tax Consequences
Consummation of the conversion is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to federal and state income taxation that the conversion will not be a taxable transaction to Iroquois Federal, IF Bancorp, Inc., Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members. Unlike private letter rulings, opinions of counsel or tax advisors are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that Iroquois Federal or IF Bancorp, Inc. would prevail in a judicial proceeding.
Iroquois Federal and IF Bancorp, Inc. have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., regarding all of the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, which includes the following:
1. | The conversion of Iroquois Federal to a federally chartered stock savings association will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code. |
2. | Iroquois Federal will not recognize any gain or loss upon the receipt of money from IF Bancorp, Inc. in exchange for shares of common stock of Iroquois Federal. |
3. | The basis and holding period of the assets received by Iroquois Federal, in stock form, from Iroquois Federal, in mutual form, will be the same as the basis and holding period in such assets immediately before the conversion. |
4. | No gain or loss will be recognized by account holders of Iroquois Federal, including Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, upon the issuance to them of withdrawable deposit accounts in Iroquois Federal, in stock form, in the same dollar amount and under the same terms as held at Iroquois Federal, in mutual form. In addition, Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members will not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of an interest in a liquidation account in Iroquois Federal in exchange for their ownership interests in Iroquois Federal. |
5. | The basis of the account holders deposit accounts in Iroquois Federal Savings, in stock form, will be the same as the basis of their deposit accounts in Iroquois Federal, in mutual form. The basis of the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members interests in the liquidation account will be zero, which is the cost of such interest to such persons. |
6. | It is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights have no value, based on the fact that these rights are acquired by the recipients without cost, are nontransferable and of short duration, and afford the recipients the right only to purchase the common stock at a price equal to its estimated fair market value, which will be the same price as the subscription price for the shares of common stock in the offering. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock, provided that the amount to be paid for IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock is equal to the fair market value of IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock. |
143
7. | The basis of the shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock purchased in the offering will be the purchase price. The holding period of the IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised. |
8. | No gain or loss will be recognized by IF Bancorp, Inc. on the receipt of money in exchange for shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock sold in the offering. |
In the view of RP Financial, LC. (which is acting as independent appraiser of the value of the shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock in connection with the conversion), the subscription rights do not have any value for the reasons set forth above. RP Financial, LC.s view is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service. If the subscription rights granted to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members who exercise the subscription rights in an amount equal to their value, and IF Bancorp, Inc. could recognize gain on a distribution. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.
The Internal Revenue Service will not issue private letter rulings with respect to the issue of whether nontransferable rights have value. Unlike private letter rulings, an opinion of counsel or the view of an independent appraiser is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and the Internal Revenue Service could disagree with the conclusions reached therein. Depending on the conclusion or conclusions with which the Internal Revenue Service disagrees, the Internal Revenue Service may take the position that the transaction is taxable to any one or more of Iroquois Federal, the members of Iroquois Federal, IF Bancorp, Inc. and the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members who exercise their subscription rights. In the event of a disagreement, there can be no assurance that IF Bancorp, Inc. or Iroquois Federal would prevail in a judicial or administrative proceeding.
The federal tax opinion has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to IF Bancorp, Inc.s registration statement. An opinion regarding the Illinois state income tax consequences consistent with the federal tax opinion has been issued by BKD, LLP, tax advisors to Iroquois Federal and IF Bancorp, Inc.
Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion
The shares being acquired by the directors, executive officers and their associates are being acquired for investment purposes, and not with a view towards resale. All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a director or an executive officer of IF Bancorp, Inc. or Iroquois Federal generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the director or executive officer. Each certificate for restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any certificate or record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and executive officers of IF Bancorp, Inc. also will be restricted by the insider trading rules promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, executive officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion may be made only
144
through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock, to purchases of our common stock to fund stock options by one or more stock-based benefit plans or to any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or nontax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any stock-based benefit plans.
Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit IF Bancorp, Inc. from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first year following the conversion unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases. After one year, the Office of Thrift Supervision does not impose any repurchase restrictions.
145
General
In furtherance of our commitment to our local community, the plan of conversion provides that we will establish a new charitable foundation, Iroquois Federal Foundation, Inc. (the Foundation) as a non-stock, nonprofit Delaware corporation in connection with the stock offering. The Foundation will be funded with shares of our common stock and cash, as further described below.
By further enhancing our visibility and reputation in our local community, we believe that the Foundation will enhance the long-term value of Iroquois Federals community banking franchise. The stock offering presents us with a unique opportunity to provide a substantial and continuing benefit to our communities through the Foundation.
Purpose of the Charitable Foundation
In connection with the closing of the stock offering, we intend to contribute to the Foundation shares of IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock equal to 7% of the shares sold in the offering and an amount of cash equal in value to 1% of the shares sold in the offering. At the adjusted maximum of the offering range, the amount contributed to the charitable foundation would be a contribution of 314,755 shares of common stock and approximately $450,000 in cash, and at the minimum of the offering range would be a contribution of 202,300 shares of common stock and approximately $289,000 in cash. The purpose of the Foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in the communities in which we operate and to enable our communities to share in our long-term growth. The Foundation will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes, and may be able to support such activities in ways that are not presently available to us. The Foundation will also support our ongoing obligations to the community under the Community Reinvestment Act. Iroquois Federal received a satisfactory rating in its most recent Community Reinvestment Act examination.
Funding the Foundation with shares of our common stock is also intended to allow our communities to share in our potential growth and success after the stock offering is completed because the Foundation will benefit directly from any increases in the value of our shares of common stock. In addition, the Foundation will maintain close ties with Iroquois Federal, thereby forming a partnership within the communities in which Iroquois Federal operates.
Structure of the Charitable Foundation
The Foundation will be incorporated under Delaware law as a non-stock, nonprofit corporation. The Foundations certificate of incorporation will provide that the corporation is organized exclusively for charitable purposes as set forth in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Foundations certificate of incorporation will further provide that no part of the net earnings of the Foundation will inure to the benefit of, or be distributable to, its members, directors or officers or to private individuals.
The Foundation will be governed by a Board of Directors, initially consisting of Gary Martin, our Chairman, Alan D. Martin, our President, Chief Executive Officer and director, Frank J. Simutis, director, Thomas J. Chamberlain, our Vice President and Chief Lending Officer, Robert L. Cotter, Jr., the manager of our financial services division, Iroquois Financial, and one individual who is not affiliated with us and who has experience with local charitable organizations and grant making. We have selected [Independent Outside Director] as an outside, independent director. While there are no plans to change the size of the initial Board of Directors during the year following the completion of the stock offering, following the first anniversary of the stock offering, the Foundation may alter the size and composition of its Board of
146
Directors. For five years after the stock offering, one seat on the Foundations Board of Directors will be reserved for a person from our local community who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making and who is not one of our officers, directors or employees, and at least one seat on the Foundations Board of Directors will be reserved for one of Iroquois Federals directors. Except as described below in Regulatory Requirements Imposed on the Charitable Foundation, on an annual basis, directors of the Foundation will elect the Foundations Board to serve for one-year terms.
The business experience of our current directors and executive officers who will serve as Board members of the charitable foundation is described in Management.
[Business experience of person from our local community to be provided.]
The Foundations Board of Directors will be responsible for establishing the Foundations grant and donation policies, consistent with the purposes for which it was established. As directors of a nonprofit corporation, directors of the Foundation will at all times be bound by their fiduciary duty to advance the Foundations charitable goals, to protect its assets and to act in a manner consistent with the charitable purposes for which the Foundation is established. The directors of the Foundation also will be responsible for directing the activities of the Foundation, including the management and voting of the shares of our common stock held by the Foundation. However, all shares of our common stock held by the Foundation will be voted in the same ratio as all other shares of our common stock on all proposals considered by our stockholders.
The Foundations initial place of business will be located at our executive office. The Foundations Board of Directors will appoint such officers and employees as may be necessary to manage its operations. To the extent applicable, we will comply with the affiliates restrictions set forth in Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and applicable banking regulations governing transactions between Iroquois Federal and the Foundation.
The Foundation will receive working capital of approximately $450,000 and $289,000 at the adjusted maximum and minimum of the offering range, respectively. Additional capital for the charitable foundation will come from:
(1) | any dividends that may be paid on our shares of common stock in the future; |
(2) | within the limits of applicable federal and state laws, loans collateralized by the shares of common stock; or |
(3) | the proceeds of the sale of any of the shares of common stock in the open market from time to time. |
As a private foundation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, the Foundation will be required to distribute annually in grants or donations a minimum of 5% of the average fair market value of its net investment assets. Therefore, the amount of shares of common stock that may be sold by the Foundation in any one year generally is not expected to exceed 5% of the average market value of the assets held by the Foundation, except where the Foundations Board of Directors determines that the failure to sell an amount of common stock greater than such amount would result in a long-term reduction of the value of its assets and/or would otherwise jeopardize the Foundations capacity to carry out its charitable purposes.
147
Tax Considerations
We believe that an organization created for the above purposes should qualify as a Section 501(c)(3) tax exempt organization under the Internal Revenue Code and should be classified as a private foundation. The Foundation will submit a timely request to the Internal Revenue Service to be recognized as an exempt organization. As long as the Foundation files its application for tax-exempt status within 27 months of the last day of the month in which it was organized, and provided the Internal Revenue Service approves the application, its effective date as a Section 501(c)(3) organization will be the date of its organization. We have not received a tax opinion as to whether Iroquois Federal Foundations tax exempt status will be affected by the regulatory requirement that all shares of our common stock held by the Foundation must be voted in the same ratio as all other outstanding shares of our common stock on all proposals considered by our stockholders.
IF Bancorp, Inc. and Iroquois Federal are authorized by applicable law to make charitable contributions. We believe that the stock offering presents a unique opportunity to establish and fund a charitable foundation given the substantial amount of additional capital being raised. In making such a determination, we considered the dilutive impact to our stockholders of the contribution of shares of common stock to the Foundation. We believe that the contribution to the Foundation is justified given Iroquois Federals capital position and its earnings, the substantial additional capital being raised in the stock offering and the potential benefits of the Foundation to our community. See Capitalization, Historical and Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Compliance, and Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation.
We believe that our contribution of shares of our common stock to the Foundation should not constitute an act of self-dealing and that we should be entitled to a federal tax deduction in the amount of the fair market value of the stock and cash at the time of the contribution. We are permitted to deduct for charitable purposes only an amount equal to 10% of our annual taxable income in any one year. We are permitted under the Internal Revenue Code to carry the excess contribution over the five-year period following the contribution to the Foundation. We estimate that if stock is sold up to the maximum of the offering range, the full contribution should be deductible for federal tax purposes over that six-year period (i.e., the year in which the contribution is made and the succeeding five-year period). However, we do not have any assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to the Foundation. In such event, our contribution to the Foundation would be expensed without a tax benefit, resulting in a reduction in earnings in the year in which the Internal Revenue Service makes such a determination. Furthermore, even if the contribution is deductible, we may not have sufficient earnings to be able to use the deduction in full. Any such decision to continue to make additional contributions to the Foundation in the future would be based on an assessment of, among other factors, our financial condition at that time, the interests of our stockholders and depositors, and the financial condition and operations of the charitable foundation.
As a private foundation, earnings and gains, if any, from the sale of common stock or other assets are exempt from federal and state income taxation. However, investment income, such as interest, dividends and capital gains, is generally taxed at a rate of 2% and certain exceptions may further reduce the rate to 1%. Iroquois Federal Foundation will be required to file an annual return on Form 990-PF with the Internal Revenue Service within four and one-half months after the close of its fiscal year. The Foundation will be required to make its annual return available for public inspection. The annual return for a private foundation includes, among other things, an itemized list of all grants made or approved, showing the amount of each grant, the recipient, any relationship between a grant recipient and the foundations managers and a concise statement of the purpose of each grant.
148
Regulatory Requirements Imposed on the Charitable Foundation
Office of Thrift Supervision regulations require that, before our Board of Directors adopted the plan of conversion and reorganization, the Board of Directors had to identify its members that will serve on the charitable foundations board, and these directors could not participate in our Boards discussions concerning contributions to the charitable foundation, and could not vote on the matter. Our Board of Directors complied with this regulation in adopting the plan of conversion.
Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that the Office of Thrift Supervision will generally not object if a well-capitalized savings association or its holding company contribute to a charitable foundation an aggregate amount of 8% or less of the shares or proceeds issued in a stock offering. Iroquois Federal qualifies as a well-capitalized savings bank for purposes of this limitation, and the contribution to the Foundation will not exceed this limitation.
Office of Thrift Supervision regulations impose the following additional requirements on the establishment of the Foundation:
|
the Office of Thrift Supervision may examine the Foundation at the Foundations expense; |
|
the Foundation must comply with all supervisory directives imposed by the Office of Thrift Supervision; |
|
the Foundation must provide annually to the Office of Thrift Supervision a copy of the annual return that the Foundation submits to the Internal Revenue Service; |
|
the Foundation must operate according to written policies adopted by its board of directors, including a conflict of interest policy; |
|
the Foundation may not engage in self-dealing and must comply with all laws necessary to maintain its tax-exempt status under the Internal Revenue Code; and |
|
the Foundation must vote its shares of our common stock in the same ratio as all of the other shares voted on each proposal considered by our stockholders. |
Within six months of completing the stock offering, the Foundation must submit to the Office of Thrift Supervision the Foundations charter and bylaws, three year operating plan, conflict of interest policy and gift instrument.
149
RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF IF BANCORP, INC.
Although the Board of Directors of IF Bancorp, Inc. is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of IF Bancorp, Inc. after the conversion, the Board of Directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of IF Bancorp, Inc.s articles of incorporation to protect the interests of IF Bancorp, Inc. and its stockholders from takeovers which our Board of Directors might conclude are not in the best interests of Iroquois Federal, IF Bancorp, Inc. or IF Bancorp, Inc.s stockholders.
The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of IF Bancorp, Inc.s articles of incorporation and bylaws, Iroquois Federals federal stock charter, Maryland corporate law and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect. The following description of certain of these provisions is necessarily general and, with respect to provisions contained in IF Bancorp, Inc.s articles of incorporation and bylaws and Iroquois Federals federal stock charter, reference should be made in each case to the document in question, each of which is part of Iroquois Federals application for conversion with the Office of Thrift Supervision, and except for Iroquois Federals federal stock charter, IF Bancorp, Inc.s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See Where You Can Find Additional Information.
IF Bancorp, Inc.s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
IF Bancorp, Inc.s articles of incorporation and bylaws contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that might discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of the Board of Directors or management of IF Bancorp, Inc. more difficult.
Directors . The Board of Directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will be elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors will be elected annually. Thus, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of our directors. The bylaws establish qualifications for Board members, including restrictions on affiliations with competitors of Iroquois Federal and prior legal or regulatory violations. Subsequent to the Conversion, the Board expects to review and amend the bylaws of IF Bancorp, Inc. to impose additional or revised director requirements. Such requirements are expected to include provisions which would: 1) require that Board members meet a residency requirement whereby such individual must reside within a city or county in which IF Bancorp, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries maintains an office, or a contiguous county, 2) require that members may not have been named as having violated any banking or securities law or regulation, or have been a party to any past regulatory order or sanction, and 3) require that members may not serve on the Board of Directors or be an officer of or own a material interest in a competing financial institution. Further, the bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the proposed nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the Board of Directors or the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders. Such notice and information requirements are applicable to all stockholder business proposals and proposed nominations, and are in addition to any requirements under the federal securities laws.
Evaluation of Offers. The articles of incorporation of IF Bancorp, Inc. provide that its Board of Directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of IF Bancorp, Inc. (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of IF Bancorp, Inc. and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:
|
the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon IF Bancorp, Inc.s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; |
150
|
the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, IF Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which IF Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries operate or are located; |
|
whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of IF Bancorp, Inc.; |
|
whether a more favorable price could be obtained for IF Bancorp, Inc.s stock or other securities in the future; |
|
the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of IF Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries; |
|
the future value of the stock or any other securities of IF Bancorp, Inc. or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; |
|
any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; |
|
the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and |
|
the ability of IF Bancorp, Inc. to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations. |
If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.
Restrictions on Calling Special Meetings . The bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders can be called by only the President, a majority of the total number of directors that IF Bancorp, Inc. would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors, or the Secretary upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.
Prohibition of Cumulative Voting . The articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.
Limitation of Voting Rights . The articles of incorporation provide that in no event will any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit; provided that such 10% limit shall not apply if a majority of the unaffiliated directors approve the acquisition of shares in excess of the 10% limit prior to such acquisition.
151
Restrictions on Removing Directors from Office . The articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in Limitation of Voting Rights), voting together as a single class.
Authorized but Unissued Shares . After the conversion, IF Bancorp, Inc. will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock. See Description of Capital Stock. The articles of incorporation authorize 50,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock. IF Bancorp, Inc. is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the Board of Directors is authorized to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of such shares. In addition, the articles of incorporation provide that a majority of the total number of directors that IF Bancorp, Inc. would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors may, without action by the stockholders, amend the articles of incorporation to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock of any class or series that IF Bancorp, Inc. has the authority to issue. In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of IF Bancorp, Inc. that the Board of Directors does not approve, it would be possible for the Board of Directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of IF Bancorp, Inc. The Board of Directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.
Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Except as provided under Authorized but Unissued Shares, above, regarding the amendment of the articles of incorporation by the Board of Directors to increase or decrease the number of shares authorized for issuance, or as otherwise allowed by law, any amendment to the articles of incorporation must be approved by our Board of Directors and also by a majority of the outstanding shares of our voting stock; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend the following provisions:
(i) | The limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock; |
(ii) | The division of the Board of Directors into three staggered classes; |
(iii) | The ability of the Board of Directors to fill vacancies on the Board; |
(iv) | The requirement that at least a majority of stockholders must vote to remove directors, and can only remove directors for cause; |
(v) | The ability of the Board of Directors to amend and repeal the bylaws; |
(vi) | The ability of the Board of Directors to evaluate a variety of factors in evaluating offers to purchase or otherwise acquire IF Bancorp, Inc.; |
(vii) | The authority of the Board of Directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock; |
152
(viii) | The validity and effectiveness of any action lawfully authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock; |
(ix) | The number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent; |
(x) | The indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by IF Bancorp, Inc.; |
(xi) | The limitation of liability of officers and directors to IF Bancorp, Inc. for money damages; and |
(xii) | The provision of the articles of incorporation requiring approval of at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the articles of incorporation provided in (i) through (xi) of this list. |
The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this supermajority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the outstanding voting stock.
Maryland Corporate Law
Under Maryland law, business combinations between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as: (i) any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of a corporations voting stock after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of the corporation at any time after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock who, within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of the corporation. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the Board of Directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the Board of Directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the Board.
After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the Board of Directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least: (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and (ii) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporations common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.
153
Conversion Regulations
Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit any person from making an offer, announcing an intent to make an offer or participating in any other arrangement to purchase stock or acquiring stock or subscription rights in a converting institution or its holding company from another person prior to completion of its conversion. Further, without the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, no person may make an offer or announcement of an offer to purchase shares or actually acquire shares of a converted institution or its holding company for a period of three years from the date of the completion of the conversion if, upon the completion of such offer, announcement or acquisition, the person would become the beneficial owner of more than 10% of the outstanding stock of the institution or its holding company. The Office of Thrift Supervision has defined person to include any individual, group acting in concert, corporation, partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities of an insured institution. However, offers made exclusively to a savings association or its holding company, or an underwriter or member of a selling group acting on the converting institutions or its holding companys behalf for resale to the general public are excepted. The regulation also provides civil penalties for willful violation or assistance in any such violation of the regulation by any person connected with the management of the converting institution or its holding company or who controls more than 10% of the outstanding shares or voting rights of a converted institution or its holding company.
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Associations Federal Stock Charter
The federal stock charter of Iroquois Federal will provide that for a period of five years from the closing of the conversion, no person other than IF Bancorp, Inc. may offer directly or indirectly to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of Iroquois Federal. This provision does not apply to any tax-qualified employee benefit plan of Iroquois Federal or IF Bancorp, Inc. or to underwriters in connection with a public offering. In addition, during this five-year period, all shares owned over the 10% limit may not be voted on any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote.
Change in Control Regulations
Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of an insured federal savings association or its parent holding company unless the Office of Thrift Supervision has been given 60 days prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition. In addition, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that no company may acquire control of a savings association without the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Any company that acquires such control becomes a savings and loan holding company subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision.
Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the institutions directors, or a determination by the Office of Thrift Supervision that the acquirer has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a savings associations voting stock, if the acquirer is also subject to any one of eight control factors, constitutes a rebuttable determination of control under the regulations. Such control factors include the acquirer being one of the two largest stockholders. The determination of control may be rebutted by submission to the Office of Thrift Supervision, prior to the acquisition of stock or the occurrence of any other circumstances giving rise to such determination, of a statement setting forth facts and circumstances which would support a finding that no control relationship will exist and containing certain undertakings. The
154
regulations provide that persons or companies that acquire beneficial ownership exceeding 10% or more of any class of a savings associations stock who do not intend to participate in or seek to exercise control over a savings associations management or policies may qualify for a safe harbor by filing with the Office of Thrift Supervision a certification form that states, among other things, that the holder is not in control of such institution, is not subject to a rebuttable determination of control and will take no action which would result in a determination or rebuttable determination of control without prior notice to or approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, as applicable. There are also rebuttable presumptions in the regulations concerning whether a group acting in concert exists, including presumed action in concert among members of an immediate family.
The Office of Thrift Supervision may prohibit an acquisition of control if it finds, among other things, that:
|
the acquisition would result in a monopoly or substantially lessen competition; |
|
the financial condition of the acquiring person might jeopardize the financial stability of the institution; |
|
the competence, experience or integrity of the acquiring person indicates that it would not be in the interest of the depositors or the public to permit the acquisition of control by such person; or |
|
the acquisition would have an adverse effect on the Deposit Insurance Fund. |
General
IF Bancorp, Inc. is authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. IF Bancorp, Inc. currently expects to issue in the offering up to 4,496,500 shares of common stock. IF Bancorp, Inc. will not issue shares of preferred stock in the stock offering. Each share of IF Bancorp, Inc. common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock in accordance with the plan of conversion all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.
The shares of common stock of IF Bancorp, Inc. will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
Common Stock
Dividends . IF Bancorp, Inc. can pay dividends on its common stock if, after giving effect to such distribution, (i) it would be able to pay its indebtedness as the indebtedness comes due in the usual course of business and (ii) its total assets exceed the sum of its liabilities and the amount needed, if IF Bancorp, Inc. were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of any holders of capital stock who have a preference in the event of dissolution; provided, however, that even if IF Bancorp, Inc.s assets are less than the amount necessary to satisfy the requirement set forth in (ii) above, IF Bancorp, Inc. may make a distribution from: (A) IF Bancorp, Inc.s net earnings for the fiscal year in which the distribution is made; (B) IF Bancorp, Inc.s net earnings for the preceding fiscal year; or (C) the sum of IF Bancorp, Inc.s net earnings for the preceding eight fiscal quarters. The holders
155
of common stock of IF Bancorp, Inc. will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. If IF Bancorp, Inc. issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.
Voting Rights . Upon consummation of the conversion, the holders of common stock of IF Bancorp, Inc. will have exclusive voting rights in IF Bancorp, Inc. They will elect IF Bancorp, Inc.s Board of Directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Maryland law or as are otherwise presented to them by the Board of Directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of IF Bancorp, Inc.s common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. If IF Bancorp, Inc. issues shares of preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Certain matters require an 80% stockholder vote.
As a federal stock savings association, corporate powers and control of Iroquois Federal are vested in its Board of Directors, who elect the officers of Iroquois Federal and who fill any vacancies on the Board of Directors. Voting rights of Iroquois Federal are vested exclusively in the owners of the shares of capital stock of Iroquois Federal, which will be IF Bancorp, Inc., and voted at the direction of IF Bancorp, Inc.s Board of Directors. Consequently, the holders of the common stock of IF Bancorp, Inc. will not have direct control of Iroquois Federal.
Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Iroquois Federal, IF Bancorp, Inc., as the holder of 100% of Iroquois Federals capital stock, would be entitled to receive all assets of Iroquois Federal available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of Iroquois Federal, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of IF Bancorp, Inc., the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities, all of the assets of IF Bancorp, Inc. available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.
Preemptive Rights . Holders of the common stock of IF Bancorp, Inc. will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued, unless such preemptive rights are approved by the Board of Directors. The common stock is not subject to redemption.
Preferred Stock
None of the shares of IF Bancorp, Inc.s authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering or the conversion. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Our Board of Directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted
The transfer agent and registrar for IF Bancorp, Inc.s common stock is Registrar and Transfer Company, Cranford, New Jersey.
156
The consolidated financial statements of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association as of June 30, 2010 and 2009, and for the years then ended, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of BKD, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. RP Financial, LC. has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report to IF Bancorp, Inc. setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the conversion and offering and its letter with respect to subscription rights.
Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., counsel to IF Bancorp, Inc. and Iroquois Federal, has issued to IF Bancorp, Inc. its opinions regarding the legality of the common stock and the federal income tax consequences of the conversion. Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. has consented to the references in this prospectus to its opinions. BKD, LLP has issued to IF Bancorp, Inc. and Iroquois Federal its opinion regarding the state income tax consequences of the conversion. BKD, LLP has consented to the reference in this prospectus to its opinion. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. by Vedder Price P.C., Chicago, Illinois.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
IF Bancorp, Inc. has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. Such information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. The Securities and Exchange Commission telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including IF Bancorp, Inc. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.
Iroquois Federal has filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision an Application on Form AC with respect to the conversion. This prospectus omits certain information contained in the application. The application may be examined at the principal office of the Office of Thrift Supervision, 1700 G Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20552, and at the Central Regional Office of the Office of Thrift Supervision, located at 1 South Wacker Drive, Suite 2000, Chicago, Illinois 60606. Our plan of conversion is available, upon request, at each of our branch offices.
In connection with the offering, IF Bancorp, Inc. will register its common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, IF Bancorp, Inc. and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the plan of conversion, IF Bancorp, Inc. has undertaken that it will not terminate such registration for a period of at least three years following the offering.
157
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
***
Separate financial statements for IF Bancorp, Inc. have not been included in this prospectus because IF Bancorp, Inc. has not engaged in any significant activities, has no significant assets, and has no contingent liabilities, revenue or expenses.
All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the required information either is not applicable or is included in the financial statements or related notes.
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Audit Committee and Board of Directors
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
Watseka, Illinois
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association (Association) as of June 30, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Associations management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Association is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing auditing procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Associations internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association as of June 30, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/sig/ BKD, LLP
Decatur, Illinois
March 15, 2011
F-2
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Assets
December
31,
2010 (Unaudited) |
June 30, | |||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||
Cash and due from banks |
$ | 6,426,199 | $ | 4,704,809 | $ | 6,418,433 | ||||||
Interest-bearing demand deposits |
229,267 | 2,130,812 | 5,483,519 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
6,655,466 | 6,835,621 | 11,901,952 | |||||||||
Interest-bearing time deposits in banks |
250,000 | | | |||||||||
Available-for-sale securities |
137,876,893 | 125,747,434 | 99,423,348 | |||||||||
Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost (estimated fair value of $25,891,530 at June 30, 2009) |
| | 25,447,062 | |||||||||
Loans held for sale |
242,000 | 460,000 | 156,000 | |||||||||
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $2,711,538 at December 31, 2010 (unaudited), and $2,766,718 and $1,365,040 at June 30, 2010 and 2009 |
240,724,734 | 233,753,199 | 223,655,959 | |||||||||
Premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $4,570,995 at December 31, 2010 (unaudited), and $4,423,359 and $4,171,559 at June 30, 2010 and 2009 |
4,216,135 | 4,203,580 | 4,108,247 | |||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost |
3,121,238 | 3,121,238 | 3,121,238 | |||||||||
Foreclosed assets held for sale |
386,071 | 497,004 | 125,500 | |||||||||
Accrued interest receivable |
1,661,922 | 1,718,428 | 1,719,638 | |||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
816,632 | | | |||||||||
Bank-owned life insurance |
7,107,914 | 6,978,044 | 6,722,734 | |||||||||
Mortgage servicing rights |
290,261 | 156,303 | 161,637 | |||||||||
Other |
1,561,402 | 1,311,611 | 614,821 | |||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 404,910,668 | $ | 384,782,462 | $ | 377,158,136 | ||||||
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-3
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Liabilities and Equity
December
31,
2010 (Unaudited) |
||||||||||||
June 30, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||
Deposits |
||||||||||||
Demand |
$ | 7,565,051 | $ | 5,832,749 | $ | 6,426,742 | ||||||
Savings, NOW and money market |
117,760,354 | 111,494,901 | 110,950,736 | |||||||||
Certificates of deposit |
201,864,212 | 198,228,800 | 195,974,703 | |||||||||
Brokered certificates of deposit |
6,001,274 | 5,000,616 | | |||||||||
Total deposits |
333,190,891 | 320,557,066 | 313,352,181 | |||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
31,000,000 | 22,500,000 | 26,500,000 | |||||||||
Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance |
923,352 | 830,149 | 801,527 | |||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
| 310,858 | 205,983 | |||||||||
Accrued post-retirement benefit obligation |
1,768,321 | 1,727,330 | 1,314,310 | |||||||||
Accrued interest payable |
230,691 | 185,278 | 342,312 | |||||||||
Other |
1,077,708 | 1,384,124 | 1,486,114 | |||||||||
Total liabilities |
368,190,963 | 347,494,805 | 344,002,427 | |||||||||
Commitments and Contingencies |
||||||||||||
Equity |
||||||||||||
Retained earnings |
36,097,568 | 34,498,000 | 31,820,837 | |||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax |
622,137 | 2,789,657 | 1,434,872 | |||||||||
Total equity |
36,719,705 | 37,287,657 | 33,255,709 | |||||||||
Total liabilities and equity |
$ | 404,910,668 | $ | 384,782,462 | $ | 377,258,136 | ||||||
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-4
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Consolidated Statements of Income
Six Months Ended
December 31, |
||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | Years Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||
Interest Income |
||||||||||||||||
Interest and fees on loans |
$ | 6,456,872 | $ | 6,484,047 | $ | 12,900,486 | $ | 13,300,792 | ||||||||
Securities |
||||||||||||||||
Taxable |
2,086,710 | 2,452,668 | 4,761,702 | 4,698,733 | ||||||||||||
Tax-exempt |
62,624 | 37,914 | 93,738 | 86,152 | ||||||||||||
Deposits with other financial institutions |
4,321 | 2,581 | 5,207 | 32,322 | ||||||||||||
Total interest income |
8,610,527 | 8,977,210 | 17,761,133 | 18,117,999 | ||||||||||||
Interest Expense |
||||||||||||||||
Deposits |
2,270,817 | 3,079,202 | 5,678,505 | 7,458,689 | ||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
457,725 | 530,980 | 1,035,250 | 1,203,974 | ||||||||||||
Total interest expense |
2,728,542 | 3,610,182 | 6,713,755 | 8,662,663 | ||||||||||||
Net Interest Income |
5,881,985 | 5,367,028 | 11,047,378 | 9,455,336 | ||||||||||||
Provision for Loan Losses |
624,722 | 969,299 | 1,875,366 | 405,155 | ||||||||||||
Net Interest Income After Provision For Loan Losses |
5,257,263 | 4,397,729 | 9,172,012 | 9,050,181 | ||||||||||||
Noninterest Income |
||||||||||||||||
Customer service fees |
323,398 | 345,984 | 662,505 | 622,034 | ||||||||||||
Other service charges and fees |
155,877 | 83,047 | 253,638 | 179,610 | ||||||||||||
Insurance commissions |
326,747 | 359,053 | 613,478 | 633,277 | ||||||||||||
Brokerage commissions |
300,709 | 192,698 | 450,256 | 515,095 | ||||||||||||
Net realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities |
377,969 | 303,517 | 1,108,277 | 68,790 | ||||||||||||
Mortgage banking income, net |
419,906 | 163,681 | 269,077 | 423,229 | ||||||||||||
Bank-owned life insurance income, net |
129,870 | 128,939 | 255,310 | 253,256 | ||||||||||||
Other |
289,973 | 219,749 | 427,489 | 402,399 | ||||||||||||
Total noninterest income |
2,324,449 | 1,796,668 | 4,040,030 | 3,097,690 | ||||||||||||
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-5
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Consolidated Statements of Income
Six Months Ended
December 31, |
||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | Years Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||
Noninterest Expense |
||||||||||||||||
Compensation and benefits |
$ | 3,176,352 | $ | 2,706,547 | $ | 5,693,247 | $ | 5,277,633 | ||||||||
Office occupancy |
238,011 | 219,165 | 445,000 | 415,243 | ||||||||||||
Equipment |
308,189 | 261,717 | 546,586 | 487,016 | ||||||||||||
Federal deposit insurance |
217,433 | 217,286 | 445,771 | 343,271 | ||||||||||||
Stationary, printing and office |
72,584 | 70,589 | 142,249 | 143,787 | ||||||||||||
Advertising |
140,724 | 109,277 | 273,102 | 221,591 | ||||||||||||
Professional services |
126,294 | 67,858 | 111,202 | 109,989 | ||||||||||||
Supervisory examinations |
52,629 | 48,411 | 100,423 | 92,733 | ||||||||||||
Audit and accounting services |
22,575 | 21,013 | 37,013 | 47,205 | ||||||||||||
Organizational dues and subscriptions |
40,858 | 35,438 | 55,373 | 45,770 | ||||||||||||
Insurance bond premiums |
53,271 | 42,929 | 92,836 | 85,736 | ||||||||||||
Telephone and postage |
100,008 | 104,046 | 203,881 | 186,919 | ||||||||||||
(Gain) loss on foreclosed assets, net |
(84,155 | ) | 57,343 | 27,687 | 43,374 | |||||||||||
Other |
602,304 | 496,306 | 971,350 | 878,571 | ||||||||||||
Total noninterest expense |
5,067,077 | 4,457,925 | 9,145,720 | 8,378,838 | ||||||||||||
Income Before Income Tax |
2,514,635 | 1,736,472 | 4,066,322 | 3,769,033 | ||||||||||||
Provision for Income Taxes |
915,067 | 584,825 | 1,389,159 | 1,361,818 | ||||||||||||
Net Income |
$ | 1,599,568 | $ | 1,151,647 | $ | 2,677,163 | $ | 2,407,215 | ||||||||
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-6
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Consolidated Statements of Equity
Retained
Earnings |
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax |
Total Equity | ||||||||||
Balance, July 1, 2008 |
$ | 29,413,622 | $ | (412,188 | ) | $ | 29,001,434 | |||||
Net income |
2,407,215 | | 2,407,215 | |||||||||
Other comprehensive income |
| 1,847,060 | 1,847,060 | |||||||||
Total comprehensive income |
4,254,275 | |||||||||||
Balance, June 30, 2009 |
31,820,837 | 1,434,872 | 33,255,709 | |||||||||
Net income |
2,677,163 | | 2,677,163 | |||||||||
Other comprehensive income |
| 1,354,785 | 1,354,785 | |||||||||
Total comprehensive income |
4,031,948 | |||||||||||
Balance, June 30, 2010 |
34,498,000 | 2,789,657 | 37,287,657 | |||||||||
Net income (unaudited) |
1,599,568 | | 1,599,568 | |||||||||
Other comprehensive income |
| (2,167,520 | ) | (2,167,520 | ) | |||||||
Total comprehensive income (unaudited) |
(567,952 | ) | ||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2010 (unaudited) |
$ | 36,097,568 | $ | 622,137 | $ | 36,719,705 | ||||||
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-7
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Six Months
Ended
December 31, |
||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | Years Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||
Operating Activities |
||||||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 1,599,568 | $ | 1,151,647 | $ | 2,677,163 | $ | 2,407,215 | ||||||||
Items not requiring (providing) cash |
||||||||||||||||
Depreciation |
191,281 | 160,707 | 240,069 | 289,913 | ||||||||||||
Provision for loan losses |
624,722 | 969,299 | 1,875,366 | 405,155 | ||||||||||||
Amortization (accretion) of premiums and discounts on securities |
297,414 | 210,201 | 438,344 | (128,873 | ) | |||||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
198,882 | 5,198 | (725,477 | ) | (11,573 | ) | ||||||||||
Net realized gains on securities |
(377,969 | ) | (303,517 | ) | (1,108,277 | ) | (68,790 | ) | ||||||||
Net realized gains on loan sales |
(419,906 | ) | (163,681 | ) | (269,077 | ) | (423,229 | ) | ||||||||
(Gain) loss on sale of foreclosed real estate, net |
(84,155 | ) | 57,343 | 27,687 | 43,374 | |||||||||||
Bank-owned life insurance, net |
(129,870 | ) | (128,939 | ) | (255,310 | ) | (253,256 | ) | ||||||||
Originations of loans held for sale |
(17,593,869 | ) | (4,568,214 | ) | (11,051,102 | ) | (21,893,602 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale |
18,097,817 | 4,709,181 | 11,021,513 | 22,034,200 | ||||||||||||
Changes in |
||||||||||||||||
Accrued interest receivable |
56,506 | 61,973 | 1,210 | 145,573 | ||||||||||||
Other assets |
(560,649 | ) | (1,594,266 | ) | (591,915 | ) | 1,219,710 | |||||||||
Accrued interest payable |
45,413 | 30,629 | (157,034 | ) | (135,098 | ) | ||||||||||
Other liabilities |
45,601 | (255,842 | ) | (158,857 | ) | (173,094 | ) | |||||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
1,990,786 | 341,719 | 1,964,303 | 3,457,625 | ||||||||||||
Investing Activities |
||||||||||||||||
Net change in interest-bearing deposits |
(250,000 | ) | | | | |||||||||||
Purchases of available-for-sale securities |
(87,142,850 | ) | (60,803,219 | ) | (105,996,338 | ) | (73,031,961 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds from the sales of available-for-sale securities |
52,694,366 | 34,543,283 | 65,816,760 | 16,199,194 | ||||||||||||
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities |
18,905,520 | 12,262,842 | 27,970,118 | 30,084,815 | ||||||||||||
Purchases of held-to-maturity securities |
| | (1,340,614 | ) | (367,456 | ) | ||||||||||
Proceeds from sales of held-to-maturity securities |
| 2,279,131 | 11,283,118 | | ||||||||||||
Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity securities |
| 4,406,867 | 4,610,014 | 8,072,776 | ||||||||||||
Net change in loans |
(7,707,026 | ) | (9,233,909 | ) | (12,866,096 | ) | (9,295,084 | ) | ||||||||
Purchase of premises and equipment |
(203,836 | ) | (260,313 | ) | (335,402 | ) | (501,684 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds from the sale of foreclosed assets |
305,857 | 229,451 | 494,299 | 317,438 | ||||||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(23,397,969 | ) | (16,575,867 | ) | (10,364,141 | ) | (28,521,962 | ) | ||||||||
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-8
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Six Months
Ended
December 31, |
||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | Years Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||
Financing Activities |
||||||||||||||||
Net increase in demand deposits, money market, NOW and savings accounts |
$ | 7,997,755 | $ | (2,051,322 | ) | $ | 50,172 | $ | 36,993,531 | |||||||
Net increase in certificates of deposit |
4,636,070 | 1,616,438 | 7,254,713 | 6,314,989 | ||||||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance |
93,203 | 801,572 | 28,622 | (500,198 | ) | |||||||||||
Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
8,500,000 | 10,000,000 | | | ||||||||||||
Repayment of Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
| | (4,000,000 | ) | (9,500,000 | ) | ||||||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
21,227,028 | 10,366,688 | 3,333,507 | 33,308,322 | ||||||||||||
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents |
(180,155 | ) | (5,867,460 | ) | (5,066,331 | ) | 8,243,985 | |||||||||
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period |
6,835,621 | 11,901,925 | 11,901,952 | 3,657,967 | ||||||||||||
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Period |
$ | 6,655,466 | $ | 6,034,465 | $ | 6,835,621 | $ | 11,901,952 | ||||||||
Supplemental Cash Flows Information |
||||||||||||||||
Interest paid |
$ | 2,683,129 | $ | 3,422,520 | $ | 6,870,789 | $ | 8,797,761 | ||||||||
Income taxes paid (net of refunds) |
$ | 907,786 | $ | 436,472 | $ | 1,754,317 | $ | 1,217,174 | ||||||||
Foreclosed assets acquired in settlement of loans |
$ | 110,769 | $ | 250,913 | $ | 893,490 | $ | 414,021 | ||||||||
Transfer of held-to-maturity securities to available-for-sale securities, amortized cost |
$ | | $ | | $ | 11,112,338 | $ | |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-9
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1: | Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies |
Nature of Operations
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association (Association) is primarily engaged in providing a full range of banking and financial services to individual and corporate customers within a 100-mile radius of its locations in Watseka, Danville, Clifton, and Hoopeston, Illinois and Osage Beach, Missouri. The principal activity of the Associations wholly-owned subsidiary, L.C.I. Service Corporation (L.C.I.), is the sale of property and casualty insurance. The Association is subject to competition from other financial institutions. The Association is subject to the regulation of certain federal and state agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.
The financial information included herein as of December 31, 2010 and for the interim periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 is unaudited; however, in the opinion of management, the information reflects all adjustments (consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments) that are necessary for a fair presentation. The results shown for the six months ended December 31, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be obtained for a full year.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Association and L.C.I. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Operating Segment
The Association provides community banking services, including such products and services as loans, certificates of deposits, savings accounts, and mortgage originations. These activities are reported as a single operating segment.
The Association does not derive revenues from, or have assets located in, foreign countries, nor does it derive revenues from any single customer that represents 10% or more of the Associations total revenues.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans, fair value measurements and classifications of investment securities, loan servicing rights and Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (FHLB) stock recoverability.
F-10
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Interest-bearing Deposits in Banks
Interest-bearing deposits in banks mature within five years and are carried at cost.
Cash Equivalents
The Association considers all liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2010 (unaudited), June 30, 2010 and 2009, cash equivalents consisted primarily of noninterest bearing deposits and interest bearing deposits.
The Associations interest bearing deposits are held at the FHLB and are fully guaranteed for the entire amount in the account.
Securities
Certain debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity and recorded at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held to maturity, are classified as available for sale and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.
During March 2010, the Association transferred held-to-maturity securities to available-for-sale securities. As a result of the transfer, the Association does not hold any held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2010.
Loans Held for Sale
Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to noninterest income. Gains and losses on loan sales are recorded in noninterest income, and direct loan origination costs and fees are deferred at origination of the loan and are recognized in noninterest income upon sale of the loan.
Loans
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoffs are reported at their outstanding principal balances adjusted for unearned income, charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and any unamortized deferred fees or costs on originated loans.
For loans amortized at cost, interest income is accrued based on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and amortized as a level yield adjustment over the respective term of the loan.
F-11
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due unless the credit is well-secured and in process of collection. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.
All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual or charged off are reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to income. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.
The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon managements periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrowers ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.
The allowance consists of allocated and general components. The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. For those loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the collateral value of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers nonclassified loans and is based on historical charge-off experience and expected loss given default derived from the Associations internal risk rating process. Other adjustments may be made to the allowance for pools of loans after an assessment of internal or external influences on credit quality that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data.
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Association will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrowers prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loans effective interest rate, the loans obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.
F-12
Groups of loans with similar characteristics, including individually evaluated loans not determined to be impaired, are collectively evaluated for impairment based on the groups historical loss experience adjusted for changes in trends, conditions and other relevant factors that affect repayment of the loans.
Premises and Equipment
Depreciable assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged to expense using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
The estimated useful lives for each major depreciable classification of premises and equipment are as follows:
Buildings and improvements |
35-40 years | |||
Equipment |
3-5 years |
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
Federal Home Loan Bank stock is a required investment for institutions that are members of the Federal Home Loan Bank system. The required investment in the common stock is based on a predetermined formula.
The Association owns $3,121,238 (31,212 shares) of Federal Home Loan Bank stock as of December 31, 2010 (unaudited) and June 30, 2010 and 2009. The Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (FHLB) is operating under a Cease and Desist Order from their regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Board. The order prohibits capital stock repurchases until a time to be determined by the Federal Housing Finance Board. The FHLB will continue to provide liquidity and funding through advances. With regards to dividends, the FHLB will continue to assess their dividend capacity each quarter and make appropriate request for approval. The FHLB did not pay a dividend during 2010 or 2009; however early in 2011, the FHLB announced they have declared a dividend at an annualized rate of 10 basis points per share paid on February 14, 2011. Management performed an analysis as of December 31, 2010 (unaudited), and as of June 30, 2010 and 2009 and deemed the cost-method investment in FHLB stock was ultimately recoverable.
Foreclosed Assets Held for Sale
Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less cost to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net income or expense from foreclosed assets.
F-13
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Bank-owned Life Insurance
Bank-owned life insurance policies are reflected on the consolidated balance sheets at the estimated cash surrender value. Changes in the cash surrender value are reflected in noninterest income in the consolidated statements of income.
Fee Income
Loan origination fees, net of direct origination costs, are recognized as income using the level-yield method over the term of the loans.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
Mortgage servicing assets are recognized separately when rights are acquired through purchase or through sale of financial assets. Under the servicing assets and liabilities accounting guidance (ASC 860-50), servicing rights resulting from the sale or securitization of loans originated by the Association are initially measured at fair value at the date of transfer. The Association has elected to initially and subsequently measure the mortgage servicing rights for consumer mortgage loans using the fair value method. Under the fair value method, the servicing rights are carried in the balance sheet at fair value and the changes in fair value are reported in earnings in the period in which the changes occur.
Fair value is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively, is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, the custodial earnings rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. These variables change from quarter to quarter as market conditions and projected interest rates change, and may have an adverse impact on the value of the mortgage servicing right and may result in a reduction to noninterest income.
Servicing fee income is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal or a fixed amount per loan and are recorded as income when earned. The change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights is netted against loan servicing fee income.
Transfers of Financial Assets
Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Association put presumptively beyond the reach of the transferor and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets and (3) the Association does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.
F-14
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Income Taxes
The Association accounts for income taxes in accordance with income tax accounting guidance (ASC 740, Income Taxes ). The income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable income or excess of deductions over revenues. The Association determines deferred income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur.
Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination. The term more likely than not means a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms examined and upon examination also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date and is subject to managements judgment. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
The Association recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax expense.
The Association files consolidated income tax returns with its subsidiary.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income, net of applicable income taxes. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on available-for-sale securities and changes in the funded status of the postretirement health benefit plan.
Transfers between Fair Value Hierarchy Levels
Transfers in and out of Level 1 (quoted market prices), Level 2 (other significant observable inputs) and Level 3 (significant unobservable inputs) are recognized on the period ending date.
F-15
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2009 financial statements to conform to the 2010 financial statement presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on net income.
Recent and Future Accounting Requirements
Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2009-16, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860)Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets. ASU 2009-16 amends prior accounting guidance to enhance reporting about transfers of financial assets, including securitizations, and where companies have continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets. ASU 2009-16 eliminates the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity and changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets. ASU 2009-16 also requires additional disclosures about all continuing involvements with transferred financial assets including information about gains and losses resulting from transfers during the period. The provisions of ASU 2009-16 became effective on January 1, 2010 and did not have a significant impact on the Corporations financial statements.
ASU No. 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820)Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements. ASU 2010-06 requires expanded disclosures related to fair value measurements including (i) the amounts of significant transfers of assets or liabilities between Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the reasons for the transfers, (ii) the reasons for transfers of assets or liabilities in or out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, with significant transfers disclosed separately, (iii) the policy for determining when transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized and (iv) for recurring fair value measurements of assets and liabilities in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, a gross presentation of information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements. ASU 2010-06 further clarifies that (i) fair value measurement disclosures should be provided for each class of assets and liabilities (rather than major category), which would generally be a subset of assets or liabilities within a line item in the statement of financial position and (ii) companys should provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements for each class of assets and liabilities included in Levels 2 and 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The disclosures related to the gross presentation of purchases, sales, issuances and settlements of assets and liabilities included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy will be required for the Corporation beginning January 1, 2011. The remaining disclosure requirements and clarifications made by ASU 2010-06 became effective for the Corporation on January 1, 2010. See Note 14Disclosures About Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities.
ASU No. 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310)Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. ASU 2010-20 requires entities to provide disclosures designed to facilitate financial statement users evaluation of (i) the nature of credit risk inherent in the entitys portfolio of financing receivables, (ii) how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses and (iii) the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses. Disclosures must be disaggregated by portfolio segment, the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic method for determining its allowance for credit losses, and class of financing receivable, which is generally a disaggregation of portfolio segment. The required disclosures include, among other things, a rollforward of the allowance for credit losses as well as information about modified, impaired, non-accrual and past due loans and
F-16
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
credit quality indicators. ASU 2010-20 became effective for the Corporations financial statements as of December 31, 2010, as it relates to disclosures required as of the end of a reporting period. Disclosures that relate to activity during a reporting period will be required for the Corporations financial statements that include periods beginning on or after January 1, 2011. ASU 2011-01, Receivables (Topic 310)Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20, temporarily deferred the effective date for disclosures related to troubled debt restructurings to coincide with the effective date of a proposed accounting standards update related to troubled debt restructurings, which is currently expected to be effective for periods ending after June 15, 2011. See Note 4Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses.
Note 2: | Restriction on Cash and Due From Banks |
The Association is required to maintain reserve funds in cash and/or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank. The reserve required at December 31, 2010 (unaudited) and at June 30, 2010 and 2009, was $25,000.
Note 3: | Securities |
The amortized cost and approximate fair values, together with gross unrealized gains and losses, of securities are as follows:
Amortized
Cost |
Gross
Unrealized Gains |
Gross
Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value | |||||||||||||
Available-for-sale Securities: |
||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2010 (unaudited): |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Government and federal agency and Government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs) |
$ | 122,518,678 | $ | 2,199,716 | $ | (2,378,235 | ) | $ | 122,340,159 | |||||||
Mortgage-backedGSE residential |
12,121,348 | 805,675 | | 12,927,023 | ||||||||||||
State and political subdivisions |
2,490,353 | 119,358 | | 2,609,711 | ||||||||||||
$ | 137,130,379 | $ | 3,124,749 | $ | (2,378,235 | ) | $ | 137,876,893 | ||||||||
F-17
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Amortized
Cost |
Gross
Unrealized Gains |
Gross
Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value | |||||||||||||
June 30, 2010: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Government and federal agency and Government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs) |
$ | 103,807,034 | $ | 3,010,458 | $ | | $ | 106,817,492 | ||||||||
Mortgage-backedGSE residential |
15,121,408 | 1,083,862 | | 16,205,270 | ||||||||||||
State and political subdivisions |
2,576,038 | 148,634 | | 2,724,672 | ||||||||||||
$ | 121,504,480 | $ | 4,242,954 | $ | | $ | 125,747,434 | |||||||||
June 30, 2009: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Government and federal agency and Government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs) |
$ | 81,293,534 | $ | 1,166,715 | $ | (131,464 | ) | $ | 82,328,785 | |||||||
Mortgage-backedGSE residential |
16,418,087 | 686,070 | (9,594 | ) | 17,094,563 | |||||||||||
$ | 97,711,621 | $ | 1,852,785 | $ | (141,058 | ) | $ | 99,423,348 | ||||||||
Amortized
Cost |
Gross
Unrealized Gains |
Gross
Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value | |||||||||||||
Held-to-maturity Securities: |
||||||||||||||||
June 30, 2009: |
||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backedGSE residential |
$ | 23,322,044 | $ | 433,008 | $ | (35,333 | ) | $ | 23,719,719 | |||||||
State and political subdivisions |
2,125,018 | 51,535 | (4,742 | ) | 2,171,811 | |||||||||||
$ | 25,447,062 | $ | 484,543 | $ | (40,075 | ) | $ | 25,891,530 | ||||||||
With the exception of U.S. Government and federal agency and GSE securities and GSE residential mortgage-backed securities with a book value of $122,518,678 and $12,121,348, respectively and a market value of $122,340,159 and $12,927,023, respectively at December 31, 2010 (unaudited), the Association held no securities at December 31, 2010 (unaudited) with a book value that exceeded 10% of total equity.
F-18
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
All mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2010 (unaudited), and June 30, 2010 and 2009 were issued by government sponsored enterprises.
The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale
securities at December 31, 2010 (unaudited) and June 30, 2010, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or
December 31, 2010 (unaudited):
Amortized
Cost |
Fair Value | |||||||
Within one year |
$ | 146,537 | $ | 149,785 | ||||
One to five years |
27,584,203 | 29,339,974 | ||||||
Five to ten years |
97,214,235 | 95,389,267 | ||||||
After ten years |
64,056 | 70,844 | ||||||
125,009,031 | 124,949,870 | |||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
12,121,348 | 12,927,023 | ||||||
Totals |
$ | 137,130,379 | $ | 137,876,893 | ||||
June 30, 2010 (unaudited):
Amortized
Cost |
Fair Value | |||||||
Within one year |
$ | 140,620 | $ | 142,226 | ||||
One to five years |
19,895,605 | 21,243,219 | ||||||
Five to ten years |
86,346,847 | 88,156,719 | ||||||
106,383,072 | 109,542,164 | |||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
15,121,408 | 16,205,270 | ||||||
Totals |
$ | 121,504,480 | $ | 125,747,434 | ||||
The carrying value of securities pledged as collateral, to secure public deposits and for other purposes, was $41,079,392 at December 31, 2010 (unaudited), $38,407,436 at June 30, 2010, and $26,933,958 at June 30, 2009.
Gross gains of $377,969, $340,410, $1,160,863 and $68,790 and gross losses of $0, $36,893, $52,586 and $0 resulting from sales of available-for-sale securities were realized for the six-month periods in 2010 and 2009 (unaudited) and for 2010 and 2009, respectively. The tax provision applicable to these net realized gains amounted to approximately $143,000, $115,000, $421,000 and $26,000 respectively.
F-19
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
During 1995, mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale with an amortized cost of $10,501,878 and fair value of $9,671,776 were transferred to the held-to-maturity portfolio. The excess amortized cost over fair value of the mortgage-backed securities, net of tax, at the date of transfer of $514,663 is being amortized to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) over the life of the related securities. The unamortized balance at June 30, 2009, was $19,362. During March 2010, the Association transferred all remaining held-to-maturity securities to available-for-sale which eliminated the remaining unamortized balance.
During 2010, the Association sold securities with an amortized cost of $11,058,429 from held-to-maturity securities to realize investment gains and to reinvest in securities that would improve the Associations interest rate risk. The Association realized a net gain of $224,689 from the sale of the investments.
During March 2010, the Association transferred securities with an amortized cost of $11,112,338 and unrealized gains of $437,329 from held-to-maturity securities to available-for-sale. The securities were transferred due to the sale of held-to-maturity securities. The securities transferred were accounted for at fair value and the unrealized gain was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income tax.
Certain investments in debt securities are reported in the consolidated financial statements at an amount less than their historical cost. Total fair value of these investments at December 31, 2010 (unaudited), June 30, 2010 and 2009, was $76,834,860, $0 and $16,810,073, respectively which is approximately 56%, 0% and 13% of the Associations available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investment portfolio. These declines primarily resulted from recent increases in market interest rates.
Management believes the declines in fair value for these securities are temporary.
F-20
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following table shows the Associations investments gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Associations investments with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment class and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2010 (unaudited) and at June 30, 2010 and 2009:
Less than 12 Months | 12 Months or More | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Description of Securities |
Fair Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
Fair Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
Fair Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2010 (unaudited): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Government and federal agency and GSEs |
$ | 76,585,360 | $ | (2,378,235 | ) | $ | | $ | | $ | 76,585,360 | $ | (2,378,235 | ) | ||||||||||
Mortgage-backed: GSE residential |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Total temporarily impaired securities |
$ | 76,585,360 | $ | (2,378,235 | ) | $ | | $ | | $ | 76,585,360 | $ | (2,378,235 | ) | ||||||||||
Less than 12 Months | 12 Months or More | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Description of Securities |
Fair Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
Fair Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
Fair Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
||||||||||||||||||
June 30, 2010: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Government and federal agency and GSEs |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed: GSE residential |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
State and political subdivisions |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Total temporarily impaired securities |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||||
F-21
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Less than 12 Months | 12 Months or More | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Description of Securities |
Fair Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
Fair Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
Fair Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
||||||||||||||||||
June 30, 2009: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government agencies |
$ | 11,693,794 | $ | (131,464 | ) | $ | | $ | | $ | 11,693,794 | $ | (131,464 | ) | ||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
1,157,210 | (6,862 | ) | 3,819,199 | (38,065 | ) | 4,976,409 | (44,927 | ) | |||||||||||||||
State and political subdivisions |
139,870 | (4,742 | ) | | | 139,870 | (4,742 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total temporarily impaired securities |
$ | 12,990,874 | $ | (143,068 | ) | $ | 3,819,199 | $ | (38,065 | ) | $ | 16,810,073 | $ | (181,133 | ) | |||||||||
U.S. Government Agencies
The unrealized losses on the Associations investments in direct obligations of U.S. government agencies were caused by interest rate increases. The contractual terms of those investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the amortized cost bases of the investments. Because the Association does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not the Association will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Association does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010 (unaudited).
F-22
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 4: | Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses |
Categories of loans include:
December
31,
2010 (Unaudited) |
||||||||||||
June 30, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||
Real estate loans |
||||||||||||
One-to-four family, including home equity loans |
$ | 148,703,103 | $ | 153,313,779 | $ | 156,953,170 | ||||||
Multi-family |
26,454,574 | 19,231,560 | 14,818,302 | |||||||||
Commercial |
25,768,253 | 24,955,872 | 23,815,160 | |||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
9,669,502 | 7,853,736 | 4,581,000 | |||||||||
Construction loans |
1,236,622 | 2,112,100 | 1,914,600 | |||||||||
Commercial business loans |
15,467,200 | 13,410,346 | 9,251,532 | |||||||||
Consumer loans |
16,805,951 | 16,874,586 | 14,627,098 | |||||||||
Total loans |
244,105,205 | 237,751,979 | 225,960,862 | |||||||||
Less |
||||||||||||
Unearned fees and discount, net |
26,378 | 34,672 | 44,332 | |||||||||
Loans in process |
642,555 | 1,197,390 | 895,531 | |||||||||
Allowance for loan losses |
2,711,538 | 2,766,718 | 1,365,040 | |||||||||
Net loans |
$ | 240,724,734 | $ | 233,753,199 | $ | 223,655,959 | ||||||
The loan portfolio includes a concentration of loans secured by commercial real estate properties amounting to $52,222,827, $44,187,432 and $38,633,462 as of December 31, 2010 (unaudited), June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Generally, these loans are collateralized by multi-family and nonresidential properties. The loans are expected to be repaid from cash flows or from proceeds from the sale of the properties of the borrower.
The Associations loans receivable included purchased loans of $19,701,609, $24,585,567 and $29,954,488 at December 31, 2010 (unaudited), June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively, in out-of-area participation loans which are secured by single family homes located primarily in the Midwest.
F-23
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following tables present the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans based on portfolio segment and impairment method as of the six-month periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited):
Real Estate Loans | Commercial | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
One-to-Four
Family |
Multi-
Family |
Commercial |
Home Equity
Lines of Credit |
Construction
Loans |
Business
Loans |
Consumer
Loans |
Unallocated | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2010 (unaudited) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance, beginning of period |
$ | 1,784,839 | $ | 201,931 | $ | 175,139 | $ | 71,302 | $ | | $ | 399,816 | $ | 126,721 | $ | 6,970 | $ | 2,766,718 | ||||||||||||||||||
Provision charged to expense |
436,023 | 49,904 | 59,451 | 12,960 | | 32,101 | 34,981 | (698 | ) | 624,722 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Losses charged off |
(654,207 | ) | | | | | | (30,755 | ) | | (684,962 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Recoveries |
1,177 | | | | | | 3,883 | | 5,060 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance, end of period |
$ | 1,567,832 | $ | 251,835 | $ | 234,590 | $ | 84,262 | $ | | $ | 431,917 | $ | 134,830 | $ | 6,272 | $ | 2,711,538 | ||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | 562,040 | $ | | $ | 54,255 | $ | 7,198 | $ | | $ | 31,261 | $ | 26,762 | | $ | 681,516 | |||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment |
1,005,792 | 251,835 | 180,335 | 77,064 | | 400,656 | 108,068 | 6,272 | 2,030,022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance |
$ | 1,567,832 | $ | 251,835 | $ | 234,590 | $ | 84,262 | $ | | $ | 431,917 | $ | 134,830 | $ | 6,272 | $ | 2,711,538 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | 3,543,658 | $ | | $ | 129,252 | $ | 36,092 | $ | | $ | 34,147 | $ | 42,522 | $ | | $ | 3,785,671 | ||||||||||||||||||
Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment |
145,159,445 | 26,454,574 | 25,639,001 | 9,633,410 | 1,236,622 | 15,433,053 | 16,763,429 | | 240,319,534 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance |
$ | 148,703,103 | $ | 26,454,574 | $ | 25,768,253 | $ | 9,669,502 | $ | 1,236,622 | $ | 15,467,200 | $ | 16,805,951 | $ | | $ | 244,105,205 | ||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2009 (unaudited) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance, beginning of period |
$ | 938,013 | $ | 66,682 | $ | 126,684 | $ | 32,091 | $ | | $ | 84,816 | $ | 110,896 | $ | 5,858 | $ | 1,365,040 | ||||||||||||||||||
Provision charged to expense |
888,678 | 19,034 | 1,908 | 14,575 | | 35,292 | 11,926 | (2,114 | ) | 969,299 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Losses charged off |
(376,531 | ) | | | | | | (16,529 | ) | | (393,060 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Recoveries |
688 | | | | | 400 | 2,479 | | 3,567 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance, end of period |
$ | 1,450,848 | $ | 85,716 | $ | 128,592 | $ | 46,666 | $ | | $ | 120,508 | $ | 108,772 | $ | 3,744 | $ | 1,944,846 | ||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | 578,498 | $ | 85,716 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 5,689 | $ | 6,436 | $ | | $ | 676,339 | ||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment |
872,350 | | 128,592 | 46,666 | | 114,819 | 102,336 | 3,744 | 1,268,507 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance |
$ | 1,450,848 | $ | 85,716 | $ | 128,592 | $ | 46,666 | $ | | $ | 120,508 | $ | 108,772 | $ | 3,744 | $ | 1,944,846 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | 4,515,347 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 88,106 | $ | 32,461 | $ | | $ | 4,635,914 | ||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment |
150,911,764 | 19,048,040 | 23,925,873 | 6,666,611 | 1,656,716 | 12,579,288 | 14,346,296 | | 229,134,588 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance |
$ | 155,427,111 | $ | 19,048,040 | $ | 23,925,873 | $ | 6,666,611 | $ | 1,656,716 | $ | 12,667,394 | $ | 14,378,757 | $ | | $ | 233,770,502 | ||||||||||||||||||
F-24
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Activity in the allowance for loan losses at June 30, 2010 and 2009 was as follows:
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Balance, beginning of year |
$ | 1,365,040 | $ | 1,052,377 | ||||
Provision charged to expense |
1,875,366 | 405,155 | ||||||
Losses charged off, net of recoveries of $35,096 for 2010 and $14,426 for 2009 |
(473,688 | ) | (92,492 | ) | ||||
Balance, end of year |
$ | 2,766,718 | $ | 1,365,040 | ||||
The Association categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information and current economic trends, among other factors. This analysis is performed on an annual basis. The Association uses the following definitions for risk ratings:
Pass Loans classified as pass are well protected by the ability of the borrower to pay or by the value of the asset or underlying collateral.
Watch Loans classified as watch have a potential weakness that deserves managements close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the Associations credit position at some future date.
Substandard Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
Doubtful Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable.
Loss Loans classified as loss are the portion of the loan that is considered uncollectible so that its continuance as an asset is not warranted. The amount of the loss determined will be charged-off.
F-25
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following tables present the credit risk profile of the Associations loan
December 31, 2010 (unaudited):
Real Estate Loans |
Construction
Loans |
Commercial
Business Loans |
Consumer
Loans |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
One-to-Four
Family |
Multi-Family | Commercial |
Home Equity
Lines of Credit |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pass |
$ | 143,177,774 | $ | 24,927,498 | $ | 25,079,648 | $ | 9,633,411 | $ | 1,236,622 | $ | 14,123,312 | $ | 16,734,282 | $ | 234,912,547 | ||||||||||||||||
Watch |
927,904 | 1,527,076 | 559,353 | | | 1,309,741 | 29,147 | 4,353,221 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Substandard |
4,387,588 | | 129,252 | 36,091 | | 34,147 | 41,945 | 4,629,023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Doubtful |
209,837 | | | | | | | 209,837 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss |
| | | | | | 577 | 577 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 148,703,103 | $ | 26,454,574 | $ | 25,768,253 | $ | 9,669,502 | $ | 1,236,622 | $ | 15,467,200 | $ | 16,805,951 | $ | 244,105,205 | ||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2009 (unaudited):
Real Estate Loans |
Construction
Loans |
Commercial
Buusiness Loans |
Consumer
Loans |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
One-to-Four
Family |
Multi-Family | Commercial |
Home Equity
Lines of Credit |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pass |
$ | 150,681,387 | $ | 19,048,040 | $ | 23,814,758 | $ | 6,666,611 | $ | 1,656,716 | $ | 12,573,882 | $ | 14,338,964 | $ | 228,780,358 | ||||||||||||||||
Watch |
574,326 | | 111,115 | | | 93,512 | 29,878 | 808,831 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Substandard |
3,997,849 | | | | | | 9,915 | 4,007,764 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Doubtful |
173,549 | | | | | | | 173,549 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 155,427,111 | $ | 19,048,040 | $ | 23,925,873 | $ | 6,666,611 | $ | 1,656,716 | $ | 12,667,394 | $ | 14,378,757 | $ | 233,770,502 | ||||||||||||||||
F-26
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following tables present the Associations loan portfolio aging analysis as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited):
30-59 Days
Past Due |
60-89 Days
Past Due |
Greater Than
90 Days |
Total Past
Due |
Current |
Total Loans
Receivable |
Total Loans >
90 Days and Accruing |
||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2010: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
One-to-four family |
$ | 2,620,737 | $ | 1,331,693 | $ | 3,893,420 | $ | 7,845,850 | $ | 140,857,253 | $ | 148,703,103 | $ | 507,200 | ||||||||||||||
Multi-family |
| | | | 26,454,574 | 26,454,574 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
289,578 | | 129,252 | 418,830 | 25,349,423 | 25,768,253 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
68,858 | 36,091 | | 104,949 | 9,564,553 | 9,669,502 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| | | | 1,236,622 | 1,236,622 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
34,147 | | | 34,147 | 15,433,053 | 15,467,200 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
215,347 | 68,043 | 28,967 | 312,357 | 16,493,594 | 16,805,951 | 3,752 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 3,228,667 | $ | 1,435,827 | $ | 4,051,639 | $ | 8,716,133 | $ | 235,389,072 | $ | 244,105,205 | $ | 510,952 | ||||||||||||||
December 31, 2009: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
One-to-four family |
$ | 3,434,440 | $ | 941,235 | $ | 4,017,691 | $ | 8,393,366 | $ | 147,033,745 | $ | 155,427,111 | $ | 271,873 | ||||||||||||||
Multi-family |
| | | | 19,048,040 | 19,048,040 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
341,604 | | | 341,604 | 23,584,269 | 23,925,873 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
59,341 | 14,998 | | 74,339 | 6,592,272 | 6,666,611 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| | | | 1,656,716 | 1,656,716 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
14,954 | | | 14,954 | 12,652,440 | 12,667,394 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
132,744 | 23,449 | 4,824 | 161,017 | 14,217,740 | 14,378,757 | 2,240 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 3,983,083 | $ | 979,682 | $ | 4,022,515 | $ | 8,985,280 | $ | 224,785,222 | $ | 233,770,502 | $ | 274,113 | ||||||||||||||
A loan is considered impaired, in accordance with the impairment accounting guidance (ASC 310-10-35-16), when based on current information and events, it is probable the Association will be unable to collect all amounts due from the borrower in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. Impaired loans include nonperforming commercial loans but also include loans modified in troubled debt restructurings where concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. These concessions could include a reduction in the interest rate on the loan, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions intended to maximize collection.
F-27
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following tables present impaired loans for the six month periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited):
Recorded
Balance |
Unpaid
Principal Balance |
Specific
Allowance |
Average
Investment in Impaired Loans |
Interest
Income Recognized |
||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2010 (unaudited): |
||||||||||||||||||||
Loans without a specific valuation allowance |
||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||
One-to-four family |
$ | 1,296,130 | $ | 1,296,130 | $ | | $ | 1,207,911 | $ | 19,764 | ||||||||||
Multi-family |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Commercial |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
529 | 529 | | 4,295 | 13 | |||||||||||||||
Loans with a specific valuation allowance |
||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||
One-to-four family |
2,247,529 | 2,247,529 | 562,040 | 2,803,547 | 47,489 | |||||||||||||||
Multi-family |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Commercial |
129,252 | 129,252 | 54,255 | 64,626 | 2,902 | |||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
36,091 | 36,091 | 7,198 | 36,091 | | |||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
34,147 | 34,147 | 31,261 | 61,127 | 474 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
41,993 | 41,993 | 26,762 | 33,197 | 662 | |||||||||||||||
Total: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||
One-to-four family |
3,543,659 | 3,543,659 | 562,040 | 4,011,458 | 67,253 | |||||||||||||||
Multi-family |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Commercial |
129,252 | 129,252 | 54,255 | 64,626 | 2,902 | |||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
36,091 | 36,091 | 7,198 | 36,091 | | |||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
34,147 | 34,147 | 31,261 | 61,127 | 474 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
42,522 | 42,522 | 26,762 | 37,492 | 675 | |||||||||||||||
$ | 3,785,671 | $ | 3,785,671 | $ | 681,516 | $ | 4,210,794 | $ | 71,304 | |||||||||||
December 31, 2009 (unaudited): |
||||||||||||||||||||
Loans without a specific valuation allowance |
||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||
One-to-four family |
$ | 1,119,692 | $ | 1,119,692 | $ | | $ | 1,726,538 | $ | 6,145 | ||||||||||
Multi-family |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Commercial |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
| | | 965 | | |||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
8,060 | 8,060 | | 4,030 | 68 | |||||||||||||||
Loans with a specific valuation allowance |
||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||
One-to-four family |
3,395,655 | 3,395,655 | 578,498 | 2,305,810 | 10,454 | |||||||||||||||
Multi-family |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Commercial |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
88,106 | 88,106 | 5,689 | 59,711 | 163 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
24,401 | 24,401 | 6,436 | 12,201 | 33 | |||||||||||||||
Total: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||
One-to-four family |
4,515,347 | 4,515,347 | 578,498 | 4,032,348 | 16,599 | |||||||||||||||
Multi-family |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Commercial |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Construction loans |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Commercial business loans |
88,106 | 88,106 | 5,689 | 60,676 | 163 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
32,461 | 32,461 | 6,436 | 16,231 | 101 | |||||||||||||||
$ | 4,635,914 | $ | 4,635,914 | $ | 590,623 | $ | 4,109,255 | $ | 16,863 | |||||||||||
F-28
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Included in certain loan categories in the impaired loans are $1,044,161 in troubled debt restructurings that were classified as impaired. At December 31, 2010 (unaudited), the Association had $880,762 of residential mortgages, $129,252 of commercial real estate loans and $34,147 of commercial business loans that were modified in troubled debt restructurings and impaired. In addition to these amounts, the Association had troubled debt restructurings totaling $422,768 that were performing in accordance with their modified terms of $392,888 residential mortgage and $29,880 of consumer loans at December 31, 2010 (unaudited).
The following table presents the Associations nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited).
December 31, | ||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Real Estate Loans: |
||||||||
One-to-four family |
$ | 3,386,220 | $ | 3,745,818 | ||||
Multi-family |
| | ||||||
Commercial |
129,252 | | ||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
||||||||
Construction loans |
||||||||
Commercial business loans |
| | ||||||
Consumer loans |
25,215 | 2,584 | ||||||
Total |
$ | 3,540,687 | $ | 3,748,402 | ||||
Included in certain loan categories in the impaired loans are troubled debt restructurings that were classified as impaired. At June 30, 2010 and 2009, the Association had $619,000 and $296,000 residential mortgage loans that were modified in troubled debt restructurings and impaired. In addition to these amounts, the Association had troubled debt restructurings that were performing in accordance with their modified terms of $162,755 and $780,000 residential mortgage loans at June 30, 2010 and 2009.
F-29
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following table presents the Associations nonaccrual loans at June 30, 2010 and 2009. This table excludes performing troubled debt restructurings.
June 30, | ||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Impaired loans without a valuation allowance |
$ | 974,084 | $ | 2,335,313 | ||||
Impaired loans with a valuation allowance |
3,753,866 | 1,247,279 | ||||||
Total impaired loans |
$ | 4,727,950 | $ | 3,582,592 | ||||
Valuation allowance related to impaired loans |
$ | 908,761 | $ | 183,373 | ||||
Total nonaccrual loans |
$ | 3,055,682 | $ | 3,503,652 | ||||
Total loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing |
$ | 776,827 | $ | 391,953 | ||||
Average investment in impaired loans |
$ | 4,155,271 | $ | 2,434,360 | ||||
Interest income recognized on impaired loans |
$ | 101,171 | $ | 141,606 | ||||
Interest income recognized on a cash basis on impaired loans |
$ | 97,620 | $ | 119,477 |
F-30
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 5: | Premises and Equipment |
Major classifications of premises and equipment, stated at cost, are as follows:
December 31,
2010 (Unaudited) |
June 30, | |||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||
Land |
$ | 824,518 | $ | 824,518 | $ | 824,518 | ||||||
Buildings and improvements |
4,887,040 | 4,729,751 | 4,522,923 | |||||||||
Furniture and equipment |
3,075,572 | 3,072,670 | 2,932,365 | |||||||||
8,787,130 | 8,626,939 | 8,279,806 | ||||||||||
Less accumulated depreciation |
4,570,995 | 4,423,359 | 4,171,559 | |||||||||
Net premises and equipment |
$ | 4,216,135 | $ | 4,203,580 | $ | 4,108,247 | ||||||
Note 6: | Loan Servicing |
Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others was $61,558,000, $50,001,000, $52,336,000 and $47,882,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited) and June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Custodial escrow balances in connection with the foregoing loan servicing were $565,253, $421,217, $441,210, and $339,555 at December 31, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited), and June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
The aggregate fair value of capitalized mortgage servicing rights at December 31, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited), and June 30, 2010 and 2009 was $290,261, $184,351, $156,303 and $161,637, respectively. Comparable market values and a valuation model that calculates the present value of future cash flows were used to estimate fair value. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as costs to service, a discount rate, custodial earnings rate, default rates and losses and prepayment speeds.
F-31
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following summarizes the activity in mortgage servicing rights measured using the fair value method:
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | June 30, | ||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||||
Fair value as of the beginning of the period |
$ | 156,303 | $ | 161,637 | $ | 161,637 | $ | 35,006 | ||||||||
Additions Servicing obligations that result of asset transfers |
65,753 | 30,963 | 92,957 | 108,487 | ||||||||||||
Subtractions Loans refinanced |
(11,149 | ) | (17,424 | ) | (31,496 | ) | (24,258 | ) | ||||||||
Changes in fair value, due to changes in valuation inputs or assumptions |
79,354 | 9,175 | (66,795 | ) | 42,402 | |||||||||||
Fair value, end of period |
$ | 290,261 | $ | 184,351 | $ | 156,303 | $ | 161,637 | ||||||||
Comparable market values and a valuation model that calculates the present value of future cash flows were used to estimate fair value. For purposes of measuring impairment, risk characteristics including product type, investor type, and interest rates, were used to stratify the originated mortgage servicing rights.
Note 7: | Deposits |
Interest-bearing deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more were $127,971,212, at December 31, 2010 (unaudited), $118,136,407 at June 30, 2010, and $96,153,000 at June 30, 2009.
F-32
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following table represents deposit interest expense by deposit type:
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | June 30, | ||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||||
Demand |
$ | 214,431 | $ | 369,394 | $ | 615,905 | $ | 867,228 | ||||||||
Savings, NOW, and Money Market |
98,077 | 165,162 | 288,047 | 352,963 | ||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit |
1,952,021 | 2,544,646 | 4,771,471 | 6,238,498 | ||||||||||||
Brokered certificates of deposit |
6,288 | | 3,082 | | ||||||||||||
Total deposit interest expense |
$ | 2,270,817 | $ | 3,079,202 | $ | 5,678,505 | $ | 7,458,689 | ||||||||
At December 31, 2010 (unaudited), the scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows:
January 1 - June 30, 2011 |
$ | 83,470,935 | ||
2012 |
100,770,774 | |||
2013 |
15,571,271 | |||
2014 |
3,639,006 | |||
2015 |
1,747,707 | |||
2016 |
2,665,793 | |||
$ | 207,865,486 | |||
At June 30, 2010, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:
2011 |
$ | 163,439,179 | ||
2012 |
30,073,828 | |||
2013 |
5,722,837 | |||
2014 |
2,214,209 | |||
2015 |
1,779,363 | |||
$ | 203,229,416 | |||
F-33
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 8: | Federal Home Loan Bank Advances |
The Federal Home Loan Bank advances and line of credit consisted of the following components:
December 31,
2010 (Unaudited) |
June 30, | |||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||
Open line of credit, 0.50% at December 31, 2010 |
$ | 1,500,000 | $ | | $ | | ||||||
Advances |
29,500,000 | 22,500,000 | 26,500,000 | |||||||||
Total |
$ | 31,000,000 | $ | 22,500,000 | $ | 26,500,000 | ||||||
The Federal Home Loan Bank advances are secured by mortgage loans totaling $149,214,000 and $150,129,000 at December 31, 2010 (unaudited) and June 30, 2010. Advances, at interest rates from 0.30 to 4.72 percent and 3.69 to 4.92 percent are subject to restrictions or penalties in the event of prepayment at December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010, respectively.
Aggregate annual maturities of Federal Home Loan Bank advances at December 31, 2010 (unaudited), are:
January 1, - June 30, 2011 |
$ | 10,000,000 | ||
2012 |
| |||
2013 |
3,500,000 | |||
2014 |
| |||
2015 |
| |||
2016 |
| |||
Thereafter |
16,000,000 | |||
$ | 29,500,000 | |||
F-34
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Aggregate annual maturities of Federal Home Loan Bank advances at June 30, 2010, are:
2011 |
$ | 3,000,000 | ||
2012 |
| |||
2013 |
3,500,000 | |||
2014 |
| |||
2015 |
| |||
Thereafter |
16,000,000 | |||
$ | 22,500,000 | |||
Note 9: | Income Taxes |
The Association files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and the States of Illinois and Missouri. The Association is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state or local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2007.
The provision for income taxes includes these components:
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | June 30, | ||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||
Taxes currently payable |
$ | 716,185 | $ | 579,627 | $ | 2,114,636 | $ | 1,373,391 | ||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
198,882 | 5,198 | (725,477 | ) | (11,573 | ) | ||||||||||
Income tax expense |
$ | 915,067 | $ | 584,825 | $ | 1,389,159 | $ | 1,361,818 | ||||||||
F-35
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
A reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory rate to the Associations actual income tax expense is shown below:
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | June 30, | ||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||
Computed at the statutory rate (34%) |
$ | 854,976 | $ | 590,400 | $ | 1,382,549 | $ | 1,281,471 | ||||||||
Increase (decrease) resulting from Tax exempt interest |
(8,225 | ) | (2,581 | ) | (20,219 | ) | (25,802 | ) | ||||||||
Cash surrender value of life insurance |
(44,156 | ) | (43,839 | ) | (86,805 | ) | (86,107 | ) | ||||||||
State income taxes |
81,010 | 23,506 | 85,772 | 115,563 | ||||||||||||
Other |
31,462 | 17,339 | 27,862 | 76,693 | ||||||||||||
Actual tax expense |
$ | 915,067 | $ | 584,825 | $ | 1,389,159 | $ | 1,361,818 | ||||||||
Tax rate as a percentage of pre-tax income |
36.4 | % | 33.7 | % | 34.2 | % | 36.1 | % | ||||||||
F-36
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The tax effects of temporary differences related to deferred taxes shown on the consolidated balance sheets were:
December
31,
2010 (Unaudited) |
June 30, | |||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||
Deferred tax assets |
||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses |
$ | 1,050,322 | $ | 1,070,912 | $ | 510,500 | ||||||
Accrued retirement liability |
786,284 | 770,292 | 751,700 | |||||||||
Deferred compensation |
151,890 | 124,016 | 89,900 | |||||||||
Deferred loan fees |
97,985 | 101,637 | 106,100 | |||||||||
2,086,481 | 2,066,857 | 1,458,200 | ||||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
||||||||||||
Depreciation |
(347,280 | ) | (347,200 | ) | (271,900 | ) | ||||||
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities |
(283,676 | ) | (1,612,155 | ) | (643,099 | ) | ||||||
Post retirement health plan |
(99,742 | ) | (97,635 | ) | (236,339 | ) | ||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends |
(301,305 | ) | (301,305 | ) | (301,305 | ) | ||||||
Other |
(237,846 | ) | (19,420 | ) | (211,540 | ) | ||||||
(1,269,849 | ) | (2,377,715 | ) | (1,664,183 | ) | |||||||
Net deferred tax asset (liability) |
$ | 816,632 | $ | (310,858 | ) | $ | (205,983 | ) | ||||
Retained earnings at December 31, 2010 (unaudited) and at June 30, 2010 and 2009, include approximately $2,217,000, for which no deferred federal income tax liability has been recognized. These amounts represent an allocation of income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes only. Reduction of amounts so allocated for purposes other than tax bad debt losses or adjustments arising from carryback of net operating losses would create income for tax purposes only, which would be subject to the then-current corporate income tax rate. The deferred income tax liabilities on the preceding amounts that would have been recorded if they were expected to reverse into taxable income in the foreseeable future were approximately $754,000 at December 31, 2010 (unaudited) and at June 30, 2010 and 2009.
F-37
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 10: | Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
Other comprehensive income (loss) components and related taxes were as follows:
December 31,
2010 (Unaudited) |
June 30, | |||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||
Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities |
$ | (3,118,971 | ) | $ | 3,639,504 | $ | 2,666,395 | |||||
Amortization of market differential on transfer securities from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity |
| 19,362 | 2,634 | |||||||||
Less reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in income |
377,969 | 1,108,277 | 68,790 | |||||||||
(3,496,940 | ) | 2,550,589 | 2,600,239 | |||||||||
Postretirement health plan |
||||||||||||
Amortization of transition obligation |
16,478 | 32,955 | 41,194 | |||||||||
Amortization of prior service cost |
(23,983 | ) | (47,965 | ) | (59,956 | ) | ||||||
Change in net gain (loss) |
8,445 | (350,001 | ) | 397,650 | ||||||||
Other comprehensive income, before tax effect |
(3,496,000 | ) | 2,185,578 | 2,979,127 | ||||||||
Tax expense (benefit) |
(1,328,480 | ) | 830,793 | 1,132,067 | ||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) |
$ | (2,167,520 | ) | $ | 1,354,785 | $ | 1,847,060 | |||||
The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, included in equity capital, are as follows:
December 31,
2010 (Unaudited) |
June 30, | |||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||
Net unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale |
$ | 746,014 | $ | 4,242,954 | $ | 1,711,727 | ||||||
Market differential on transfer of securities from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity |
| | (19,362 | ) | ||||||||
Net unrealized postretirement health benefit plan obligations |
321,949 | 256,935 | 621,946 | |||||||||
1,067,963 | 4,499,889 | 2,314,311 | ||||||||||
Tax effect |
(405,826 | ) | (1,710,232 | ) | (879,439 | ) | ||||||
Total |
$ | 662,137 | $ | 2,789,657 | $ | 1,434,872 | ||||||
F-38
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 11: | Regulatory Matters |
The Association is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Associations consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Association must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Associations assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Associations capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Association to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below). Management believes, as of December 31, 2010 (unaudited) and June 30, 2010 and 2009, that the Association meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
As of June 30, 2010, the most recent notification from regulators categorized the Association as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Association must maintain minimum amounts and ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Associations category.
F-39
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The Associations actual capital amounts (in thousands) and ratios are also presented in the table.
Actual |
Minimum Capital
Requirement |
Minimum to Be Well
Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | |||||||||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2010 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total capital (to risk weighted assets) |
$ | 37,294 | 17.4 | % | $ | 17,117 | 8.0 | % | $ | 21,397 | 10.0 | % | ||||||||||||
Tier 1 capital less low level recourse and residual interest (to risk-weighted assets) |
35,270 | 16.5 | % | N/A | N/A | 12,838 | 6.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Tier I capital (to adjusted total assets) |
36,069 | 8.9 | % | 12,113 | 3.0 | % | 20,188 | 5.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
Tangible capital (to adjusted total assets) |
36,069 | 8.9 | % | 6,057 | 1.5 | % | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||||||||
As of June 30, 2010 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total capital (to risk weighted assets) |
$ | 35,093 | 17.3 | % | $ | 16,219 | 8.0 | % | $ | 20,273 | 10.0 | % | ||||||||||||
Tier 1 capital less low level recourse and residual interest (to risk-weighted assets) |
33,251 | 16.4 | % | N/A | N/A | 12,164 | 6.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Tier I capital (to adjusted total assets) |
34,483 | 9.0 | % | 11,480 | 3.0 | % | 19,133 | 5.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
Tangible capital (to adjusted total assets) |
34,483 | 9.0 | % | 5,740 | 1.5 | % | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||||||||
As of June 30, 2009 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total capital (to risk weighted assets) |
$ | 31,747 | 16.7 | % | $ | 15,188 | 8.0 | % | $ | 18,986 | 10.0 | % | ||||||||||||
Tier 1 capital less low level recourse and residual interest (to risk-weighted assets) |
30,573 | 16.1 | % | N/A | N/A | 11,391 | 6.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Tier I capital (to adjusted total assets) |
31,805 | 8.4 | % | 11,307 | 3.0 | % | 18,845 | 5.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
Tangible capital (to adjusted total assets) |
31,805 | 8.4 | % | 5,654 | 1.5 | % | N/A | N/A |
The following is a reconciliation of the Association equity amount included in the consolidated balance sheets to the amounts reflected above for regulatory capital purposes:
F-40
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31,
2010 (Unaudited) |
June 30, | |||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||
Association equity |
$ | 36,720 | $ | 37,288 | $ | 33,256 | ||||||
Less net unrealized gains |
463 | 2,630 | 1,049 | |||||||||
Less disallowed servicing amounts |
29 | 16 | 16 | |||||||||
Less disallowed deferred tax assets |
159 | 159 | 386 | |||||||||
Tier 1 capital |
36,069 | 34,483 | 31,805 | |||||||||
Plus allowance for loan losses |
2,024 | 1,842 | 1,174 | |||||||||
Less low-level recourse and residual interests |
(799 | ) | (1,232 | ) | (1,232 | ) | ||||||
Total risk-based capital |
$ | 37,294 | $ | 35,093 | $ | 31,747 | ||||||
Note 12: | Related Party Transactions |
At December 31, 2010 (unaudited), June 30, 2010 and 2009, the Association had loans outstanding to executive officers, directors, significant members and their affiliates (related parties). Changes in loans to executive officers and directors are summarized as follows:
December
31,
2010 (Unaudited) |
June 30, | |||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||
Balance beginning of year |
$ | 6,786,916 | $ | 7,427,424 | $ | 8,016,000 | ||||||
New loans |
308,750 | 2,439,145 | | |||||||||
Repayments |
(332,375 | ) | (3,079,653 | ) | (588,576 | ) | ||||||
Balance, end of year |
6,763,291 | 6,786,916 | 7,427,424 | |||||||||
Deposits from related parties held by the Association at December 31, 2010 (unaudited) and June 30, 2010 and 2009 totaled $1,057,371, $968,281 and $1,091,584, respectively.
F-41
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
In managements opinion, such loans and other extensions of credit and deposits were made in the ordinary course of business and were made on substantially the same terms (including interest rates and collateral) as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons. Further, in managements opinion, these loans did not involve more than normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.
Note 13: | Employee Benefits |
The Association sponsors a noncontributory postretirement health benefit plan (postretirement plan). The postretirement plan provides medical coverage benefits for former employees and their spouses upon retirement. The postretirement plan has no assets to offset the future liabilities incurred under the postretirement plan. The Associations funding policy is to make the minimum annual contribution that is required by applicable regulations, plus such amounts as the Association may determine to be appropriate from time to time. The Association expects to contribute $27,334 for January 1, 2011 to June 30, 2011 and $54,667 to the plan in fiscal year 2012.
The Association uses a June 30 measurement date for the plans. The December 31 information is based on estimates from the Associations actuary. Information about the plans funded status and pension cost follows:
June 30, | ||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Changes in benefit obligation |
||||||||
Beginning of year |
$ | 1,309,072 | $ | 1,568,282 | ||||
Service cost |
39,591 | 64,272 | ||||||
Interest cost |
76,125 | 109,338 | ||||||
Actuarial (gain) loss |
331,131 | (375,064 | ) | |||||
Benefits paid |
(40,327 | ) | (57,756 | ) | ||||
End of year |
$ | 1,715,592 | $ | 1,309,072 | ||||
F-42
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Significant balances, costs and assumptions are:
June 30, | ||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Benefit obligation |
$ | 1,715,592 | $ | 1,309,072 | ||||
Fair value of plan assets |
| | ||||||
Funded status |
$ | (1,715,592 | ) | $ | (1,309,072 | ) | ||
Accumulated benefit obligation |
$ | 1,715,592 | $ | 1,309,072 | ||||
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets:
Accrued benefit cost |
$ | 1,727,330 | $ | 1,314,310 | ||||
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income not yet recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost consist of:
December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | June 30, | |||||||||||
(Unaudited) | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
Net (gain) loss |
$ | 88,298 | $ | (43,979 | ) | $ | (393,980 | ) | ||||
Prior service credit |
(345,505 | ) | (369,488 | ) | (417,453 | ) | ||||||
Transition obligation |
140,054 | 156,532 | 189,487 | |||||||||
$ | (117,153 | ) | $ | (256,935 | ) | $ | (621,946 | ) | ||||
Other significant balances and costs are:
December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | June 30, | |||||||||||
(Unaudited) | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
Employer contribution |
$ | 25,372 | $ | 37,064 | $ | 35,172 | ||||||
Benefits paid |
25,372 | 37,064 | 35,172 | |||||||||
Benefit costs |
59,955 | 78,573 | 154,848 |
F-43
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income are described in Note 10.
The estimated net gain, prior service cost and transition obligation for the postretirement plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost of the next fiscal year are $0, $47,965 and $(32,955), respectively.
A discount rate of 5.00%, 5.25% and 6.00% for the six month period ended December 31, 2010 (unaudited) and for the years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively, was used to determine the benefit obligations and benefit costs.
Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:
1-Percentage-
Point Increase |
1-Percentage-
Point Decrease |
|||||||
Effect on total of service and interest cost components |
$ | 401 | $ | (593 | ) | |||
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation |
15,905 | (20,263 | ) |
For measurement purposes, a 10% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for the six month period ended December 31, 2010 (unaudited) and for the years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 6% by the year 2020 and remain at that level thereafter.
The following postretirement plan benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid as of December 31, 2010:
January 1 - June 30, 2011 |
$ | 33,457 | ||
2012 |
69,709 | |||
2013 |
87,226 | |||
2014 |
98,615 | |||
2015 |
109,760 | |||
2016 - 2020 |
698,638 |
F-44
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following postretirement plan benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid as of June 30, 2010:
2011 |
$ | 54,667 | ||
2012 |
63,874 | |||
2013 |
72,505 | |||
2014 |
85,107 | |||
2015 |
94,160 | |||
2016 |
619,924 |
The Association has a 401(k) plan covering substantially all employees. The Association matches 25% of the first 5% of employees compensation. Employer contributions charged to expense for December 31, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited) and June 30, 2010 and 2009 were $22,843, $19,585, $36,629 and $35,301, respectively. The plan also includes an Employer Profit Sharing contribution which allows all eligible participants to receive at least 5% of their Plan year salary. The Associations contribution for the plan year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited) and June 30, 2010 and 2009 was $178,485, $155,863, $315,049 and $291,787, respectively.
The Association has deferred compensation agreements for directors, which provides benefits payable upon normal retirement age of 72. The present value of the estimated liability under the agreement is being accrued using a discount rate of 6 percent and will be evaluated on an annual basis. The deferred compensation charged to expense totaled $80,205, $32,942, $121,546 and $62,750 for the six-month periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited) and the years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The agreements accrued liability of $391,268, $319,463 and $231,517 as of December 31, 2010 (unaudited), June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively, is included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The following benefit payments are expected to be paid for these agreements at December 31, 2010 (unaudited):
January 1, - June 30, 2011 |
$ | 2,400 | ||
2012 |
28,800 | |||
2013 |
28,800 | |||
2014 |
28,800 | |||
2015 |
28,800 | |||
2016 |
28,800 | |||
Thereafter |
1,305,600 | |||
$ | 1,452,000 | |||
F-45
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following benefit payments are expected to be paid for these agreements at June 30, 2010:
2011 |
$ | 25,200 | ||
2012 |
2,400 | |||
2013 |
22,800 | |||
2014 |
28,800 | |||
2015 |
28,800 | |||
Thereafter |
1,369,200 | |||
$ | 1,477,200 | |||
Note 14: | Disclosures about Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities |
ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements, defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Topic 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
Level 1 |
Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities | |
Level 2 |
Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets | |
Level 3 |
Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities |
Following is a description of the valuation methodologies and inputs used for assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as well as the general classification of such assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.
Available-for-sale Securities
Where quoted market prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. There were no Level 1 securities as of December 31, 2010 (unaudited), June 30, 2010 or 2009. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows. For these investments, the inputs used by the pricing service to determine fair value may include one, or a combination of, observable inputs such as benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets benchmark securities, bid, offers and reference data market research publications and are classified within Level 2 of the
F-46
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
valuation hierarchy. Level 2 securities include U.S Government and federal agencies, mortgage-backed GSE residential, state and political subdivision and corporate securities. In certain cases where Level 1 or Level 2 inputs are not available, securities are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy. There were no Level 3 securities as of December 31, 2010 (unaudited), June 30, 2010 or 2009.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
Mortgage servicing rights do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. Accordingly, fair value is estimated using discounted cash flow models having significant inputs of interest rate, prepayment speeds, servicing income and maturity date. Due to the nature of the valuation inputs, mortgage servicing rights are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy.
The following table presents the fair value measurements of assets recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall:
December 31, 2010 (Unaudited)
Fair Value Measurements Using |
||||||||||||||||
Fair Value |
Quoted
Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant
Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
|||||||||||||
Available-for-sale securities: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Government and federal agency and GSEs |
$ | 122,340,159 | $ | | $ | 122,340,159 | $ | | ||||||||
Mortgage-backed - GSE residential |
12,927,023 | | 12,927,023 | | ||||||||||||
State and political subdivisions |
2,609,711 | 2,609,711 | ||||||||||||||
Mortgage servicing rights |
290,261 | | | 290,261 |
F-47
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2010
Fair Value Measurements Using |
||||||||||||||||
Fair Value |
Quoted
Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant
Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
|||||||||||||
Available-for-sale securities: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Government and federal agency and GSEs |
$ | 106,817,492 | $ | | $ | 106,817,492 | $ | | ||||||||
Mortgage-backed - GSE residential |
16,205,270 | | 16,205,270 | | ||||||||||||
State and political subdivisions |
2,724,672 | | 2,724,672 | | ||||||||||||
Mortgage servicing rights |
156,303 | | | 156,303 |
June 30, 2009
Fair Value Measurements Using |
||||||||||||||||
Fair Value |
Quoted
Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant
Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
|||||||||||||
U.S. Government and federal agency and GSEs |
$ | 82,328,785 | $ | | $ | 82,328,785 | $ | | ||||||||
Mortgage-backed - GSE residential |
17,094,563 | | 17,094,563 | | ||||||||||||
Mortgage servicing rights |
161,637 | | | 161,637 |
F-48
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of recurring fair value measurements recognized in the accompanying balance sheet using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs:
Mortgage
Servicing Rights |
||||
Balance, July 1, 2010 |
$ | 156,303 | ||
Total realized and unrealized gains and losses Included in net income (unaudited) |
79,354 | |||
Servicing obligations that result of asset transfers (unaudited) |
65,753 | |||
Loans refinanced (unaudited) |
(11,149 | ) | ||
Balance, December 31, 2010 (unaudited) |
$ | 290,261 | ||
Total gains or losses for the period included in net income attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses related to assets and liabilities still held at the reporting date |
$ | | ||
Mortgage
Servicing Rights |
||||
Balance, July 1, 2009 |
$ | 161,637 | ||
Total realized and unrealized gains and losses Included in net income (unaudited) |
(66,795 | ) | ||
Servicing obligations that result of asset transfers (unaudited) |
92,957 | |||
Loans refinanced (unaudited) |
(31,496 | ) | ||
Balance, June 30, 2010 |
$ | 156,303 | ||
Total gains or losses for the period included in net income attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses related to assets and liabilities still held at the reporting date |
$ | | ||
F-49
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Mortgage
Servicing Rights |
||||
Balance, July 1, 2008 |
$ | 35,006 | ||
Total realized and unrealized gains and losses Included in net income |
42,402 | |||
Servicing obligations that result of asset transfers |
108,487 | |||
Loans refinanced |
(24,258 | ) | ||
Balance, June 30, 2009 |
$ | 161,637 | ||
Total gains or losses for the period included in net income attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses related to assets and liabilities still held at the reporting date |
$ | | ||
Following is a description of the valuation methodologies and inputs used for assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as well as the general classification of such assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.
Impaired Loans (Collateral Dependent)
Loans for which it is probable that the Association will not collect all principal and interest due according to contractual terms are measured for impairment. Allowable methods for determining the amount of impairment include estimating fair value using the fair value of the collateral for collateral-dependent loans.
If the impaired loan is identified as collateral dependent, then the fair value method of measuring the amount of impairment is utilized. This method requires obtaining a current independent appraisal of the collateral and applying a discount factor to the value.
Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy when impairment is determined using the fair value method.
F-50
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following table presented the fair value measurement of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall:
December 31, 2010 (Unaudited)
Fair Value Measurements Using |
||||||||||||||||
Fair Value |
Quoted
Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant
Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
|||||||||||||
Impaired loans (collateral dependent) |
$ | 1,172,303 | $ | | $ | | $ | 1,172,303 | ||||||||
June 30, 2010
Fair Value Measurements Using |
||||||||||||||||
Fair Value |
Quoted
Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant
Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
|||||||||||||
Impaired loans (collateral dependent) |
$ | 2,845,105 | $ | | $ | | $ | 2,845,105 | ||||||||
June 30, 2009
Fair Value Measurements Using |
||||||||||||||||
Fair Value |
Quoted
Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant
Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
|||||||||||||
Impaired loans (collateral dependent) |
$ | 1,063,906 | $ | | $ | | $ | 1,063,906 |
F-51
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following methods were used to estimate the fair value of all other financial instruments recognized in the accompanying balance sheets to amounts other than fair value.
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Accrued Interest Receivable and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
The carrying amount approximates fair value.
Securities
Fair value is estimated based on quoted market prices of similar securities.
Loans Held for Sale
For homogeneous categories of loans, such as mortgage loans held for sale, fair value is estimated using the quoted market prices for securities backed by similar loans, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics.
Loans
The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. Loans with similar characteristics were aggregated for purposes of the calculations.
Deposits
Deposits include demand deposits, savings accounts, NOW accounts and certain money market deposits. The carrying amount approximates fair value. The fair value of fixed-maturity time deposits is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
Accrued Interest Payable and Advances From Borrowers for Taxes and Insurance
The carrying amount approximates fair value.
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances
Rates currently available to the Association for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate the fair value of existing debt.
F-52
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Commitments to Originate Loans and Lines of Credit
The fair value of commitments to originate loans is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair values of letters of credit and lines of credit are based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date.
December 31,
2010
(Unaudited) |
June 30, 2010 | June 30, 2009 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Carrying
Amount |
Fair Value |
Carrying
Amount |
Fair Value |
Carrying
Amount |
Fair Value | |||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 6,655,466 | $ | 6,655,466 | $ | 6,835,621 | $ | 6,835,621 | $ | 11,901,952 | $ | 11,901,952 | ||||||||||||
Available-for-sale securities |
138,126,893 | 138,126,893 | 125,747,434 | 125,747,434 | 99,423,348 | 99,423,348 | ||||||||||||||||||
Held-to-maturity securities |
| | | | 25,447,062 | 25,891,530 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale |
242,000 | 242,000 | 460,000 | 460,000 | 156,000 | 156,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses |
240,724,734 | 236,957,390 | 233,753,199 | 237,728,919 | 223,655,959 | 233,542,892 | ||||||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
3,121,238 | 3,121,238 | 3,121,238 | 3,121,238 | 3,121,238 | 3,121,238 | ||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage servicing rights |
290,261 | 290,261 | 156,303 | 156,303 | 161,637 | 161,637 | ||||||||||||||||||
Accrued interest receivable |
1,661,922 | 1,661,922 | 1,718,428 | 1,718,428 | 1,719,638 | 1,719,638 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits |
333,190,891 | 331,469,987 | 320,557,066 | 321,092,139 | 313,252,181 | 314,068,860 | ||||||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
31,000,000 | 31,832,278 | 22,500,000 | 24,910,450 | 26,500,000 | 28,887,700 | ||||||||||||||||||
Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance |
923,352 | 923,352 | 830,149 | 830,149 | 801,527 | 801,527 | ||||||||||||||||||
Accrued interest payable |
230,691 | 230,691 | 185,278 | 185,278 | 342,312 | 342,312 | ||||||||||||||||||
Unrecognized financial instruments (net of contract amount) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commitments to originate loans |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Lines of credit |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
F-53
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 15: | Significant Estimates and Concentrations |
Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require disclosure of certain significant estimates and current vulnerabilities due to certain concentrations. Estimates related to the allowance for loan losses are reflected in the footnote regarding loans. Current vulnerabilities due to certain concentrations of credit risk are discussed in the footnote on commitments and credit risk. Other significant estimates not discussed in those footnotes include:
Current Economic Conditions
The current protracted economic decline continues to present financial institutions with circumstances and challenges, which in some cases have resulted in large and unanticipated declines in the fair values of investments and other assets, constraints on liquidity and capital and significant credit quality problems, including severe volatility in the valuation of real estate and other collateral supporting loans.
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared using values and information currently available to the Association.
Given the volatility of current economic conditions, the values of assets and liabilities recorded in the financial statements could change rapidly, resulting in material future adjustments in asset values, the allowance for loan losses and capital that could negatively impact the Associations ability to meet regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity.
Note 16: | Commitments and Credit Risk |
The Association generates commercial, mortgage and consumer loans and receives deposits from customers located in Watseka, Danville, Clifton, and Hoopeston, Illinois and within a 100-mile radius of the Associations various locations. The Association generates commercial, mortgage and consumer loans from its location in Osage Beach, Missouri. The Associations loans are generally secured by specific items of collateral including real property and consumer assets. Although the Association has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of its debtors ability to honor their contracts is dependent upon economic conditions in the Associations various locations.
F-54
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Commitments to Originate Loans
Commitments to originate loans are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since a portion of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Each customers creditworthiness is evaluated on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on managements credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, commercial real estate and residential real estate.
At December 31, 2010 (unaudited) and June 30, 2010 and 2009, the Association had outstanding commitments to originate loans aggregating approximately $5,023,750, $784,500 and $2,629,186, respectively. The commitments extended over varying periods of time with the majority being disbursed within a one-year period. Loan commitments at fixed rates of interest amounted to $4,515,750, $117,000 and $2,099,686 at December 31, 2010 (unaudited) and June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively, with the remainder at floating market rates.
Lines of Credit
Lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Lines of credit generally have fixed expiration dates. Since a portion of the line may expire without being drawn upon, the total unused lines do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Each customers creditworthiness is evaluated on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on managements credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, commercial real estate and residential real estate.
Management uses the same credit policies in granting lines of credit as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.
At December 31, 2010 (unaudited), the Association had granted unused lines of credit to borrowers aggregating approximately $6,556,000 and $4,539,000 for commercial lines and open-end consumer lines, respectively. At June 30, 2010, the Association had granted unused lines of credit to borrowers aggregating approximately $6,681,000 and $4,842,000 for commercial lines and open-end consumer lines, respectively. At June 30, 2009, the Association had granted unused lines of credit to borrowers aggregating approximately $6,648,000 and $3,196,000 for commercial lines and open-end consumer lines, respectively.
Other Credit Risks
At December 31, 2010 (unaudited) and June 30, 2010 and 2009, the interest-bearing demand deposits on the consolidated balance sheets represent amounts on deposit with one financial institution, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago.
F-55
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 17: | Plan of Conversion (Unaudited) |
On March 8, 2011, the Associations Board of Directors approved a plan (the Plan) to convert from a federally-chartered mutual holding company to a federally-chartered stock holding company. The Plan is subject to approval by the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) and includes the filing of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
The Plan calls for the common stock of the holding company to be offered to various parties in a subscription offering at a price based on an independent appraisal of the Association. It is anticipated that any shares not purchased in the subscription offering will be offered in a community offering. The Association may not declare or pay a cash dividend if the effect thereof would cause its net worth to be reduced below either the amount required for the liquidation account discussed below or the regulatory capital requirements imposed by the OTS.
At the time of conversion, the Association will establish a liquidation account in an amount equal to its retained earnings as reflected in the latest consolidated balance sheet used in the final conversion prospectus. The liquidation account will be maintained for the benefit of eligible account holders who continue to maintain their deposit accounts in the Association after conversion. In the event, eligible depositors who continue to maintain accounts shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation account before any liquidation may be made with respect to common stock.
There were no expenses related to the conversion at December 31, 2010. Future conversion costs will be capitalized and will be offset against proceeds from the offering, should the conversion be successful. If the conversion is not successful, these costs will immediately be recorded as an expense in the income statement.
F-56
You should rely only on the information contained in this document or that to which we have referred you. No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by IF Bancorp, Inc. or Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of IF Bancorp, Inc. or Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.
IF BANCORP, INC.
(Proposed Holding Company for
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association)
Up to 3,910,000 Shares of
Common Stock
Par value $0.01 per share
(Subject to Increase to up to 4,496,500 Shares)
PROSPECTUS
K EEFE , B RUYETTE & W OODS
, 2011
Until [expiration date] or 25 days after commencement of the syndicated community offering, if any, whichever is later, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
PART II: | INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS |
Item 13. | Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution |
Amount (1) | ||||||
* | Registrants Legal Fees and Expenses | $ | 550,000 | |||
* | Registrants Accounting Fees and Expenses | 140,000 | ||||
* | Conversion Agent and Data Processing Fees | 25,000 | ||||
* | Marketing Agent Fees (1) | 489,000 | ||||
* | Marketing Agent Expenses (Including Legal Fees and Expenses) | 95,000 | ||||
* | Appraisal Fees and Expenses | 57,500 | ||||
* | Printing, Postage, Mailing and EDGAR Fees | 150,000 | ||||
* | Filing Fees (OTS, Nasdaq, FINRA and SEC) | 73,000 | ||||
* | Business Plan Fees and Expenses | 46,000 | ||||
* | Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses | 15,000 | ||||
* | Stock Certificate Printer | 7,500 | ||||
* | Other | 11,000 | ||||
* | Total | $ | 1,659,000 | |||
* | Estimated |
(1) | IF Bancorp, Inc. has retained Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. to assist in the sale of common stock on a best efforts basis in the offerings. Fees are estimated at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. |
Item 14. | Indemnification of Directors and Officers |
Articles 10 and 11 of the Articles of Incorporation of IF Bancorp, Inc. (the Corporation) set forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur in their capacities as such:
ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.
A. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
B. Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors,
II-1
independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.
C. Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporations Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.
D. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.
E. Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitees heirs, executors and administrators.
F. Limitations Imposed by Federal Law. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.
ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Persons action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
Item 15. | Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities |
Not Applicable.
II-2
Item 16. | Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules: |
The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:
No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.
II-3
Item 17. | Undertakings |
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which it offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the Calculation of Registration Fee table in the effective registration statement;
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(4) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:
The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);
II-4
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
(6) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(7) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(8) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
II-5
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Watseka, State of Illinois on March 15, 2011.
IF BANCORP, INC. | ||
By: |
/s/ A LAN D. M ARTIN |
|
Alan D. Martin |
||
President and Chief Executive Officer (Duly Authorized Representative) |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
We, the undersigned directors and officers of IF Bancorp, Inc. (the Company) hereby severally constitute and appoint Alan D. Martin as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said Alan D. Martin may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Companys common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said Alan D. Martin shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signatures |
Title |
Date |
||
/s/ A LAN D. M ARTIN Alan D. Martin |
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) | March 15, 2011 | ||
/s/ P AMELA J. V ERKLER Pamela J. Verkler |
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) | March 15, 2011 | ||
/s/ G ARY M ARTIN Gary Martin |
Chairman of the Board | March 15, 2011 | ||
/s/ J OSEPH A. C OWEN Joseph A. Cowen |
Director | March 15, 2011 | ||
/s/ A RDITH H EUTON Ardith Heuton |
Director | March 15, 2011 | ||
/s/ W AYNE A. L EHMANN Wayne A. Lehmann |
Director | March 15, 2011 | ||
/s/ J OHN D. M ARTIN John D. Martin |
Director | March 15, 2011 | ||
/s/ J F RANK J. S IMUTIS J Frank J. Simutis |
Director | March 15, 2011 | ||
/s/ D ENNIS C. W ITTENBORN Dennis C. Wittenborn |
Director | March 15, 2011 | ||
/s/ R ODNEY E. Y ERGLER Rodney E. Yergler |
Director | March 15, 2011 |
II-6
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2011
Registration No. 333-
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
EXHIBITS
TO
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
ON
FORM S-1
IF Bancorp, Inc.
Watseka, Illinois
EXHIBIT INDEX
1.1 | Engagement Letter between Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. | |
1.2 | Form of Agency Agreement between Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association, IF Bancorp, Inc., and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.* | |
2 | Plan of Conversion | |
3.1 | Articles of Incorporation of IF Bancorp, Inc. | |
3.2 | Bylaws of IF Bancorp, Inc. | |
4 | Form of Common Stock Certificate of IF Bancorp, Inc. | |
5 | Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. regarding legality of securities being registered | |
8.1 | Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. | |
8.2 | Form of State Tax Opinion of BKD, LLP | |
10.1 | Form of Employment Agreement between Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association and Alan D. | |
10.2 | Form of Employment Agreement between IF Bancorp, Inc. and Alan D. Martin | |
10.3 | Form of Change in Control Agreement of Pamela J. Verkler | |
10.4 | Form of Change in Control Agreement of Walter H. Hasselbring, III | |
10.5 | Form of Employee Stock Ownership Plan | |
10.6 | Form of Employee Severance Compensation Plan | |
10.7 | Directors Non Qualified Retirement Plan | |
21 | Subsidiaries of Registrant | |
23.1 | Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8) | |
23.2 | Consent of BKD LLP | |
23.3 | Consent of RP Financial, LC. | |
24 | Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page) | |
99.1 | Appraisal Agreement between Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association and RP Financial, LC. | |
99.2 | Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights | |
99.3 | Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.** | |
99.4 | Marketing Materials* | |
99.5 | Stock Order and Certification Form* | |
99.6 | Business Plan Agreement with FinPro, Inc. | |
99.7 | Conversion Agent Agreement between Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association |
* | To be filed supplementally or by amendment. |
** | Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T. Available for inspection during business hours at the principal offices of the SEC in Washington, D.C. |
Exhibit 1.1
January 7, 2011
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
201 E. Cherry Street
Watseka, Illinois 60970
Attention: Alan D. Martin
President
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This letter confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (KBW) to act as the exclusive financial advisor to Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association (the Bank) in connection with the Banks proposed conversion from the mutual to stock form of organization pursuant to the Banks Plan of Conversion (the Conversion), including the offer and sale of certain shares of the common stock (the Common Stock) of a holding company (the Holding Company) to be formed by the Bank to eligible persons in a Subscription Offering, with any remaining shares offered to the general public in a Direct Community Offering and/or Syndicated Community Offering (the Subscription Offering the Direct Community Offering and any Syndicated Community Offering are collectively referred to herein as the Offerings). In addition, KBW will act as Conversion Agent in connection with the Offerings pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement between the Bank and KBW. The Bank and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the Company This letter sets forth the terms and conditions of our engagement.
1. | Advisory/Offering Services |
As the Companys financial advisor, KBW will provide financial and logistical advice to the Company and will assist the Companys management, legal counsel, accountants and other advisors in connection with the Conversion and related issues. We anticipate our services will include the following, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request:
1. | provide advice on the financial and securities market implications of the Plan of Conversion and any related corporate documents, including the Companys Business Plan; |
2. | assist in structuring the Offerings, including developing and assisting in implementing a marketing strategy for the Offerings; |
3. |
reviewing all offering documents, including the Prospectus, stock order forms, letters, brochures and other related offering materials (it being understood that preparation |
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods 10 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3400 Chicago, IL 60606
312.423.8200 800.929.6113 Fax 312.423.8232
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
January 7, 2011
Page 2
and filing of such documents will be the responsibility of the Company and its counsel); |
4. | assisting the Company in preparing for and scheduling meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers, as necessary; |
5. | assist the Company in analyzing proposals from outside vendors retained in connection with the Offerings, including printers, transfer agents and appraisal firms; |
6. | assist the Company in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate in connection with the Offerings; |
7. | meet with the Board of Directors and/or management of the Company to discuss any of the above services; and |
8. | such other financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with the Offerings as may be agreed upon by KBW and the Company. |
2. | Due Diligence Review |
The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBWs obligation to perform the services contemplated by this agreement shall be subject to the satisfactory completion of such investigations and inquiries relating to the Company, and its directors, officers, agents and employees, as KBW and their counsel in their sole discretion my deem appropriate under the circumstances. The Company agrees it will make available to KBW all relevant information, whether or not publicly available, which KBW reasonably requests, and will permit KBW to discuss with the board of directors and management the operations and prospects of the Company. KBW will treat all material non-public information as confidential. The Company recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on such information in performing the services contemplated by this agreement without having independently verified the same, and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the information or to conduct any independent verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets. KBW will assume that all financial forecasts have been reasonably prepared and reflect the best then currently available estimates and judgments of the Companys management as to the expected future financial performance of the Company.
3. | Regulatory Filings |
The Company will cause appropriate Offering documents to be filed with all regulatory agencies including the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), the appropriate federal and/or state bank regulatory agencies. In addition, the Company and KBW agree that the Companys counsel shall serve as counsel with respect to blue sky matters in connection with the Offerings, and that the Company shall cause such counsel to prepare a Blue Sky Memorandum related to the Offerings including KBWs participation therein and shall furnish KBW a copy thereof addressed to KBW or upon which counsel shall state KBW may rely.
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
January 7, 2011
Page 3
4. | Fees |
For the services hereunder, the Company shall pay the following fees to KBW at closing unless stated otherwise herein:
(a) | Management Fee: A Management Fee of $25,000 payable in four consecutive monthly installments of $6,250 commencing with the first month following the execution of this engagement letter. Such fees shall be deemed to have been earned when due. Should the Offering be terminated for any reason not attributable to the action or inaction of KBW, KBW shall have earned and be entitled to be paid fees accruing through the stage at which point the termination occurred. |
(b) | Success Fee: A Success Fee of 1.25% shall be paid based on the aggregate Purchase Price of Common Stock sold in the Subscription Offering excluding shares purchased by the Companys officers, directors, or employees (or members of their immediate family) plus any ESOP, tax-qualified or stock based compensation plans (except IRAs) or similar plan created by the Company for some or all of their directors or employees, or any charitable foundation established by the Company (or any shares contributed to such a foundation). In addition, a Success Fee of 2.0% shall be paid on the aggregate Purchase Price of Common Stock sold in the Direct Community Offering. The Management Fee described in 4(a) will be credited against any Success Fee paid pursuant to this paragraph. |
(c) | Syndicated Community Offering : If any shares of the Companys stock remain available after the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering, at the request of the Company, KBW will seek to form a syndicate of registered broker-dealers to assist in the sale of such common stock on a best efforts basis, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a selected dealers agreement to be entered into between the Company and KBW. KBW will endeavor to distribute the common stock among dealers in a fashion which best meets the distribution objectives of the Company and the Plan. KBW will be paid a fee not to exceed 5.5% of the aggregate Purchase Price of the shares of common stock sold in the Syndicated Community Offering. From this fee, KBW will pass onto selected broker-dealers, who assist in the syndicated community, an amount competitive with gross underwriting discounts charged at such time for comparable amounts of stock sold at a comparable price per share in a similar market environment. Fees with respect to purchases affected with the assistance of a broker/dealer other than KBW shall be transmitted by KBW to such broker/dealer. (The decision to utilize selected broker-dealers will be made by the Company upon consultation with KBW.) |
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
January 7, 2011
Page 4
5. | Expenses |
The Company will bear those expenses of the proposed Offering customarily borne by issuers, including, without limitation, regulatory filing fees, SEC, Blue Sky, and FINRA filing and registration fees; the fees of the Companys accountants, attorneys, appraiser, transfer agent and registrar, printing, mailing and marketing and syndicate expenses associated with the Offering; the fees set forth in Section 4; and fees for Blue Sky legal work. If KBW incurs expenses on behalf of Company, the Company will reimburse KBW for such expenses.
KBW shall be reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses related to the Offering, including costs of travel, meals and lodging, photocopying, telephone, facsimile, and couriers not to exceed $20,000. KBW also will be reimbursed for fees and expenses of its counsel not to exceed $75,000. These expenses assume no unusual circumstances or delays, or a resolicitation in connection with the Offerings. KBW and the Company acknowledge that such expense cap may be increased by mutual consent, including in the event of (i) a material delay in the Offering which would require an update of the financial information in tabular form to reflect a period later than that set forth in the original filing of the offering document (ii) or a resolicitation of the Offering. In the event of such a delay or resolicitation KBW shall be entitled to additional expense reimbursement not to exceed $25,000. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair or limit the indemnification provisions contained herein.
6. | Limitations |
The Company acknowledges that all opinions and advice (written or oral) given by KBW to the Company in connection with KBWs engagement are intended solely for the benefit and use of the Company and its senior management and directors (solely in their capacity as such) for the purposes of its evaluation of the proposed Offerings. Unless otherwise expressly stated in an opinion letter issued by KBW or otherwise expressly agreed no one other than the Company and its senior management and directors (solely in their capacity as such) are authorized to rely upon this engagement of KBW or any statements or conduct by KBW. The Company agrees that no such opinion or advice shall be used, reproduced, disseminated, quoted or referred to at any time, in any manner, or for any purpose, nor shall any public references to KBW be made by the Company or any of its representatives without the prior written consent of KBW.
The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW has been retained to act solely as financial advisor to the Company and not as an advisor to or agent of any other person, and the Companys engagement of KBW is not intended to confer rights upon any person not a party to this Agreement (including shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company) as against KBW or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents. In such capacity, KBW shall act as an independent contractor, and any duties arising out of its engagement shall be owed solely to the Company. It is understood that KBWs responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and KBW does not owe the Company, or any other party, any fiduciary duty as a result of this Agreement.
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
January 7, 2011
Page 5
7. | Benefit |
This letter agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, and the obligations and liabilities assumed hereunder by the parties hereto shall be binding upon their respective successors; provided, however, that this letter agreement shall not be assignable by KBW.
8. | Confidentiality |
KBW acknowledges that a portion of the Information may contain confidential and proprietary business information concerning the Company. KBW agrees that, except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, KBW agrees that it will treat as confidential all material, non-public information relating to the Company obtained in connection with its engagement hereunder (the Confidential Information); provided, however, that KBW may disclose such Confidential Information to its agents and advisors who are assisting or advising KBW in performing its services hereunder and who have agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used in this paragraph, the term Confidential Information shall not include information which (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by KBW, (b) was available to KBW on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to KBW by the Company, or (c) becomes available to KBW on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not otherwise known to KBW to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation.
The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that the presentation materials and financial models used by KBW in performing its services hereunder have been developed by and are proprietary to KBW. The Company agrees that it will not reproduce or distribute all or any portion of such models or presentations without the prior consent from KBW in writing.
9. | Indemnification |
As KBW will be acting on behalf of the Company in connection with the Offerings, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an Indemnified Party) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise related to or arising out of the Offerings or the engagement of KBW pursuant to, or the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a party; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
January 7, 2011
Page 6
case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (a) arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or the omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make not misleading any statements contained in any final prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by KBW expressly for use therein or (b) to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBWs gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of KBW.
If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Company, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Company and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , however , in no event shall KBWs aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by KBW under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and to KBW of the engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Company in the Conversion and the Offerings that are the subject of the engagement hereunder, whether or not consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement.
10. | Definitive Agreement |
This letter agreement reflects KBWs present intention of proceeding to work with the Company on its proposed Offerings. No legal and binding obligation is created on the part of the Company or KBW with respect to the subject matter hereof, except as to (i) the agreement to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information set forth in Section 8, (ii) the payment of certain fees as set forth in Section 4, (iii) the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 5, (iv) the limitations set forth in Section 6, (v) the indemnification and contribution provisions set forth in Section 9 and (vi) those terms set forth in a mutually agreed upon Agency Agreement between KBW and the Company to be executed prior to commencement of the Offerings, all of which shall constitute the binding obligations of the parties hereto and which shall survive the termination of this letter agreement or the completion of the services furnished hereunder and shall remain operative and in full force and effect.
KBWs execution of such Agency Agreement shall also be subject to (a) KBWs satisfaction with Due Diligence Review, (b) preparation of offering materials that are satisfactory to
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
January 7, 2011
Page 7
KBW, (c) compliance with all relevant legal and regulatory requirements to the reasonable satisfaction of KBW and its counsel, (d) agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser is reasonable, and (e) market conditions at the time of the proposed Offering.
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Any right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or action arising out of this agreement or conduct in connection with this engagement is hereby waived by the parties.
If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning the original copy of this letter to the undersigned.
Very truly yours,
KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.
By: |
|
|
Charles E. Sloane | ||
Managing Director |
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION | ||||||||
By: | /s/ Alan D. Martin | Date: February 7, 2011 | ||||||
Name: | Alan D. Martin | |||||||
Title: | President and Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit 2
PLAN OF CONVERSION
OF
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
AS AMENDED ON MARCH 8, 2011
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(i)
PLAN OF CONVERSION OF
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
1. | INTRODUCTION |
This Plan of Conversion, as adopted on March 8, 2011 and amended on March 8, 2011 (this Plan), provides for the conversion of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association, a federal mutual savings association headquartered in Watseka, Illinois (the Association), into the capital stock form of organization. A new stock holding company (the Holding Company) will be established as part of the Conversion and will issue Common Stock in connection with the Conversion. The purpose of the Conversion is to convert the Association to the capital stock form of organization and to raise capital in the Offering. The Holding Company will offer its Common Stock in the Offering upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. The subscription rights granted to Participants in the Subscription Offering are set forth in Sections 8 through 11 hereof. All sales of Common Stock in the Community Offering or the Syndicated Community Offering will be at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Association and the Holding Company. The Conversion will have no impact on depositors, borrowers or customers of the Association (other than voting and liquidation rights as set forth herein). After the Conversion, the Associations insured deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC to the fullest extent provided by applicable law.
In furtherance of the Associations commitment to its community, this Plan provides for the establishment of a charitable foundation as part of the Conversion. The Foundation is intended to complement the Associations existing community reinvestment activities in a manner that will allow the Associations local communities to share in the growth and profitability of the Holding Company and the Association over the long term. The Holding Company intends to donate to the Foundation shares of Common Stock and/or cash in an aggregate amount up to 8% of the value of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering.
This Plan has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Association. This Plan and the establishment of the charitable foundation also must be approved by a majority of the total number of outstanding votes entitled to be cast by Voting Members of the Association at a Special Meeting of Members to be called for that purpose. The OTS must approve this Plan before it is presented to Voting Members for their approval.
2. | DEFINITIONS |
For the purposes of this Plan, the following terms have the following respective meanings:
Account Holder Any Person holding a Deposit Account in the Association.
Acting in Concert The term Acting in Concert means (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. A person or
company that acts in concert with another person or company (other party) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company that is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a Person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated.
Affiliate Any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person.
Appraised Value Range The range of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company, which shall also be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the total number of Conversion Shares to be issued in the Conversion, as determined by the Independent Appraiser prior to the Subscription Offering and as it may be amended from time to time thereafter. The maximum and minimum of the Appraised Value Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Appraised Value Range. The maximum of the Appraisal Value Range may be increased by up to 15% subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market or financial conditions or demand for the Common Stock.
Associate The term Associate when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Holding Company, the Association or a majority-owned subsidiary of the Association) if the Person is a senior officer or partner or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization, (ii) any trust or other estate, if the Person has a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the trust or estate except that for the purposes of this Plan relating to subscriptions in the Offering and the sale of Subscription Shares following the Conversion, a Person who has a substantial beneficial interest in any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of such plan, is not an associate of such plan, and except that for purposes of aggregating total shares that may be held by Officers and Directors, the term Associate does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, and (iii) any Person who is related by blood or marriage to such Person and who lives in the same home as such Person or who is a Director or Officer of the Association or the Holding Company, or any of their parents or subsidiaries.
Association Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association, Watseka, Illinois.
Common Stock The common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Holding Company.
Community The Illinois counties of Iroquois and Vermilion.
Community Offering The offering for sale to certain members of the general public directly by the Holding Company of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering.
2
Control (including the terms controlling, controlled by, and under common control with) means the direct or indirect power to direct or exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise as described in 12 C.F.R. Part 574.
Conversion The conversion of the Association to stock form pursuant to this Plan, and all steps incident or necessary thereto, including the Offering.
Conversion Shares means the Subscription Shares and Foundation Shares.
Deposit Account Any withdrawable account, including, without limitation, savings, time, demand, NOW accounts, money market, certificate and passbook accounts.
Director A member of the Board of Directors of the Association or the Holding Company, as appropriate in the context.
Eligible Account Holder Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining subscription rights and establishing subaccount balances in the Liquidation Account.
Eligibility Record Date The date for determining Eligible Account Holders of the Association, which is February 28, 2010.
Employees All Persons who are employed by the Association or the Holding Company.
Employee Plans Any one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans of the Association or the Holding Company, including any ESOP and 401(k) Plan.
ESOP The Associations Employee Stock Ownership Plan and related trust.
FDIC The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Foundation Any new and/or existing charitable foundation intended to qualify as an exempt organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, that will receive Common Stock and/or cash in connection with the Offering.
Foundation Shares Shares of Common Stock issued to the Foundation in connection with the Conversion.
Holding Company the corporation formed for the purpose of acquiring all of the shares of capital stock of the Association in connection with the Conversion, which shall be incorporated in Maryland or such other state as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. Shares of Common Stock of the Holding Company will be issued in the Conversion to Participants and others in the Offering.
Independent Appraiser The appraiser retained by the Holding Company and the Association to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Conversion Shares.
3
Liquidation Account The interest in the Association received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in exchange for their interest in the Association in connection with the Conversion.
Member Any Person that qualifies as a member of the Association pursuant to its charter and bylaws.
Offering The offering and issuance, pursuant to this Plan, of Common Stock in a Subscription Offering, Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering, as the case may be.
Offering Range The range of the number of shares of Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering. The Offering Range shall be equal to the Appraised Value Range divided by the Subscription Price, adjusted for the Foundation Shares.
Officer The term Officer means the president, any vice-president (but not an assistant vice-president, second vice-president, or other vice president having authority similar to an assistant or second vice-president), the secretary, the treasurer, the comptroller, and any other person performing similar functions with respect to any organization whether incorporated or unincorporated. The term Officer also includes the Chairman of the Board of Directors if the Chairman is authorized by the charter or bylaws of the organization to participate in its operating management or if the Chairman in fact participates in such management.
Order Form Any form (together with any cover letter and acknowledgment) sent to any Participant or Person containing, among other things, a description of the alternatives available to such Person under this Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding subscriptions for Subscription Shares.
Other Member Any Member on the Voting Record Date who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.
OTS The Office of Thrift Supervision, or any successor thereto.
Participant Any Eligible Account Holder, Employee Plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, or Other Member.
Person An individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision of a government.
Plan This Plan of Conversion of the Association as it exists on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended in accordance with its terms.
Prospectus The one or more documents used in offering the Subscription Shares.
Qualifying Deposit The aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts in the Association of (i) an Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50, or (ii) a Supplemental Eligible Account
4
Holder at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50.
Resident Any Person who occupies a dwelling within the Community, has a present intent to remain within the Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community together with an indication that such presence within the Community is something other than merely transitory in nature. To the extent the Person is a corporation or other business entity, the principal place of business or headquarters of such Person must be in the Community. To the extent a Person is a personal benefit plan, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition. In the case of all other benefit plans, circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition. The Association may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to make a determination as to whether a Person is a resident. In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Association. A Participant must be a Resident for purposes of determining whether such Person resides in the Community as such term is used in this Plan.
SEC The United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
Special Meeting of Members The special or annual meeting of Voting Members and any adjournments thereof held to consider and vote upon this Plan.
Subscription Offering The offering of Subscription Shares to Participants.
Subscription Price The price per Subscription Share to be paid by Participants and others in the Offering. The Subscription Price will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and fixed prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering.
Subscription Shares Shares of Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering.
Supplemental Eligible Account Holder Any Person, other than Directors and Officers of the Association and the Holding Company and their Associates (unless the OTS grants a waiver permitting a Director or Officer to be included), holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, who is not an Eligible Account Holder.
Supplemental Eligibility Record Date To the extent OTS approval of the Conversion does not occur within 15 months of the Eligibility Record Date, the Association will establish a date for determining Supplemental Eligible Account Holders which shall be the last day of the calendar quarter preceding OTS approval of the application for conversion.
Syndicated Community Offering Syndicated Community Offering The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering, to members of the general public through a syndicate of broker-dealers. The Syndicated Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering.
Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing
5
plan or other plan, which, with its related trust, meets the requirements to be qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Association may make scheduled discretionary contributions to a tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan, provided such contributions do not cause the Association to fail to meet its regulatory capital requirements. A Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan is any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan that is not so qualified.
Voting Member Any Person who at the close of business on the Voting Record Date is entitled to vote as a Member of the Association pursuant to its charter and bylaws.
Voting Record Date The date fixed by the Directors for determining eligibility to vote at the Special Meeting of Members.
3. | PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION |
A. After approval of this Plan by the Board of Directors of the Association, this Plan together with all other requisite material shall be submitted to the OTS for approval. Notice of the adoption of this Plan by the Board of Directors of the Association and the submission of this Plan to the OTS for approval will be published in a newspaper having general circulation in each community in which an office of the Association is located, and copies of this Plan will be made available at each office of the Association for inspection by Members. The Association also will publish a notice of the filing with the OTS of an application to convert in accordance with the provisions of this Plan and as required by applicable regulation.
B. Promptly following approval by the OTS, this Plan will be submitted to a vote of the Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members. The Association will mail to all Voting Members, at their last known address appearing on the records of the Association, a proxy statement in either long or summary form describing this Plan, which will be submitted to a vote of Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members. The Holding Company also will mail to all Participants a Prospectus and Order Form for the purchase of Subscription Shares, subject to other provisions of this Plan. In addition, all Participants will receive, or will be given the opportunity to request by telephone or by letter addressed to the Associations Secretary, a copy of this Plan. Upon approval of this Plan by a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast by Voting Members, the Holding Company and the Association will take all other necessary steps pursuant to applicable laws and regulations to consummate the Conversion. The Conversion must be completed within 24 months of the approval of this Plan by Voting Members, unless a longer time period is permitted by governing laws and regulations.
C. The Conversion will be effected as follows, or in any other manner that is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations: (1) the Association will convert its charter to the federal stock savings association charter, which authorizes the issuance of capital stock; (2) the Holding Company will purchase all of the capital stock issued by the Association in connection with its conversion from mutual to stock form, for at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering; and (3) the Holding Company will issue the Common Stock in the Offering as provided in this Plan. Each of the steps set forth herein shall be deemed to occur in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion pursuant to this Plan, the intent of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and the Board of Directors of the
6
Association, and applicable federal and state regulations and policy. Approval of this Plan by Voting Members also shall constitute approval of each of the transactions necessary to implement this Plan.
The Board of Directors of the Association may determine for any reason at any time prior to the issuance of the Subscription Shares not to utilize a holding company form of organization in the Conversion. If the Board of Directors determines not to complete the Conversion utilizing a holding company form of organization, the stock of the Association will be issued and sold in accordance with this Plan. In such case, the Holding Companys registration statement will be withdrawn from the SEC, the Association will take steps necessary to complete the Conversion, including filing any necessary documents with the OTS and will issue and sell the Subscription Shares in accordance with this Plan. In such event, any subscriptions or orders received for Subscription Shares of the Holding Company shall be deemed to be subscriptions or orders for common stock of the Association, and the Association shall take such steps as permitted or required by the OTS and the SEC.
D. The Holding Company shall register the issuance of the Conversion Shares with the SEC and any appropriate state securities authorities.
E. Upon completion of the Conversion, the legal existence of the Association shall not terminate but the stock Association shall be a continuation of the entity of the mutual Association and all property of the mutual Association, including its right, title and interest in and to all property of whatever kind and nature, whether real, personal, or mixed, and things, and choses in action, and every right, privilege, interest and asset of every conceivable value or benefit then existing or pertaining to it, or which would inure to it, immediately by operation of law and without the necessity of any conveyance or transfer and without any further act or deed shall vest in the stock Association. The stock Association shall have, hold, and enjoy the same in its own right as fully and to the same extent as the same was possessed, held and enjoyed by the mutual Association. The stock Association at the time and the taking effect of the Conversion shall continue to have and succeed to all the rights, obligations and relations of the mutual Association. All pending actions and other judicial or administrative proceedings to which the Association was a party shall not be discontinued by reason of the Conversion, but may be prosecuted to final judgment or order in the same manner as if the Conversion had not been made and the stock Association resulting from the Conversion may continue the actions in its name notwithstanding the Conversion. Upon completion of the Conversion, each Person having a Deposit Account at the Association prior to the Conversion will continue to have a Deposit Account, without further payment therefor, in the same amount and subject to the same terms and conditions (except for voting and liquidation rights) as in effect prior to the Conversion. All of the Associations insured Deposit Accounts will continue to be insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by applicable law.
F. The home office and branch offices of the Association shall be unaffected by the Conversion. The executive offices of the Holding Company shall be located at the current offices of the Association.
7
4. | HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS |
The Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Association will take all necessary steps to convert the Association to stock form, form the Holding Company and complete the Offering. The Holding Company shall make timely applications to the OTS and filings with the SEC for any requisite regulatory approvals to complete the Conversion.
In addition, the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Association intend to take all necessary steps to establish the Foundation and to fund the Foundation in the manner set forth in Section 20.
5. | SALE OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES |
The Subscription Shares will be offered simultaneously in the Subscription Offering to the Participants in the respective priorities set forth in this Plan. The Subscription Offering may begin as early as the mailing of the Proxy Statement for the Special Meeting of Members. The Common Stock will not be insured by the FDIC or any government agency. The Association will not extend credit to any Person to purchase shares of Common Stock.
Any shares of Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be issued in the Community Offering. The Subscription Offering may begin prior to the Special Meeting of Members and, in that event, the Community Offering also may begin prior to the Special Meeting of Members. The offer and sale of Common Stock prior to the Special Meeting of Members, however, is subject to the approval of this Plan by Voting Members.
If feasible, any shares of Common Stock remaining after the Subscription Offering, and the Community Offering should one be conducted, will be sold in a Syndicated Community Offering or in any manner that will achieve the widest distribution of the Common Stock. The Syndicated Community Offering may be conducted in addition to, or instead of, a Community Offering. The issuance of Common Stock in any Subscription Offering and any Community Offering will be consummated simultaneously on the date the sale of Common Stock in the Syndicated Community Offering is consummated and only if the required minimum number of shares of Common Stock has been issued.
6. | PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES |
The total number of shares, or a range thereof, of Subscription Shares to be offered for sale in the Offering will be determined jointly by the Boards of Directors of the Association and the Holding Company immediately prior to the commencement of the Subscription and Community Offerings, and will be based on the Appraised Value Range, the number of Foundation Shares and the Subscription Price. The Offering Range will be equal to the Appraised Value Range divided by the Subscription Price, adjusted for the Foundation Shares. The estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company will be subject to adjustment within the Appraised Value Range if necessitated by market or financial conditions, with the receipt of any required approvals of the OTS, and the maximum of the Appraised Value Range may be increased by up to 15% subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. The
8
number of Subscription Shares issued in the Offering will be equal to the estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price, adjusted for the Foundation Shares.
In the event that the Subscription Price multiplied by the number of Conversion Shares to be sold in the Offering and contributed to the Foundation is below the minimum of the Appraised Value Range, or materially above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range, a resolicitation of purchasers may be required, provided that up to a 15% increase above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range will not be deemed material so as to require a resolicitation. Any such resolicitation shall be effected in such manner and within such time as the Association and the Holding Company shall establish, if all required regulatory approvals are obtained.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subscription Shares will not be issued unless, prior to the consummation of the Offering, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the Association, the Holding Company, and the OTS, that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the number of Conversion Shares sold in the Offering and contributed to the Foundation multiplied by the Subscription Price is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company. If such confirmation is not received, the Holding Company may cancel the Offering, extend the Offering and establish a new Subscription Price and/or Appraised Value Range, extend, reopen or hold a new Offering, or take such other action as the OTS may permit.
The Common Stock to be issued in the Offering shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
7. | RETENTION OF OFFERING PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY |
The Holding Company may retain up to 50% of the proceeds of the Offering. The Offering proceeds will provide additional capital to the Holding Company and the Association for future growth of the Associations assets, products and services in a highly competitive and regulated financial services environment and would facilitate expansion through acquisitions of financial service organizations, diversification into other related businesses and for other business and investment purposes, including the possible payment of dividends and possible future repurchases of the Common Stock as permitted by applicable federal and state regulations and policy. Following the Conversion, the Association may distribute additional capital to the Holding Company from time to time, subject to applicable regulations governing capital distributions.
8. | SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY) |
A. Each Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of 30,000 shares of Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Eligible Account Holders Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of
9
Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Eligibility Record Date, subject to the provisions of Section 14.
B In the event that Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.
C. Subscription rights as Eligible Account Holders received by Directors and Officers and their Associates that are based on increased deposits made by such persons during the 12 months preceding the Eligibility Record Date shall be subordinated to the subscription rights of all other Eligible Account Holders, except as permitted by the OTS.
9. | SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY) |
The Employee Plans of the Holding Company and the Association shall have subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the Conversion Shares sold in the Offering and contributed to the Foundation, including any Conversion Shares to be issued as a result of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range after commencement of the Subscription Offering and prior to completion of the Offering. Consistent with applicable laws and regulations and practices and policies, the Employee Plans may use funds contributed by the Holding Company or the Association and/or borrowed from an independent financial institution to exercise such subscription rights, and the Holding Company and the Association may make scheduled discretionary contributions thereto, provided that such contributions do not cause the Holding Company or the Association to fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirements. The Employee Plans shall not be deemed to be Associates or Affiliates of or Persons Acting in Concert with any Director or Officer of the Holding Company or the Association. Alternatively, if permitted by the OTS, the Employee Plans may purchase all or a portion of such shares in the open market.
10. | SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY) |
A. Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of 30,000 shares of Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying
10
the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holders Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of the Eligible Account Holders and Employee Plans and to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.
B. In the event that Supplemental Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which each such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.
11. | SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY) |
A. Each Other Member shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of 30,000 shares of Common Stock or 0.10% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.
B. In the event that such Other Members subscribe for a number of Subscription Shares which, when added to the Subscription Shares subscribed for by the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, is in excess of the total number of Subscription Shares to be issued, the available shares will be allocated to Other Members so as to permit each such subscribing Other Member, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which each such Other Member has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each such Other Member bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.
11
12. | COMMUNITY OFFERING |
If subscriptions are not received for all Subscription Shares offered for sale in the Subscription Offering, shares for which subscriptions have not been received may be issued for sale in the Community Offering through a direct community marketing program that may use a broker, dealer, consultant or investment banking firm experienced and expert in the sale of savings institutions securities. Such entities may be compensated on a fixed fee basis or on a commission basis, or a combination thereof. In the event orders for Common Stock in the Community Offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares may be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Community, and thereafter to cover orders of other members of the general public, so that each Person in such category of the Community Offering may receive the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares they ordered. In addition, orders received for shares in the Community Offering will be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. The Holding Company shall use its best efforts consistent with this Plan to distribute Common Stock sold in the Community Offering in such a manner as to promote the widest distribution practicable of such stock. The Holding Company reserves the right to reject any or all orders in whole or in part, which are received in the Community Offering. Any Person may purchase up to 30,000 shares of Common Stock in the Community Offering, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.
13. | SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING |
If feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer Subscription Shares not issued in the Subscription Offering or the Community Offering in a Syndicated Community, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Holding Company, in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of the Common Stock, subject to the right of the Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any subscriptions in the Syndicated Community Offering. In the Syndicated Community Offering, any Person may purchase up to 30,000 shares of Common Stock, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14. Unless otherwise permitted by the OTS, orders received for shares in a Syndicated Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order.
Provided that the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Syndicated Community Offering at any time, provided that the completion of the offer and sale of the Common Stock will be conditioned upon the approval of this Plan by Voting Members. If the Syndicated Community Offering does not begin pursuant to the provisions of the preceding sentence, such offering will begin as soon as practicable following the date upon which the Subscription and Community Offerings terminate.
If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering of shares of Common Stock not sold in the Subscription and Community Offerings cannot be effected, or in the event that any insignificant residue of shares of Common Stock is not sold in the Subscription and Community Offerings or in the Syndicated Community, if possible, the Holding Company will make other
12
arrangements for the disposition of unsubscribed shares aggregating at least the minimum of the Offering Range. Such other purchase arrangements will be subject to receipt of any required approval of the OTS.
14. | LIMITATION ON PURCHASES |
The following limitations shall apply to all purchases and issuances of shares of Subscription Shares:
A. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories in the Offering (1) by any group of Persons or Participants through a single Deposit Account is 30,000 shares, or (2) by any Person or Participant together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert is 50,000 shares, except that the Employee Plans may subscribe for up to 10% of the Common Stock sold in the Offering and contributed to the Foundation (including shares issued in the event of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range of 15%).
B. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued to or purchased in all categories of the Offering by Officers and Directors and their Associates in the aggregate, shall not exceed 25% of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering and contributed to the Foundation.
C. A minimum of 25 shares of Common Stock must be purchased by each Person purchasing shares in the Offering to the extent those shares are available; provided, however , that in the event the minimum number of shares of Common Stock purchased times the price per share exceeds $500, then such minimum purchase requirement shall be reduced to such number of shares which when multiplied by the price per share shall not exceed $500, as determined by the Board.
D. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in the Offering by any Person or Participant together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, shall not exceed 5.0% of the shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding at the completion of the Offering, except that this limitation shall not apply to the Employee Plans.
If the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise allocable pursuant to Sections 8 through 13, inclusive, to any Person or that Persons Associates would be in excess of the maximum number of shares permitted as set forth above, the number of shares of Common Stock allocated to each such person shall be reduced to the lowest limitation applicable to that Person, and then the number of shares allocated to each group consisting of a Person and that Persons Associates shall be reduced so that the aggregate allocation to that Person and his or her Associates complies with the above limits.
Depending upon market or financial conditions, the Board of Directors of the Holding Company, with the receipt of any required approvals of the OTS and without further approval of Voting Members, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations in this Plan, provided that the maximum purchase limitations may not be increased to a percentage in excess of 5.0% of the shares issued in the Offering except as provided below. If the Holding Company increases the
13
maximum purchase limitations, the Holding Company is only required to resolicit Persons who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount in the Subscription Offering and may, in the sole discretion of the Holding Company, resolicit certain other large subscribers. In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5.0% of the shares issued in the Offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for Common Stock exceeding 5.0% of the shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10.0% of the total shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering. Requests to purchase additional Subscription Shares in the event that the purchase limitation is so increased will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company in its sole discretion.
In the event of an increase in the total number of shares offered in the Subscription Offering due to an increase in the maximum of the Appraised Value Range of up to 15%, the additional shares will be used to fill the Employee Plans orders and then will be allocated in accordance with the priorities set forth in this Plan.
For purposes of this Section 14, (i) Directors, Officers and employees of the Association and the Holding Company shall not be deemed to be Associates or a group affiliated with each other or otherwise Acting in Concert solely as a result of their being Directors, Officers and employees of the Association or the Holding Company, (ii) shares purchased by Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall not be attributable to the individual trustees or beneficiaries of any such plan for purposes of determining compliance with the limitations set forth in paragraphs A. and B. of this Section 14, and (iii) shares purchased by a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan pursuant to instructions of an individual in an account in such plan in which the individual has the right to direct the investment, including any plan of the Association qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, shall be aggregated and included in that individuals purchases and not attributed to the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan.
Each Person purchasing Common Stock in the Offering shall be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the above purchase limitations contained in this Plan.
15. | PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES |
All payments for Common Stock subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and Community Offering must be delivered in full to the Association or Holding Company, together with a properly completed and executed Order Form, on or prior to the expiration date of the Offering; provided, however , that if the Employee Plans subscribe for shares in the Subscription Offering, such plans will not be required to pay for the shares at the time they subscribe but rather may pay for such shares of Common Stock subscribed for by such plans at the Subscription Price upon consummation of the Offering. Subscription funds will be held in a segregated account at the Association or, at the discretion of the Association, at another insured depository institution.
Payment for Common Stock subscribed for shall be made by check, money order or bank draft. Alternatively, subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings may pay for the shares for which they have subscribed by authorizing the Association on the Order Form to make a withdrawal from the designated types of Deposit Accounts at the Association in an amount
14
equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of such shares. Such authorized withdrawal shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal. If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the subscribers Deposit Account but may not be used by the subscriber during the Subscription and Community Offerings. Thereafter, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the Subscription Price per share. Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect. Interest on funds received in cash, check or money order will be paid by the Association at not less than the passbook rate on payments for Common Stock. Such interest will be paid from the date payment is received by the Association until consummation or termination of the Offering. If for any reason the Offering is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings will be refunded to them with interest. In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal. The Association is prohibited by regulation from knowingly making any loans or granting any lines of credit for the purchase of stock in the Offering, and therefore, will not do so.
16. | MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS |
As soon as practicable after the Prospectus prepared by the Holding Company and the Association has been declared effective by the SEC, Order Forms will be distributed to the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Association for the purpose of subscribing for shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and will be made available for use by those Persons to whom a Prospectus is delivered.
Each Order Form will be preceded or accompanied by a prospectus describing the Holding Company, the Association, the Common Stock and the Offering. Each Order Form will contain, among other things, the following:
A. A specified date by which all Order Forms must be received by the Association or the Holding Company, which date shall be not less than 20 days, nor more than 45 days, following the date on which the Order Forms are mailed by the Holding Company, and which date will constitute the termination of the Subscription Offering unless extended;
B. The Subscription Price per share for shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Offering;
C. A description of the minimum and maximum number of Subscription Shares that may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights or otherwise purchased in the Subscription and Community Offering;
15
D. Instructions as to how the recipient of the Order Form is to indicate thereon the number of Subscription Shares for which such person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;
E. An acknowledgment that the recipient of the Order Form has received a final copy of the prospectus prior to execution of the Order Form;
F. A statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Holding Company within the subscription period such properly completed and executed Order Form, together with payment in the full amount of the aggregate purchase price as specified in the Order Form for the shares of Common Stock for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the Order Form that the Association withdraw said amount from the subscribers Deposit Account at the Association); and
G. A statement to the effect that the executed Order Form, once received by the Holding Company, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Holding Company.
Notwithstanding the above, the Holding Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or facsimilied order forms.
17. | UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT |
In the event Order Forms (a) are not delivered by the United States Postal Service, (b) are not received back by the Holding Company or are received by the Holding Company after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required payment, unless waived by the Holding Company, for the shares of Common Stock subscribed for (including cases in which deposit accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed pursuant to a no mail order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights of the Person to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Person failed to return the completed Order Form within the time period specified thereon; provided, however , that the Holding Company may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any Order Form or require the submission of corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Holding Company may specify. The interpretation of the Holding Company of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the Order Forms will be final, subject to the authority of the OTS.
18. | RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES |
The Holding Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all States in the United States in which Persons entitled to subscribe for shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Plan reside. However, no such Person will be issued subscription rights or be permitted to purchase shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering if such Person resides in a foreign country; or in a State of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (A) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under
16
this Plan reside in such state; (B) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of Common Stock to such Persons would require the Holding Company under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; and (C) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.
19. | ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT |
The Association shall establish at the time of the Conversion, a Liquidation Account in an amount equal to the Associations total equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus used in the Offering. Following the Conversion, the Liquidation Account will be maintained by the Association for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Association. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall, with respect to his Deposit Account, hold a related inchoate interest in a portion of the Liquidation Account balance, in relation to his Deposit Account balance at the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, respectively, or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as hereinafter provided.
In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of the Association (and only in such event), following all liquidation payments to creditors (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts) each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a liquidating distribution from the Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for his Deposit Account then held, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Associations capital stock. No merger, consolidation, purchase of bulk assets with assumption of Deposit Accounts and other liabilities, or similar transactions with an FDIC-insured institution, in which the Association is not the surviving institution, shall be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this purpose. In such transactions, the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving institution.
The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be determined by multiplying the opening balance in the Liquidation Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Qualifying Deposits of such Account Holder and the denominator of which is the total amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Account Holders. For Deposit Accounts in existence at both the Eligibility Record Date and the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, separate initial subaccount balances shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits in such Deposit Account on each such record date. Such initial subaccount balance shall not be increased, but shall be subject to downward adjustment as described below.
If, at the close of business on any June 30 annual closing date, commencing on or after the effective date of the Conversion, the deposit balance in the Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder is less than the lesser of (i) the balance in the Deposit Account at the close of business on any other annual closing date subsequent to the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, or (ii) the
17
amount of the Qualifying Deposit in such Deposit Account as of the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, the subaccount balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance in an amount proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance. In the event of such downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the related Deposit Account. If any such Deposit Account is closed, the related subaccount shall be reduced to zero.
The creation and maintenance of the Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any of the equity accounts of the Association, except that the Association shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its equity to be reduced below the amount required for the Liquidation Account.
20. | ESTABLISHMENT AND FUNDING OF CHARITABLE FOUNDATION |
As part of the Conversion, the Holding Company and the Association intend to establish the Foundation, which will qualify as an exempt organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Code, as amended, and to donate to the Foundation cash and/or shares of Common Stock in an aggregate amount up to 8% of the value of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering. The Foundation is being formed in connection with the Conversion in order to complement the Associations existing community reinvestment activities and to share with the communities in which the Association conducts its business a part of the Associations financial success as a community minded, financial services institution. The funding of the Foundation with Common Stock and/or cash accomplishes this goal as it enables the community to share in the growth and profitability of the Holding Company and the Association over the long term.
The Foundation will be dedicated to the promotion of charitable purposes including community development, grants or donations to support housing assistance, not-for-profit community groups and other types of organizations or civic-minded projects. The Foundation will annually distribute total grants to assist charitable organizations or to fund projects within its local community of not less than 5% of the average fair market value of Foundation assets each year, less certain expenses. In order to serve the purposes for which it was formed and maintain its Section 501(c)(3) qualification, the Foundation may sell, on an annual basis, a limited portion of the Foundation Shares.
The board of directors of the Foundation generally will be comprised of individuals who are Officers and/or Directors of the Holding Company or the Association, except that, for a period of five years after the organization of the Foundation, except for temporary periods resulting from death, resignation, removal or disqualification, (i) at least one director of the Foundation will be an independent director who is unaffiliated with the Holding Company and the Association who is from the Associations local community and who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making, and (ii) at least one director shall be a person who is also a member of the Board of Directors of the Association. The board of directors of the Foundation will be responsible for establishing the policies of the Foundation with respect to grants or donations, consistent with the stated purposes of the Foundation.
18
Establishment of the Foundation must be approved by a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members.
21. | VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS |
Following consummation of the Conversion, the holders of the voting capital stock of the Holding Company shall have the exclusive voting rights with respect to the Holding Company.
22. | RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION |
A. All shares of Common Stock purchased by Directors or Officers of the Holding Company or the Association in the Offering shall be subject to the restriction that, except as provided in this Section 22 or as may be approved by the OTS, no interest in such shares may be sold or otherwise disposed of for value for a period of one year following the date of purchase in the Offering.
B. The restriction on disposition of Subscription Shares set forth above in this Section 22 shall not apply to the following:
(1) | Any exchange of such shares in connection with a merger or acquisition involving the Association or the Holding Company, as the case may be, which has been approved by the appropriate federal regulatory agency; and |
(2) | Any disposition of such shares following the death of the person to whom such shares were initially sold under the terms of this Plan. |
C. With respect to all Subscription Shares subject to restrictions on resale or subsequent disposition, each of the following provisions shall apply:
(1) | Each certificate representing shares restricted by this section shall bear a legend prominently stamped on its face giving notice of the restriction; |
(2) | Instructions shall be issued to the stock transfer agent for the Holding Company not to recognize or effect any transfer of any certificate or record of ownership of any such shares in violation of the restriction on transfer; and |
(3) | Any shares of capital stock of the Holding Company issued with respect to a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise with respect to ownership of outstanding Subscription Shares subject to the restriction on transfer hereunder shall be subject to the same restriction as is applicable to such Subscription Shares. |
19
23. | REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION |
For a period of three years following the Conversion, no Officer, Director or their Associates shall purchase, without the prior written approval of the OTS, any outstanding shares of Common Stock except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC. This provision shall not apply to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the exercise of any options pursuant to a stock option plan or purchases of Common Stock made by or held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the Association or the Holding Company (including the Employee Plans) which may be attributable to any Officer or Director. As used herein, the term negotiated transaction means a transaction in which the securities are offered and the terms and arrangements relating to any sale are arrived at through direct communications between the seller or any person acting on its behalf and the purchaser or his investment representative. The term investment representative shall mean a professional investment advisor acting as agent for the purchaser and independent of the seller and not acting on behalf of the seller in connection with the transaction.
24. | TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS |
Each person holding a Deposit Account at the Association at the time of Conversion shall retain an identical Deposit Account at the Association following Conversion in the same amount and subject to the same terms and conditions (except as to voting and liquidation rights).
25. | REGISTRATION AND MARKETING |
Within the time period required by applicable laws and regulations, the Holding Company will register the securities issued in connection with the Offering pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will not deregister such securities for a period of at least three years thereafter, except that the requirement that registration be maintained for three years may be fulfilled by any successor to the Holding Company. In addition, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to encourage and assist a market maker to establish and maintain a market for the Common Stock and to list those securities on a national or regional securities exchange.
26. | TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS |
Consummation of the Conversion is expressly conditioned upon prior receipt by the Association of either a ruling or an opinion of counsel with respect to federal tax laws, and either a ruling, an opinion of counsel, or a letter of advice from their tax advisor with respect to applicable state tax laws, to the effect that consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Conversion and this Plan will not result in a taxable reorganization under the provisions of the applicable codes or otherwise result in any adverse tax consequences to the Holding Company or the Association, or to the account holders receiving subscription rights before or after the Conversion, except in each case to the extent, if any, that subscription rights are deemed to have value on the date such rights are issued.
20
27. | STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS |
A. The Holding Company and the Association are authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans in connection with the Offering, including without limitation, an ESOP. Existing as well as any newly created Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may purchase shares of Common Stock in the Offering, to the extent permitted by the terms of such benefit plans and this Plan.
B. The Holding Company and the Association are authorized to enter into employment and other compensation agreements with their executive officers.
C. The Holding Company and the Association are authorized to adopt stock option plans, restricted stock plans and other Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans no sooner than six months after the completion of the Conversion and Offering, provided that such stock plans conform to any applicable requirements of federal regulations, and the Holding Company intends to implement such stock plans after the completion of the Conversion and Offering, subject to any necessary stockholder approvals.
28. | RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF ASSOCIATION AND HOLDING COMPANY |
A. (1) | The charter of the Association may contain a provision stipulating that no person, except the Holding Company, for a period of five years following the closing date of the Offering, may directly or indirectly acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of an equity security of the Association, without the prior written approval of the OTS. In addition, such charter may also provide that for a period of five years following the closing date of the Conversion, shares beneficially owned in violation of the above-described charter provision shall not be entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting stock in connection with any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote. In addition, special meetings of the stockholders relating to changes in control or amendment of the charter may only be called by the Board of Directors, and shareholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of Directors. |
(2) | For a period of three years from the date of consummation of the Conversion, no person, other than the Holding Company, may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of an equity security of the Association without the prior written consent of the OTS. |
B. The Articles of Incorporation of the Holding Company may contain a provision stipulating that in no event shall the record owners of any outstanding shares of Common Stock that are beneficially owned by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of such outstanding shares be entitled or permitted to any vote with respect to any shares held in excess of 10%. In addition, the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company may
21
contain provisions that prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors and provide for staggered terms of the directors, limitations on the calling of special meetings, a fair price provision for certain business combinations, qualifications for election as director and certain notice requirements.
C. For the purposes of this section:
(1) | The term person includes an individual, a firm, a corporation or other entity; |
(2) | The term offer includes every offer to buy or acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value; |
(3) | The term acquire includes every type of acquisition, whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise; and |
(4) | The term security includes non-transferable subscription rights issued pursuant to a plan of conversion as well as a security as defined in 15 U.S.C. § 77b(a)1. |
29. | PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND REPURCHASE OF STOCK |
A. The Holding Company shall comply with any applicable regulation in the repurchase of any shares of its capital stock following consummation of the Conversion.
B. The Association shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its regulatory capital to be reduced below (i) the amount required for the liquidation account, or (ii) the federal or state regulatory capital requirements.
30. | CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND EFFECTIVE DATE |
The Effective Date of the Conversion shall be the date of the closing of the sale of all shares of the Common Stock after all requisite regulatory and Member approvals have been obtained, all applicable waiting periods have expired, and sufficient subscriptions and orders for Subscription Shares have been received. The Closing of the sale of all shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering shall occur simultaneously on the effective date of the Closing.
31. | EXPENSES OF CONVERSION |
The Association and the Holding Company may retain and pay for the services of legal, financial and other advisors to assist in connection with any or all aspects of the Conversion, including the Offering and the establishment and contribution of shares to the Foundation, and such parties shall use their best efforts to assure that such expenses are reasonable.
22
32. | AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN |
If deemed necessary or desirable, this Plan may be substantively amended as a result of comments from the OTS or otherwise at any time prior to solicitation of proxies from Voting Members to vote on this Plan by the Board of Directors of the Association, and at any time thereafter by the Board of Directors of the Association with the concurrence of the OTS. Any amendment to this Plan made after approval by Voting Members with the approval of the OTS shall not require further approval by Voting Members unless otherwise required by the OTS. The Board of Directors of the Association may terminate this Plan at any time prior to the Special Meeting of Members to vote on this Plan, and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the OTS.
By adopting this Plan, Voting Members of the Association authorize the Board of Directors of the Association to amend or terminate this Plan under the circumstances set forth in this Section 32.
33. | CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION |
Consummation of the Conversion pursuant to this Plan is expressly conditioned upon the following:
A. Prior receipt by the Association of rulings of the United States Internal Revenue Service and the state taxing authorities, or opinions of counsel or tax advisers as described in Section 26;
B. The issuance of the Subscription Shares offered in the Offering; and
C. The completion of the Conversion within the time period specified in Section 3.
34. | INTERPRETATION |
All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Association shall be final, subject to the authority of the OTS.
Dated: March 8, 2011, as amended on March 8, 2011
23
Exhibit 3.1
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
IF BANCORP, INC.
The undersigned, Lawrence M.F. Spaccasi, whose address is 5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780, Washington, DC 20015, being at least eighteen years of age, acting as incorporator, does hereby form a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland, having the following Articles of Incorporation (the Articles):
ARTICLE 1. Name. The name of the corporation is IF Bancorp, Inc. (herein the Corporation).
ARTICLE 2. Principal Office. The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.
ARTICLE 3. Purpose. The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.
ARTICLE 4. Resident Agent. The name and address of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Said resident agent is a Maryland corporation.
ARTICLE 5. Capital Stock
A. Authorized Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue is one-hundred fifty million (150,000,000) shares, consisting of:
1. fifty million (50,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the Preferred Stock); and
2. one-hundred million (100,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the Common Stock).
The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is one million, five-hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000). Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor, which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporations unreserved and unrestricted capital surplus. The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue. For the purposes of these Articles, the term Whole Board shall mean the total number of directors that the
Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption.
B. Common Stock. Except as provided under the terms of any series of Preferred Stock and as limited by Section D of this Article 5, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, each holder of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in the holders name on the books of the Corporation. Subject to any rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them, respectively, after: (i) payment or provision for payment of the Corporations debts and liabilities; and (ii) distributions or provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
C. Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each such series. The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the terms of such Preferred Stock. The power of the stockholders to increase or decrease the authorized shares of the Preferred Stock shall not limit any of the powers of the Board of Directors provided under these Articles.
D. Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporations Equity Securities.
1. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, in no event shall the record owner (or if more than one record owner, all such record owners taken as a group) of any outstanding Common Stock that is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person who, as of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (the Limit), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit. The number of votes that may be cast by any particular record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Person owning shares in excess of the Limit (a Holder in Excess) shall be a number equal to the total number of votes that a single record owner of all Common Stock owned by such Holder in Excess would be entitled to cast after giving effect to the provisions hereof, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series that are both (i) beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess and (ii) owned of record by such particular record owner and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess.
2
The provisions of this Section D of this Article 5 shall not be applicable if, before the Holder in Excess acquired beneficial ownership of such shares in excess of the Limit, such acquisition was approved by a majority of the Unaffiliated Directors. For this purpose, the term Unaffiliated Director means any member of the Board of Directors who is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Holder in Excess became such, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors and who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of the Unaffiliated Directors then serving on the Board of Directors.
2. The following definitions shall apply to this Section D of this Article 5.
(a) | An affiliate of a specified Person shall mean a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified. |
(b) | Beneficial ownership shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on December 31, 2010; provided, however, that a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed the beneficial owner of any Common Stock: |
(1) | that such Person or any of its affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or |
(2) | that such Person or any of its affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with the Corporation to effect any transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of Article 9 hereof) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such Person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or |
(3) |
that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such first mentioned Person or any of its affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to |
3
any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and provided further, however, that (i) no director or officer of the Corporation (or any affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any affiliate thereof), and (ii) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation nor any trustee with respect thereto (or any affiliate of such trustee) shall, solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock held under any such plan. For purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of Common Stock of a Person, the outstanding Common Stock shall include shares deemed owned by such Person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other shares of Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. For all other purposes, the outstanding Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and shall not include any Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. |
(c) | A Person shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, or other entity. |
(d) | The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section D and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions including, but not limited to, matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Person, (ii) whether a Person is an affiliate of another, (iii) whether a Person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section D to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section D. |
3. The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person reasonably believed by the Board of Directors to be a Holder in Excess (or holder of record of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Holder in Excess) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such Holder in Excess. The Board of Directors shall further have the right to receive from any Holder in Excess reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the Board in connection with its investigation of any matters relating to the applicability or effect of this section on such Holder in Excess, to the extent such investigation is deemed appropriate
4
by the Board of Directors as a result of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation with the information described in the previous sentence.
4. Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.
5. In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section D shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including Holders in Excess, notwithstanding any such finding.
E. Majority Vote. Notwithstanding any provision of the MGCL requiring stockholder authorization of an action by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, such action shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided in these Articles.
F. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in these Articles, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of Article 5, Section D) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in these Articles to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.
ARTICLE 6. Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights.
A. Preemptive Rights. Except for preemptive rights approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, no holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series.
5
B. Appraisal Rights. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, shall determine that such rights apply with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.
ARTICLE 7. Directors. The following provisions are made a part of these Articles for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:
A. Management of the Corporation. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the stockholders by law or by these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any limitations on the Board of Directors management or direction of the affairs of the Corporation shall reserve the directors full power to discharge their fiduciary duties.
B. Number, Class and Terms of Directors; No Cumulative Voting. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall initially be nine (9), which number may be increased or decreased in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class (Class I) to expire at the conclusion of the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class (Class II) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class (Class III) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
The names of the individuals who will serve as directors of the Corporation until their successors are elected and qualify are as follows:
Class I Directors:
Ardith Heuton
Wayne A. Lehmann
Allan D. Martin
6
Class II Directors:
Joseph A. Cowan
Gary Martin
Dennis C. Wittenborn
Class III Directors:
John D. Martin
Frank J. Simutis
Rodney E. Yergler
Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.
C. Vacancies. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
D. Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) voting together as a single class.
E. Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Stockholder proposals to be presented in connection with a special meeting of stockholders shall be presented by the Corporation only to the
ARTICLE 8. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders.
ARTICLE 9. Evaluation of Certain Offers. The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined below) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another
7
corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction that would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market or otherwise, tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporations stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: (A) the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon the Corporations stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; (B) the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of the Corporation; (D) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Corporations stock or other securities in the future; (E) the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (F) the future value of the stock or any other securities of the Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; (G) any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; (H) the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and (I) the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations. If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: advising stockholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock or other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity. This Article 9 sets forth certain factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors, but does not create any implication concerning the factors that must be considered, or any other factors that may or may not be considered, by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 9.
For purposes of this Article 9, a Person shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.
8
ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.
A. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
B. Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.
C. Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person
9
may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporations Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.
D. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.
E. Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitees heirs, executors and administrators.
F. Limitations Imposed by Federal Law. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.
ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Persons action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
ARTICLE 12. Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation. The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in the manner prescribed by the MGCL, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as
10
expressly set forth in these Articles, of any of the Corporations outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and no stockholder approval shall be required if the approval of stockholders is not required for the proposed amendment or repeal by the MGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.
The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.
No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be submitted to a stockholder vote unless the Board of Directors shall have (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors. Any proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles may be abandoned by the Board of Directors at any time before its effective time upon the adoption of a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).
The amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be approved by at least two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles), except that the proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles need only be approved by the vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles) if the amendment or repeal of such provision is approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by at least two-thirds of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).
Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 12, Section C, D, E or F of Article 5, Article 7 (other than the removal of the list of original directors), Article 8, Article 9, Article 10 or Article 11.
11
ARTICLE 13. Name and Address of Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator are as follows:
Lawrence M.F. Spaccasi
5335 Wisconsin Ave., N.W., Suite 780
Washington, D.C. 20015
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
12
I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland, do make, file and record this Charter, do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and, accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 3 rd day of March, 2011.
/s/ Lawrence M.F. Spaccasi |
Lawrence M.F. Spaccasi, |
Incorporator |
13
Exhibit 3.2
IF BANCORP, INC.
BYLAWS
ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. | Annual Meeting. |
The Corporation shall hold an annual meeting of its stockholders to elect directors and to transact any other business within its powers, at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Corporations existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act.
Section 2. | Special Meetings. |
Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the President or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (hereinafter the Whole Board). Special meetings of the stockholders shall be called by the Secretary at the request of stockholders only on the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted upon at the meeting, and shall be delivered at the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary. The Secretary shall inform the stockholders who make the request of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of these costs to the Corporation, notify each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The Board of Directors shall have the sole power to fix (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and (ii) the date, time and place of the special meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at the special meeting.
Section 3. | Notice of Meetings; Adjournment. |
Not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before each stockholders meeting, the Secretary shall give notice of the meeting in writing or by electronic transmission to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting, and, if the meeting is a special meeting or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting. Notice is given to a stockholder when it is personally delivered to the stockholder, left at the stockholders residence or usual place of business, mailed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. If the Corporation has
received a request from a stockholder that notice not be sent by electronic transmission, the Corporation may not provide notice to the stockholder by electronic transmission. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, each person who is entitled to notice waives notice if such person, before or after the meeting, delivers a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission which is filed with the records of the stockholders meetings, or is present at the meeting in person or by proxy.
A meeting of stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.
As used in these Bylaws, the term electronic transmission shall have the meaning given to such term by Section 1-101( l ) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the MGCL) or any successor provision.
Section 4. | Quorum. |
Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide otherwise, where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.
If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock who are present at the meeting, in person or by proxy, may, in accordance with Section 3 of this Article I, adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.
Section 5. | Organization and Conduct of Business. |
The Chairman of the Board of the Corporation or Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence, the President, or in his or her absence, such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman of the meeting appoints. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her in order.
Section 6. | Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors. |
(a) At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) as specified in the Corporations notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who: (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting; and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(a). For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder
2
pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by stockholders. To be timely, a stockholders notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 80 days nor more than 90 days prior to any such meeting; provided, however, that if less than 90 days notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.
A stockholders notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporations books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.
Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a). The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporations notice of the meeting.
(b) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(b) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(b). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholders notice shall be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 80 days nor more than 90 days prior to any such meeting; provided, however, that if less than 90 days notice
3
or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.
A stockholders notice must be in writing and set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such persons qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), or any successor rule or regulation; and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporations books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b). The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
(c) For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6, the term public disclosure shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation. The timely notice requirements provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6 shall apply to all stockholder nominations for election as a director and all stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporations proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.
Section 7. | Proxies and Voting. |
Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limits or denies voting rights, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders; however, a
4
share is not entitled to be voted if any installment payable on it is overdue and unpaid. In all elections for directors, directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or as provided in the Articles of the Corporation, all other matters voted on by stockholders shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on the matter.
A stockholder may vote the stock the stockholder owns of record either in person or by proxy. A stockholder may sign a writing authorizing another person to act as proxy. Signing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholders authorized agent signing the writing or causing the stockholders signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature. A stockholder may authorize another person to act as proxy by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, an authorization for the person to act as the proxy to the person authorized to act as proxy or to any other person authorized to receive the proxy authorization on behalf of the person authorized to act as the proxy, including a proxy solicitation firm or proxy support service organization. The authorization may be transmitted by a telegram, cablegram, datagram, electronic mail or any other electronic or telephonic means. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, it is not valid more than 11 months after its date. A proxy is revocable by a stockholder at any time without condition or qualification unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest. A proxy may be made irrevocable for as long as it is coupled with an interest. The interest with which a proxy may be coupled includes an interest in the stock to be voted under the proxy or another general interest in the Corporation or its assets or liabilities.
Section 8. | Conduct of Voting |
The Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof, in accordance with applicable law. At all meetings of stockholders, the proxies and ballots shall be received, and all questions relating to the qualification of voters and the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided or determined by the inspector of election. All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy or the chairman of the meeting, a written vote shall be taken. Every written vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. Every vote taken by ballot shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting. No candidate for election as a director at a meeting shall serve as an inspector at such meeting.
Section 9. | Control Share Acquisition Act. |
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the MGCL (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This Section 9 may be repealed by a majority of the Whole Board, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of Control Shares (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision) and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or
5
subsequent Control Share Acquisition (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision).
ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 1. | General Powers, Number and Term of Office. |
The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall, by virtue of the Corporations election made hereby to be governed by Section 3-804(b) of the MGCL, be fixed from time to time exclusively by vote of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The Board of Directors shall annually elect a Chairman of the Board from among its members and shall designate the Chairman of the Board or his designee to preside at its meetings.
The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first annual meeting, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
Section 2. | Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. |
By virtue of the Corporations election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
Section 3. | Regular Meetings. |
Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places or by means of remote communication, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required. Any regular meeting of the Board of Directors may
6
adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.
Section 4. | Special Meetings. |
Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number), the Chairman of the Board, or by the President, and shall be held at such place or by means of remote communication, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director who has not waived notice by mailing and post-marking written notice not less than five days before the meeting, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission of the same not less than 24 hours before the meeting. Any director may waive notice of any special meeting, either before or after such meeting, by delivering a written waiver or a waiver by electronic transmission that is filed with the records of the meeting. Attendance of a director at a special meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted nor the purpose of any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting. Any special meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.
Section 5. | Quorum. |
At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.
Section 6. | Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone. |
Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 7. | Conduct of Business. |
At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or the Corporations Articles or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the Board of Directors and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.
7
Section 8. | Powers. |
All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors except as provided by the Corporations Articles. Consistent with the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have, among other powers, the unqualified power:
(i) | To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law; |
(ii) | To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine; |
(iii) | To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith; |
(iv) | To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being; |
(v) | To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents; |
(vi) | To adopt from time to time such stock, option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; |
(vii) | To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and |
(viii) | To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the management of the Corporations business and affairs. |
Section 9. | Compensation of Directors. |
Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.
Section 10. | Resignation. |
Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the President or the Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof.
8
Section 11. | Presumption of Assent. |
A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to such action unless such director announces his dissent at the meeting and (a) such directors dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, (b) such director files his written dissent to such action with the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or (c) such director forwards his written dissent within 24 hours after the meeting is adjourned, by certified mail, return receipt requested, bearing a postmark from the United States Postal Service, to the secretary of the meeting or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action or failed to make his dissent known at the meeting.
Section 12. | Director Qualifications |
A person is not qualified to serve as director if he or she: (1) is under indictment for, or has ever been convicted of, a criminal offense involving dishonesty or breach of trust and the penalty for such offense could be imprisonment for more than one year, (2) is a person against whom a banking agency has, within the past ten years, issued a cease and desist order for conduct involving dishonesty or breach of trust and that order is final and not subject to appeal, or (3) has been found either by a regulatory agency whose decision is final and not subject to appeal or by a court to have (i) breached a fiduciary duty involving personal profit, or (ii) committed a willful violation of any law, rule or regulation governing banking, securities, commodities or insurance, or any final cease and desist order issued by a banking, securities, commodities or insurance regulatory agency. No person may serve on the Board of Directors and at the same time be a director or officer of a co-operative bank, credit union, savings bank, savings and loan association, trust company, bank holding company or banking association (in each case whether chartered by a state, the federal government or any other jurisdiction), other than of a subsidiary of the Corporation, that has an office in any county in which the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries has an office, or in any county contiguous to any county in which the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries has an office. A majority of the members of the Board of Directors must be residents of a city or county in which the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries has an office, or any county contiguous to such cities or counties. The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section 12 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions.
No person 72 years of age shall be eligible for election, re-election, appointment or reappointment to the Board of Directors of the Corporation. No director shall serve as such beyond the annual meeting of the Corporation immediately following the director becoming 72 years of age. This age limitation does not apply to an advisory director or director emeritus of the Corporation.
Section 13. | Attendance at Board Meetings. |
The Board of Directors shall have the right to remove any director from the board upon a directors unexcused absence of three consecutive regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors.
9
ARTICLE III
COMMITTEES
Section 1. | Committees of the Board of Directors. |
(a) General Provisions. The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Governance/Nominating Committee, and such other committees as the Board of Directors deems necessary or desirable. The Board of Directors may delegate to any committee so appointed any of the powers and authorities of the Board of Directors to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL and any other applicable law.
(b) Composition. Each committee shall be composed of one or more directors or any other number of members specified in these Bylaws or required by applicable regulations or stock exchange rules. The Chairman of the Board may recommend committees, committee memberships, and committee chairmanships to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to appoint the chairman and the members of any committee, change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies on committees, to designate alternate members to replace or act in the place of any absent or disqualified member of a committee, or to dissolve any committee.
(c) Issuance of Stock. If the Board of Directors has given general authorization for the issuance of stock providing for or establishing a method or procedure for determining the maximum number of shares to be issued, a committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with that general authorization or any stock option or other plan or program adopted by the Board of Directors, may authorize or fix the terms of stock subject to classification or reclassification and the terms on which any stock may be issued, including all terms and conditions required or permitted to be established or authorized by the Board of Directors. Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors if the resolution that designated the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide.
Section 2. | Conduct of Business. |
Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the committee and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. The members of any committee may conduct any meeting thereof by conference telephone or other communications equipment in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of Article II.
10
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
Section 1. | Generally. |
(a) The Board of Directors as soon as may be practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer and from time to time may choose such other officers as it may deem proper. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that no person may concurrently serve as both President and Vice President of the Corporation.
(b) The term of office of all officers shall be until the next annual election of officers and until their respective successors are chosen, but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board.
(c) All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.
Section 2. | Chairman of the Board of Directors. |
The Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairman of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation that are authorized.
Section 3. | Chief Executive Officer. |
The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall serve in general executive capacity and have general power over the management and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporations business and general supervisory power and authority over its policies and affairs. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.
Section 4. | President. |
The President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the Chief Executive Officers absence or during his or her disability to act. In addition, the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the President from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 5. | Vice President. |
The Vice President or Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or other levels of Vice President designated by the Board of Directors), if any, shall perform the duties of
11
the Chief Executive Officer in the absence of both the Chief Executive Officer and the President, or during their disability to act. In addition, the Vice Presidents shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the Vice Presidents from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 6. | Secretary. |
The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall issue notices of meetings, shall keep the minutes of meetings, shall have charge of the seal and the corporate books, shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are usually incident to such offices and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned thereto by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 7. | Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer. |
The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall have charge of all monies and securities of the Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation that has a treasurer or financial officer appointed by the Board of Directors, and shall keep regular books of account. The funds of the Corporation shall be deposited in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer with such banks or trust companies or other entities as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate. The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall sign or countersign such instruments as require his or her signature, shall perform all such duties and have all such powers as are usually incident to such office and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may be required to give bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.
Section 8. | Other Officers. |
The Board of Directors may designate and fill such other offices in its discretion and the persons holding such other offices shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer may from time to time assign.
Section 9. | Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations |
Stock of other corporations or associations, registered in the name of the Corporation, may be voted by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice-President, or a proxy appointed by either of them. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.
12
ARTICLE V
STOCK
Section 1. | Certificates of Stock. |
The Board of Directors may determine to issue certificated or uncertificated shares of capital stock and other securities of the Corporation. For certificated stock, each stockholder is entitled to certificates which represent and certify the shares of stock he or she holds in the Corporation. Each stock certificate shall include on its face the name of the Corporation, the name of the stockholder or other person to whom it is issued, and the class of stock and number of shares it represents. It shall also include on its face or back (a) a statement of any restrictions on transferability and a statement of the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the stock of each class which the Corporation is authorized to issue, of the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series of preferred stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue, to the extent they have been set, and of the authority of the Board of Directors to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series of preferred stock or (b) a statement which provides in substance that the Corporation will furnish a full statement of such information to any stockholder on request and without charge. Such request may be made to the Secretary or to the Corporations transfer agent. Upon the issuance of uncertificated shares of capital stock, the Corporation shall send the stockholder a written statement of the same information required above with respect to stock certificates. Each stock certificate shall be in such form, not inconsistent with law or with the Corporations Articles, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors or any officer or officers designated for such purpose by resolution of the Board of Directors. Each stock certificate shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or a Vice-President, and countersigned by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer. Each certificate may be sealed with the actual corporate seal or a facsimile of it or in any other form and the signatures may be either manual or facsimile signatures. A certificate is valid and may be issued whether or not an officer who signed it is still an officer when it is issued. A certificate may not be issued until the stock represented by it is fully paid.
Section 2. | Transfers of Stock. |
Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.
Section 3. | Record Dates or Closing of Transfer Books. |
The Board of Directors may, and shall have the power to, set a record date or direct that the stock transfer books be closed for a stated period for the purpose of making any proper determination with respect to stockholders, including which stockholders are entitled to notice of a meeting, vote at a meeting, receive a dividend, or be allotted other rights. The record date may not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed nor, subject to Section 3
13
of Article I of these Bylaws, more than 90 days before the date on which the action requiring the determination will be taken; the transfer books may not be closed for a period longer than 20 days; and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, the record date or the closing of the transfer books shall be at least ten days before the date of the meeting. Any shares of the Corporations own stock acquired by the Corporation between the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders and the time of the meeting may be voted at the meeting by the holder of record as of the record date and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.
Section 4. | Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. |
The Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine the conditions for issuing a new stock certificate in place of one which is alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or the Board of Directors may delegate such power to any officer or officers of the Corporation. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may require the owner of the certificate to give a bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the Corporation against any loss or claim arising as a result of the issuance of a new certificate. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may refuse to issue such new certificate without the order of a court having jurisdiction over the matter.
Section 5. | Stock Ledger. |
The Corporation shall maintain a stock ledger which contains the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of each class which the stockholder holds. The stock ledger may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a duplicate of the stock ledger shall be kept at the offices of a transfer agent for the particular class of stock or, if none, at the principal executive office of the Corporation.
Section 6. | Regulations. |
The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.
ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 1. | Facsimile Signatures. |
In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.
Section 2. | Corporate Seal. |
The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, bearing the name of the Corporation, which shall be in the charge of the Secretary. The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof. If the Corporation is required to place its
14
corporate seal to a document, it is sufficient to meet the requirement of any law, rule, or regulation relating to a corporate seal to place the word (seal) adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to sign the document on behalf of the Corporation.
Section 3. | Books and Records. |
The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors and of any committee when exercising any of the powers of the Board of Directors. The books and records of the Corporation may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. Minutes shall be recorded in written form but may be maintained in the form of a reproduction. The original or a certified copy of these Bylaws shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation.
Section 4. | Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records. |
Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, in addition to any protections conferred upon him or her by law, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member, officer or agent reasonably believes are within such other persons professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.
Section 5. | Fiscal Year. |
The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of July and end on the last day of June in each year.
Section 6. | Time Periods. |
In applying any provision of these Bylaws that requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.
Section 7. | Checks, Drafts, Etc. |
All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that is authorized by the Board of Directors.
Section 8. | Mail. |
Any notice or other document that is required by these Bylaws to be mailed shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid.
15
Section 9. | Contracts and Agreements. |
To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise prescribed by the Articles or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. A person who holds more than one office in the Corporation may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge, or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by more than one officer.
ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENTS
These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided in the Articles of the Corporation.
16
Exhibit 4
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND
No. | IF B ANCORP , I NC . | Shares | ||
FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE
PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE
CUSIP: THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS, SEE REVERSE SIDE |
||||
THIS CERTIFIES that | is the owner of | |||
SHARES OF COMMON STOCK of IF Bancorp, Inc. a Maryland corporation |
The shares evidenced by this certificate are transferable only on the books of IF Bancorp, Inc. by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. The capital stock evidenced hereby is not an account of an insurable type and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other Federal or state governmental agency.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, IF Bancorp, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its seal to be hereunto affixed.
By | [SEAL] | By | ||||||||||
Beth A. Warren | Alan D. Martin | |||||||||||
Corporate Secretary | President and Chief Executive Officer |
The Board of Directors of IF Bancorp, Inc. (the Company) is authorized by resolution or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of more than one class of stock, including preferred stock in series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and restrictions thereof. The Company will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.
The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Articles of Incorporation to the effect that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (the Limit) be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of shares held in excess of the Limit.
The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter. The Articles of Incorporation require that, with limited exceptions, no amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of the Articles of Incorporation shall be made, unless such is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by the stockholders by a majority of the total shares entitled to vote, or in certain circumstances approved by the affirmative vote of up to eighty percent (80%) of the shares entitled to vote.
The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.
TEN COM | - as tenants in common | UNIF GIFT MIN ACT | - Custodian | |||
(Cust) (Minor) | ||||||
TEN ENT | - as tenants by the entireties | |||||
Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act | ||||||
JT TEN | - as joint tenants with right | |||||
of survivorship and not as | ||||||
tenants in common | (State) |
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list
For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER
(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)
________________________________________________________________________________________ Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated,
In the presence of | Signature: | |||
NOTE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.
Exhibit 5
LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK
A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION
ATTORNEYS AT LAW
5335 WISCONSIN AVENUE, N.W., SUITE 780
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20015
TELEPHONE (202) 274-2000
FACSIMILE (202) 362-2902
www.luselaw.com
WRITERS DIRECT DIAL NUMBER | WRITERS EMAIL | |||
(202) 274-2000 |
March 16, 2011
The Board of Directors
IF Bancorp, Inc.
201 East Cherry Street
Watseka, Illinois 60970
Re: | IF Bancorp, Inc. |
Common | Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share |
Gentlemen:
You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in connection with the offer and sale (the Offering) of IF Bancorp, Inc. (the Company) Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (Common Stock). We have reviewed the Companys Articles of Incorporation, Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the Form S-1), as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the Company and the offer and sale of the Common Stock. The opinion expressed below is limited to the Maryland General Corporation Law.
We are of the opinion that upon the declaration of effectiveness of the Form S-1, the Common Stock, when sold pursuant to the Companys prospectus and the Plan of Conversion of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association, a federally chartered savings and loan association, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
This Opinion has been prepared in connection with the Form S-1. We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption Legal and Tax Matters, and for inclusion of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-1.
Very truly yours, |
/s/ Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, PC |
LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION |
Exhibit 8.1
FORM OF FEDERAL
TAX OPINION
, 2011
(202) 274-2000
Board of Directors
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
201 E. Cherry St
Watseka, IL 60970
Re: | Federal Income Tax Opinion Relating to Conversion of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association from a Federal Mutual Savings and Loan Association to a Federal Stock Savings and Loan Association |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In accordance with your request, set forth below is the opinion of this firm relating to the material federal income tax consequences of the proposed conversion (the Conversion) of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association (the Association) from a federal mutual savings and loan association to a federal stock savings and loan association (Stock Association). In the Conversion, all of the Associations to-be-issued stock will be acquired by [IF Bancorp, Inc.], a newly organized Maryland corporation (the Holding Company).
For purposes of this opinion, we have examined such documents and questions of law as we have considered necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to the Holding Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1 relating to the proposed issuance of up to shares (at the maximum of the offering range) of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and the Plan of Conversion adopted by the Association on , 2011 (the Plan), the Federal Mutual Charter of the Association, and the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company. In such examination, we have assumed and have not independently verified the authenticity of all original documents, the accuracy of all copies, and the genuineness of all signatures. We have further assumed the absence of adverse facts not apparent from the face of the instruments and documents we examined. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in said documents.
In issuing our opinion, we have assumed that the Plan has been duly and validly authorized and has been approved and adopted by the board of directors of the Association at a meeting duly called and held, that the Association will comply with the terms and conditions of the Plan, and that
Board of Directors
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
, 2011
Page 2
the various representations and warranties that are provided to us are accurate, complete, true and correct. Accordingly, we express no opinion concerning the effect, if any, of variations from the foregoing. We specifically express no opinion concerning tax matters relating to the Plan under state and local tax laws and under federal income tax laws except on the basis of the documents and assumptions described above.
In issuing the opinion set forth below, we have relied solely on existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), existing and proposed Treasury regulations (the Regulations) thereunder, current administrative rulings, notices and procedures, and court decisions. Such laws, regulations, administrative rulings, notices and procedures and court decisions are subject to change at any time. Any such change could affect the continuing validity of the opinions set forth below. This opinion is as of the date hereof, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any matter considered herein after the date hereof.
In rendering our opinion, we have assumed that the persons and entities identified in the Plan will at all times comply with applicable state and federal laws and the factual representations of the Association. In addition, we have assumed that the activities of the persons and entities identified in the Plan will be conducted strictly in accordance with the Plan. Any variations may affect the opinions we are rendering. For purposes of this opinion, we are relying on the factual representations provided to us by the Association, which are incorporated herein by reference.
We emphasize that the outcome of litigation cannot be predicted with certainty and, although we have attempted in good faith to opine as to the probable outcome of the merits of each tax issue with respect to which an opinion was requested, there can be no assurance that our conclusions are correct or that they would be adopted by the Internal Revenue Service or a court.
BACKGROUND
The Association is a federal mutual savings and loan association that is in the process of converting to a federal stock savings and loan association. As a federal mutual savings and loan association, the Association has no authorized capital stock. Instead the Association, in mutual form, has a unique equity structure. A depositor in the Association is entitled to payment of interest on his account balance as declared and paid by the Association. A depositor has no right to a distribution of any earnings of the Association except for interest paid on his deposit, but rather, such earnings become retained earnings of the Association. However, a depositor has a right to share, pro rata, with respect to the withdrawal value of his account, in any liquidation proceeds distributed in the event the Association is liquidated. All of the interests held by a depositor cease when such depositor
Board of Directors
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
, 2011
Page 3
closes his account with the Association. In connection with and at the time of the Conversion, Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will exchange their liquidation rights in the Association for an interest in a liquidation account (Liquidation Account) established at the Stock Association.
PROPOSED TRANSACTION
The Holding Company has been formed under the laws of the State of [Maryland] for the purpose of the proposed transactions described herein, to engage in business as a savings and loan holding company and to hold all of the stock of the Stock Association. The Holding Company will issue shares of its voting common stock (Holding Company Conversion Shares), upon completion of the mutual-to-stock conversion of the Association, to persons purchasing such shares as described in greater detail below.
Following regulatory approval, the Plan provides for the offer and sale of shares of Holding Company Conversion Shares in a Subscription Offering pursuant to nontransferable subscription rights on the basis of the following preference categories: (i) Eligible Account Holders of the Association, (ii) the Associations tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including the newly formed employee stock ownership plan and the Associations 401(k) plan, (iii) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of the Association, and (iv) Other Members of the Association, all as described in the Plan. All shares must be sold, and to the extent the stock is available, no subscriber will be allowed to purchase fewer than 25 shares of Holding Company Conversion Shares. If shares remain after all orders are filled in the categories described above, the Plan calls for a community offering to certain members of the general public residing in the Illinois counties of [Iroquiois and Vermilion] (Community Offering) for the sale of shares not purchased under the preference categories, and a syndicated community offering (Syndicated Community Offering) for the shares not sold in the Community Offering.
Pursuant to the Plan, all such shares will be issued and sold at a uniform price per share. The aggregate purchase price at which all shares of Holding Company Conversion Shares will be offered and sold pursuant to the Plan will be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the Association, as converted. The estimated pro forma market value will be determined by RP Financial, LC., an independent appraiser. The conversion of the Association from mutual-to-stock form and the sale of newly issued shares of the stock of the Stock Association to the Holding Company will be deemed effective concurrently with the closing of the sale of Holding Company Conversion Shares.
Board of Directors
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
, 2011
Page 4
OPINION OF COUNSEL
Based solely upon the foregoing information, we render the following opinion:
1. The change in the form of operation of the Association from a federal mutual savings Association to a federal stock savings bank, as described above, will constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Code Section 368(a)(1)(F), and no gain or loss will be recognized to either the Association or to Stock Association as a result of such Conversion. See Rev. Rul. 80-105, 1980-1 C.B. 78. The Association and Stock Association will each be a party to a reorganization within the meaning of Code Section 368(b). Rev. Rul. 72-206, 1972-1 C.B. 104.
2. No gain or loss will be recognized by Stock Association on the receipt of money from Holding Company in exchange for its shares or by Holding Company upon the receipt of money from the sale of Holding Company Conversion Shares. Code Section 1032(a).
3. The assets of the Association will have the same basis in the hands of Stock Association as they had in the hands of the Association immediately prior to the Conversion. Code Section 362(b).
4. The holding period of the Associations assets to be received by Stock Association will include the period during which the assets were held by the Association prior to the Conversion. Code Section 1223(2).
5. No gain or loss will be recognized by the account holders of the Association upon the issuance to them of withdrawable deposit accounts in Stock Association in the same dollar amount and under the same terms as their deposit accounts in the Association and no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon receipt by them of an interest in the Liquidation Account of Stock Association, in exchange for their ownership interests in the Association. Code Section 354(a).
6. The basis of the account holders deposit accounts in the Stock Association will be the same as the basis of their deposit accounts in the Association surrendered in exchange therefor. The basis of each Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members interests in the Liquidation Account of the Stock Association will be zero, that being the cost of such property.
Board of Directors
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
, 2011
Page 5
7. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Conversion Shares will be zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon the distribution to them of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Conversion Shares. No taxable income will be realized by the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members as a result of the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights. Rev. Rul. 56-572, 1956-2 C.B. 182.
8. It is more likely than not that the basis of the Holding Company Conversion Shares to its stockholders will be the purchase price thereof. (Section 1012 of the Code). The stockholders holding period will commence upon the exercise of the subscription rights. (Section 1223(5) of the Code).
9. For purposes of Section 381 of the Code, the Stock Association will be treated as if there had been no reorganization. Accordingly, the taxable year of the Association will not end on the effective date of the Conversion merely because of the transfer of assets of the Association to the Stock Association, and the tax attributes of the Association will be taken into account by the Stock Association as if there had been no reorganization. (Treas. Reg. Section 1.381(b)-(1)(a)(2)).
10. The part of the taxable year of the Association before the reorganization and the part of the taxable year of Stock Association after the reorganization will constitute a single taxable year of Stock Association. See Rev. Rul. 57-276, 1957-1 C.B. 126. Consequently, the Association will not be required to file a federal income tax return for any portion of such taxable year solely by reason of the Conversion. Treas. Reg. Section 1.381(b)-1(a)(2).
11. The tax attributes of the Association enumerated in Code Section 381(c) will be taken into account by Stock Association. Treas. Reg. Section 1.381(b)-1(a)(2).
Notwithstanding any reference to Code Section 381 above, no opinion is expressed or intended to be expressed herein as to the effect, if any, of this transaction on the continued existence of, the carryover or carryback of, or the limitation on, any net operating losses of the Association or its successor, Stock Association, under the Code.
Our opinion under paragraph 7 above is predicated on the representation that no person shall receive any payment, whether in money or property, in lieu of the issuance of subscription rights. Our opinion under paragraphs 7 and 8 is based on the facts that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will
Board of Directors
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
, 2011
Page 6
provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of Holding Company Conversion Shares at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any Community Offering. We also note that RP Financial, L.C. has issued a letter dated , 2011 stating that the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value. We further note that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past reached a different conclusion with respect to the value of nontransferable subscription rights. If the subscription rights are subsequently found to have value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Holding Company and/or Stock Association may be taxable on the distribution of the subscription rights.
CONSENT
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration Statement) of the Holding Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the Conversion, and as an exhibit to the Form AC, Application for Approval of Conversion, and Form H-(e)(1)S (the Filings) filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision with respect to the Conversion, as applicable. We also hereby consent to the references to this firm in the prospectus which is a part of the Registration Statement and the Filings.
USE OF OPINION
This opinion is rendered for the benefit of the Holding Company, the Association and the Stock Association, and may not be quoted in whole or in part or otherwise referred to, nor is it to be filed with any governmental agency or other person without our prior written consent. We expressly consent to the use of and reliance on this opinion by BKD, LLP in issuing its state tax opinion to the Association.
Very truly yours, |
LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK, |
A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION |
Exhibit 8.2
March 10, 2011
Board of Directors
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
201 E. Cherry St.
Watseka, Illinois 60970
Ladies and Gentlemen:
You have requested our opinion regarding the Illinois income tax consequences of the proposed conversion (the Conversion) of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association (the Association), from a federal mutual savings and loan association to a federal stock savings and loan association (Stock Association) pursuant to the Plan of Conversion adopted by the Association on , 2011 (the Plan) and the integrated transactions described in the Federal Tax Opinion (the Federal Opinion) prepared by Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick. In the Conversion, all of the Associations to-be-issued stock will be acquired by [IF Bancorp, Inc.], a newly organized Maryland corporation (the Holding Company).
Our opinion is limited solely to Illinois state income tax consequences and will not apply to any other taxes, jurisdictions, transactions or issues.
In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have relied on the Federal Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick related to the federal tax consequences of the Conversion, without undertaking to verify the federal tax consequences by independent investigation. Our opinion is subject to the truth and accuracy of certain representations made by you to us and Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick and the consummation of the proposed Conversion in accordance with the terms of the Plan. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan.
Should it finally be determined that the facts and federal income tax consequences are not as outlined in the Federal Opinion, the Illinois income tax consequences and our Illinois Income Tax Opinion will differ from what is contained herein.
Our opinion is based upon the existing provisions of the Illinois Income Tax Act (the IITA) and regulations there under, and existing court decisions, any of which could be changed at any time. Any such changes may be retroactive and could significantly modify the statements and opinions expressed herein. Similarly, any change in the facts and assumptions stated below, upon which this opinion is based, could modify the conclusions. This opinion is as of the date hereof, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any matter considered
Board of Directors
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
March 10, 2011
Page 2
herein after the date hereof. This opinion is being furnished only for you and your respective shareholders in connection with the Conversion and may not be used or relied upon for any other purpose and may not be circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to for any other purpose without our express written consent.
We opine only as to the matters we expressly set forth, and no opinions should be inferred as to any other matters or as to the tax treatment of the transactions that we do not specifically address. We express no opinion as to laws and regulations of any jurisdictions other than Illinois, or as to factual or legal matters other than as set forth herein.
Discussion Related to Illinois Tax Consequences
The IITA does not specifically adopt any tax-free reorganization or tax-free capital contribution provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The IITA imposes a tax measured by the net income of each individual and corporation [Section 201(a) IITA]. The IITA also imposes a personal property tax replacement income tax on the net income of each corporation [Section 201(c) IITA]. The IITA defines net income as base income allocable to Illinois [Section 202 IITA]. The IITA defines base income in the case of a corporation as federal taxable income [Section 203(b) and (e) IITA]. The IITA defines base income in the case of an individual as federal adjusted gross income [Section 203(a) and (e) IITA]. Based on the IITA, the starting point for computing a corporations Illinois income tax is federal taxable income; and the starting point for computing an individuals Illinois income tax is federal adjusted gross income. Finally, the IITA states that each person filing an Illinois income tax return shall take into account the items of income, deductions and exclusions on their Illinois income tax return in the same manner as such items are reflected in their federal income tax return [Section 403(a) IITA]. The Federal Tax Opinion which states that no income or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes by any of the parties participating in the Conversion described above, provides the basis upon which we conclude that the aforementioned IITA holds that such Conversion results in no gain or loss under the IITA.
Opinions
Accordingly, based upon the facts and representation stated herein and the existing law, it is the opinion of BKD, LLP regarding the Illinois income tax consequences of the planned Conversion and reorganization that:
1. | No gain or loss will be recognized to either the Association or to Stock Association as a result of such Conversion based upon IITA Sections 203 and 403(a). |
Board of Directors
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
March 10, 2011
Page 3
2. | No gain or loss will be recognized by Stock Association on the receipt of money from Holding Company in exchange for its shares or by Holding Company upon the receipt of money from the sale of Holding Company Conversion Stock based upon IITA Sections 203 and 403(a). |
3. | No gain or loss will be recognized by the account holders of the Association upon the issuance to them of withdrawable deposit accounts in Stock Association in the same dollar amount and under the same terms as their deposit accounts in the Association and no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon receipt by them of an interest in the Liquidation Account of Stock Association, in exchange for their ownership interests in the Association based upon IITA Sections 203 and 403(a). |
4. | According to the Federal Opinion, it is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Conversion Stock will be zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon the distribution to them of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Conversion Stock. No taxable income will be realized by the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members as a result of the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members will receive the same treatment for IITA purposes based upon IITA Sections 203 and 403(a). |
5. | The part of the taxable year of the Association before the reorganization and the part of the taxable year of Stock Association after the reorganization will constitute a single taxable year of Stock Association based upon IITA Sections 203 and 403(a). |
6. | According to the Federal Opinion, the tax attributes of the Association enumerated in Code Section 381(c) will be taken into account by Stock Association. Treas. Reg. Section 1.381(b)-1(a)(2). The parties will receive the same treatment for IITA purposes based upon IITA Sections 203, 403(a) and 405(a). |
If any of the facts contained in this opinion letter change, it is imperative that we be notified in order to determine the effect on the Illinois income tax consequences, if any.
Board of Directors
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
March 10, 2011
Page 4
We hereby consent to the filing of the opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Holding Company as filed with the SEC with respect to the Conversion, and as an exhibit to the Form AC, Application of Conversion and Form H-(e)(1)S filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision with respect to the Conversion. We also consent to the references to our firm in the Prospectus.
BKD, LLP
Exhibit 10.1
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (Agreement) is made effective as of , 2011 (the Effective Date), by and between Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association (the Bank), a federally chartered financial institution, with its principal offices located at 201 East Cherry Street, Watseka, Illinois 60970-0190, and Alan Martin (the Executive).
WHEREAS , the Executive is currently employed as Chief Executive Officer of the Bank; and
WHEREAS , the Bank desires to ensure that the Bank is assured of the continued availability of the Executives services as provided in this Agreement; and
WHEREAS , the Executive is willing to serve the Bank on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth and has agreed to such changes.
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. | Position and Responsibilities. |
(a) During the period of Executives employment under this Agreement, Executive agrees to serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Bank. Executive shall perform all duties and shall have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer or which, consistent with that office, are delegated to him by the Board of Directors of the Bank (the Board of Directors).
(b) During the period of Executives employment under this Agreement, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, vacation, and reasonable leaves of absence, Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention, skill and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties under this Agreement, including activities and services related to the organization, operation and management of the Bank and its affiliates, as well as participation in community, professional and civic organizations; provided, however, that, with the approval of the Board of Directors, as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors, from time to time, Executive may serve, or continue to serve, on the boards of directors of, and hold any other offices or positions in, companies or organizations, which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, will not present any conflict of interest with the Bank or its affiliates, or materially affect the performance of Executives duties pursuant to this Agreement.
(c) The Bank will furnish Executive with the working facilities and staff customary for executive officers with the title and duties set forth in this Agreement and as are necessary for him to perform his duties. The location of such facilities and staff shall be at the principal administrative offices of the Bank.
2. | Term of Employment. |
(a) The term of this Agreement shall be (i) the initial term, consisting on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of the Effective Date, plus (ii) any and all extensions of the initial term made pursuant to this Section 2.
(b) Commencing on the first anniversary of the Effective Date and as of each anniversary thereafter (each, an Anniversary Date), the disinterested members of the Board of Directors may renew the term of this Agreement for an additional one (1) year period beyond the then effective expiration date, provided that Executive shall not have given at least sixty (60) days written notice of his desire that the term not be renewed. If notice of nonrenewal is provided to the Executive, then in such case the term of this Agreement shall become fixed and shall cease at the end of thirty-six (36) full calendar months following the Anniversary Date.
(c) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, either Executive or the Bank may terminate Executives employment with the Bank at any time during the term of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
3. | Compensation and Benefits. |
(a) Base Salary. The Bank agrees to pay Executive during the term of this Agreement a base salary (Base Salary) at the rate of $[Base Salary] per annum, payable in accordance with the Banks customary payroll practices. The Board of Directors of the Bank shall review annually the rate of Executives Base Salary based upon factors they deem relevant, and may maintain or increase his Base Salary, provided that no such action shall reduce the rate of Base Salary below the rate in effect on the Effective Date. In the absence of action by the Board of Directors, Executive shall continue to receive his Base Salary at the per annum rate specified on the Effective Date or, if another rate has been established under the provisions of this Section 3, the rate last properly established by action of the Board of Directors.
(b) Incentive Compensation. Executive shall be entitled to participate in discretionary bonuses or other incentive compensation programs that the Board of Directors may award from time to time to senior management employees pursuant to bonus plans or otherwise.
(c) Vacation and Holidays. Executive shall take vacation at a time mutually agreed upon by the Bank and Executive. Executive shall receive his Base Salary and other benefits during periods of vacation. Executive shall also be entitled to paid legal holidays in accordance with the policies of the Bank.
(d) Other Employee Benefits. In addition to any other compensation or benefits provided for under this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to continue to participate in any employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites of the Bank in which he participated or was eligible to participate as of the Effective Date. Executive shall also be entitled to participate in any employee benefits or perquisites the Bank offers to full-time employees or executive management in the future. The Bank will not, without Executives prior written consent, make any changes in such plans, arrangements or perquisites which would adversely affect Executives
2
rights or benefits thereunder without separately providing for an arrangement that ensures Executive receives or will receive the economic value that Executive would otherwise lose as a result of any adverse changes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under all plans relating to stock options, restricted stock awards, stock purchases, pension, profit sharing, employee stock ownership, supplemental retirement, directors retirement, group life insurance, medical and other health and welfare coverage that are made available by the Bank currently or at any time in the future during the term of this Agreement, subject to and on a basis consistent with, the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements.
4. | Payments to Executive Upon an Event of Termination. |
(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination (as herein defined) during Executives term of employment under this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 4 shall apply. Unless Executive agrees otherwise, as used in this Agreement, an Event of Termination shall mean and include any one or more of the following: (i) the termination by the Bank of Executives full-time employment for any reason other than a termination governed by Section 7 of this Agreement; or (ii) Executives resignation from the Bank for Good Reason. Good Reason shall include any of the following:
(A) | failure to reappoint Executive as Chief Executive Officer; |
(B) | a material change in Executives functions, duties or responsibilities with the Bank or its affiliates, which change would cause Executives position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance or scope from the position and attributes thereof described in Section 1 of this Agreement; |
(C) | the relocation of Executives principal place of employment by more than thirty-five (35) miles from its location at the Effective Date of this Agreement; |
(D) | a material reduction in the benefits and perquisites provided to Executive from those being provided as of the Effective Date of this Agreement (except for any reduction that is part of an employee-wide reduction in pay or benefits); |
(E) | the failure of the Company to re-appoint Executive to the Board of Directors of the Bank other than for Just Cause; or |
(F) a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.
Upon the occurrence of any event described in clauses (A) through (F), above, Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate his employment under this Agreement by resignation upon not less than 30 days prior written notice given within a reasonable period of time (not to exceed 90 days) after the event giving rise to the right to elect, which termination by Executive shall be an Event of Termination. The Bank shall have 30 days to cure the condition giving rise to the Event of Termination, provided that the Bank may elect to waive said 30-day period.
3
(b) Upon Executives termination of employment in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section 4, as of the Date of Termination, as defined in Section 8 of this Agreement, the Bank shall be obligated to pay Executive, or, in the event of his death following the Date of Termination, his beneficiary(ies), or his estate, as the case may be, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) the Base Salary and incentive compensation that would have been paid to Executive for the remaining term of this Agreement had the Event of Termination not occurred (based on Executives then current Base Salary and most recently paid or accrued bonus at the time of the Event of Termination) plus (ii) the value of all employee benefits that would have been provided to Executive for the remaining term of this Agreement had the Event of Termination not occurred, based on the most recent level of contribution, accrual or other participation by or on behalf of Executive. Such amounts shall be paid to Executive in a single cash lump sum distribution within thirty (30) days following Executives Event of Termination; provided however, if the Executive is a Specified Employee, as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409-1(i), then, solely to the extent required to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Code, such payment shall be delayed until the first day of the seventh full month following the Executives Date of Termination. Such payments shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following termination of employment with the Bank.
(c) In addition to the payments provided for in paragraph (b) of this Section 4, upon Executives termination of employment in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Section 4, to the extent that the Bank continues to offer any life insurance, non-taxable medical, health, or dental insurance plan or arrangement in which Executive or his dependents participate as of the date of the Event of Termination (each being a Welfare Plan), Executive and his covered dependents shall continue participating in such Welfare Plans, subject to the same premium contributions on the part of Executive as were required immediately prior to the Event of Termination until the earlier of (i) his death; (ii) his employment by another employer other than one of which he is the majority owner; or (iii) the end of the remaining term of this Agreement. If the Bank does not offer the Welfare Plans at any time after the Event of Termination or if Executives participation in such plans would subject the Bank to excise taxes or penalties under applicable tax laws, then the Bank shall provide Executive with a payment equal to the premiums for such benefits for the period which runs until the earlier of (i) his death; (ii) his employment by another employer other than one of which he is the majority owner; or (iii) the end of the remaining term of this Agreement, with such amounts payable to Executive in a single cash lump sum distribution within thirty (30) days following Executives Event of Termination or the date that the Bank is no longer able to provide such coverage, whichever is later.
5. | Change in Control. |
(a) For purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall mean one of the following events:
(i) There occurs a Change in Control of the Bank, as defined or determined by either the Banks primary federal regulator or under regulations promulgated by such regulator;
4
(ii) As a result of, or in connection with, any merger or other business combination, sale of assets or contested election, wherein the persons who were non-employee directors of the Bank before such transaction or event cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Bank or any successor to the Bank;
(iii) The Bank transfers all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation or entity which is not an affiliate of the Bank;
(iv) The Bank is merged or consolidated with another corporation or entity and, as a result of such merger or consolidation, less than sixty percent (60%) of the equity interest in the surviving or resulting corporation is owned by the former shareholders or depositors of the Bank; or
(v) The Bank sells or transfers more than a fifty percent (50%) equity interest in the Bank to another person or entity which is not an affiliate of the Bank, excluding a sale or transfer to a person or persons who are employed by the Bank.
(b) If any of the events described in paragraph (a) of this Section 5, constituting a Change in Control, have occurred, Executive shall be entitled to the benefits provided for in paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this Section 5 upon his termination of employment at any time during the term of this Agreement on or after the date the Change in Control occurs due to (i) Executives dismissal, (ii) Executives resignation following any demotion, loss of title, office or significant authority or responsibility, reduction in annual compensation or benefits or relocation of his principal place of employment by more than twenty-five (25) miles from its location immediately prior to the Change in Control, or (iii) Executives resignation for any reason within ninety (90) days of the effective date of a Change in Control, unless Executives termination is for Just Cause as defined in Section 7 of this Agreement; provided, however, that such benefits shall be reduced by any payments made under Section 4 of this Agreement.
(c) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed by Executives termination of employment, as provided for in paragraph (b) of this Section 5, the Bank shall pay Executive, or in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, the greater of the payments and benefits due for the remaining term of the Agreement, pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 of this agreement, or three (3) times Executives average Annual Compensation over the five (5) most recently completed calendar years ending with the year immediately preceding the effective date of the Change in Control. In determining Executives average Annual Compensation, Annual Compensation shall include Base Salary and any other taxable income, including, but not limited to, amounts related to the granting, vesting or exercise of restricted stock or stock option awards, commissions, bonuses (whether paid or accrued for the applicable period), as well as retirement benefits, director or committee fees and fringe benefits paid or to be paid to Executive or paid for Executives benefit during any such year, profit sharing, employee stock ownership plan and other retirement contributions or benefits, including to any tax-qualified plan or arrangement (whether or not taxable) made or accrued on behalf of Executive for such year. All amounts payable to the Executive shall be paid in a single cash lump sum distribution within thirty (30) days following such termination of Executives employment; provided, however, if
5
the Executive is a Specified Employee, as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409-1(i), then, solely to the extent required to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Code, such payment shall be delayed until the first day of the seventh full month following the Executives Date of Termination.
(d) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control and Executives termination of employment in connection therewith, to the extent that the Bank continues to offer any life insurance, non-taxable medical, health, or dental insurance plan or arrangement in which Executive or his dependents participated immediately prior to the Change in Control (each being a Welfare Plan), Executive and his covered dependents shall continue participating in such Welfare Plans, subject to the same premium contributions on the part of Executive as were required immediately prior to the Change in Control, until the earlier of (i) Executives death; (ii) his employment by another employer other than one of which he is the majority owner; or (iii) the expiration of thirty-six (36) months. If the Bank does not offer the Welfare Plans at any time after the Change in Control, the Bank shall provide Executive with a payment equal to the premiums for such benefits for the period which runs until the earlier of (i) his death; (ii) his employment by another employer other than one of which he is the majority owner; or (iii) the expiration of 36 months, with such amounts payable to Executive in a single cash lump sum distribution within thirty (30) days following Executives Event of Termination; provided, however, if the Executive is a Specified Employee, as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409-1(i), then, solely to the extent required to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Code, such payment shall be delayed until the first day of the seventh full month following the Executives Date of Termination.
(e) The use or provision of any membership, license, automobile use or other perquisites shall be continued during the remaining term of the Agreement (or if less, the maximum period permitted under Code Section 409A without such benefits being considered deferred compensation) on the same financial terms and obligations as were in place immediately prior to the Change in Control, provided however, that if such expenses are paid in the first instance by the Executive, the Bank shall reimburse the Executive therefore. Such reimbursement shall be paid promptly by the Bank and in any event no later than March 15 of the year immediately following the year in which such expenses were incurred. To the extent that any item referred to in this paragraph will, at the end of the term of this Agreement, no longer be available to Executive, Executive will have the option to purchase all rights then held by the Bank to such item for a price equal to the then fair market value of the item.
(f) For purposes of this Agreement, Event of Termination and termination of employment shall mean Separation from Service as defined in Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, provided, however, that the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that the level of bona fide services Executive would perform after termination would permanently decrease to a level that is less than 50% of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or independent contractor) over the immediately preceding 36-month period.
6
6. | Change in Control Related Provisions. |
Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 5, in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive under said paragraphs (the Termination Benefits) constitute an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, Termination Benefits will be reduced, if necessary, to an amount, the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executives base amount, as determined in accordance with said Section 280G. The allocation of the reduction required among the Termination Benefits provided by this Section 5 shall be determined by Executive, provided, however, that if such reduction violates Code Section 409A, then the reduction shall be applied to the severance benefits otherwise payable under Section 5(c) hereof.
7. | Termination for Just Cause. |
The phrase termination for Just Cause shall mean termination because of Executives personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, any breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses), final cease and desist order or material breach of any provision of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Just Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a Notice of Termination which shall include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a simple majority of all of the members of the Board of Directors at a meeting of the Board of Directors called and held for that purpose, finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors, Executive was guilty of conduct justifying termination for Just Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Just Cause.
8. | Notice. |
(a) Any purported termination by the Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by means of a Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a Notice of Termination shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executives employment under the provision so indicated.
(b) Date of Termination shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Termination.
9. | Post-Termination Obligations. |
Payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executives compliance with Section 10 for one (1) full year after the earlier of the expiration of this Agreement or termination of Executives employment with the Bank. Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance as may reasonably be required by the
7
Bank in connection with any litigation to which it or any of its affiliates is, or may become, a party.
10. | Non-Competition and Non-Disclosure. |
(a) Upon any termination of Executives employment pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement, Executive agrees not to compete with the Bank or its affiliates for a period of one (1) year following such termination in any city, town or county in which Executives normal business office is located and the Bank or any of its affiliates has an office or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office, determined as of the effective date of such termination, except as agreed to pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors. Executive agrees that during such period and within said cities, towns and counties, Executive shall not work for or advise, consult or otherwise serve with, directly or indirectly, any entity whose business materially competes with the depository, lending or other business activities of the Bank or its affiliates. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank or its affiliates, its business and property in the event of Executives breach of this Subsection 10(a), agree that in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank or its affiliates will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive, Executives partners, agents, servants, employees and all persons acting for or under the direction of Executive. Executive represents and admits that, in the event of the termination of his employment pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement, Executives experience and capabilities are such that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines and/or of a different nature than the Bank or its affiliates, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank or its affiliates from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank or its affiliates for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.
(b) Executive recognizes and acknowledges that his knowledge of the business activities and plans for business activities of the Bank and its affiliates, as it may exist from time to time, is a valuable, special and unique asset of the business of the Bank and its affiliates. Executive will not, during or after the term of his employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank and its affiliates to any person, firm, corporation or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever, unless expressly authorized by the Board of Directors or required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank or its affiliates. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Section 10(b), the Bank will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or its affiliates or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation or other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.
8
11. | Death and Disability. |
(a) Death. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event of Executives death during the term of this Agreement, the Bank shall immediately pay his estate any salary and bonus accrued but unpaid as of the date of his death, and, for a period of six (6) months after Executives death, the Bank shall continue to provide his dependents with the same non-taxable medical insurance benefits existing on the date of his death and shall pay Executives designated beneficiary all compensation that would otherwise be payable to him pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Agreement, within thirty (30) days of such death. This provision shall not negate any rights Executive or his beneficiaries may have to death benefits under any employee benefit plan of the Bank.
(b) | Disability. |
(i) Termination of Executives employment based on Disability shall be construed to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and shall be deemed to have occurred if: (i) Executive is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; (ii) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, Executive is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Bank; or (iii) Executive is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration. The provisions of Section 11(b) shall apply upon the termination of the Executives employment based on Disability. Upon the determination that Executive has suffered a Disability, disability payments hereunder shall commence within thirty (30) days.
(ii) In the event of Disability, Executives obligation to perform services under this Agreement will terminate. In the event of such termination, Executive shall continue to receive A) one hundred percent (100%) of his monthly Base Salary (at the annual rate in effect on the Date of Termination) through the one hundred eightieth (180 th ) day following the Date of Termination by reason of Disability and B) sixty percent (60%) of his monthly Base Salary from the one hundred eighty-first (181 st ) day following termination through the earlier of the date of his death or the date he attains age 65. Such payments shall be reduced by the amount of any short- or long-term disability benefits payable to Executive under any disability program and any retirement benefits payable to Executive under any tax-qualified retirement plan sponsored by the Bank, but in no event shall Executives disability benefit be reduced below zero. In addition, during any period of Executives Disability, Executive and his dependents shall, to the greatest extent possible, continue to be covered under life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental plans of the Bank in which Executive participated prior to the occurrence of Executives Disability, on the same terms as if Executive were actively employed by the Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no payments shall be made hereunder which would violate Code Section 409A. Accordingly, any payments required hereunder shall commence within thirty (30) days from the date of determination of Executives Disability and shall be paid no less frequently than monthly during the period that Executive is Disabled.
9
12. | Source of Payments. |
All payments provided for in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank.
13. | Effect on Prior Agreements and Existing Benefit Plans. |
This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment or change in control agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.
14. | No Attachment. |
(a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void and of no effect.
(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Executive and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.
15. | Modification and Waiver. |
(a) | This Agreement may not be modified or amended, except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. |
(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.
16. | Severability. |
If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any remaining part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.
10
17. | Headings for Reference Only. |
The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
18. | Governing Law. |
This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to principles of conflicts of law of the State of Illinois.
19. | Arbitration. |
Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three (3) arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the location of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of his right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.
In the event any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with Executives termination is resolved in favor of Executive, whether by judgment, arbitration or settlement, Executive shall be entitled to the payment of all back-pay, including salary, bonuses and any other cash compensation, fringe benefits and any compensation and benefits due Executive under this Agreement. Such payment shall occur no later than two and one-half (2 1 / 2 ) months after the dispute is settled or resolved in Executives favor.
20. | Payment of Legal Fees. |
All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank only if Executive is successful pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement. Such payment or reimbursement shall occur no later than two and one-half (2 1 / 2 ) months after the dispute is settled or resolved in Executives favor.
11
21. | Indemnification. |
(a) The Bank shall provide Executive (including his heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors and officers liability insurance policy at its expense and shall indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs, attorneys fees and the costs of reasonable settlements.
22. | Successors to the Bank. |
The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Banks obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.
23. | Required Provisions. |
(a) The Bank may terminate Executives employment at any time, but any termination by the Bank, other than termination for Just Cause, shall not prejudice Executives right to receive compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Just Cause as defined in Section 7 of this Agreement.
(b) If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Banks affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(3) or (g)(1); the Banks obligations under this contract shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion: (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while their contract obligations were suspended; and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the obligations which were suspended.
(c) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Banks affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Bank under this contract shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.
(d) If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1813(x)(1), all obligations of the Bank under this contract shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.
12
(e) All obligations of the Bank under this contract shall be terminated, except to the extent it is determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (i) by the Director of the OTS (or his designee), the FDIC or the Resolution Trust Corporation, at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1823(c); or (ii) by the Director of the OTS (or his designee) at the time the Director (or his designee) approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to the operations of the Bank, or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.
(f) Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. §1828(k) and 12 C.F.R. §545.121 and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
13
SIGNATURES
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
ATTEST: ASSOCIATION |
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN | |||||
|
By: |
|
||||
Secretary | For the Entire Board of Directors | |||||
WITNESS: | EXECUTIVE: | |||||
|
|
|||||
Secretary |
14
Exhibit 10.2
IF BANCORP, INC.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (Agreement) is made effective as of (the Effective Date), by and between IF Bancorp, Inc. (the Company), a Maryland corporation, with its principal offices located at 201 East Cherry Street, Watseka, Illinois 60970-0190, and Alan Martin (the Executive). Any reference herein to the Bank shall refer to Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association, the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.
WHEREAS , the Executive is currently employed as Chief Executive Officer of the Bank and has entered into an employment agreement with the Bank (Bank Agreement);
WHEREAS , the Company desires also to enter into this Agreement with Executive so that the Company is assured of the continued availability of the Executives services as provided in this Agreement; and
WHEREAS , the Executive is willing to serve the Company on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth and has agreed to such changes.
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. | Position and Responsibilities. |
(a) During the period of Executives employment under this Agreement, Executive agrees to serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Executive shall perform all duties and shall have all powers which are commonly incident to the offices of Chief Executive Officer or which, consistent with that office, are delegated to him by the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board of Directors or Board) or the President of the Company.
(b) During the period of Executives employment under this Agreement, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, vacation, and reasonable leaves of absence, Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention, skill and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties under this Agreement, including activities and services related to the organization, operation and management of the Company and its affiliates, as well as participation in community, professional and civic organizations; provided, however, that, with the approval of the Board of Directors, as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors, from time to time, Executive may serve, or continue to serve, on the boards of directors of, and hold any other offices or positions in, companies or organizations, which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, will not present any conflict of interest with the Company or its affiliates, or materially affect the performance of Executives duties pursuant to this Agreement.
(c) The Executive will be furnished with the working facilities and staff customary for executive officers with the title and duties set forth in this Agreement and as are necessary for
him to perform his duties. The location of such facilities and staff shall be at the principal administrative offices of the Company, or at such other site or sites customary for such offices.
2. | Term of Employment. |
(a) The term of this Agreement shall be (i) the initial term, consisting of the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of the Effective Date, plus (ii) any and all extensions of the initial term made pursuant to this Section 2.
(b) The term of this Agreement shall be extended for one day each day so that a constant thirty-six (36) calendar month term shall remain in effect, until such time as the Board or Executive elects not to extend the term of the Agreement by giving written notice to the other party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, in which case the term of this Agreement shall be fixed and shall cease at the end of thirty-six (36) full calendar months following the receipt of notice of non-renewal.
(c) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, either Executive or the Company may terminate Executives employment with the Company at any time during the term of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
3. | Compensation and Benefits. |
(a) Base Salary. The Company agrees to pay Executive during the term of this Agreement a base salary (Base Salary) at the rate of $[Base Salary] per annum, payable in accordance with the Companys customary payroll practices. The Board of Directors of the Company shall review annually the rate of Executives Base Salary based upon factors they deem relevant, and may maintain or increase his Base Salary, provided that no such action shall reduce the rate of Base Salary below the rate in effect on the Effective Date. In the absence of action by the Board of Directors, Executive shall continue to receive his Base Salary at the per annum rate specified on the Effective Date or, if another rate has been established under the provisions of this Section 3, the rate last properly established by action of the Board of Directors.
(b) Incentive Compensation. Executive shall be entitled to participate in discretionary bonuses or other incentive compensation programs that the Board of Directors may award from time to time to senior management employees pursuant to bonus plans or otherwise.
(c) Vacation and Holidays. Executive shall take vacation at a time mutually agreed upon by the Company and Executive. Executive shall receive his Base Salary and other benefits during periods of vacation. Executive shall also be entitled to paid legal holidays in accordance with the policies of the Company.
(d) Other Employee Benefits. In addition to any other compensation or benefits provided for under this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to continue to participate in any employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites of the Company or the Bank in which he participated or was eligible to participate as of the Effective Date. Executive shall also be entitled to participate in any employee benefits or perquisites the Company offers to full-time employees or
2
executive management in the future. The Company will not, without Executives prior written consent, make any changes in such plans, arrangements or perquisites which would adversely affect Executives rights or benefits thereunder without separately providing for an arrangement that ensures Executive receives or will receive the economic value that Executive would otherwise lose as a result of any adverse changes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under all plans relating to stock options, restricted stock awards, stock purchases, pension, profit sharing, employee stock ownership, supplemental retirement, directors retirement, group life insurance, medical and other health and welfare coverage that are made available by the Company currently or at any time in the future during the term of this Agreement, subject to and on a basis consistent with, the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements.
4. | Payments to Executive Upon an Event of Termination. |
(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination (as herein defined) during Executives term of employment under this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 4 shall apply. Unless Executive agrees otherwise, as used in this Agreement, an Event of Termination shall mean and include any one or more of the following: (i) the termination by the Company of Executives full-time employment for any reason other than a termination governed by Section 6 of this Agreement; or (ii) Executives resignation from the Company for Good Reason. Good Reason shall include any of the following:
(A) | the failure to reappoint Executive as Chief Executive Officer; |
(B) | a material change in Executives functions, duties or responsibilities with the Company or its affiliates, which change would cause Executives position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance or scope from the position and attributes thereof described in Section 1 of this Agreement; |
(C) | relocation of Executives principal place of employment by more than thirty-five (35) miles from its location at the Effective Date of this Agreement; |
(D) | a material reduction in the benefits and perquisites provided to Executive from those being provided as of the Effective Date of this Agreement (except for any reduction that is part of an employee-wide reduction in pay or benefits); |
(E) | a material breach of this Agreement by the Company. |
Upon the occurrence of any event described in clauses (A) through (F), above, Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate his employment under this Agreement by resignation upon not less than 30 days prior written notice given within a reasonable period of time (not to exceed 90 days) after the event giving rise to the right to elect, which termination by Executive shall be an Event of Termination. The Company shall have 30 days to cure the condition giving rise to the Event of Termination, provided that the Company may elect to waive said 30-day period.
3
(b) Upon Executives termination of employment in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section 4, as of the Date of Termination, as defined in Section 7 of this Agreement, the Company shall be obligated to pay Executive, or, in the event of his death following the Date of Termination, his beneficiary(ies), or his estate, as the case may be, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) the Base Salary and incentive compensation that would have been paid to Executive for the remaining term of this Agreement had the Event of Termination not occurred (based on Executives then current Base Salary and most recently paid or accrued bonus at the time of the Event of Termination) plus (ii) the value of all employee benefits that would have been provided to Executive for the remaining term of this Agreement had the Event of Termination not occurred, based on the most recent level of contribution, accrual or other participation by or on behalf of Executive. Such amounts shall be paid to Executive in a single cash lump sum distribution within thirty (30) days following Executives Event of Termination; provided however, if the Executive is a Specified Employee, as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409-1(i), then, solely to the extent required to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Code, such payment shall be delayed until the first day of the seventh full month following the Executives Date of Termination. Such payments shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following termination of employment with the Company.
(c) In addition to the payments provided for in paragraph (b) of this Section 4, upon Executives termination of employment in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Section 4, to the extent that the Company continues to offer any life insurance, non-taxable medical, health, or dental insurance plan or arrangement in which Executive or his dependents participates as of the date of the Event of Termination (each being a Welfare Plan), Executive and his covered dependents shall continue participating in such Welfare Plans, subject to the same premium contributions on the part of Executive as were required immediately prior to the Event of Termination until the earlier of (i) his death; (ii) his employment by another employer other than one of which he is the majority owner; or (iii) the end of the remaining term of this Agreement. If the Company does not offer the Welfare Plans at any time after the Event of Termination or if Executives participation in such plans would subject the Bank to excise taxes or penalties under applicable tax laws, then the Company shall provide Executive with a payment equal to the premiums for such benefits for the period which runs until the earlier of (i) his death; (ii) his employment by another employer other than one of which he is the majority owner; or (iii) the end of the remaining term of this Agreement, with such amounts payable to Executive in a single cash lump sum distribution within thirty (30) days following Executives Event of Termination or the date that the Bank is no longer able to provide such coverage, whichever is later.
5. | Change in Control. |
(a) For purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall mean one of the following events:
(i) There occurs a Change in Control of the Company, as defined or determined by either the Companys primary federal regulator or under regulations promulgated by such regulator;
4
(ii) As a result of, or in connection with, any merger or other business combination, sale of assets or contested election, wherein the persons who were non-employee directors of the Company before such transaction or event cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company or any successor to the Company;
(iii) The Company transfers all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation or entity which is not an affiliate of the Company;
(iv) The Company is merged or consolidated with another corporation or entity and, as a result of such merger or consolidation, less than sixty percent (60%) of the equity interest in the surviving or resulting corporation is owned by the former shareholders or depositors of the Company; or
(v) The Company sells or transfers more than a fifty percent (50%) equity interest in the Company to another person or entity which is not an affiliate of the Company, excluding a sale or transfer to a person or persons who are employed by the Company.
(b) If any of the events described in paragraph (a) of this Section 5, constituting a Change in Control, have occurred or the Board of Directors determines that a Change in Control has occurred, Executive shall be entitled to the benefits provided for in paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this Section 5 upon his termination of employment at any time during the term of this Agreement on or after the date the Change in Control occurs due to (i) Executives dismissal, (ii) Executives resignation following any demotion, loss of title, office or significant authority or responsibility, reduction in annual compensation or benefits or relocation of his principal place of employment by more than twenty-five (25) miles from its location immediately prior to the Change in Control, or (iii) Executives resignation for any reason within ninety (90) days of the effective date of a Change in Control, unless Executives termination is for Just Cause as defined in Section 6 of this Agreement; provided, however, that such benefits shall be reduced by any payments made under Section 4 of this Agreement.
(c) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed by Executives termination of employment, as provided for in paragraph (b) of this Section 5, the Company shall pay Executive, or in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, the greater of the payments and benefits due for the remaining term of the Agreement, pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 of this agreement, or three (3) times Executives average Annual Compensation over the five (5) most recently completed calendar years ending with the year immediately preceding the effective date of the Change in Control. In determining Executives average Annual Compensation, Annual Compensation shall include Base Salary and any other taxable income, including, but not limited to, amounts related to the granting, vesting or exercise of restricted stock or stock option awards, commissions, bonuses (whether paid or accrued for the applicable period), as well as retirement benefits, director or committee fees and fringe benefits paid or to be paid to Executive or paid for Executives benefit during any such year, profit sharing, employee stock ownership plan and other retirement contributions or benefits, including any tax-qualified plan or arrangement (whether or not taxable) made or accrued on behalf of Executive for such year. All amounts payable to the Executive shall be paid in a single cash lump sum
5
distribution within thirty (30) days following such termination of Executives employment; provided, however, if the Executive is a Specified Employee, as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409-1(i), then, solely to the extent required to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Code, such payment shall be delayed until the first day of the seventh full month following the Executives Date of Termination.
(d) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control and Executives termination of employment in connection therewith, to the extent that the Company continues to offer any life insurance, non-taxable medical, health, or dental insurance plan or arrangement in which Executive or his dependents participated immediately prior to the Change in Control (each being a Welfare Plan), Executive and his covered dependents shall continue participating in such Welfare Plans, subject to the same premium contributions on the part of Executive as were required immediately prior to the Change in Control, until the earlier of (i) Executives death; (ii) his employment by another employer other than one of which he is the majority owner; or (iii) the expiration of thirty-six (36) months. If the Company does not offer the Welfare Plans at any time after the Change in Control or if Executives participation in such plans would subject the Bank to excise taxes or penalties under applicable tax laws, the Company shall provide Executive with a payment equal to the premiums for such benefits for the period which runs until the earlier of (i) his death; (ii) his employment by another employer other than one of which he is the majority owner; or (iii) the expiration of 36 months, with such amounts payable to Executive in a single cash lump sum distribution within thirty (30) days following Executives Event of Termination or the date that the Bank is no longer able to provide such coverage, whichever is later. made no later than two and one-half months following Executives termination of employment, or if later,
(e) The use or provision of any membership, license, automobile use or other perquisites shall be continued during the remaining term of the Agreement (or if less, the maximum period permitted under Code Section 409A without such benefits being considered deferred compensation) on the same financial terms and obligations as were in place immediately prior to the Change in Control, provided however, that if such expenses are paid in the first instance by the Executive, the Company shall reimburse the Executive therefore. Such reimbursement shall be paid promptly by the Company and in any event no later than March 15 of the year immediately following the year in which such expenses were incurred. To the extent that any item referred to in this paragraph will, at the end of the term of this Agreement, no longer be available to Executive, Executive will have the option to purchase all rights then held by the Company to such item for a price equal to the then fair market value of the item. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the reimbursement of expenses incurred or the in-kind benefits provided hereunder, may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year. The right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
(f) For purposes of this Agreement, Event of Termination and termination of employment shall mean Separation from Service as defined in Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, provided, however, that the Company and Executive reasonably anticipate that the level of bona fide services Executive would perform after termination would permanently decrease to a level that is less than 50% of the average level
6
of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or independent contractor) over the immediately preceding 36-month period.
6. | Termination for Just Cause. |
The phrase termination for Just Cause shall mean termination because of Executives personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, any breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses), final cease and desist order or material breach of any provision of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Just Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a Notice of Termination which shall include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a simple majority of all of the members of the Board of Directors at a meeting of the Board of Directors called and held for that purpose, finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors, Executive was guilty of conduct justifying termination for Just Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Just Cause.
7. | Notice. |
(a) Any purported termination by the Company or by Executive shall be communicated by means of a Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a Notice of Termination shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executives employment under the provision so indicated.
(b) Date of Termination shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Termination.
8. | Post-Termination Obligations. |
Payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executives compliance with Section 9 for one (1) full year after the earlier of the expiration of this Agreement or termination of Executives employment with the Company. Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance as may reasonably be required by the Company in connection with any litigation to which it or any of its affiliates is, or may become, a party.
9. | Non-Competition and Non-Disclosure. |
(a) Upon any termination of Executives employment pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement, Executive agrees not to compete with the Company or its affiliates for a period of one (1) year following such termination in any city, town or county in which Executives normal business office is located and the Company or any of its affiliates has an office or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office, determined as of the effective date of
7
such termination, except as agreed to pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors. Executive agrees that during such period and within said cities, towns and counties, Executive shall not work for or advise, consult or otherwise serve with, directly or indirectly, any entity whose business materially competes with the depository, lending or other business activities of the Company or its affiliates. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Company or its affiliates, its business and property in the event of Executives breach of this Section 9(a), agree that in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Company or its affiliates will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive, Executives partners, agents, servants, employees and all persons acting for or under the direction of Executive. Executive represents and admits that, in the event of the termination of his employment pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement, Executives experience and capabilities are such that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines and/or of a different nature than the Company or its affiliates, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Company or its affiliates from pursuing any other remedies available to the Company or its affiliates for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.
(b) Executive recognizes and acknowledges that his knowledge of the business activities and plans for business activities of the Company and its affiliates, as it may exist from time to time, is a valuable, special and unique asset of the business of the Company and its affiliates. Executive will not, during or after the term of his employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Company and its affiliates to any person, firm, corporation or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever, unless expressly authorized by the Board of Directors or required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Company or its affiliates. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Section 9(b), the Company will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Company or its affiliates or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation or other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to the Company for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.
8
10. | Death and Disability. |
(a) Death. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event of Executives death during the term of this Agreement, the Company shall immediately pay his estate any salary and bonus accrued but unpaid as of the date of his death, and, for a period of six (6) months after Executives death, the Company shall continue to provide his dependents with the same non-taxable medical insurance benefits existing on the date of his death and shall pay Executives designated beneficiary all compensation that would otherwise be payable to him pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Agreement, within thirty (30) days of such death. This provision shall not negate any rights Executive or his beneficiaries may have to death benefits under any employee benefit plan of the Company.
(b) Disability.
(i) Termination of Executives employment based on Disability shall be construed to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and shall be deemed to have occurred if: (i) Executive is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; (ii) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, Executive is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company; or (iii) Executive is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration. The provisions of Section 10(b) shall apply upon the termination of the Executives employment based on Disability. Upon the determination that Executive has suffered a Disability, disability payments hereunder shall commence within thirty (30) days.
(ii) In the event of Disability, Executives obligation to perform services under this Agreement will terminate. In the event of such termination, Executive shall continue to receive A) one hundred percent (100%) of his monthly Base Salary (at the annual rate in effect on the Date of Termination) through the one hundred eightieth (180 th ) day following the Date of Termination by reason of Disability and B) sixty percent (60%) of his monthly Base Salary from the one hundred eighty-first (181 st ) day following termination through the earlier of the date of his death or the date he attains age 65. Such payments shall be reduced by the amount of any short- or long-term disability benefits payable to Executive under any disability program and any retirement benefits payable to Executive under any tax-qualified retirement plan sponsored by the Company, but in no event shall Executives Disability benefit be reduced below zero. In addition, during any period of Executives Disability, Executive and his dependents shall, to the greatest extent possible, continue to be covered under life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental plans of the Company in which Executive participated prior to the occurrence of Executives Disability, on the same terms as if Executive were actively employed by the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no payments shall be made hereunder which would violate Code Section 409A. Accordingly, any payments required hereunder shall commence within thirty (30) days from the date of determination of Executives Disability and shall be paid no less frequently than monthly during the period that Executive is Disabled.
9
11. | Source of Payments: No Duplication of Benefits. |
Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent payments and benefits, as provided for under this Agreement, are paid or received by Executive under the Employment Agreement in effect between Executive and the Bank, the payments and benefits paid by the Bank will be subtracted from any amount or benefit due simultaneously to Executive under similar provisions of this Agreement. Payments will be allocated in proportion to the level of activity and the time expended by Executive on activities related to the Company and at the Bank, respectively, as determined by the Company and the Bank.
12. | Effect on Prior Agreements and Existing Benefit Plans. |
This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment or change in control agreement between the Company or any predecessor of the Company and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.
13. | No Attachment. |
(a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void and of no effect.
(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Executive and the Company and their respective successors and assigns.
14. | Modification and Waiver. |
(a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended, except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.
10
15. | Severability. |
If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any remaining part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.
16. | Headings for Reference Only. |
The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
17. | Governing Law. |
This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to principles of conflicts of law of the State of Illinois.
18. | Arbitration. |
Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three (3) arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the location of the Company, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of his right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.
In the event any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with Executives termination is resolved in favor of Executive, whether by judgment, arbitration or settlement, Executive shall be entitled to the payment of all back-pay, including salary, bonuses and any other cash compensation, fringe benefits and any compensation and benefits due Executive under this Agreement. Such payment shall occur no later than two and one-half (2 1 / 2 ) months after the dispute is settled or resolved in Executives favor.
19. | Payment of Legal Fees. |
All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Company only if Executive is successful pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement. Such payment or reimbursement shall occur no later than two and one-half (2 1 / 2 ) months after the dispute is settled or resolved in Executives favor.
11
20. | Indemnification. |
(a) The Company shall provide Executive (including his heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors and officers liability insurance policy at its expense and shall indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Company (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs, attorneys fees and the costs of reasonable settlements.
21. | Successors to the Company. |
The Company shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Companys obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.
22. Miscellaneous. In the event any of the provisions of this Section 22 are in conflict with the other terms of this Agreement, this Section 22 shall prevail.
(a) | The Board may terminate Executives employment at any time, but any termination by the Company, other than termination for Just Cause, shall not prejudice Executives right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Just Cause as defined in Section 6 hereinabove. |
(b) | Any payments made to employees pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with 12 U.S.C. §1828(k) and FDIC regulation 12 C.F.R. Part 359, Golden Parachute and Indemnification Payments. |
[Signature Page Follows]
12
SIGNATURES
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
ATTEST: | IF BANCORP, INC. | |||||||
|
By: |
|
||||||
Secretary | For the Entire Board of Directors | |||||||
WITNESS: | EXECUTIVE: | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Secretary |
13
Exhibit 10.3
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT
THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT (Agreement) is entered into as of the day of , 2011 (the Effective Date), by and between Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association, a federally-chartered savings bank (the Bank), Pamela J. Verkler (the Executive) and IF Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation and the stock holding company of the Bank, as guarantor (the Company).
WHEREAS , the Executive is currently an officer of the Bank; and
WHEREAS , the Bank recognizes the importance of Executive to the Banks operations and wishes to protect his position with the Bank in the event of a change in control of the Bank or the Company for the period provided for in this Agreement; and
WHEREAS , Executive and the Boards of Directors of the Bank and the Company desire to enter into an agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of payments due to Executive in the event of a change in control and the related rights and obligations of each of the parties.
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants herein contained, it is hereby agreed as follows:
1. | Term of Agreement. |
(a) The term of this Agreement will begin as of the Effective Date and will continue for twenty-four (24) full calendar months thereafter. Within ninety (90) days of each anniversary of the Effective Date of this Agreement (the Anniversary Date), the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the Board) will conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and review of Executive for purposes of determining whether to extend this Agreement for an additional year, and the results thereof will be included in the minutes of the Boards meeting. On the basis of the results of the performance evaluation, the disinterested members of the Board may extend the term of this Agreement for an additional year such that the remaining term shall be twenty-four (24) months, and notice of such extension shall be provided to Executive. If such notice is not provided to Executive, the term of this Agreement will terminate twelve (12) months following such Anniversary Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control as defined herein, this Agreement shall automatically renew for a term of twenty-four (24) months following the effective date of such Change in Control.
(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, this Agreement shall terminate if Executive or the Bank terminates Executives employment prior to a Change in Control.
2. | Change in Control. |
(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company followed within twenty-four (24) months by the voluntary termination of Executives
employment for Good Reason, as defined in Section 2(a) of this Agreement, or if the Bank or Company terminates the Executives employment for a reason other than for Cause, as defined in Section 2(c) of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 3 of this Agreement shall apply.
For purposes of this Agreement, Good Reason shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without the Executives consent:
(i) | The assignment to Executive of duties that constitute a material diminution of Executives authority, duties, or responsibilities (including reporting requirements) from the authority, duties, or responsibilities (including reporting requirements) the Executive held immediately prior to the Change in Control; |
(ii) | A material diminution in Executives base salary; |
(iii) | Relocation of Executive to a location that would increase the Executives commute by a radius of more than thirty-five (35) miles; or |
(iv) | Any other action or inaction by the Bank or the Company that constitutes a material breach of this Agreement; |
provided, that within ninety (90) days after the initial existence of such event, the Bank shall be given notice and an opportunity, not less than thirty (30) days, to effectuate a cure for such asserted Good Reason by Executive. Executives resignation hereunder for Good Reason shall not occur later than ninety (90) days following the initial date on which the event Executive claims constitutes Good Reason occurred. If the Bank remedies the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then no Good Reason shall be deemed to exist with respect to such condition.
(b) For purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur on the earliest of:
(i) There occurs a Change in Control of the Company, as defined or determined by either the Companys primary federal regulator or under regulations promulgated by such regulator;
(ii) As a result of, or in connection with, any merger or other business combination, sale of assets or contested election, wherein the persons who were non-employee directors of the Company before such transaction or event cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company or any successor to the Company;
(iii) The Company transfers all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation or entity which is not an affiliate of the Company;
(iv) The Company is merged or consolidated with another corporation or entity and, as a result of such merger or consolidation, less than sixty percent (60%) of the
2
equity interest in the surviving or resulting corporation is owned by the former shareholders or depositors of the Company; or
(v) The Company sells or transfers more than a fifty percent (50%) equity interest in the Company to another person or entity which is not an affiliate of the Company, excluding a sale or transfer to a person or persons who are employed by the Company.
A Change in Control shall not occur as a result of the conversion of the Bank from mutual to stock form.
(c) Executive shall not have the right to receive termination benefits pursuant to Section 3 hereof upon termination for Cause. The term Cause shall mean termination because of Executives personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, any breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses), final cease and desist order, or any material breach of any provision of this Agreement. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause.
3. | Termination Benefits. |
(a) If, in connection with or within two (2) years after a Change in Control, Executive resigns for Good Reason (in accordance with Section 2(a) of this Agreement) or if the Bank involuntarily terminates his employment for a reason other than Cause, Executive shall receive:
(i) | a lump sum cash payment equal to two (2) times the Executives (i) Base Salary and (ii) the highest rate of bonus paid to Executive during the three (3) years prior to termination, subject to applicable withholding taxes, payable in a single lump sum payment within ten (10) calendar days following Executives termination of employment; and |
(ii) |
the Bank will continue to provide Executive and the Executives dependents with life insurance, non-taxable medical, vision, and dental coverage substantially comparable (and on substantially the same terms and conditions) to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive prior to Executives termination of employment. Such coverage shall cease upon the expiration of twenty-four (24) full calendar months after Executives termination. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if as the result of any change in, or interpretation of, the laws applicable to the payments or provisions of benefits hereunder, such payments or provisions are deemed illegal or subject to excise taxes or penalties, then the Bank shall, to the extent permitted under such laws, pay to the Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the amount of benefits (or the remainder of such amount) that Executive is no longer permitted to receive in kind. Such lump sum payment shall be required to be made within ten (10) days following Executives termination of employment or the |
3
determination that the payment or provision of such benefits would subject the Bank to excise taxes or penalties, whichever is later. |
(iii) | If the Executive is a Specified Employee, as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(i), then, solely to the extent required to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), payments under this Section 3 shall be delayed until the first day of the seventh month following the Executives date of termination. |
(iv) | For purposes of this Agreement, a termination of employment shall mean a Separation from Service as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, such that the Employer and the Executive reasonably anticipate that the level of bona fide services the Executive would perform after a termination of employment would permanently decrease to a level that is less than 50% of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period. |
(b) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 3, in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive under said paragraphs (the Termination Benefits) constitute an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code or any successor thereto, and to avoid such a result, Termination Benefits will be reduced, if necessary, to an amount (the Non-Triggering Amount), the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executives base amount, as determined in accordance with said Section 280G.
4. | Notice of Termination. |
(a) Any purported termination by the Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a Notice of Termination shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executives employment under the provision so indicated.
(b) Date of Termination shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the case of a termination for Cause, shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date such Notice of Termination is given).
5. | Source of Payments. |
All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank. The Company, however, unconditionally guarantees payment and provision of all amounts and benefits due hereunder to Executive and, if such amounts and benefits due from the Bank are not timely paid or provided by the Bank, such amounts and benefits shall be paid or provided by the Company.
4
6. | Effect on Prior Agreements and Existing Benefit Plans. |
This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement between the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon Executive the right to continue in the employ of the Bank or shall impose on the Bank any obligation to employ or retain Executive in its employ for any period.
7. | No Attachment. |
(a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation or to execution, attachment, levy or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void and of no effect.
(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Executive, the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.
8. | Modification and Waiver. |
(a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.
9. | Severability. |
If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.
5
10. | Headings for Reference Only. |
The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement. In addition, references herein to the masculine shall apply to both the masculine and the feminine.
11. | Governing Law. |
Except to the extent preempted by federal law, the validity, interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, without regard to principles of conflicts of law of the State of Illinois.
12. | Arbitration. |
Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the location of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of his right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.
13. | Payment of Legal Fees. |
All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank, only if Executive is successful pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement, and such payment shall occur no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the year in which the dispute is settled or resolved in Executives favor, and such reimbursement shall occur no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the year in which the dispute is settled or resolved in Executives favor.
14. | Successors to the Bank and the Company. |
The Bank and the Company shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank or the Company, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Banks and the Companys obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank and the Company would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.
15. | Miscellaneous. |
(a) The Bank may terminate Executives employment at any time, but any termination by the Bank, other than termination for Cause, shall not prejudice Executives right
6
to receive compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement.
(b) If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Banks affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(3) or (g)(1); the Banks obligations under this contract shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion: (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while their contract obligations were suspended; and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the obligations which were suspended.
(c) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Banks affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Bank under this contract shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.
(d) If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1813(x)(1), all obligations of the Bank under this contract shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.
(e) All obligations of the Bank under this contract shall be terminated, except to the extent it is determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (i) by the Director of the OTS (or his designee), the FDIC or the Resolution Trust Corporation, at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1823(c); or (ii) by the Director of the OTS (or his designee) at the time the Director (or his designee) approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to the operations of the Bank, or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.
(f) Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. §1828(k) and 12 C.F.R. §545.121 and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
7
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.
IF BANCORP, INC. | ||
(Guarantor) | ||
By: |
|
|
For the Entire Board of Directors | ||
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION | ||
By: |
|
|
For the Entire Board of Directors | ||
EXECUTIVE | ||
By: |
|
|
Pamela J. Verkler |
8
Exhibit 10.4
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT
THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT (Agreement) is entered into as of the day of , 2011 (the Effective Date), by and between Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association, a federally-chartered savings bank (the Bank), Walter H. Hasselbring, III (the Executive) and IF Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation and the stock holding company of the Bank, as guarantor (the Company).
WHEREAS , the Executive is currently an officer of the Bank; and
WHEREAS , the Bank recognizes the importance of Executive to the Banks operations and wishes to protect his position with the Bank in the event of a change in control of the Bank or the Company for the period provided for in this Agreement; and
WHEREAS , Executive and the Boards of Directors of the Bank and the Company desire to enter into an agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of payments due to Executive in the event of a change in control and the related rights and obligations of each of the parties.
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants herein contained, it is hereby agreed as follows:
1. | Term of Agreement. |
(a) The term of this Agreement will begin as of the Effective Date and will continue for twenty-four (24) full calendar months thereafter. Within ninety (90) days of each anniversary of the Effective Date of this Agreement (the Anniversary Date), the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the Board) will conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and review of Executive for purposes of determining whether to extend this Agreement for an additional year, and the results thereof will be included in the minutes of the Boards meeting. On the basis of the results of the performance evaluation, the disinterested members of the Board may extend the term of this Agreement for an additional year such that the remaining term shall be twenty-four (24) months, and notice of such extension shall be provided to Executive. If such notice is not provided to Executive, the term of this Agreement will terminate twelve (12) months following such Anniversary Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control as defined herein, this Agreement shall automatically renew for a term of twenty-four (24) months following the effective date of such Change in Control.
(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, this Agreement shall terminate if Executive or the Bank terminates Executives employment prior to a Change in Control.
2. | Change in Control. |
(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company followed within twenty-four (24) months by the voluntary termination of Executives
employment for Good Reason, as defined in Section 2(a) of this Agreement, or if the Bank or Company terminates the Executives employment for a reason other than for Cause, as defined in Section 2(c) of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 3 of this Agreement shall apply.
For purposes of this Agreement, Good Reason shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without the Executives consent:
(i) | The assignment to Executive of duties that constitute a material diminution of Executives authority, duties, or responsibilities (including reporting requirements) from the authority, duties, or responsibilities (including reporting requirements) the Executive held immediately prior to the Change in Control; |
(ii) | A material diminution in Executives base salary; |
(iii) | Relocation of Executive to a location that would increase the Executives commute by a radius of more than thirty-five (35) miles; or |
(iv) | Any other action or inaction by the Bank or the Company that constitutes a material breach of this Agreement; |
provided, that within ninety (90) days after the initial existence of such event, the Bank shall be given notice and an opportunity, not less than thirty (30) days, to effectuate a cure for such asserted Good Reason by Executive. Executives resignation hereunder for Good Reason shall not occur later than ninety (90) days following the initial date on which the event Executive claims constitutes Good Reason occurred. If the Bank remedies the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then no Good Reason shall be deemed to exist with respect to such condition.
(b) For purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur on the earliest of:
(i) There occurs a Change in Control of the Company, as defined or determined by either the Companys primary federal regulator or under regulations promulgated by such regulator;
(ii) As a result of, or in connection with, any merger or other business combination, sale of assets or contested election, wherein the persons who were non-employee directors of the Company before such transaction or event cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company or any successor to the Company;
(iii) The Company transfers all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation or entity which is not an affiliate of the Company;
(iv) The Company is merged or consolidated with another corporation or entity and, as a result of such merger or consolidation, less than sixty percent (60%) of the
2
equity interest in the surviving or resulting corporation is owned by the former shareholders or depositors of the Company; or
(v) The Company sells or transfers more than a fifty percent (50%) equity interest in the Company to another person or entity which is not an affiliate of the Company, excluding a sale or transfer to a person or persons who are employed by the Company.
A Change in Control shall not occur as a result of the conversion of the Bank from mutual to stock form.
(c) Executive shall not have the right to receive termination benefits pursuant to Section 3 hereof upon termination for Cause. The term Cause shall mean termination because of Executives personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, any breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses), final cease and desist order, or any material breach of any provision of this Agreement. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause.
3. | Termination Benefits. |
(a) If, in connection with or within two (2) years after a Change in Control, Executive resigns for Good Reason (in accordance with Section 2(a) of this Agreement) or if the Bank involuntarily terminates his employment for a reason other than Cause, Executive shall receive:
(i) | a lump sum cash payment equal to two (2) times the Executives (i) Base Salary and (ii) the highest rate of bonus paid to Executive during the three (3) years prior to termination, subject to applicable withholding taxes, payable in a single lump sum payment within ten (10) calendar days following Executives termination of employment; and |
(ii) |
the Bank will continue to provide Executive and the Executives dependents with life insurance, non-taxable medical, vision, and dental coverage substantially comparable (and on substantially the same terms and conditions) to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive prior to Executives termination of employment. Such coverage shall cease upon the expiration of twenty-four (24) full calendar months after Executives termination. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if as the result of any change in, or interpretation of, the laws applicable to the payments or provisions of benefits hereunder, such payments or provisions are deemed illegal or subject to excise taxes or penalties, then the Bank shall, to the extent permitted under such laws, pay to the Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the amount of benefits (or the remainder of such amount) that Executive is no longer permitted to receive in kind. Such lump sum payment shall be required to be made within ten (10) days following Executives termination of employment or the |
3
determination that the payment or provision of such benefits would subject the Bank to excise taxes or penalties, whichever is later. |
(iii) | If the Executive is a Specified Employee, as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(i), then, solely to the extent required to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), payments under this Section 3 shall be delayed until the first day of the seventh month following the Executives date of termination. |
(iv) | For purposes of this Agreement, a termination of employment shall mean a Separation from Service as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, such that the Employer and the Executive reasonably anticipate that the level of bona fide services the Executive would perform after a termination of employment would permanently decrease to a level that is less than 50% of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period. |
(b) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 3, in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive under said paragraphs (the Termination Benefits) constitute an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code or any successor thereto, and to avoid such a result, Termination Benefits will be reduced, if necessary, to an amount (the Non-Triggering Amount), the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executives base amount, as determined in accordance with said Section 280G.
4. | Notice of Termination. |
(a) Any purported termination by the Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a Notice of Termination shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executives employment under the provision so indicated.
(b) Date of Termination shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the case of a termination for Cause, shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date such Notice of Termination is given).
5. | Source of Payments. |
All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank. The Company, however, unconditionally guarantees payment and provision of all amounts and benefits due hereunder to Executive and, if such amounts and benefits due from the Bank are not timely paid or provided by the Bank, such amounts and benefits shall be paid or provided by the Company.
4
6. | Effect on Prior Agreements and Existing Benefit Plans. |
This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement between the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon Executive the right to continue in the employ of the Bank or shall impose on the Bank any obligation to employ or retain Executive in its employ for any period.
7. | No Attachment. |
(a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation or to execution, attachment, levy or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void and of no effect.
(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Executive, the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.
8. | Modification and Waiver. |
(a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.
9. | Severability. |
If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.
5
10. | Headings for Reference Only. |
The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement. In addition, references herein to the masculine shall apply to both the masculine and the feminine.
11. | Governing Law. |
Except to the extent preempted by federal law, the validity, interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, without regard to principles of conflicts of law of the State of Illinois.
12. | Arbitration. |
Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the location of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of his right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.
13. | Payment of Legal Fees. |
All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank, only if Executive is successful pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement, and such payment shall occur no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the year in which the dispute is settled or resolved in Executives favor, and such reimbursement shall occur no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the year in which the dispute is settled or resolved in Executives favor.
14. | Successors to the Bank and the Company. |
The Bank and the Company shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank or the Company, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Banks and the Companys obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank and the Company would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.
15. | Miscellaneous. |
(a) The Bank may terminate Executives employment at any time, but any termination by the Bank, other than termination for Cause, shall not prejudice Executives right
6
to receive compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement.
(b) If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Banks affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(3) or (g)(1); the Banks obligations under this contract shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion: (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while their contract obligations were suspended; and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the obligations which were suspended.
(c) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Banks affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Bank under this contract shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.
(d) If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1813(x)(1), all obligations of the Bank under this contract shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.
(e) All obligations of the Bank under this contract shall be terminated, except to the extent it is determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (i) by the Director of the OTS (or his designee), the FDIC or the Resolution Trust Corporation, at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1823(c); or (ii) by the Director of the OTS (or his designee) at the time the Director (or his designee) approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to the operations of the Bank, or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.
(f) Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. §1828(k) and 12 C.F.R. §545.121 and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
7
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.
IF BANCORP, INC. | ||
(Guarantor) | ||
By: |
|
|
For the Entire Board of Directors | ||
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION | ||
By: |
|
|
For the Entire Board of Directors | ||
EXECUTIVE | ||
By: |
|
|
Walter H. Hasselbring, III |
8
Exhibit 10.5
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Adopted effective
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the Plan) is hereby adopted, on the day of , 2011, by Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association, a federally-chartered stock savings bank (the Bank), effective as of July 1, 2011.
W I T N E S S E T H T H A T
WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Bank has resolved to adopt an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees of the Bank and subsidiaries of the Bank, if any, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby adopts the Plan setting forth the terms and conditions pertaining to contributions by the Employer and the payment of benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has adopted this Plan and caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officers as of the above date.
ATTEST:
|
By: |
|
||||
Corporate Secretary | Authorized Officer |
C O N T E N T S
Page No. | ||||||
Section 1. Plan Identity | 1 | |||||
1.1 |
Name |
1 | ||||
1.2 |
Purpose |
1 | ||||
1.3 |
Effective Date |
1 | ||||
1.4 |
Fiscal Period |
1 | ||||
1.5 |
Single Plan for All Employers |
1 | ||||
1.6 |
Interpretation of Provisions |
1 | ||||
Section 2. Definitions | 1 | |||||
Section 3. Eligibility for Participation | 9 | |||||
3.1 |
Initial Eligibility |
9 | ||||
3.2 |
Definition of Eligibility Year |
9 | ||||
3.3 |
Terminated Employees |
9 | ||||
3.4 |
Certain Employees Ineligible |
9 | ||||
3.5 |
Participation and Reparticipation |
10 | ||||
3.6 |
Omission of Eligible Employee |
10 | ||||
3.7 |
Inclusion of Ineligible Employee |
10 | ||||
Section 4. Contributions and Credits | 10 | |||||
4.1 |
Discretionary Contributions |
10 | ||||
4.2 |
Contributions for Exempt Loans |
10 | ||||
4.3 |
Conditions as to Contributions |
11 | ||||
4.4 |
Rollover Contributions |
11 | ||||
Section 5. Limitations on Contributions and Allocations | 11 | |||||
5.1 |
Limitation on Annual Additions |
11 | ||||
5.2 |
Effect of Limitations |
13 | ||||
5.3 |
Limitations as to Certain Participants |
13 | ||||
5.4 |
Erroneous Allocations |
14 | ||||
Section 6. Trust Fund and Its Investment. | 14 | |||||
6.1 |
Creation of Trust Fund |
14 | ||||
6.2 |
Stock Fund and Investment Fund |
14 | ||||
6.3 |
Acquisition of Stock |
14 | ||||
6.4 |
Participants Option to Diversify |
15 | ||||
Section 7. Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock | 16 | |||||
7.1 |
Voting and Tendering of Stock |
16 | ||||
7.2 |
Application of Dividends |
16 | ||||
Section 8. Adjustments to Accounts | 17 | |||||
8.1 |
ESOP Allocations |
17 | ||||
8.2 |
Charges to Accounts |
18 | ||||
8.3 |
Stock Fund Account |
18 | ||||
8.4 |
Investment Fund Account |
18 | ||||
8.5 |
Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund |
19 | ||||
8.6 |
Participant Statements |
19 | ||||
Section 9. Vesting of Participants Interests | 19 | |||||
9.1 |
Deferred Vesting in Accounts |
19 | ||||
9.2 |
Computation of Vesting Years |
19 | ||||
9.3 |
Full Vesting Upon Certain Events |
20 |
9.4 | Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination | 21 | ||||
9.5 | Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral | 21 | ||||
9.6 | Accounting for Forfeitures | 21 | ||||
9.7 | Vesting and Nonforfeitability | 21 | ||||
Section 10. Payment of Benefits | 21 | |||||
10.1 | Benefits for Participants | 22 | ||||
10.2 | Time for Distribution | 22 | ||||
10.3 | Marital Status | 23 | ||||
10.4 | Delay in Benefit Determination | 24 | ||||
10.5 | Accounting for Benefit Payments | 24 | ||||
10.6 | Options to Receive Stock | 24 | ||||
10.7 | Restrictions on Disposition of Stock | 25 | ||||
10.8 | Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights | 25 | ||||
10.9 | Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution | 25 | ||||
10.10 | Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution | 26 | ||||
Section 11. Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals | 26 | |||||
11.1 | Claim for Benefits | 26 | ||||
11.2 | Notification by Committee | 26 | ||||
11.3 | Claims Review Procedure | 26 | ||||
Section 12. The Committee and its Functions | 27 | |||||
12.1 | Authority of Committee | 27 | ||||
12.2 | Identity of Committee | 27 | ||||
12.3 | Duties of Committee | 27 | ||||
12.4 | Valuation of Stock. | 27 | ||||
12.5 | Compliance with ERISA | 28 | ||||
12.6 | Action by Committee | 28 | ||||
12.7 | Execution of Documents | 28 | ||||
12.8 | Adoption of Rules | 28 | ||||
12.9 | Responsibilities to Participants | 28 | ||||
12.10 | Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity | 28 | ||||
12.11 | Indemnification by Employers | 28 | ||||
12.12 | Nonparticipation by Interested Member | 28 | ||||
Section 13. Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan | 29 | |||||
13.1 | Adoption of Plan by Other Employers | 29 | ||||
13.2 | Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification | 29 | ||||
13.3 | Right to Amend or Terminate | 29 | ||||
Section 14. Miscellaneous Provisions | 29 | |||||
14.1 | Plan Creates No Employment Rights | 29 | ||||
14.2 | Nonassignability of Benefits | 29 | ||||
14.3 | Limit of Employer Liability | 30 | ||||
14.4 | Treatment of Expenses | 30 | ||||
14.5 | Number and Gender | 30 | ||||
14.6 | Nondiversion of Assets | 30 | ||||
14.7 | Separability of Provisions | 30 | ||||
14.8 | Service of Process | 30 | ||||
14.9 | Governing State Law | 30 | ||||
14.10 | Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility | 30 | ||||
14.11 | Unclaimed Accounts | 31 | ||||
14.12 | Qualified Domestic Relations Order | 31 |
(ii)
14.13 | Use of Electronic Mediums to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections | 32 | ||||
14.14 | Acquisition of Securities | 32 | ||||
Section 15. Top-Heavy Provisions | 32 | |||||
15.1 | Top-Heavy Plan | 32 | ||||
15.2 | Definitions | 32 | ||||
15.3 | Top-Heavy Rules of Application | 33 | ||||
15.4 | Minimum Contributions | 34 | ||||
15.5 | Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan | 34 |
(iii)
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Section 1. Plan Identity .
1.1 Name . The name of this Plan is Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association Employee Stock Ownership Plan.
1.2 Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to describe the terms and conditions under which contributions made pursuant to the Plan will be credited and paid to the Participants and their Beneficiaries.
1.3 Effective Date . The Effective Date of this Plan is July 1, 2011.
1.4 Fiscal Period . This Plan shall be operated on the basis of a July 1 to June 30 fiscal year for the purpose of keeping the Plans books and records and distributing or filing any reports or returns required by law.
1.5 Single Plan for All Employers . This Plan shall be treated as a single plan with respect to all participating Employers for the purpose of crediting contributions and forfeitures and distributing benefits, determining whether there has been any termination of Service, and applying the limitations set forth in Section 5.
1.6 Interpretation of Provisions . The Employers intend this Plan and the Trust Agreement to be a qualified stock bonus plan under Section 401(a) of the Code and an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA and Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code. The Plan is intended to have its assets invested primarily in qualifying employer securities of one or more Employers within the meaning of Section 407(d)(3) of ERISA, and to satisfy any requirement under ERISA or the Code applicable to such a plan.
Accordingly, the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with this intent and shall be administered at all times and in all respects in a nondiscriminatory manner.
Section 2. Definitions .
The following capitalized words and phrases shall have the meanings specified when used in this Plan and in the Trust Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
Account means a Participants interest in the assets accumulated under this Plan as expressed in terms of a separate account balance which is periodically adjusted to reflect his Employers contributions, the Plans investment experience, and distributions and forfeitures.
Active Participant means a Participant who has satisfied the eligibility requirements under Section 3 and who has at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the current Plan Year. However, a Participant shall not qualify as an Active Participant unless (i) he is in active Service with an Employer as of the last day of the Plan Year, or (ii) he is on a Recognized Absence as of that date, or (iii) his Service terminated during the Plan Year by reason of Disability, death or Normal Retirement.
Bank means Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association and any entity which succeeds to the business of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association and adopts this Plan as its own pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Plan.
Beneficiary means the person or persons who are designated by a Participant to receive benefits payable under the Plan on the Participants death. In the absence of any designation or if all the designated Beneficiaries shall die before the Participant dies or shall die before all benefits have been paid, the Participants Beneficiary shall be his surviving Spouse, if any, or his estate if he is not survived by a Spouse. The Committee may rely upon the advice of the Participants executor or administrator as to the identity of the Participants Spouse.
Break in Service means any Plan Year, or, for the initial eligibility computation period under Section 3.2, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day of which an Employee has an Hour of Service, in which an Employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service. Solely for this purpose, an Employee shall be considered employed for his normal hours of paid employment during a Recognized Absence (said Employee shall not be credited with more than 501 Hours of Service to avoid a Break in Service), unless he does not resume his Service at the end of the Recognized Absence. Further, if an Employee is absent for any period (i) by reason of the Employees pregnancy, (ii) by reason of the birth of the Employees child, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the Employees adoption of the child, or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately after such birth or placement, the Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which would normally have been credited but for such absence, up to a maximum of 501 Hours of Service.
Closing Date means the closing date of the stock offering of the Company.
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Committee means the committee responsible for the administration of this Plan in accordance with Section 12.
Company means [Iroquois Bancorp, Inc.], the holding company of the Bank, and any successor entity which succeeds to the business of the Company.
Disability means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. An individual shall not be considered to be permanently and totally disabled unless he furnishes proof of the existence thereof in such form and manner, and at such times, as the Committee may require.
Eligible Employee means an Employee, other than an Employee identified in Section 3.4, who has both (i) satisfied the age requirement of Section 3.1(ii) and (ii) has performed 1,000 Hours of Service in the applicable Eligibility Year in accordance with Section 3.2.
Employee means any individual who is or has been employed or self-employed by an Employer. Employee also means an individual employed by a leasing organization who, pursuant to an agreement between an Employer and the leasing organization, has performed services for the Employer and any related persons (within the meaning of Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for more than one year, if such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer. However, such a leased employee shall not be considered an Employee if (i) he participates in a money purchase pension plan sponsored by the leasing organization which provides for immediate participation, immediate full vesting,
-2-
and an annual contribution of at least 10 percent of the Employees 415 Compensation, and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the Employers total work force (including leased employees, but excluding Highly Compensated Employees and any other Employees who have not performed services for the Employer on a substantially full-time basis for at least one year).
Employer means the Bank or any affiliate within the purview of section 414(b), (c) or (m) and 415(h) of the Code, any other corporation, partnership, or proprietorship which adopts this Plan with the Banks consent pursuant to Section 13.1, and any entity which succeeds to the business of any Employer and adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 13.2.
Entry Date means the Effective Date and each January 1 and July 1 of each Plan Year after the Effective Date.
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (P.L. 93-406, as amended).
Exempt Loan means an indebtedness arising from any extension of credit to the Plan or the Trust which satisfies the requirements set forth in Section 6.3 and which was obtained for any or all of the following purposes:
(i) | to acquire qualifying Employer securities as defined in Treasury Regulations §54.4975-12; |
(ii) | to repay such Exempt Loan; or |
(iii) | to repay a prior Exempt Loan. |
415 Compensation
(a) shall mean wages within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employers trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052, but determined without regardt to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)). 415 Compensation shall be calculated on the basis of the Plan Year.
(b) Compensation shall include elective contributions. For this purpose, elective contributions are elective deferrals (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)) and amounts contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee which are not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Code Section 125 (including any deemed Code Section 125 compensation), 132(f)(4), or 457.
(c) 415 Compensation shall include amounts that are includible in income under Code Section 409A or Code Section 457(f)(1)(A).
(d) 415 Compensation in excess of $245,000 (as indexed) shall be disregarded for all Participants. For purposes of this sub-section, the $245,000 limit shall be referred to as the applicable limit for the Plan Year in question. The $245,000 limit shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code, effective for the Plan Year which begins within the applicable calendar year. For purposes of the applicable limit, 415
-3-
Compensation shall be prorated over short Plan Years.
(e) 415 Compensation shall also include the following types of compensation paid after a Participants severance from employment with the Employer, provided that amounts described in paragraphs (i) or (ii) below shall only be included as 415 Compensation to the extent such amounts are paid by the later of 2 1 / 2 months after severance from employment, or by the end of the limitation year that includes the date of such severance from employment.
(i) Regular Pay. 415 Compensation shall include regular pay after severance from employment if (a) the payment is for regular compensation for services during the Participants regular working hours, or compensation for services outside of the Participants regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, and (b) the payment would have been paid to the Participant prior to severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer.
(ii) Leave Cashouts. 415 Compensation shall include leave cashouts if those amounts would have been included in the definition of 415 Compensation if they were earned prior to the Participants severance from employment, and the amounts are payment for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the Participant would have been able to use the leave if his employment had continued.
(f) 415 Compensation shall also include differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)) paid by the Employer to a former Employee who is performing qualified military services (as defined in Code Section 414(u)(1)) but only to the extent that those differential wage payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service.
Highly Compensated Employee for any Plan Year means an Employee who, during either that or the immediately preceding Plan Year was at any time a five percent owner of the Employer (as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1)) or, during the immediately preceding Plan Year, had 415 Compensation exceeding $110,000 and was among the most highly compensated one-fifth of all Employees (the $110,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code Section 415(d)). For these purposes, the most highly compensated one-fifth of all Employees shall be determined by taking into account all individuals working for all related Employer entities described in the definition of Service, but excluding any individual who has not completed six months of Service, who normally works fewer than 17 1 / 2 hours per week or in fewer than six months per year, who has not reached age 21, whose employment is covered by a collective bargaining agreement, or who is a nonresident alien who receives no earned income from United States sources. The applicable year for which a determination is being made is called a determination year and the preceding 12-month period is called a look-back year.
Hours of Service means hours to be credited to an Employee under the following rules:
(a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid or is entitled to be paid for services to an Employer is an Hour of Service.
(b) Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or is entitled to be paid for a period of vacation, holidays, illness, disability, lay-off, jury duty, temporary military duty, or leave of absence is an Hour of Service. However, except as otherwise specifically provided, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period which an Employee
-4-
performs no duties. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Further, no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of payments made solely under a plan maintained to comply with workers compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws, or to reimburse an Employee for medical expenses.
(c) Each hour for which back pay (ignoring any mitigation of damages) is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer is an Hour of Service. However, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period during which an Employee would not have performed any duties. The same Hours of Service will not be credited both under paragraph (a) or (b) as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). These hours will be credited to the employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award agreement or payment is made.
(d) Hours of Service shall be credited in any one period only under one of the foregoing paragraphs (a), (b) and (c); an Employee may not get double credit for the same period.
(e) If an Employer finds it impractical to count the actual Hours of Service for any class or group of non-hourly Employees, each Employee in that class or group shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each weekly pay period in which he has at least one Hour of Service. However, an Employee shall be credited only for his normal working hours during a paid absence.
(f) Hours of Service to be credited on account of a payment to an Employee (including back pay) shall be recorded in the period of Service for which the payment was made. If the period overlaps two or more Plan Years, the Hours of Service credit shall be allocated in proportion to the respective portions of the period included in the several Plan Years. However, in the case of periods of 31 days or less, the Plan Administrator may apply a uniform policy of crediting the Hours of Service to either the first Plan Year or the second.
(g) In all respects an Employees Hours of Service shall be counted as required by Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Department of Labors regulations under Title I of ERISA.
Investment Fund means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of assets other than Stock. Notwithstanding the above, assets from the Investment Fund may be used to purchase Stock in the open market or otherwise, or used to pay on the Exempt Loan, and shares so purchased will be allocated to a Participants Stock Fund.
Normal Retirement means retirement on or after the Participants Normal Retirement Date.
Normal Retirement Date means the first day of the month coincident with or next following the a Participants 65 th birthday.
Participant means any Eligible Employee who is an Active Participant participating in the Plan, or Eligible Employee or former Employee who was previously an Active Participant and still has a balance credited to his Account.
Period of Uniformed Service means the length of time that an Employee serves in the Uniformed Services.
-5-
Plan Year means the twelve-month period commencing July 1, 2011 and ending June 30, 2012 and each period of 12 consecutive months beginning on July 1 of each succeeding year.
Recognized Absence means a period for which --
(a) an Employer grants an Employee a leave of absence for a limited period, but only if an Employer grants such leave on a nondiscriminatory basis; or
(b) an Employee is temporarily laid off by an Employer because of a change in business conditions; or
(c) an Employee is on active military duty, but only to the extent that his employment rights are protected by the Military Selective Service Act of 1967 (38 U.S.C. Sec. 2021).
Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service
(a) Reemployment (or Reemployed) After a Period of Uniformed Service means that an Employee returned to employment with a Participating Employer, within the time frame set forth in subparagraph (b) below, after a Period of Uniformed Service in the Uniformed Services and the following rules corresponding to provisions of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (USERRA) apply: (i) he or she gives sufficient notice of leave to the Participating Employer prior to commencing a Period of Uniformed Service, or is excused from providing such notice; (ii) his or her employment with the Participating Employer prior to a Period of Uniformed Service was not of a brief, nonrecurrent nature that would preclude a reasonable expectation that such employment would continue indefinitely or for a significant period; (iii) the Participating Employers circumstances have not changed so that reemployment is unreasonable or an undue hardship to the Participating Employer; and (iv) the applicable cumulative Periods of Uniformed Service under USERRA equals five years or less, unless service in the Uniformed Services:
(1) in excess of five years is required to complete an initial Period of Uniformed Service;
(2) prevents the Participant from obtaining orders releasing him or her from such Period of Uniformed Service prior to the expiration of a five-year period (through no fault of the Participant);
(3) is required in the National Guard for drill and instruction, field exercises or active duty training, or to fulfill necessary additional training, or to fulfill necessary additional training requirements certified in writing by the Secretary of the branch of Uniformed Services concerned; or
(4) for a Participant is
(A) required other than for training under any provisions of law during a war or national agency declared by the President or Congress;
(B) required (other than for training) in support of an operational mission for which personnel have been ordered to active duty other than during war or national emergency;
-6-
(C) required in support of a critical mission or requirement of the Uniformed Services; or
(D) the result of being called into service as a member of the National Guard by the President in the case of rebellion or danger of rebellion against the authority of the United States Government or if the President is unable to execute the laws of the United States with the regular forces.
(b) The applicable statutory time frames within which an Employee must report to a Participating Employer after a Period of Uniformed Service are as follows:
(1) If the Period of Uniformed Service was less than 31 days,
(A) not later than the beginning of the first full regularly scheduled work period on the first full calendar day following the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service and the expiration of eight hours after a period of time allowing for the safe transportation of the Employee from the place of service in the Uniformed Services to the Employees residence; or
(B) as soon as possible after the expiration of the eight-hour period of time referred to in Clause (A), if reporting within the period referred to in such clause is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee.
(2) In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 30 days but less than 181 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 14 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service or, if submitting such application within such period is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee, the next first full calendar day when submission of such application becomes reasonable.
(3) In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 180 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 90 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service.
(4) In the case of an Employee who is hospitalized for, or convalescing from, an illness or injury related to the Period of Uniformed Service the Employee shall apply for reemployment with a Participating Employer at the end of the period that is necessary for the Employee to recover. Such period of recovery shall not exceed two years, unless circumstances beyond the Employees control make reporting as above unreasonable or impossible.
(c) Notwithstanding subparagraph (a), Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service terminates upon the occurrence of any of the following:
(1) a dishonorable or bad conduct discharge from the Uniformed Services;
(2) any other discharge from the Uniformed Services under circumstances other than an honorable condition;
(3) a discharge of a commissioned officer from the Uniformed Services by court martial, by commutation of sentence by court martial, or, in time of war, by the President; or
-7-
(4) a demotion of a commissioned officer in the Uniformed Services for absence without authorized leave of at least 3 months confinement under a sentence by court martial, or confinement in a federal or state penitentiary after being found guilty of a crime under a final sentence.
Service means an Employees period(s) of employment or self-employment with an Employer, excluding for initial eligibility purposes any period in which the individual was a nonresident alien and did not receive from an Employer any earned income which constituted income from sources within the United States. An Employees Service shall include any Service which constitutes Service with a predecessor Employer within the meaning of Section 414(a) of the Code, provided, however, that Service with an acquired entity shall not be considered Service under the Plan unless required by applicable law or agreed to by the parties to such transaction. An Employees Service shall also include any Service with an entity which is not an Employer, but only either (i) for a period after 1975 in which the other entity is a member of a controlled group of corporations or is under common control with other trades and businesses within the meaning of Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code, and a member of the controlled group or one of the trades and businesses is an Employer, (ii) for a period after 1979 in which the other entity is a member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, and a member of the affiliated service group is an Employer, or (iii) all Employers aggregated with the Employer under Section 414(o) of the Code (but not until the Proposed Regulations under Section 414(o) become effective). Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.
Spouse means the individual, if any, to whom a Participant is lawfully married on the date benefit payments to the Participant are to begin, or on the date of the Participants death, if earlier. A former Spouse shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code.
Stock means common stock issued by the Employer (or by a corporation which is a member of the same controlled group) which is readily tradable on an established securities market. In the event there is no common stock which meets the requirements of the preceding sentence, then Stock means common stock issued by the Employer (or by a corporation which is a member of the same controlled group) having a combined voting power and dividend rights equal to or in excess of (A) that class of common stock of the Employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest voting power; and (B) that class of common stock of the Employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest dividend rights.
Stock Fund means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of Stock.
Trust or Trust Fund means the trust fund created under this Plan.
Trust Agreement means the agreement between the Bank and the Trustee concerning the Trust Fund. If any assets of the Trust Fund are held in a co-mingled trust fund with assets of other qualified retirement plans, Trust Agreement shall be deemed to include the trust agreement governing that co-mingled trust fund. With respect to the allocation of investment responsibility for the assets of the Trust Fund, the provisions of Article II of the Trust Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.
Trustee means one or more corporate persons or individuals selected from time to time by the Bank to serve as trustee or co-trustees of the Trust Fund.
Unallocated Stock Fund means that portion of the Stock Fund consisting of the Plans holding of Stock which have been acquired in exchange for one or more Exempt Loans and which have not yet been allocated to the Participants Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2.
-8-
Uniformed Service means the performance of duty on a voluntary or involuntary basis in the uniformed service of the United States, including the U.S. Public Health Services, under competent authority and includes active duty, active duty for training, initial activity duty for training, inactive duty training, full-time National Guard duty, and the period for which a person is absent from a position of employment for purposes of an examination to determine the fitness of the person to perform any such duty.
Valuation Date means each business day provided the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market. If the Stock is not readily tradable on an established securities market, then Valuation Date shall mean the last day of the Plan Year and each other date as of which the Committee shall determine the investment experience of the Investment Fund and adjust the Participants Accounts accordingly.
Valuation Period means the period following a Valuation Date and ending with the next Valuation Date.
Vesting Year means a unit of Service credited to a Participant pursuant to Section 9.2 for purposes of determining his vested interest in his Account.
Section 3. Eligibility for Participation .
3.1 Initial Eligibility . An Employee who is an Eligible Employee on or prior to the Closing Date shall enter the Plan, retroactively, on the Effective Date. Thereafter, an Eligible Employee shall enter the Plan as of the Entry Date coincident with or next following the later of the following dates:
(i) the last day of the Eligible Employees first Eligibility Year, and
(ii) the Eligible Employees 21st birthday. However, if an Eligible Employee is not in active Service with an Employer on the date he would otherwise first enter the Plan, his entry shall be deferred until the next day he is in Service.
3.2 Definition of Eligibility Year . Eligibility Year means an applicable eligibility period (as defined below) in which the Eligible Employee has completed 1,000 Hours of Service for the Employer. For this purpose, an Eligible Employees first eligibility period is the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day on which he has an Hour of Service, and subsequent eligibility periods shall be the 12 consecutive month periods beginning on each July 1 after that first day of Service.
3.3 Terminated Employees . No Employee shall have any interest or rights under this Plan if he is never in active Service with an Employer on or after the Effective Date.
3.4 Certain Employees Ineligible .
3.4-1. No Employee shall participate in the Plan while his Service is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between an Employer and the Employees collective bargaining representative if (i) retirement benefits have been the subject of good faith bargaining between the Employer and the representative and (ii) the collective bargaining agreement does not provide for the Employees participation in the Plan.
3.4-2. Leased Employees are not eligible to participate in the Plan.
-9-
3.4-3. Employees who are nonresident aliens with no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)).
3.5 Participation and Reparticipation . Subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing requirements, an Eligible Employee shall participate in the Plan during each period of his Service from the date on which he first becomes eligible until his termination. For this purpose, an Eligible Employee who returns before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service who previously satisfied the initial eligibility requirements or who returns after five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service with a vested Account balance in the Plan shall re-enter the Plan as of the date of his return to Service with an Employer.
3.6 Omission of Eligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any Eligible Employee who should be included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made until after a contribution by his Employer for the year has been made, the Employer shall make a subsequent contribution with respect to the omitted Eligible Employee in the amount which the said Employer would have contributed regardless of whether or not it is deductible in whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.
3.7 Inclusion of Ineligible Employee . If, in any fiscal year, any person who should not have been included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such incorrect inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been made, the Employer shall not be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to the ineligible person regardless of whether or not a deduction is allowable with respect to such contribution. In such event, the amount contributed with respect to the ineligible person shall constitute a forfeiture for the fiscal year in which the discovery is made.
Section 4. Contributions and Credits .
4.1 Discretionary Contributions .
4.1-1. The Employer shall from time to time contribute, with respect to a Plan Year, such amounts as it may determine from time to time. The Employer shall have no obligation to contribute any amount under this Plan except as so determined in its sole discretion. The Employers contributions and available forfeitures for a Plan Year shall be credited as of the last day of the year to the Accounts of the Active Participants in the manner set forth in Section 8.1-2.
4.1-2. Upon a Participants Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service, the Employer shall make an additional contribution on behalf of such Participant that would have been made on his or her behalf during the Plan Year or Years corresponding to the Participants Period of Uniformed Service.
4.2 Contributions for Exempt Loans . If the Trustee, upon instructions from the Committee, incurs any Exempt Loan upon the purchase of Stock, the Employer may contribute for each Plan Year an amount sufficient to cover all payments of principal and interest as they come due under the terms of the Exempt Loan. If there is more than one Exempt Loan, the Employer shall designate the one to which any contribution is to be applied. Investment earnings realized on Employer contributions and any dividends paid by the Employer on Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Account, shall be applied to the Exempt Loan related to that Stock, subject to Section 7.2.
In each Plan Year in which Employer contributions, earnings on contributions, or dividends on Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund are used as payments under an Exempt Loan, a certain number of shares of the Stock acquired with that Exempt Loan which is then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be released for
-10-
allocation among the Participants. The number of shares released shall bear the same ratio to the total number of those shares then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund (prior to the release) as (i) the principal and interest payments made on the Exempt Loan in the current Plan Year bears to (ii) the sum of (i) above, and the remaining principal and interest payments required (or projected to be required on the basis of the interest rate in effect at the end of the Plan Year) to satisfy the Exempt Loan.
At the direction of the Committee, the current and projected payments of interest under an Exempt Loan may be ignored in calculating the number of shares to be released in each year if (i) the Exempt Loan provides for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than level annual payments of such amounts for 10 years, (ii) the interest included in any payment is ignored only to the extent that it would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization tables, and (iii) the term of the Exempt Loan, by reason of renewal, extension, or refinancing, has not exceeded 10 years from the original acquisition of the Stock.
4.3 Conditions as to Contributions . Employers contributions shall in all events be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5. Contributions may be made in the form of cash, or securities and other property to the extent permissible under ERISA, including Stock, and shall be held by the Trustee in accordance with the Trust Agreement. In addition to the provisions of Section 13.3 for the return of an Employers contributions in connection with a failure of the Plan to qualify initially under the Code, any amount contributed by an Employer due to a good faith mistake of fact, or based upon a good faith but erroneous determination of its deductibility under Section 404 of the Code, shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the date on which the contribution was originally made, or within one year after its nondeductibility has been finally determined. However, the amount to be returned shall be reduced to take account of any adverse investment experience within the Trust Fund in order that the balance credited to each Participants Account is not less that it would have been if the contribution had never been made.
4.4 Rollover Contributions . This Plan shall not accept a direct rollover or rollover contribution of an eligible rollover distribution as such term is defined in Section 10.9-1 of the Plan.
Section 5. Limitations on Contributions and Allocations .
5.1 Limitation on Annual Additions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, allocation of Employer contributions for any Plan Year shall be subject to the following:
5.1-1 If allocation of Employer contributions in accordance with Section 4.1 will result in an allocation of more than one-third the total contributions for a Plan Year to the accounts of Highly Paid Employees, and such allocation would cause any Highly Paid Employee to exceed the limitations under Code Section 415(c) or the Employer to exceed the deduction limits under Code Section 404, then no more than one-third of the Employer contributions used for repayment of any Exempt Loan in accordance with Section 4.2 shall be allocated to the accounts of Highly Compensated Employees (within the meaning of Code Section 414(q)), with the remaining Employer contributions to be made to Non-Highly Compensated Employees in the manner specified under Section 8.1. Such adjustments shall be made before any allocations occur.
5.1-2 After adjustment, if any, required by the preceding paragraph, the annual additions during any Plan Year to any Participants Account under this and any other defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer or an affiliate (within the purview of Section 414(b), (c) and (m) and Section 415(h) of the Code, which affiliate shall be deemed the Employer for this purpose) shall not exceed the lesser of $49,000 (or such other dollar amount which results from cost-of-living adjustments under Section 415(d) of the Code) (the dollar limitation) or 100 percent of the
-11-
Participants 415 Compensation for such limitation year (the percentage limitation). The percentage limitation shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition. If, as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participants annual compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any individual under the limits of Code Section 415, or under other limited facts and circumstances that the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service finds justify the availability of the rules set forth in this paragraph, the Plan may only correct such excess in accordance with the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) as set forth in Revenue Procedure 2008-50 or any subsequent guidance.
5.1-3 For purposes of this Section 5.1, the annual addition to a Participants Accounts means the sum of (i) Employer contributions, (ii) Employee contributions, if any, and (iii) forfeitures. Annual additions to a defined contribution plan also include amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer, amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a Key Employee under a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419A(d) of the Internal Revenue Code, maintained by the Employer.
Annual additions to the Participants Account shall not include a restorative payment in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-1(b)(2)(C) that is made to restore losses to the Plan resulting from actions by a fiduciary for which there is a reasonable risk of liability for breach of fiduciary duty under ERISA or other applicable federal and state law.
In the event Stock is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund and allocated to a Participants Account for a particular Plan Year, the Employer may determine for such year that an annual addition shall be calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Stock so released and allocated (such fair market value to be based on the valuation as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Plan Year in respect of which the release and allocation are made) if the annual addition, as so calculated, is lower than the annual addition calculated on the basis of Employer contributions.
5.1-4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no more than one-third of the Employer contributions to the Plan for a year which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9) of the Code are allocated to Highly Compensated Employees (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code), the limitations imposed herein shall not apply to:
(i) forfeitures of Employer securities (within the meaning of Section 409 of the Code) under the Plan if such securities were acquired with the proceeds of a loan described in Section 404(a)(9)(A) of the Code), or
(ii) Employer contributions to the Plan which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9)(B) and charged against a Participants Account.
5.1-5 If the Employer contributes amounts, on behalf of Eligible Employees covered by this Plan, to other defined contribution plans as defined in Section 3(34) of ERISA, the limitation on annual additions provided in this Section shall be applied to annual additions in the aggregate to this Plan and to such other plans. Reduction of annual additions, where required, shall be accomplished first by reductions under such other plan pursuant to the directions of the named fiduciary for
-12-
administration of such other plans or under priorities, if any, established under the terms of such other plans and then by allocating any remaining excess for this Plan in the manner and priority set out above with respect to this Plan.
5.1-6 A limitation year shall mean each 12 consecutive month period ending on December 31 within the Plan Year.
5.2 Effect of Limitations . The Committee shall take whatever action may be necessary from time to time to assure compliance with the limitations set forth in Section 5.1. Specifically, the Committee shall see that each Employer restrict its contributions for any Plan Year to an amount which, taking into account the amount of available forfeitures, may be completely allocated to the Participants consistent with those limitations. Where the limitations would otherwise be exceeded by any Participant, further allocations to the Participant shall be curtailed to the extent necessary to satisfy the limitations. Where an excessive amount is contributed on account of a mistake as to one or more Participants compensation, or there is an amount of forfeitures which may not be credited in the Plan Year in which it becomes available, the amount shall be corrected in accordance with Section 5.1-2 of the Plan. If it is determined at any time that the Committee and/or Trustee has erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating net gain or loss pursuant to Sections 8.2 and 8.3, then the Committee, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.
5.3 Limitations as to Certain Participants . Aside from the limitations set forth in Section 5.1, if the Plan acquires any Stock in a transaction as to which a selling shareholder or the estate of a deceased shareholder is claiming the benefit of Section 1042 of the Code, the Committee shall see that none of such Stock, and no other assets in lieu of such Stock, are allocated to the Accounts of certain Participants in this Plan or be allocated directly or indirectly under any plan of the Employer meeting the requirements of Code Section 401(a) during the non-allocation period, in order to comply with Code Section 409(n).
This restriction shall apply at all times to a Participant who owns (taking into account the attribution rules under Section 318(a) of the Code, without regard to the exception for employee plan trusts in Section 318(a)(2)(B)(i)) more than 25 percent of (i) any class of outstanding stock of a corporation and (ii) the total value of any class of outstanding stock of a corporation which issued the Stock acquired by the Plan, or another corporation within the same controlled group, as defined in Section 409(l)(4) of the Code (any such class of stock hereafter called a Related Class). For this purpose, a Participant who owns more than 25 percent of Related Class at any time within the one year preceding the Plans purchase of the Stock shall be subject to the restriction as to all allocations of the Stock, but any other Participant shall be subject to the restriction only as to allocations which occur at a time when he owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class.
Further, this restriction shall apply to the selling shareholder claiming the benefit of Section 1042 and any other Participant who is related to such a shareholder within the meaning of Section 267(b) of the Code, during the period beginning on the date of sale and ending on the later of (1) the date that is ten years after the date of sale, or (2) the date of the Plan allocation attributable to the final payment of acquisition indebtedness incurred in connection with the sale.
This restriction shall not apply to any Participant who is a lineal descendant of a selling shareholder if the aggregate amounts allocated under the Plan for the benefit of all such descendants do not exceed five percent of the Stock acquired from the shareholder.
-13-
5.4 Erroneous Allocations . No Participant shall be entitled to any annual additions or other allocations to his Account in excess of those permitted under Section 5. If it is determined at any time that the Plan Administrator and/or Trustee have erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating investment adjustments, or in excluding or including any person as a Participant, then the Plan Administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected, after taking into consideration Sections 3.6 and 3.7 and any revenue procedure or other notice published by the Internal Revenue Service regarding permissible correction methods, if applicable, and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.
Section 6. Trust Fund and Its Investment .
6.1 Creation of Trust Fund . All amounts received under the Plan from Employers and investments shall be held as the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of this Plan and of the Trust Agreement between the Bank and the Trustee. The benefits described in this Plan shall be payable only from the assets of the Trust Fund, and none of the Bank, any other Employer, its board of directors or trustees, its stockholders, its officers, its employees, the Committee, and the Trustee shall be liable for payment of any benefit under this Plan except from the Trust Fund.
6.2 Stock Fund and Investment Fund . The Trust Fund held by the Trustee shall be divided into the Stock Fund, consisting entirely of Stock, and the Investment Fund, consisting of all assets of the Trust other than Stock. The Trustee shall have no investment responsibility for the Stock Fund, but shall accept any Employer contributions made in the form of Stock, and shall acquire, sell, exchange, distribute, and otherwise deal with and dispose of Stock in accordance with the instructions of the Committee. The Trustee shall have full responsibility for the investment of the Investment Fund, except to the extent such responsibility may be delegated from time to time to one or more investment managers pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Trust Agreement, or to the extent the Committee directs the Trustee to purchase Stock with the assets in the Investment Fund.
6.3 Acquisition of Stock . From time to time the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct the Trustee to acquire Stock from the issuing Employer or from shareholders, including shareholders who are or have been Employees, Participants, or fiduciaries with respect to the Plan. The Trustee shall pay for such Stock no more than its fair market value, which shall be determined conclusively by the Committee pursuant to Section 12.4. The Committee may direct the Trustee to finance the acquisition of Stock by incurring or assuming indebtedness to the seller or another party which indebtedness shall be called an Exempt Loan. The term Exempt Loan shall refer to a loan made to the Plan by a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code, or a loan to the Plan which is guaranteed by a disqualified person. An Exempt Loan includes a direct loan of cash, a purchase-money transaction, and an assumption of an obligation of a tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code (ESOP). For these purposes, the term guarantee shall include an unsecured guarantee and the use of assets of a disqualified person as collateral for a loan, even though the use of assets may not be a guarantee under applicable state law. An amendment of an Exempt Loan in order to qualify as an exempt loan is not a refinancing of the Exempt Loan or the making of another Exempt Loan. The term exempt loan refers to a loan that satisfies the provisions of this paragraph. A non-exempt loan fails to satisfy this paragraph. Any Exempt Loan shall be subject to the following conditions and limitations:
6.3-1 An Exempt Loan shall primarily be for the benefit of Plan Participants and Beneficiaries, shall be for a specific term, shall not be payable on demand except in the event of default, and shall bear a reasonable rate of interest, such that the interest rate and the price of the securities to be acquired with the Exempt Loan will not cause the Plans assets to be drained off in
-14-
violation of Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(3).
6.3-2 An Exempt Loan may, but need not, be secured by a collateral pledge of either the Stock acquired in exchange for the Exempt Loan, or the Stock previously pledged in connection with a prior Exempt Loan which is being repaid with the proceeds of the current Exempt Loan. No other assets of the Plan and Trust may be used as collateral for an Exempt Loan, and no creditor under an Exempt Loan shall have any right or recourse to any Plan and Trust assets other than Stock remaining subject to a collateral pledge.
6.3-3 Any pledge of Stock to secure an Exempt Loan must provide for the release of pledged Stock in connection with payments on the Exempt Loan in the ratio prescribed in Section 4.2.
6.3-4 Repayments of principal and interest on any Exempt Loan during any Plan Year must not exceed an amount equal to the sum of contributions and earnings received during or prior to such Plan Year, less such payments in prior Plan Years and from cash dividends received on Stock, in the last case, however, subject to the further requirements of Section 7.2. All contributions and earnings shall be separately accounted for in the Plans records until the Exempt Loan is repaid.
6.3-5 In the event of default of an Exempt Loan, the value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the Exempt Loan must not exceed the amount of the default. If the lender is a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, an Exempt Loan must provide for a transfer of Plan assets upon default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the Plan to meet the payment schedule of said Exempt Loan. For purposes of this paragraph, the making of a guarantee does not make a person a lender.
6.4 Participants Option to Diversify . The Committee shall provide for a procedure under which each Participant may, during the qualified election period, elect to diversify a portion of the Employer Stock allocated to his Account, as provided in Section 401(a)(28)(B) of the Code. An election to diversify must be made on the prescribed form and filed with the Committee within the period specified herein. For each of the first five (5) Plan years in the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to diversify an amount which does not exceed 25% of the number of shares allocated to his Account since the inception of the Plan, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. For the last year of the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to have up to 50 percent of the value of his Account committed to other investments, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. The term qualified election period shall mean the six (6) Plan Year period beginning with the first Plan Year in which a Participant has both attained age 55 and completed 10 years of participation in the Plan. A Participants election to diversify his Account may be made within each year of the qualified election period and shall continue for the 90-day period immediately following the last day of each year in the qualified election period. Once a Participant makes such election, the Plan must complete diversification in accordance with such election within 90 days after the end of the period during which the election could be made for the Plan Year. In the discretion of the Committee, the Plan may satisfy the diversification requirement by any of the following methods:
6.4-1 The Plan may distribute all or part of the amount subject to the diversification election.
6.4-2 The Plan may offer the Participant at least three other distinct investment options, if available under the Plan. The other investment options shall satisfy the requirements of Regulations under Section 404(c) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA).
-15-
6.4-3 The Plan may transfer the portion of the Participants Account subject to the diversification election to another qualified defined contribution plan of the Employer that offers at least three investment options satisfying the requirements of the Regulations under Section 404(c) of ERISA.
Section 7. Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock .
7.1 Voting and Tendering of Stock .
7.1-1. The Trustee generally shall vote all shares of Stock held under the Plan in accordance with the written instructions of the Committee. However, if any Employer has registration-type class of securities within the meaning of Section 409(e)(4) of the Code, or if a matter submitted to the holders of the Stock involves a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, or sale of substantially all assets of an entity, then (i) the shares of Stock which have been allocated to Participants Accounts shall be voted by the Trustee in accordance with the Participants written instructions, and (ii) the Trustee shall vote any unallocated Stock, allocated Stock for which it has received no voting instructions, and Stock for which Participants vote to abstain, in the same proportions as it votes the allocated Stock for which it has received instructions from Participants.
Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, all unallocated shares of Stock must be voted by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries. Whenever such voting rights are to be exercised, the Employers shall provide the Trustee, in a timely manner, with the same notices and other materials as are provided to other holders of the Stock, which the Trustee shall distribute to the Participants. The Participants shall be provided with adequate opportunity to deliver their instructions to the Trustee regarding the voting of Stock allocated to their Accounts. The instructions of the Participants with respect to the voting of allocated shares hereunder shall be confidential.
7.1-2 In the event of a tender offer, Stock shall be tendered by the Trustee in the same manner as set forth above with respect to the voting of Stock. Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, Stock must be tendered by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries.
7.2 Application of Dividends .
7.2-1 Stock Dividends . Dividends on Stock which are received by the Trustee in the form of additional Stock shall be retained in the Stock Fund, and shall be allocated among the Participants Accounts and the Unallocated Stock Fund in accordance with their holdings of the Stock on which the dividends are paid.
7.2-2 Cash Dividends . The treatment of dividends paid in cash shall be determined after consideration to whether the cash dividends are paid on Stock held in Participants Accounts or the Unallocated Stock Fund.
(i) On Stock in Participants Accounts .
(A) Employer Exercises Discretion . Dividends on Stock credited to Participants Accounts which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall, at the direction of the Employer paying the dividends, either (i) be credited to the Accounts in accordance with Section 8.4(c) and invested as part of the Investment Fund, (ii) be distributed immediately to the Participants in proportion with the Participants Stock Fund Account balance (iii) be distributed to the Participants
-16-
within 90 days of the close of the Plan Year in which paid in proportion with the Participants Stock Fund Account balance or (iv) be used to make payments on the Exempt Loan. If dividends on Stock allocated to a Participants Account are used to repay the Exempt Loan, Stock with a fair market value equal to the dividends so used must be allocated to such Participants Account in lieu of the dividends.
(B) Participant Exercises Discretion over Dividend . In addition, in the sole discretion of the Employer, the Employer may grant Participants the right to elect: (I) to have cash dividends paid on shares of Stock credited to such Participants Stock Fund Accounts distributed to the Participant, or (II) to leave the cash dividends allocated to the Participants Account in the Plan, to be credited to the Stock Fund Account and invested in shares of Stock. Dividends on which such election may be made will be fully vested in the Participant (even if not otherwise vested, absent the ability to make such election). Accordingly, the Employer may choose to offer this election only to Participants who are fully vested in their Account. In the event the Employer elects to give Participants the right to determine the treatment of such dividends, the Participants election shall be made by filing with the Committee the appropriate written direction as provided by the Committee at such time and in accordance with such procedures and limitations which the Committee may from time to time establish; provided, however, that the procedures established by the Committee shall provide a reasonable opportunity to change the election at least annually, may establish a default election if a Participant fails to make an affirmative election within the time established for making elections, may provide that the election is applicable for the Plan Year and cannot be revoked with respect to such Plan Year, shall otherwise be implemented in a manner such that the dividends paid or reinvested will constitute applicable dividends which may be deducted under Code Section 404(k), and are in accordance with applicable guidance issued or to be issued by the Secretary of the Treasury. If the Employer elects to give Participants the right to exercise the discretion in this Paragraph 7.2-2(i)(B), the ability to make such election shall be available to the Participant with respect to dividends paid for the entire Plan Year.
(ii) On Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund . Dividends received on shares of Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be applied to the repayment of principal and interest then due on the Exempt Loan used to acquire such shares. If the amount of dividends exceeds the amount needed to repay such principal and interest (including any prepayments of principal and interest deemed advisable by the Employer), then in the sole discretion of the Committee, the excess shall: (A) be allocated to Active Participants, pro rata, in proportion to the Compensation of each such person that was earned during that portion of the Plan Year that such person participated in the Plan compared to total Compensation of each Active Participant for such year, or (B) be deemed to be general earnings of the Trust Fund and used for paying appropriate Plan or Trust related expenditures for the Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing dividends paid on a share of Stock may not be used to make payments on a particular Exempt Loan unless the share was acquired with the proceeds of such loan or a refinancing of such loan.
Section 8. Adjustments to Accounts .
8.1 ESOP Allocations . Amounts available for allocation for a particular Plan Year will be divided into two categories. The first category relates to shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund attributable to using cash dividends to make Exempt Loan payments. The second category relates to contributions made by the Employer and shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of such Employer contributions and amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts pursuant to Section 9.5.
-17-
8.1-1. Shares of Stock attributable to the first category will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts of eligible Participants as follows:
(i) first, if dividends paid on shares of Stock held in Participants Stock Fund Accounts are used to make payments on an Exempt Loan, there shall be allocated to each such account a number of shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund with a fair market value (determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding the loan payment date) that at least equals the amount of dividends so used,
(ii) second, if necessary, any remaining shares of Stock shall be applied to reinstate amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts of former employees who are entitled to a reinstatement under Section 9.5, and
(iii) finally, any remaining shares of Stock shall be allocated as of the last Valuation Date of the Plan Year for which they are allocated in the same manner as described in Section 8.2-1.
8.1-2. Shares of Stock or cash attributable to the second category (i.e., Employer contributions, Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions, and amounts forfeited, and to the extent applicable, shares of Stock released in accordance with Section 8.101(iii)) will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts or Investment Fund Accounts, as the case may be, pro rata, in proportion to the 415 Compensation of each Active Participant that was earned by such Participant for the portion of the Plan Year during which he or she was a Participant compared to total 415 Compensation for all Active Participants.
8.1-3. Shares of Stock or cash attributable to contributions made under Section 4.1-2 shall be allocated specifically to the Participants on whose behalf such contributions were made.
8.2 Charges to Accounts . When a Valuation Date occurs, any distributions made to or on behalf of any Participant or Beneficiary since the last preceding Valuation Date shall be charged to the proper Accounts maintained for that Participant or Beneficiary.
8.3 Stock Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1, as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participants Stock Fund Account: (a) the Participants allocable share of Stock purchased by the Trustee or contributed by the Employer to the Trust Fund for that year; (b) the Participants allocable share of the Stock that is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund for that year; (c) the Participants allocable share of any forfeitures of Stock arising under the Plan during that year; and (d) any stock dividends declared and paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participants Stock Fund Account.
8.4 Investment Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1 as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participants Investment Fund Account: (a) the Participants allocable share of any contribution for that year made by the Employer in cash or in property other than Stock that is not used by the Trustee to purchase Employer Stock or to make payments due under an Exempt Loan; (b) the Participants allocable share of any forfeitures from the Investment Fund Accounts of other Participants arising under the Plan during that year; (c) any cash dividends paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participants Stock Fund Account, other than dividends which are paid directly to the Participant and other than dividends which are used to repay Exempt Loan; and (d) the share of the net income or loss of the Trust Fund properly allocable to that Participants Investment Fund Account, as provided in Section 8.5.
-18-
8.5 Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund . As of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall determine: (i) the net worth of that portion of the Trust Fund which consists of properties other than Stock (the Investment Fund); and (ii) the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund since the last day of the preceding Plan Year. The net worth of the Investment Fund shall be the fair market value of all properties held by the Trustee under the Trust Agreement other than Stock, net of liabilities other than liabilities to Participants and their beneficiaries. The Trustee shall allocate to the Investment Fund Account of each Participant that percentage of the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund equal to the ratio which the balances credited to the Participants Investment Fund Account bear to the total amount credited to all Participants Investments Fund Accounts. This allocation shall be made after application of Section 7.2, but before application of Sections 8.1, 8.4 and 5.1.
8.6
Participant Statements
. Each Plan Year, the Trustee will provide each Participant with a statement
Section 9. Vesting of Participants Interests .
9.1 Deferred Vesting in Accounts . A Participants vested interest in his Account shall be based on his Vesting Years in accordance with the following table, subject to the balance of this Section 9:
Vesting Years |
Percentage of Interest Vested |
|
Fewer than 1 |
0% | |
1 |
0% | |
2 |
20% | |
3 |
40% | |
4 |
60% | |
5 |
80% | |
6 or more |
100% |
9.2 Computation of Vesting Years . For purposes of this Plan, a Vesting Year means generally a Plan Year in which an Eligible Employee has performed at least 1,000 Hours of Service, beginning with the first Plan Year in which the Eligible Employee has completed an Hour of Service with the Employer, and including Service with other Employers as provided in the definition of Service. However, a Participants Vesting Years shall be computed subject to the following conditions and qualifications:
9.2-1 A Participants Vesting Years shall not include any Service prior to the date on which an Eligible Employee attains age 18.
9.2-2 To the extent applicable, a Participants vested interest in his Account accumulated before five (5) consecutive one year Break in Service shall be determined without regard to any Service after such five consecutive Breaks in Service. Further, if a Participant has five (5) consecutive one year Break in Service before his interest in his Account has become vested to some extent, pre-Break in Service years of Service shall not be required to be taken into account for purposes of determining his post-Break in Service vested percentage.
9.2-3 To the extent applicable, in the case of a Participant who has 5 or more consecutive one year Break in Service, the Participants pre-Break in Service will count in vesting of the Employer-derived post-Break in Service accrued benefit only if either:
-19-
(i) such Participant has any nonforfeitable interest in the accrued benefit attributable to Employer contributions at the time of separation from Service, or
(ii) upon returning to Service the number of consecutive one year Breaks in Service is less than the number of years of Service.
9.2-4 Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, calculation of service for determining Vesting Years with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.
9.2-5 To the extent applicable, if any amendment changes the vesting schedule, including an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, any Participant with three (3) or more Vesting Years may, by filing a written request with the Employer, elect to have his vested percentage computed under the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment. The election period must begin not later than the later of sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted, the amendment becomes effective, or the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or the Committee.
9.3 Full Vesting Upon Certain Events .
9.3-1 Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participants interest in his Account shall fully vest on the Participants Normal Retirement Date. The Participants interest shall also fully vest in the event that his Service is terminated by Disability or by death.
9.3-2 The Participants interest in his Account shall also fully vest in the event of a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company. For these purposes, Change in Control shall mean a change in control of a nature that: (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act); or (ii) results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company within the meaning of the Home Owners Loan Act, as amended (HOLA), and applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect at the time of the Change in Control; or (iii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any person (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the beneficial owner(as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of Companys outstanding securities except for any securities purchased by the Banks employee stock ownership plan or trust; or (b) individuals who constitute the Board on the date hereof (the Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Companys stockholders was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company or similar transaction in which the Bank or Company is not the surviving institution occurs; or (d) a proxy statement soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Company, by someone other than the current management of the Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or similar transaction with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to the Plan are to be exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Company; or (e) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Company
-20-
and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror.
9.3-3 Upon a Change in Control described in 9.3-2, the Plan shall be terminated.
9.3-4 Participants who die or suffer a Disability while performing qualified military service (as defined in accordance with Code Section 414(u)(1)) shall be deemed to be fully vested, in accordance with the HEART Act of 2008.
9.4 Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination . Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participants interest in his Account shall fully vest upon termination of this Plan or upon the permanent and complete discontinuance of contributions by his Employer. In the event of a partial termination, the interest of each affected Participant shall fully vest with respect to that part of the Plan which is terminated. A partial termination of the Plan shall be determined based on the facts and circumstances of the particular case in accordance with Code Section 411(d)(3) and the corresponding Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.
9.5 Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral . If a Participants Service terminates before his interest in his Account is fully vested, that portion which has not vested shall be forfeited if he either (i) receives a distribution of his entire vested interest pursuant to Section 10.1, or (ii) incurs five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service. If a Participants Service terminates prior to having any portion of his Account become vested, such Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest immediately upon his termination of Service.
If a Participant who has suffered a forfeiture of the nonvested portion of his Account returns to Service before he has five (5) consecutive one-year Break in Service, the nonvested portion shall be restored, provided that, if the Participant had received a distribution of his vested Account balance, the amount distributed shall be repaid prior to such restoral. The Participant may repay such amount at any time within five years after he has returned to Service. The amount repaid shall be credited to his Account at the time it is repaid; an additional amount equal to that portion of his Account which was previously forfeited shall be restored to his Account at the same time from other Employees forfeitures and, if such forfeitures are insufficient, then from amounts allocated in accordance with Section 8.1-1(ii), and if insufficient, then from a special contribution by his Employer for that year. A Participant who was deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest in the Plan shall have his Account restored as of the first day on which he performs an Hour of Service after his return.
9.6 Accounting for Forfeitures . If a portion of a Participants Account is forfeited, Stock allocated to said Participants Account shall be forfeited only after other assets are forfeited. If interests in more than one class of Stock have been allocated to a Participants Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each class of Stock. A forfeiture shall be charged to the Participants Account as of the first day of the first Valuation Period in which the forfeiture becomes certain pursuant to Section 9.5. Except as otherwise provided in that Section, a forfeiture shall be added to the contributions of the terminated Participants Employer which are to be credited to other Participants pursuant to Section 4.1 as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the forfeiture becomes certain.
9.7 Vesting and Nonforfeitability . A Participants interest in his Account which has become vested shall be nonforfeitable for any reason.
Section 10. Payment of Benefits .
-21-
10.1 Benefits for Participants . For a Participant whose Service ends for any reason, distribution will be made to or for the benefit of the Participant or, in the case of the Participants death, his Beneficiary, by payment in a lump sum, in accordance with Section 10.2. Prior to any such distribution, any Participant entitled to a distribution will receive a form upon which the Participant can elect the manner of such distribution (e.g., whether to receive the distribution directly or transfer such distribution to an individual retirement account or other tax-qualified plan), a special tax notice regarding the consequences of such distribution, and, if applicable, that the Participant has the right not to consent to a distribution at such time. Notice to the Participant with regard to having the right to elect the manner in which his vested Account balance will be distributed to him may be given up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable. A Participant may modify such an election at any time, provided any new benefit payment date is at least 30 days after a modified election is delivered to the Committee. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, if the value of a Participants vested Account balance at the time of any distribution does not exceed $1,000, then such Participants vested Account shall be distributed in a lump sum within 60 days (or as soon as administratively feasible) after the end of the Plan Year in which employment terminates. If the value of a Participants vested Account balance is in excess of $5,000, then his benefits shall not be paid prior to the later of the time he has attained Normal Retirement or age 62, unless he elects an early payment date in a written election filed with the Committee. Failure of a Participant to consent to a distribution prior to the later of Normal Retirement or age 62 shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit under this section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a distribution of more than $1,000 but not exceeding $5,000 is made in accordance with the above without the Participants consent, then the Plan Administrator shall pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan Administrator in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(31)(B) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. All distributions of $5,000 or less that are made pursuant to this Section without the Participants consent shall be made in cash.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event the Participant dies while performing qualified military service (as defined Section 414(u) of the Code), the Participants Beneficiary shall be entitled to any additional benefit provided under the Plan had the Participant resumed and then severed from employment on account of death.
10.2 Time for Distribution .
10.2-1 If the Participant and, if applicable, with the consent of the Participants spouse, elects the distribution of the Participants Account balance in the Plan, distribution shall commence as soon as practicable following his termination of Service, but no later than (i) one year after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant separates from service by reason of attainment of Normal Retirement Age under the Plan, Disability, or death, or (ii) which is the fifth (5 th ) Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant otherwise separates from service, except that this clause shall not apply if the Participant is reemployed by the Employer before distribution is required to begin under this Section 10.2-1.
10.2-2 Unless the Participant elects otherwise, the distribution of the balance of a Participants Account shall commence not later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which -
(i) the Participant attains the age of 65;
(ii) occurs the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or
-22-
(iii) the Participant terminates his Service with the Employer.
10.2-3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (1) with respect to a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416), distribution of a Participants Account shall commence (whether or not he remains in the employ of the Employer) not later than the April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 , and (2) with respect to all other Participants, payment of a Participants benefit will commence not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 , or, if later, the year in which the Participant retires. A Participants benefit from that portion of his Account committed to the Investment Fund shall be calculated on the basis of the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment.
10.2-4 Distribution of a Participants Account balance after his death shall comply with the following requirements:
(i) If a Participant dies before his distributions have commenced, distribution of his Account to his Beneficiary shall commence not later than one year after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant died; however, if the Participants Beneficiary is his surviving Spouse, distributions may commence on the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70 1 / 2 . In either case, distributions shall be completed within five years after they commence.
(ii) If the Participant dies after distribution has commenced pursuant to Section 10.1 but before his entire interest in the Plan has been distributed to him, then the remaining portion of that interest shall, in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used under Section 10.1 at the date of his death.
(iii) If a married Participant dies before his benefit payments begin, then unless he has specifically elected otherwise, the Committee shall cause the balance in his Account to be paid to his Spouse. No election by a married Participant of a different Beneficiary shall be valid unless the election is accompanied by the Spouses written consent, which (i) must acknowledge the effect of the election, (ii) must explicitly provide either that the designated Beneficiary may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without the Spouses further consent, or that it may be changed without such consent, and (iii) must be witnessed by the Committee, its representative, or a notary public. (This requirement shall not apply if the Participant establishes to the Committees satisfaction that the Spouse may not be located.)
10.2-5 If a participant or any other distributees distribution is rolled over to another eligible retirement plan in accordance with Section 10.9, the amount distributed is still treated as a distribution by the Plan for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(9), notwithstanding the rollover.
10.2-6 All distributions under this section shall be determined and made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and final Treasury Regulations Sections 1.401(a)(9)-1 through 1.401(a)(9)-9, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G). These provisions override any distribution options in the Plan inconsistent with Code Section 401(a)(9).
10.3 Marital Status . The Committee, the Plan, the Trustee, and the Employers shall be fully protected and discharged from any liability to the extent of any benefit payments made as a result of the Committees good faith and reasonable reliance upon information obtained from a Participant and his Employer as to his marital status.
-23-
10.4 Delay in Benefit Determination . If the Committee is unable to determine the benefits payable to a Participant or Beneficiary on or before the latest date prescribed for payment pursuant to Section 10.1 or 10.2, the benefits shall in any event be paid within 60 days after they can first be determined, with whatever makeup payments may be appropriate in view of the delay.
10.5 Accounting for Benefit Payments . Any benefit payment shall be charged to the Participants Account as of the first day of the Valuation Period in which the payment is made.
10.6 Options to Receive Stock . Unless ownership of virtually all Stock is restricted to active Employees and qualified retirement plans for the benefit of Employees pursuant to the certificates of incorporation or by-laws of the Employers issuing Stock, a terminated Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant may instruct the Committee to distribute the Participants entire vested interest in his Account in the form of Stock. In the event the Participant elects to receive all Stock, the Committee shall apply the Participants vested interest in the Investment Fund to purchase sufficient Stock from the Stock Fund or from any owner of Stock to make the required distribution. In all other cases, other than as specifically set forth in Section 10.1, the Participants vested interest in the Stock Fund shall be distributed in shares of Stock, and his vested interest in the Investment Fund shall be distributed in cash.
Any Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participants death or incompetence, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall have the right to require the Employer which issued the Stock to purchase the Stock for its current fair market value (hereinafter referred to as the put right). The put right shall be exercisable by written notice to the Committee during the first 60 days after the Stock is distributed by the Plan, and, if not exercised in that period, during the first 60 days in the following Plan Year after the Committee has communicated to the Participant its determination as to the Stocks current fair market value. However, the put right shall not apply to the extent that the Stock, at the time the put right would otherwise be exercisable, may be sold on an established market in accordance with federal and state securities laws and regulations. Similarly, the put option shall not apply with respect to the portion of a Participants Account which the Employee elected to have reinvested under Code Section 401(a)(28)(B). If the put right is exercised, the Trustee may, if so directed by the Committee in its sole discretion, assume the Employers rights and obligations with respect to purchasing the Stock. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the case of a plan established by a bank (as defined in Code Section 581), the put option shall not apply if prohibited by a federal or state law and Participants are entitled to elect their benefits be distributed in cash.
The Employer or the Trustee, as the case may be, may elect to pay for the Stock in equal periodic installments, not less frequently than annually, over a period beginning not later than 30 days after the exercise of the put right and not exceeding five years, with adequate security and interest at a reasonable rate on the unpaid balance, all such terms to be set forth in a promissory note delivered to the seller with normal terms as to acceleration upon any uncured default.
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to obligate any Employer to register any Stock under any federal or state securities law or to create or maintain a public market to facilitate the transfer or disposition of any Stock. The put right described herein may only be exercised by a person described in the second preceding paragraph, and may not be transferred with any Stock to any other person. As to all Stock purchased by the Plan in exchange for any Exempt Loan, the put right shall be nonterminable. The put right for Stock acquired through an Exempt Loan shall continue with respect to such Stock after the Exempt Loan is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if securities acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan available for distribution consist of more than one
-24-
class, a distributee must receive substantially the same proportion of each such class, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(f)(2).
10.7 Restrictions on Disposition of Stock . Except in the case of Stock which is traded on an established market, a Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participants death or incompetence, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall, prior to any sale or other transfer of the Stock to any other person, first offer the Stock to the issuing Employer and to the Plan at the greater of (i) its current fair market value, or (ii) the purchase price offered in good faith by an independent third party purchaser. This restriction shall apply to any transfer, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, and whether for consideration or gratuitous. Either the Employer or the Trustee may accept the offer within 14 days after it is delivered. Any Stock distributed by the Plan shall bear a conspicuous legend describing the right of first refusal under this Section 10.7, as well as any other restrictions upon the transfer of the Stock imposed by federal and state securities laws and regulations.
10.8 Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.6 and 10.7 and this Section, no shares of Employer Stock held or distributed by the Trustee may be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy-sell arrangement. The provisions of this Section shall continue to be applicable to such Stock even if the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.
10.9 Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution . A Participant or distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Trustee or the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant or distributee in a direct rollover.
10.9-1 An eligible rollover is any distribution that does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and the Participants Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); any hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not included in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an eligible rollover shall include a distribution that is made to a distribute as defined in Section 10.9-4.
10.9-2 An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributees eligible rollover distribution. An eligible retirement plan shall also include an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. An eligible retirement plan shall also include a deemed individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(q) and a Roth individual retirement account in accordance with Code Section 408A(e).
10.9-3 A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.
-25-
10.9-4 The term distributee shall refer to a deceased Participants Spouse or a Participants former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). A distribution shall also include non-spouse Beneficiaries pursuant to Code Section 402(c)(11).
10.9-5 The Plan Administrator shall provide Participants or other distributes of eligible rollover distributions with a written notice designed to comply with the requirements of Code Section 402(f). Such notice shall be provided within a reasonable period of time before making an eligible rollover distribution. Such notice may be provided up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable.
10.10 Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution . If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Treasury Regulations Section 1.411(a)-11(c) is given, provided that:
(i) the Trustee or Committee, as applicable, clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular option), and
(ii) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.
Section 11. Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals .
11.1 Claim for Benefits . Any Participant or Beneficiary who qualifies for the payment of benefits shall file a claim for his benefits with the Committee on a form provided by the Committee. The claim, including any election of an alternative benefit form, shall be filed at least 30 days before the date on which the benefits are to begin. If a Participant or Beneficiary fails to file a claim by the day before the date on which benefits become payable, he shall be presumed to have filed a claim for payment for the Participants benefits in the standard form prescribed by Sections 10.1 or 10.2.
11.2 Notification by Committee . Within 90 days after receiving a claim for benefits (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary within 90 days after receiving the claim for benefits), the Committee shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary whether the claim has been approved or denied. If the Committee denies a claim in any respect, the Committee shall set forth in a written notice to the Participant or Beneficiary:
(i) each specific reason for the denial;
(ii) specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;
(iii) a description of any additional material or information which could be submitted by the Participant or Beneficiary to support his claim, with an explanation of the relevance of such information; and
(iv) an explanation of the claims review procedures set forth in Section 11.3.
11.3 Claims Review Procedure . Within 60 days after a Participant or Beneficiary receives notice from the Committee that his claim for benefits has been denied in any respect, he may file with the Committee a written notice of appeal setting forth his reasons for disputing the Committees determination. In connection
-26-
with his appeal the Participant or Beneficiary or his representative may inspect or purchase copies of pertinent documents and records to the extent not inconsistent with other Participants and Beneficiaries rights of privacy. Within 60 days after receiving a notice of appeal from a prior determination (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative within 60 days after receiving the notice of appeal), the Committee shall furnish to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative, if any, a written statement of the Committees final decision with respect to his claim, including the reasons for such decision and the particular Plan provisions upon which it is based.
Section 12. The Committee and its Functions .
12.1 Authority of Committee . The Committee shall be the Plan Administrator within the meaning of ERISA and shall have exclusive responsibility and authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, including the interpretation and application of its provisions, except to the extent such responsibility and authority are otherwise specifically (i) allocated to the Bank, the Employers, or the Trustee under the Plan and Trust Agreement, (ii) delegated in writing to other persons by the Bank, the Employers, the Committee, or the Trustee, or (iii) allocated to other parties by operation of law. The Committee shall have exclusive responsibility regarding decisions concerning the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall have no investment responsibility with respect to the Investment Fund except to the extent, if any, specifically provided in the Trust Agreement. In the discharge of its duties, the Committee may employ accountants, actuaries, legal counsel, and other agents (who also may be employed by an Employer or the Trustee in the same or some other capacity) and may pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.
12.2 Identity of Committee . The Committee shall consist of three or more individuals selected by the Bank. Any individual, including a director, trustee, shareholder, officer, or Employee of an Employer, shall be eligible to serve as a member of the Committee. The Bank shall have the power to remove any individual serving on the Committee at any time without cause upon 10 days written notice, and any individual may resign from the Committee at any time upon 10 days written notice to the Bank. The Bank shall notify the Trustee of any change in membership of the Committee.
12.3 Duties of Committee . The Committee shall keep whatever records may be necessary to implement the Plan and shall furnish whatever reports may be required from time to time by the Bank. The Committee shall furnish to the Trustee whatever information may be necessary to properly administer the Trust. The Committee shall see to the filing with the appropriate government agencies of all reports and returns required of the Plan under ERISA and other laws.
Further, the Committee shall have exclusive responsibility and authority with respect to the Plans holdings of Stock and shall direct the Trustee in all respects regarding the purchase, retention, sale, exchange, and pledge of Stock and the creation and satisfaction of Exempt Loans. The Committee shall at all times act consistently with the Banks long-term intention that the Plan, as an employee stock ownership plan, be invested primarily in Stock. In determining the proper extent of the Trusts investment in Stock, the Committee shall be authorized to employ investment counsel, legal counsel, appraisers, and other agents and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.
12.4 Valuation of Stock . If the Stock is not readily tradable on an established securities market, the valuation of such Stock shall be determined by an independent appraiser. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term independent appraiser means any appraiser meeting requirements similar to the requirements of the regulations prescribed under Code Section 170(a)(1). The valuation date for all Plan transactions, including transactions between the Plan and a disqualified person, shall be the date of the
-27-
transaction, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(d)(5).
12.5 Compliance with ERISA . The Committee shall perform all acts necessary to comply with ERISA. Each individual member or employee of the Committee shall discharge his duties in good faith and in accordance with the applicable requirements of ERISA.
12.6 Action by Committee . All actions of the Committee shall be governed by the affirmative vote of a number of members which is a majority of the total number of members currently appointed, including vacancies.
12.7 Execution of Documents . Any instrument executed by the Committee shall be signed by any member or employee of the Committee.
12.8 Adoption of Rules . The Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations of uniform applicability as it deems necessary or appropriate for the proper administration and interpretation of the Plan.
12.9 Responsibilities to Participants . The Committee shall determine which Employees qualify to enter the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each Eligible Employee whatever summary plan descriptions, summary annual reports, and other notices and information may be required under ERISA. The Committee also shall determine when a Participant or his Beneficiary qualifies for the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each such Participant or Beneficiary whatever information is required under ERISA (or is otherwise appropriate) to enable the Participant or Beneficiary to make whatever elections may be available pursuant to Sections 6 and 10, and the Committee shall provide for the payment of benefits in the proper form and amount from the assets of the Trust Fund. The Committee may decide in its sole discretion to permit modifications of elections and to defer or accelerate benefits to the extent consistent with applicable law and the Plan document and the best interests of all Participants and Beneficiaries in a non-discriminatory manner.
12.10 Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity . If the Committee finds at any time that an individual qualifying for benefits under this Plan is a minor or is incompetent, the Committee may direct the benefits to be paid, in the case of a minor, to his parents, his legal guardian, or a custodian for him under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, or, in the case of an incompetent, to his spouse, or his legal guardian, the payments to be used for the individuals benefit. The Committee and the Trustee shall not be obligated to inquire as to the actual use of the funds by the person receiving them under this Section 12.10, and any such payment shall completely discharge the obligations of the Plan, the Trustee, the Committee, and the Employers to the extent of the payment.
12.11 Indemnification by Employers . Except as separately agreed in writing, the Committee, and any member or employee of the Committee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer, jointly and severally, to the fullest extent permitted by ERISA, and subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 C.F.R. Section 545.121, to the extent applicable, against any and all costs, damages, expenses, and liabilities reasonably incurred by or imposed upon it or him in connection with any claim made against it or him or in which it or he may be involved by reason of its or his being, or having been, the Committee, or a member or employee of the Committee, to the extent such amounts are not paid by insurance.
12.12 Nonparticipation by Interested Member . Any member of the Committee who also is a Participant in the Plan shall take no part in any determination specifically relating to his own participation or benefits, unless his abstention would leave the Committee incapable of acting on the matter.
-28-
Section 13. Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan .
13.1 Adoption of Plan by Other Employers . With the consent of the Bank, any entity may become a participating Employer under the Plan by (i) taking such action as shall be necessary to adopt the Plan, (ii) becoming a party to the Trust Agreement establishing the Trust Fund, and (iii) executing and delivering such instruments and taking such other action as may be necessary or desirable to put the Plan into effect with respect to the entitys Employees.
13.2 Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the adoption of the Plan and the execution of the Trust Agreement are conditioned upon their being determined initially by the Internal Revenue Service to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code, so that the Employers may deduct currently for federal income tax purposes their contributions to the Trust and so that the Participants may exclude the contributions from their gross income and recognize income only when they receive benefits. In the event that this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a), the Plan may be amended retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure qualification under Section 401(a). If this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a) either as originally adopted or as amended, each Employers contributions to the Trust under this Plan (including any earnings thereon) shall be returned to it and this Plan shall be terminated. In the event that this Plan is amended after its initial qualification and the Plan as amended is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify under Section 401(a), the amendment may be modified retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure approval of the amendment under Section 401(a).
13.3 Right to Amend or Terminate . The Bank intends to continue this Plan as a permanent program. However, each participating Employer separately reserves the right to suspend, supersede, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to that Employers Employees, and the Bank reserves the right to amend, suspend, supersede, merge, consolidate, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to the Employees of each Employer. No amendment, suspension, supersession, merger, consolidation, or termination of the Plan shall (i) reduce any Participants or Beneficiarys proportionate interest in the Trust Fund, (ii) reduce or restrict, either directly or indirectly, the benefit provided any Participant prior to the amendment, or (iii) divert any portion of the Trust Fund to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan. Moreover, there shall not be any transfer of assets to a successor plan or merger or consolidation with another plan unless, in the event of the termination of the successor plan or the surviving plan immediately following such transfer, merger, or consolidation, each participant or beneficiary would be entitled to a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to if the plan in which he was previously a participant or beneficiary had terminated immediately prior to such transfer, merger, or consolidation. Following a termination of this Plan by the Bank, the Trustee shall continue to administer the Trust and pay benefits in accordance with the Plan as amended from time to time and the Committees instructions.
Section 14. Miscellaneous Provisions .
14.1 Plan Creates No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Plan shall be interpreted as giving any Employee the right to be retained as an Employee by an Employer, or as limiting or affecting the rights of an Employer to control its Employees or to terminate the Service of any Employee at any time and for any reason, subject to any applicable employment or collective bargaining agreements.
14.2 Nonassignability of Benefits . No assignment, pledge, or other anticipation of benefits from the Plan will be permitted or recognized by the Employer, the Committee, or the Trustee. Moreover, benefits from the Plan shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or other legal process for debts or liabilities of
-29-
any Participant or Beneficiary, to the extent permitted by law. This prohibition on assignment or alienation shall apply to any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony, or property rights to a present or former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant pursuant to a state domestic relations or community property law, unless the judgment, decree, or order is determined by the Committee to be a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code, as more fully set forth in Section 14.12 hereof.
14.3 Limit of Employer Liability . The liability of the Employer with respect to Participants under this Plan shall be limited to making contributions to the Trust from time to time, in accordance with Section 4.
14.4 Treatment of Expenses . All expenses incurred by the Committee and the Trustee in connection with administering this Plan and Trust Fund shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund to the extent the expenses have not been paid or assumed by the Employer or by the Trustee. The Committee may determine that, and shall inform the Trustee when, reasonable expenses may be charged directly to the Account or Accounts of a Participant or group of Participants to whom or for whose benefit such expenses are allocable, subject to the guidelines set forth in Field Assistance Bulletin 2003-03, to the extent not superseded, or any successor directive issued by the Department of Labor.
14.5 Number and Gender . Any use of the singular shall be interpreted to include the plural, and the plural the singular. Any use of the masculine, feminine, or neuter shall be interpreted to include the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the context shall require.
14.6 Nondiversion of Assets . Except as provided in Sections 5.2 and 14.12, under no circumstances shall any portion of the Trust Fund be diverted to or used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan.
14.7 Separability of Provisions . If any provision of this Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of the Plan shall not be affected but shall be applied as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included in the Plan.
14.8 Service of Process . The agent for the service of process upon the Plan shall be the president of the Bank, or such other person as may be designated from time to time by the Bank.
14.9 Governing State Law . This Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois to the extent those laws are applicable under the provisions of ERISA.
14.10 Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility . Employer Contributions to the Plan are conditioned on deductibility under Code Section 404. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service shall determine that all or any portion of an Employer Contribution is not deductible under that Section, the nondeductible portion shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction. In addition, reversions of Employer contributions (including earnings or losses attributable thereto) are permitted within one year after the applicable determination date, if the reversion is due to a good faith mistake of fact. The maximum amount that may be returned to the Employer in the case of a mistake of fact or the disallowance of a deduction is the excess of (1) the amount contributed, over, as relevant, (2) (A) the amount that would have been contributed had no mistake of fact occurred, or (B) the amount that would have been contributed had the contribution been limited to the amount that is deductible after any disallowance by the Internal Revenue Service.
-30-
14.11 Unclaimed Accounts . Neither the Employer nor the Trustees shall be under any obligation to search for, or ascertain the whereabouts of, any Participant or Beneficiary. The Employer or the Trustees, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known address of record with the Employer, shall notify any Participant or Beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution under this Plan, and the notice shall quote the provisions of this Section. If the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim his benefits or make his whereabouts known in writing to the Employer or the Trustees within seven (7) calendar years after the date of notification, the benefits of the Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan will be disposed of as follows:
(i) If the whereabouts of the Participant is unknown but the whereabouts of the Participants Beneficiary is known to the Trustees, distribution will be made to the Beneficiary.
(ii) If the whereabouts of the Participant and his Beneficiary are unknown to the Trustees, the Plan will forfeit the benefit, provided that the benefit is subject to a claim for reinstatement if the Participant or Beneficiary make a claim for the forfeited benefit.
Any payment made pursuant to the power herein conferred upon the Trustees shall operate as a complete discharge of all obligations of the Trustees, to the extent of the distributions so made.
14.12 Qualified Domestic Relations Order . Section 14.2 shall not apply to a qualified domestic relations order defined in Code Section 414(p), and such other domestic relations orders permitted to be so treated under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. Further, to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order, a former Spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse for all purposes under the Plan.
In the case of any domestic relations order received by the Plan:
(i) The Employer or the Committee shall promptly notify the Participant and any other alternate payee of the receipt of such order and the Plans procedures for determining the qualified status of domestic relations orders, and
(ii) Within a reasonable period after receipt of such order, the Employer or the Committee shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order and notify the Participant and each alternate payee of such determination. The Employer or the Committee shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders.
During any period in which the issue of whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order is being determined (by the Employer or Committee, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise), the Employer or the Committee shall segregate in a separate account in the Plan or in an escrow account the amounts which would have been payable to the alternate payee during such period if the order had been determined to be a qualified domestic relations order. If within eighteen (18) months the order (or modification thereof) is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons entitled thereto. If within eighteen (18) months it is determined that the order is not a qualified domestic relations order, or the issue as to whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order is not resolved, then the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons who would have been entitled to such amounts if there had been no order. Any determination that an order is a qualified domestic relations order which is made after the close of the eighteen (18) month period shall be applied prospectively only. The term alternate payee means any Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant
-31-
who is recognized by a domestic relations order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefit payable under a Plan with respect to such Participant.
14.13 Use of Electronic Media to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections . Pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)-21, the Plan may elect to use electronic media to provide notices required to be provided to Participants under the Plan and will accept elections from Participants communicated to the Plan using such electronic media.
14.14 Acquisition of Securities . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, at no time shall the Plan be obligated to acquire securities from a particular security holder at an indefinite time determined upon the happening of an event such as the death of the security holder, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(a)(7)(i).
Section 15. Top-Heavy Provisions .
15.1 Top-Heavy Plan . This Plan is top-heavy if any of the following conditions exist:
(i) If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group;
(ii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group (but is not part of a permissive aggregation group) and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the group of Plans exceeds sixty percent (60%); or
(iii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds sixty percent (60%).
15.2 Definitions .
In making this determination, the Committee shall use the following definitions and principles:
15.2-1 The Determination Date, with respect to the first Plan Year of any plan, means the last day of that Plan Year, and with respect to each subsequent Plan Year, means the last day of the preceding Plan Year. If any other plan has a Determination Date which differs from this Plans Determination Date, the top-heaviness of this Plan shall be determined on the basis of the other plans Determination Date falling within the same calendar years as this Plans Determination Date.
15.2-2 A Key Employee means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the plan year that includes the determination date was an officer of the employer having annual compensation greater than $145,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code), a 5-percent owner of the employer, or a 1-percent owner of the employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
15.2-3 A Non-key Employee means an Employee who at any time during the five years ending on the top-heavy Determination Date for the Plan Year has received compensation from an Employer and who has never been a Key Employee, and the Beneficiary of any such Employee.
-32-
15.2-4 A required aggregation group includes (a) each qualified Plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and (b) any other qualified Plan of the Employer which enables a Plan described in (a) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a qualified Plan of the Employer includes a terminated Plan maintained by the Employer within the period ending on the Determination Date. In the case of a required aggregation group, each Plan in the group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is a top-heavy group. No Plan in the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. All Employers aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) or (m) or (o) (but only after the Code Section 414(o) regulations become effective) are considered a single Employer.
15.2-5 A permissive aggregation group includes the required aggregation group of Plans plus any other qualified Plan(s) of the Employer that are not required to be aggregated but which, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 and are comparable to the Plans in the required aggregation group. No Plan in the permissive aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. Only a Plan that is part of the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is top-heavy.
15.3 Top-Heavy Rules of Application .
For purposes of determining the value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits the following provisions shall apply:
15.3-1 The value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the twelve (12) month period ending on the Determination Date.
15.3-2 For purposes of testing whether this Plan is top-heavy, the present value of an individuals accrued benefits and an individuals Account balances is counted only once each year.
15.3-3 The Account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant who is not presently a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1984 will be disregarded.
15.3-4 Employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction or similar arrangement will be taken into account. Employer matching contributions also shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan.
15.3-5 When aggregating Plans, the value of Account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.
15.3-6 The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a
-33-
reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting five (5) year period for one (1) year period.
15.3-7 Accrued benefits and Account balances of an individual shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the top-heavy ratios if the individual has performed no services for the Employer during the one (1) year period ending on the applicable Determination Date. Compensation for purposes of this subparagraph shall not include any payments made to an individual by the Employer pursuant to a qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plan.
15.3-8 The present value of the accrued benefits or the amount of the Account balances of any Employee participating in this Plan shall not include any rollover contributions or other transfers voluntarily initiated by the Employee except as described below. If this Plan transfers or rolls over funds to another Plan in a transaction voluntarily initiated by the Employee, then this Plan shall count the distribution for purposes of determining Account balances or the present value of accrued benefits. A transfer incident to a merger or consolidation of two or more Plans of the Employer (including Plans of related Employers treated as a single Employer under Code Section 414), or a transfer or rollover between Plans of the Employer, shall not be considered as voluntarily initiated by the Employee.
15.4 Minimum Contributions . For any Top-Heavy Year, each Employer shall make a special contribution on behalf of each Participant to the extent that the total allocations to his Account pursuant to Section 4 is less than the lesser of:
(i) three percent of his 415 Compensation for that year, or
(ii) the highest ratio of such allocation to 415 Compensation received by any Key Employee for that year. For purposes of the special contribution of this Section, a Key Employees 415 Compensation shall include amounts the Key Employee elected to defer under a qualified 401(k) arrangement. Such a special contribution shall be made on behalf of each Participant who is employed by an Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, regardless of the number of his Hours of Service, and shall be allocated to his Account.
If the Employer maintains a qualified plan in addition to this Plan and more than one such plan is determined to be Top-Heavy, a minimum contribution or a minimum benefit shall be provided in one of such other plans, including a plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Section 401(k)(12) of the Code and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Section 401(m)(11) of the Code are met.
15.5 Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan . In the event this Plan becomes top-heavy and a conflict arises between the top-heavy provisions herein set forth and the remaining provisions set forth in this Plan, the top-heavy provisions shall control.
-34-
Exhibit 10.6
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
EMPLOYEE SEVERANCE COMPENSATION PLAN
A. | Purpose . |
The primary purpose of the Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association Employee Severance Compensation Plan (the Plan) is to ensure the successful continuation of the business of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association (the Bank) and the fair and equitable treatment of the Banks employees following a Change in Control (as defined below).
B. | Covered Employees . |
Subject to paragraph C below, any full-time employee of the Bank with at least one year of service as of his or her termination date shall be eligible to receive a Change in Control Severance Benefit (as defined below) if, within the period beginning on the effective date of a Change in Control and ending on the first anniversary of such date, (i) the employees employment with the Bank is involuntarily terminated or (ii) the employee terminates employment with the Bank voluntarily after being offered continued employment in a position that is not a Comparable Position (as defined below).
C. | Limitations on Eligibility for Change in Control Severance Benefits or Management Restructuring Benefits . |
(1) | No employee shall be eligible for a Change in Control Severance Benefit if (a) his or her employment is terminated for Cause, (b) he or she is offered a Comparable Position and declines to accept such position, or (c) the employee is, at the time of termination of employment, a party to an individual employment agreement or change in control agreement with the Bank and/or [Iroquois Bancorp, Inc.] (the Company). |
(2) | For purposes of this Plan, a termination of employment for Cause shall include termination because of the employees personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of the Plan. |
(3) |
For purposes of this Plan, a Comparable Position shall mean a position that would (a) provide the employee with base compensation and benefits that are comparable in the aggregate to those provided to the employee prior to the Change in Control; (b) provide the employee with an opportunity for variable bonus compensation that is comparable to the opportunity provided to the employee prior to the Change in Control; (c) be |
in a location that would not require the employee to increase his or her daily one way commuting distance by more than thirty-five (35) miles as compared to the employees commuting distance immediately prior to the Change in Control; and (d) have job skill requirements and duties that are comparable to the requirements and duties of the position held by the employee prior to the Change in Control. |
D. | Definitions of Change in Control . |
For purposes of this Plan, Change in Control means the occurrence of any one of the following events:
(1) | There occurs a Change in Control of the Company, as defined or determined by either the Companys primary federal regulator or under regulations promulgated by such regulator; |
(2) | As a result of, or in connection with, any merger or other business combination, sale of assets or contested election, wherein the persons who were non-employee directors of the Company before such transaction or event cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company or any successor to the Company; |
(4) | The Company transfers all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation or entity which is not an affiliate of the Company; The Company is merged or consolidated with another corporation or entity and, as a result of such merger or consolidation, less than sixty percent (60%) of the equity interest in the surviving or resulting corporation is owned by the former shareholders or depositors of the Company; |
(5) | The Company is merged or consolidated with another corporation or entity and, as a result of such merger or consolidation, less than sixty percent (60%) of the equity interest in the surviving or resulting corporation is owned by the former shareholders or depositors of the Company; or |
(6) | The Company sells or transfers more than a fifty percent (50%) equity interest in the Company to another person or entity which is not an affiliate of the Company, excluding a sale or transfer to a person or persons who are employed by the Company. |
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, in no event shall the merger of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company into another subsidiary or affiliate of the Company constitute a Change in Control for purposes of this Plan.
E. | Determination of the Change in Control Severance Benefit . |
(1) |
The Change in Control Severance Benefit payable to an eligible employee |
2
under this Plan shall be determined under the following schedule: |
(a) | An eligible employee who does not receive a benefit pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section shall receive a Change in Control Severance Benefit equal to the product of (i) the employees years of credited service from his or her hire date (including partial years) through the termination date and (ii) an amount equal to one month of the employees Base Compensation (as defined below). A year of credited service shall mean each 12-month period of service following an employees hire date determined without regard the number of hours worked during such period(s), provided, however, that upon the written resolution of the Compensation Committee (which may take into consideration recommendations by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or the Bank), an eligible employee may be credited with additional years of credited service hereunder in order to increase the Severance Benefit payable to such person. The minimum payment to an eligible employee under this paragraph shall be an amount equal to one month of Base Compensation and the maximum payment to an eligible employee shall be an amount equal to twenty-six (26) months of Base Compensation. |
(b) | An eligible employee, who has the title of Vice President or above, shall receive a Change in Control Severance Benefit equal to the greater of the benefit in paragraph E(1)(a) or fifty-two (52) weeks of Base Compensation. |
(c) | The Change in Control Severance Benefit shall be paid in a lump sum not later than five (5) business days after the date of the employees termination of employment. |
(2) | For purpose of determinations under this paragraph E, Base Compensation shall mean: |
(a) | For salaried employees, the employees annual base salary at the rate in effect on his or her termination date or, if greater, the rate in effect on the date immediately preceding the Change in Control. |
(b) |
For employees whose compensation is determined in whole or in part on the basis of commission income, the employees base salary at termination (or, if greater, the employees base salary on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the Change in Control), if any, plus the commissions earned by the employee in the twelve (12) full calendar months preceding his or her termination date (or, if greater, the commissions earned in the twelve (12) full calendar months immediately preceding the |
3
effective date of the Change in Control). |
(c) | For hourly employees, the employees total hourly wages for the twelve (12) full calendar months preceding his or her termination date or, if greater, the twelve (12) full calendar months preceding the effective date of the Change in Control. |
(3) | Continued Health Coverage. In addition to the Change in Control Severance Benefit described above, employees who are at the Vice President level and above on the date of termination of employment shall also be eligible to continue to participate in the Banks health insurance coverage for a period of up to one year after the date of his or her termination of employment on the same cost-sharing terms and conditions with respect to the employer-paid and employee-paid portion of such coverage as was in effect on the date of the employees termination. If the employee obtains health insurance coverage from a new employer, coverage under this paragraph shall cease as of the date that coverage under the new employers health plan begins. Any health insurance continuation coverage provided under this paragraph shall not be counted towards federal or state mandated COBRA health care continuation coverage, such that upon the expiration of coverage under this paragraph, the employee shall experience a COBRA qualifying event. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if as the result of any change in, or interpretation of, the laws applicable to the payments or provisions of benefits hereunder, such payments or provisions are deemed illegal or subject to penalties, then the Bank shall, to the extent permitted under such laws, pay to the employee a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the amount of benefits (or the remainder of such amount) that employee is no longer permitted to receive in-kind. Such lump sum payment shall be required to be made no later than two and one-half months following employees termination of employment, or if later, within two and one-half months following a determination that such payment would be illegal or subject to penalties. |
F. | Withholding . |
All payments will be subject to customary withholding for federal, state and local tax purposes.
G. | Parachute Payment . |
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if a Change in Control Severance Benefit to an employee who is a Disqualified Individual shall be in an amount which includes an Excess Parachute Payment, taking into account payments under this Plan and otherwise, the benefit payable under this Plan shall be reduced to the maximum amount which does not include an Excess Parachute Payment. The
4
terms Disqualified Individual and Excess Parachute Payment shall have the same meanings as under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor provision thereto.
H. | Administration . |
The Plan is administered by the Board of Directors, which shall have the discretion to interpret the terms of the Plan and to make all determinations about eligibility and payment of benefits. All decisions of the Board of Directors, any action taken by the Board of Directors with respect to the Plan and within the powers granted to the Board of Directors under the Plan, and any interpretation by the Board of Directors of any term or condition of the Plan, are conclusive and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum possible deference allowed by law. The Board of Directors may delegate and reallocate any authority and responsibility with respect to the Plan.
I. | Source of Payments . |
Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, all payments and benefits provided under this Agreement shall be paid solely by the Bank. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no provision of this Agreement shall be construed so as to result in the duplication of any payment or benefit.
J. | Inalienability . |
In no event may any Employee sell, transfer, anticipate, assign or otherwise dispose of any right or interest under the Plan. At no time will any such right or interest be subject to the claims of creditors, nor liable to attachment, execution or other legal process.
K. | Governing Law . |
The provisions of the Plan will be construed, administered and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois, except to the extent that federal law applies.
L. | Severability . |
If any provision of the Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, its invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.
M. | No Employment Rights . |
5
Neither the establishment nor the terms of this Plan shall be held or construed to confer upon any employee the right to a continuation of employment by the Bank, nor constitute a contract of employment, express or implied. The Bank reserves the right to dismiss or otherwise deal with any employee to the same extent and on the same basis as though this Plan had not been adopted. Nothing in this Plan is intended to alter the at-will status of the Banks employees, it being understood that, except to the extent otherwise expressly set forth to the contrary in an individual employment-related agreement, the employment of any employee may be terminated at any time by either the Bank or the employee with or without cause.
N. | Amendment and Termination . |
The Plan may be terminated or amended in any respect by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors, unless a Change in Control has previously occurred. If a Change in Control occurs, the Plan no longer shall be subject to amendment, change, substitution, deletion, revocation or termination in any respect whatsoever. The form of any proper amendment or termination of the Plan shall be a written instrument signed by a duly authorized officer or officers of the Bank, certifying that the amendment or termination has been approved by the Board of Directors. A proper amendment of the Plan automatically shall effect a corresponding amendment to each Participants rights hereunder. A proper termination of the Plan automatically shall effect a termination of all employees rights and benefits hereunder.
O. | Required Provisions . |
(1) | In the event any of the provisions of this Section O are in conflict with the terms of this Plan, this Section O shall prevail. |
(2) | The Banks Board of Directors may terminate an employees employment at any time, but any termination by the Bank, other than termination for Cause, shall not prejudice an employees right to compensation or other benefits under this Plan. An employee shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination for Cause. |
(3) | If an employee is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Banks affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(3) or (g)(1); the Banks obligations under this Plan shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion: (i) pay the employee all or part of the compensation withheld while its obligations were suspended; and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the obligations which were suspended. |
(4) |
If an employee is removed and/or permanently prohibited from |
6
participating in the conduct of the Banks affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Bank under this Plan to such employee shall terminate as of the effective date of the order. |
(5) | If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1813(x)(1), all obligations of the Bank under this Plan shall terminate as of the date of default. |
(6) | All obligations of the Bank under this Plan shall be terminated, except to the extent it is determined that continuation of the Plan is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (i) by the Director of the OTS (or his designee), the FDIC or the Resolution Trust Corporation, at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1823(c); or (ii) by the Director of the OTS (or his designee) at the time the Director (or his designee) approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to the operations of the Bank, or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action. |
(7) | Any payments made to employees pursuant to this Plan, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with 12 U.S.C. §1828(k) and FDIC regulation 12 C.F.R. Part 359, Golden Parachute and Indemnification Payments. |
P. | Claims Procedures and Arbitration . |
(1) | In the event that benefits under this Plan are not paid to the employee and such employee (or former employee) feels entitled to receive such benefits, then a written claim must be made to the Board of Directors within sixty (60) days from the date payments are refused. The Board of Directors shall review the written claim and, if the claim is denied, in whole or in part, they shall provide in writing, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such claim, their specific reasons for such denial, reference to the provisions of this Plan upon which the denial is based, and any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim. Such writing by the Board of Directors shall further indicate the additional steps which must be undertaken by the employee or former employee if an additional review of the claim denial is desired. |
(2) |
If the employee or former employee desires a second review, he or she shall notify the Board of Directors in writing within thirty (30) days of the first claim denial. The employee or former employee may review this Plan or any documents relating thereto and submit any issues and comments, |
7
in writing, they may feel appropriate. In its sole discretion, the Board of Directors shall then review the second claim and provide a written decision within thirty (30) days of receipt of such claim. This decision shall state the specific reasons for the decision and shall include reference to specific provisions of this Plan upon which the decision is based. |
(3) | If claimants continue to dispute the benefit denial based upon completed performance of this Plan or the meaning and effect of the terms and conditions thereof, it shall be settled by arbitration administered by the AAA under its Commercial Arbitration Rules, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. |
8
This plan has been approved and adopted by the Board of Directors of the Bank and is effective as of , 2011.
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION |
||||||||
Attest: |
|
By: |
|
|||||
Its President and Chief Executive Officer |
9
Exhibit 10.7
FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN ASSOCIATION
DIRECTORS NON QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLAN
THIS INDENTURE is made this 10th day of October, 2006, serves to amend and restate the Directors Non Qualified Retirement Plan which has been in effect since October 1, 2005 by IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN ASSOCIATION, a federally chartered mutual savings and loan association, (hereinafter called the Company).
INTRODUCTION
The Company desires to establish an unfunded plan for the purpose of providing a retirement benefit to directors and directors emeritus of the Company.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Company does hereby establish the Iroquois Federal Savings & Loan Association Directors Non Qualified Retirement Plan (the Plan), effective as of the Effective Date, to read as follows:
1
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN ASSOCIATION
DIRECTORS FEE CONTINUATION PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE | ||||||
ARTICLE 1 |
DEFINITIONS | 3 | ||||
ARTICLE 2 |
BENEFITS | 5 | ||||
ARTICLE 3 |
DEATH BENEFITS | 7 | ||||
ARTICLE 4 |
BENEFICIARIES | 7 | ||||
ARTICLE 5 |
GENERAL LIMITATIONS | 8 | ||||
ARTICLE 6 |
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURE | 8 | ||||
ARTICLE 7 |
MISCELLANEOUS | 10 | ||||
ARTICLE 8 |
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN | 11 |
Page 2
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
Whenever used in this Plan document, the following terms have the meanings specified:
1.1 Account means the bookkeeping accounts established and maintained by the Plan Administrator, as adjusted for credits or charges.
1.2 Accrual Balance means the liability that should be accrued by the Company under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for the Companys obligation to the Director under this Plan, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance shall be calculated based on the Directors average annual cash compensation for the most recent three (3) year period as of the Effective Date projected forward to the Directors Normal Retirement Age. The Accrual Balance shall be calculated assuming a level principal amount and interest as the discount rate is accrued each period. The principal accrual is determined such that when it is credited with interest each month, the Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age equals the present value of the normal retirement benefits described in Section 2.1.1. At the end of each Plan Year, the Accrual Balance shall be adjusted to reflect the Companys obligation under Sections 2.1.1 in terms of the Directors actual annual cash compensation for that Plan Year. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moodys, rounded to the nearest 1 / 4 %. The initial discount rate is 6.00%. In its sole discretion, the Plan Administrator may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP.
1.3 Affiliate means (a) any corporation which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Code Section 414(b)) as is the Company and (b) any other trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control (within the meaning of Code Section 414(c)) with the Company.
1.4 Annual Cash Compensation means the base fee cash amount payable to a Director for service as such Director, but excluding any additional compensation otherwise payable by reason of his or her acting as chair of a committee or for service as Chairman of the Board during the Plan Year by the Company for his or her services as a Director.
1.5 Beneficiary means each designated person, or the estate of the deceased Director, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Director, determined according to Article 4.
1.6 Beneficiary Designation Form means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Director completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
1.7 Board of Directors means the Board of Directors of the Company.
Page 3
1.8 Change in Control For purposes of this Plan, a Change in Control shall mean any of the following:
a) | there occurs a change of control of the Company, as defined or determined either by the Companys primary banking regulator or under regulations promulgated by it; |
b) | as a result of, or in connection with, any merger or other business combination, sale of assets or contested election, wherein the persons who were directors of the Company before such transaction or event cease to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the Company or any successor to the Company; |
c) | the Company transfers substantially all of its assets to another corporation or entity which is not an affiliate of the Company; or |
d) | the Company is merged or consolidated with another corporation or entity and, as a result of such merger or consolidation, less than 60% of the equity interest in the surviving or resulting corporation is owned by the former shareholders or depositors of the Company. |
A Change of Control shall not occur solely as a result of a conversion of the Company from the mutual to the stock form of organization or the reorganization of the Company into the mutual holding company form (with or without a stock issuance).
1.9 Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
1.10 Company means Iroquois Federal Savings & Loan Association .
1.11 Director means a director of the Company or an Affiliate.
1.12 Disability means a condition whereby a Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continued period of not less than twelve (12) months.
1.13 Early Retirement Date means the date of the Directors Termination of Service with the Company for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause, or termination under Article 5 of this Plan document, provided, however, that an Early Retirement Date may only occur following the later of the date the Director attains age sixty-five (65) or the date the Director has been continuously elected to the Board of Directors of the Company for ten (10) years.
1.14 Effective Date means October 1, 2005.
1.15 Normal Retirement Age means age seventy-two (72).
1.16 Normal Retirement Date means the date of the Directors Termination of Service on or after the Director reaches Normal Retirement Age, other than a Termination of Service due to the Directors death or due to a Termination for Cause.
1.17 Participant means any Director or former Director who has participated in the Plan, for so long as his or her benefits hereunder have not been entirely distributed from the Plan.
Page 4
1.18 Plan Administrator means the plan administrator described in Article 8.
1.19 Plan Year means a twelve-month period commencing on July 1, and ending on June 30 of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date of this Plan and end on June 30 of the fiscal year in which occurs the Effective Date.
1.20 Termination for Cause and Cause for purposes of this Plan shall mean termination because of the recipients personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar infractions) or a final cease-and-desist order.
ARTICLE 2
BENEFITS
2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon the Directors Normal Retirement Date, the Director shall be eligible to receive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under Article 2 of this Plan document.
2.1.1 | Amount of Benefit. The amount of the annual benefit shall be equal to the average Annual Cash Compensation received for services for the most recently completed three (3) years immediately prior to retirement. The amount of the annual benefit for current director emeriti as of the date of plan adoption is equal to $8,400 per year. |
2.1.2 | Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the aggregate annual benefit described in Section 2.1.1: |
(a) | to the current serving Directors and future directors over a ten (10) year period in twelve (12) equal monthly installments payable on the second Tuesday of each month, beginning with the month after the Directors Normal Retirement Date. |
(b) | to current Directors Emeritus over a five (5) year period in twelve (12) equal monthly installments payable on the second Tuesday of each month, beginning with the Effective Date of this plan. |
2.2 Early Retirement Benefit. Upon the Directors Early Retirement Date, the Director shall be eligible to receive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under Article 2 of this Plan.
2.2.1 | Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is an amount equal to the Accrual Balance earned as of the last day of the Plan Year immediately preceding the Directors Early Retirement Date. |
2.2.2 | Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the early retirement benefit to the Director over a ten (10) year period in twelve (12) equal monthly installments payable on the second Tuesday of each month, beginning with the month after the Director reaches his or her Early Retirement Date. |
Page 5
2.3 Disability Benefit. Upon the Directors Termination of Service due to a Disability before reaching Normal Retirement Age, the Director shall be eligible to receive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Plan.
2.3.1 | Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.3 is an amount equal to the Accrual Balance earned as of the last day of the Plan Year immediately preceding the effective date of the Directors Termination of Service. |
2.3.2 | Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the Disability benefit to the Director over a ten (10) year period in twelve (12) equal monthly installments payable on the second Tuesday of each month, beginning with the month after the Directors Disability Date. |
2.4 Change in Control Benefit. If, within twenty-four (24) months after a Change in Control, the Director leaves the Board for any reason, he or she shall be eligible to receive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 instead of any other benefit under Article 2 of this Plan.
2.4.1 | Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is an amount equal to the Accrual Balance earned as of the last day of the Plan Year preceding the effective date of the Directors Termination of Service. |
2.4.2 | Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the Change in Control benefit under Section 2.4 of this document to the Director in one lump sum within three (3) days after the Directors removal from the Board of Directors of the Company. |
2.5 Change in Control Payout of Normal Retirement Benefit, Early Retirement Benefit, or Disability Benefit Being Paid to the Director at the Time of a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs at any time during the period in which the Director is receiving payment of the benefit under Section 2.1, 2.2, or 2.3, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits due to the Director under the applicable section to the Director in a single lump sum payment within three (3) days after the Change in Control.
2.6 Petition for Payment of Normal Retirement Benefit, Early Retirement Benefit or Disability Benefit. If the Director is entitled to a benefit under Section 2.1, Section 2.2, or Section 2.3, the Director may petition the Board of Directors of the Company to have the Accrual Balance determined as of the date the Director becomes entitled to a benefit under Section 2.1, Section 2.2 or Section 2.3, as applicable, paid to the Director in accordance with and consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The Board of Directors of the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, pay the Accrual Balance to the Director in a manner consistent with and in conformance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. If the Accrual Balance is paid to the Director under this paragraph, the Company shall have no further obligations under this Plan.
Page 6
ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS
3.1 Death During Active Service. If the Director dies while an active member of the Board of Directors of the Company, instead of any benefits payable under Article 2 of this Plan the Company shall pay to the Directors Beneficiary the Accrual Balance as of the last day of the Plan Year immediately preceding the date of the Directors death. The Company shall pay the death benefit under this Section 3.1 within thirty (30) days after the Directors death.
3.2 Death During Benefit Period. If the Director dies after benefit payments under Article 2 of this Plan commences but before receiving all such payments, or if the Director is entitled to benefit payments under Article 2 but dies before payments commence, the benefits shall be payable to the Directors Beneficiary in accordance with the applicable payment provisions of Article 2, but payments shall commence on the second Tuesday of the month after the date of the Directors death. Payments shall continue to be made to the Beneficiary in the same amounts they would have been made to the Director had the Director survived.
3.3 Death of Director serving as a Director Emeritus at plan inception. If such Director Emeritus dies after benefit payments under Article 2 of this Plan commences but before receiving all such payments, the obligations of the Company under this plan to that director emeritus ceases and no additional payments are due or payable.
ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES
4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Director, but not the Director Emeritus included in this plan, shall have the right to designate at any time a Beneficiary to receive any benefits payable under this Plan upon the death of the Director. The Beneficiary of the Director as designated under this Plan may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other benefit plan of the Company in which the Director participates.
4.2 Beneficiary Designation: Change. The Director shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. The Directors Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Director names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Director shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing, and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrators rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Director and accepted by the Plan Administrator before the Directors death.
4.3 Acknowledgment. No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.
4.4 No Beneficiary Designation. If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Director, then the Directors spouse
Page 7
shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Director has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be distributed to the personal representative of the Directors estate.
4.5 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of the minor, incapacitated person, or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incapacity, minority, or guardianship as it may deem appropriate before distribution of the benefit. Distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability for the benefit.
ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS
5.1 Termination for Cause. If the Director experiences a termination which is a Termination for Cause, notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Companys obligations in regard to that Director under this Plan shall terminate as of the effective date of the Termination for Cause.
5.2 Golden Parachute Payments Prohibited. Any payments made pursuant to this Agreement are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), 12 C.F.R. Part 359 and 12 C.F.R. Section 545.121 and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES
6.1 Claims Procedure. A person or beneficiary (a claimant) who has not received benefits under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:
6.1.1 | Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits. |
6.1.2 | Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90)-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision. |
6.1.3 | Notice of Decision. If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth: |
6.1.3.1 | The specific reasons for the denial, |
Page 8
6.1.3.2 | A reference to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based, |
6.1.3.3 | A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed, |
6.1.3.4 | An explanation of the Plans review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and |
6.1.3.5 | A statement of the claimants right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review. |
6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:
6.2.1 | Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Companys notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review. |
6.2.2 | Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimants claim for benefits. |
6.2.3 | Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. |
6.2.4 | Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60)-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision. |
6.2.5 | Notice of Decision. The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth |
6.2.5.1 | The specific reasons for the denial, |
Page 9
6.2.5.2 | A reference to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based, |
6.2.5.3 | A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimants claim for benefits, and |
6.2.5.4 | A statement of the claimants right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a). |
ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS
7.1 Amendments and Termination. The Board of Directors may terminate this Plan at any time . Termination of the Plan will not affect rights and obligations theretofore granted and then in effect. The Board of Directors may at any time, without limitation, and from time to time modify or amend this Plan in any respect whatsoever, provided, however, that no termination, modifications or amendment to the Plan, shall, without the consent of the participant, alter or impair the rights of such participant, unless such termination, modifications or amendment to the Plan are made in compliance with any law or regulation applicable to the Plan, or are required to avoid any penalties or excise taxes relating to such laws or regulations.
7.2 Binding Effect. This Plan shall bind the Company and their successors, administrators, and transferees.
7.3 Non-Transferability. Director benefits under this Plan cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.
7.4 Tax Withholding. The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided by this Plan.
7.5 Applicable Law. Except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America, the validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such state.
7.6 Unfunded Arrangement. The Director, Director Emeritus and the Directors Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Plan. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Directors life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.
7.7 Severability. If any provision of this Plan is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Plan, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Plan is held invalid in part,
Page 10
such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of the provision, and the remainder of such provision together with all other provisions of this Plan shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.
7.8 Headings. The headings of sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Plan.
7.9 Notices. All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid. Unless otherwise changed by notice, notice shall be properly addressed to the Director if addressed to the address of the Director on the books and records of the Company at the time of the delivery of such notice, and properly addressed to the Company if addressed to the Board of Directors, Iroquois Federal Savings & Loan Association, 201 E. Cherry St., Watseka, IL.
7.10 Entire Document. This document constitutes the entire Plan. No rights are granted to any Director under this Plan other than those specifically set forth herein.
7.11 Payment of Legal Fees. In the event litigation ensues between the parties concerning the enforcement of the obligations of the parties under this Plan, the Company shall pay all costs and expenses in connection with such litigation until such time as a final determination (excluding any appeals) is made with respect to the litigation. If the Company prevails on the substantive merits of the material claim in dispute in such litigation, the Company shall be entitled to receive from the Director all reasonable costs and expenses, including without limitation attorneys fees, incurred by the Company on behalf of the Director in connection with such litigation, and the Director shall pay such costs and expenses to the Company promptly upon demand by the Company.
ARTICLE 8
ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN
8.1 Plan Administrator Duties. This Plan shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Board of Directors of the Company or such committee or person(s) as the Board of Directors of the Company shall appoint. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this document, as may arise in connection with the Plan.
8.2 Agents. In the administration of this Plan, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Company.
8.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan. No Director or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the
Page 11
continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method described in Section 1.1.
8.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall not be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of this document, unless such action or omission is attributable to the willful misconduct of the Plan Administrator or any of its members. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.
8.5 Company Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Termination of the Director and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Board of Directors of the Company and the Company have approved this First Amended and Restated Plan as of the date first written above.
By: |
|
|
Its: |
|
Page 12
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
DIRECTORS NON QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLAN AGREEMENT
I, , designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Non Qualified Retirement Plan Agreement
Primary:
.
Contingent:
.
Note: To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.
I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
Signature: |
|
|||||
Date: |
|
, 2005 | ||||
Accepted by the Company this day of , 2005. | ||||||
By: |
|
|||||
Print Name: |
|
|||||
Title: |
|
Page 13
Exhibit 21
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Name |
State of Incorporation |
|
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association | Federal (direct) | |
L.C.I. Service Corporation | Illinois (indirect) |
Exhibit 23.2
[LETTERHEAD OF BKD LLP CPAs & ADVISORS]
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
Watseka, Illinois
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 and the Application for Conversion of our report dated March 15, 2011, relating to the financial statements of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association, and to the reference to our Firm under the caption Experts in the Prospectus.
/s/ BKD, LLP
Decatur, Illinois
March 15, 2011
Exhibit 23.3
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988
March 14, 2011
Board of Directors
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
201 East Cherry Street
Watseka, Illinois 60970
Members of the Board of Directors:
We hereby consent to the use of our firms name in the Form AC Application for Conversion, and any amendments thereto to be filed with Office of Thrift Supervision, and in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and references to our Valuation Appraisal Report and any Valuation Appraisal Report Updates in such filings including the prospectus of IF Bancorp, Inc. and to the reference to our firm under the heading Experts in the prospectus.
Sincerely, |
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC. |
/s/ RP FINANCIAL, LC. |
Washington Headquarters | ||
Three Ballston Plaza | Telephone: (703) 528-1700 | |
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100 | Fax No.: (703) 528-1788 | |
Arlington, VA 22201 | Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594 |
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC. |
Exhibit 99.1 | |||
Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988 |
January 19, 2011
Mr. Alan D. Martin
President and Chief Executive Officer
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
201 East Cherry Street
Watseka, Illinois 60970
Dear Mr. Martin:
This letter sets forth the agreement between Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association, Watseka, Illinois (the Association), and RP ® Financial, LC. (RP Financial) for the independent appraisal services in connection with the stock to be issued by the Associations new holding company concurrent with the mutual-to-stock conversion of the Association. The specific appraisal services to be rendered by RP Financial are described below.
Description of Conversion Appraisal Services
Prior to preparing the valuation report, RP Financial will conduct a financial due diligence, including on-site interviews of senior management and reviews of financial and other documents and records, to gain insight into the Associations operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks and various internal and external factors which impact the pro forma value of the Association.
RP Financial will prepare a written detailed valuation report of the Association that will be fully consistent with applicable regulatory guidelines and standard pro forma valuation practices. In this regard, the applicable regulatory guidelines are those set forth in the Office of Thrift Supervisions (OTS) October 21, 1994 Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization, which have been endorsed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and various state and federal banking agencies.
The appraisal report will include an in-depth analysis of the Associations financial condition and operating results, as well as an assessment of the Associations interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The appraisal report will describe the Associations business strategies, market area, prospects for the future and the intended use of proceeds both in the short term and over the longer term. A peer group analysis relative to publicly-traded savings institutions will be conducted for the purpose of determining appropriate valuation adjustments relative to the group.
We will review pertinent sections of the regulatory applications and offering documents to obtain necessary data and information for the appraisal, including the impact of key deal elements on the appraised value, such as dividend policy, use of proceeds and reinvestment rate,
Washington Headquarters | ||
Three Ballston Plaza |
Direct: (703) 647-6546 | |
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100 |
Telephone: (703) 528-1700 | |
Arlington, VA 22201 |
Fax No.: (703) 528-1788 | |
E-Mail: wpommerening@rpfinancial.com |
Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594 |
Mr. Alan D. Martin
January 19, 2011
Page 2
tax rate, conversion expenses, and characteristics of stock plans. The appraisal report will conclude with a midpoint pro forma market value that will establish the range of value, and reflect the offering price per share determined by the Associations Board of Directors. The appraisal report may be periodically updated prior to the commencement of the conversion offering and the appraisal is required to be updated just prior to the closing of the conversion offering.
RP Financial agrees to deliver the valuation appraisal and subsequent updates, in writing, to the Association at the above address in conjunction with the filing of the regulatory application. Subsequent updates will be filed promptly as certain events occur which would warrant the preparation and filing of such valuation updates. Further, RP Financial agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and respond to the regulatory comments, if any, regarding the valuation appraisal and subsequent updates.
Fee Structure and Payment Schedule
The Association agrees to pay RP Financial a fixed fee of $50,000 for preparation and delivery of the original appraisal report, plus reimbursable expenses. Payment of these fees shall be made according to the following schedule:
|
$10,000 upon execution of the letter of agreement engaging RP Financials appraisal services; |
|
$35,000 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report; and |
|
$5,000 for each valuation update that may be required, provided that the transaction is not materially delayed for reasons described below. |
The Association will reimburse RP Financial for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in preparation of the valuation. Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include travel, telephone/facsimile, printing, shipping, computer and data services. RP Financial agrees to limit reimbursable expenses in connection with this appraisal engagement to up to $7,500 without prior approval from the Association to exceed such level.
In the event the Association shall, for any reason, discontinue the proposed mutual-to-stock conversion transaction prior to delivery of the completed documents set forth above and payment of the respective progress payment fees, the Association agrees to compensate RP Financial according to RP Financials standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above, after giving full credit to the initial retainer fee. RP Financials standard billing rates range from $75 per hour for research associates to $400 per hour for managing directors.
If during the course of the proposed transaction, events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Association and RP Financial. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, major changes (actual or proposed by the applicable regulatory authorities) in the conversion regulations, appraisal guidelines or processing
Mr. Alan D. Martin
January 19, 2011
Page 3
procedures as they relate to appraisals, major changes in management or procedures, operating policies or philosophies, and excessive delays or suspension of processing of conversion applications by the regulators such that completion of the transaction requires the preparation by RP Financial of a new appraisal.
Representations and Warranties
The Association and RP Financial agree to the following:
1. The Association agrees to make available or to supply to RP Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as RP Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid valuation. Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to RP Financial shall include: annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, debt instruments, off balance sheet assets or liabilities, commitments and contingencies, unrealized gains or losses and corporate books and records. All information provided by the Association to RP Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public), and if the mutual-to-stock conversion is not consummated or the services of RP Financial are terminated hereunder, RP Financial shall upon request promptly return to the Association the original and any copies of such information.
2. The Association hereby represents and warrants to RP Financial that any information provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Associations knowledge, at the times it is provided to RP Financial, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.
3. (a) The Association agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless RP Financial, any affiliates of RP Financial, the respective directors, officers, agents and employees of RP Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement (hereinafter referred to as RP Financial), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) attributable to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise provided by the Association to RP Financial, either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise made available by the Association to RP Financial; or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Association, or the Associations respective officers, Directors, employees or agents which action or omission is willful or negligent. The Association will be under no obligation to indemnify RP Financial hereunder if a court determines that RP Financial was negligent, guilty of willful misconduct or acted in bad faith with respect to any actions or omissions of RP Financial related to a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder. Any time devoted by employees of RP Financial to situations for which indemnification is provided hereunder, shall be an indemnifiable cost payable by the Association at the normal hourly professional rate chargeable by such employee.
(b) RP Financial shall give written notice to the Association of such claim or facts within thirty days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which RP
Mr. Alan D. Martin
January 19, 2011
Page 4
Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder. In the event the Association elects, within ten business days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such claim by written notice to RP Financial, RP Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Association hereunder within five days after the final determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Association or a final judgment (including all appeals therefrom) of a court of competent jurisdiction. If the Association does not so elect, RP Financial shall be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Association of the notice of the claim.
(c) The Association shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including attorneys fees, incurred by RP Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if RP Financial furnishes the Association: (1) a written statement of RP Financials good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification hereunder; and (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final adjudication of such proceeding that it or he is not entitled to such indemnification. The Association may assume the defense of any claim (as to which notice is given in accordance with 3(b)) with counsel reasonably satisfactory to RP Financial, and after notice from the Association to RP Financial of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Association will not be liable to RP Financial for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by RP Financial (other than reasonable costs of investigation and assistance in discovery and document production matters). Notwithstanding the foregoing, RP Financial shall have the right to employ their own counsel in any action or proceeding if RP Financial shall have concluded that a conflict of interest exists between the Association and RP Financial which would materially impact the effective representation of RP Financial. In the event that RP Financial concludes that a conflict of interest exists, RP Financial shall have the right to select counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Association which will represent RP Financial in any such action or proceeding and the Association shall reimburse RP Financial for the reasonable legal fees and expenses of such counsel and other expenses reasonably incurred by RP Financial. In no event shall the Association be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel, separate from its own counsel, for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same allegations or circumstances. The Association will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision in respect of any compromise or settlement of any action or proceeding made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(d) In the event the Association does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, RP Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.
It is understood that, in connection with RP Financials above-mentioned engagement, RP Financial may also be engaged to act for the Association in one or more additional capacities, and that the terms of the original engagement may be incorporated by reference in one or more separate agreements. The provisions of Paragraph 3 herein shall apply to the original engagement, any such additional engagement, any modification of the original engagement or such additional engagement and shall remain in full force and effect following the completion or termination of RP Financials engagement(s). This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Association and RP Financial concerning the subject matter addressed herein, and such contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. This agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.
Mr. Alan D. Martin
January 19, 2011
Page 5
The Association and RP Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Association nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other.
* * * * * * * * * * *
Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter, together with the initial retainer fee of $10,000.
Sincerely, |
|
William E. Pommerening Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director |
Agreed To and Accepted By: | /s/Alan D. Martin | |
Alan D. Martin | ||
President and Chief Executive Officer |
Upon Authorization by the Board of Directors For: | Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association | |
Watseka, Illinois |
Date Executed: February 1, 2011
Exhibit 99.2
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988
March 14, 2011
Board of Directors
IF Bancorp, Inc.
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
201 East Cherry Street
Watseka, Illinois 60970
Re: | Plan of Conversion |
IF Bancorp, Inc.
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
Members of the Board of Directors:
All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the plan of conversion adopted by the Board of Directors of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association (the Association). Pursuant to the plan of conversion, the Association will convert from mutual to stock form and issue all of the Associations outstanding capital stock to IF Bancorp, Inc. (the Company). Simultaneously, the Company will offer shares of its common stock for sale in a public offering.
We understand that in accordance with the plan of conversion, subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Company are to be issued to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) the Associations employee stock ownership plan (the ESOP); (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (4) Other Members. Based solely upon our observation that the subscription rights will be available to such parties without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford such parties the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the community offering, but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that, as a factual matter:
(1) | the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and |
(2) | the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance. |
Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Companys value alone. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of common stock in the subscription offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the subscription offering.
Sincerely, |
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC. |
/s/ RP FINANCIAL, LC. |
Washington Headquarters | ||
Three Ballston Plaza | Telephone: (703) 528-1700 | |
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100 | Fax No.: (703) 528-1788 | |
Arlington, VA 22201 | Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594 | |
www.rpfinancial.com | E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com |
Exhibit 99.3
PRO FORMA VALUATION REPORT
IF BANCORP, INC.
Watseka, Illinois
PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR:
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
Watseka, Illinois
Dated As Of:
February 25, 2011
Prepared By:
RP ® Financial, LC.
1100 North Glebe Road
Suite 1100
Arlington, Virginia 22201
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC. Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988 |
February 25, 2011
Board of Directors
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
201 East Cherry Street
Watseka, Illinois 60970
Members of the Board of Directors:
At your request, we have completed and hereby provide an independent appraisal (Appraisal) of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock which is to be issued in connection with the mutual-to-stock conversion transaction described below.
This Appraisal is furnished pursuant to the conversion regulations promulgated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS). Specifically, this Appraisal has been prepared in accordance with the Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization as set forth by the OTS, and applicable regulatory interpretations thereof.
Description of Plan of Conversion
The Board of Directors of Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association (Iroquois Federal or the Association) adopted the plan of conversion on March 8, 2011, incorporated herein by reference. Pursuant to the plan of conversion, the Association will convert from a federally-chartered savings association to a federally-chartered stock savings association and become a wholly-owned subsidiary of IF Bancorp, Inc. (IF Bancorp or the Company), a newly formed Maryland corporation. IF Bancorp will offer 100% of its common stock in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Plans including the employee stock ownership plan (the ESOP), Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, as such terms are defined for purposes of applicable federal regulatory guidelines governing mutual-to-stock conversions. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale to members of the general public in a community offering and/or a syndicated community offering. Going forward, IF Bancorp will own 100% of the Associations stock, and the Association will initially be IF Bancorps sole subsidiary. A portion of the net proceeds received from the sale of the common stock will be used to purchase all of the then to be issued and outstanding capital stock of the Association and the balance of the net proceeds will be retained by the Company.
Washington Headquarters |
||
Three Ballston Plaza |
Telephone: (703) 528-1700 | |
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100 |
Fax No.: (703) 528-1788 | |
Arlington, VA 22201 |
Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594 | |
www.rpfinancial.com |
E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com |
Board of Directors
February 25, 2011
Page 2
At this time, no other activities are contemplated for the Company other than the ownership of the Association, a loan to the newly-formed ESOP and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company. In the future, Bancorp may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.
The plan of conversion provides for the Company to contribute common stock and cash to the Iroquois Federal Foundation, Inc., a charitable foundation to be established by the Association (the Foundation). The Foundation will be funded with IF Bancorp common stock contributed by the Company in an amount equal to 7.0% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering and cash equal to 1.0% of the gross proceeds raised in the conversion offering. The purpose of the Foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in the communities in which Iroquois Federal operates and to enable those communities to share in Iroquois Federals long-term growth. The Foundation will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes.
RP ® Financial, LC.
RP ® Financial, LC. (RP Financial) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form. The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1. We believe that, except for the fee we will receive for our appraisal, we are independent of the Association and the other parties engaged by the Association to assist in the plan of conversion and stock issuance process.
Valuation Methodology
In preparing our appraisal, we have reviewed the Associations and the Companys regulatory applications, including the prospectus as filed with the OTS and the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). We have conducted a financial analysis of the Association that has included due diligence related discussions with Iroquois Federals management; BKD, LLP, the Associations independent auditor; Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., the Associations conversion counsel; and Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Inc., which has been retained as the financial and marketing advisor in connection with the Associations stock offering. All conclusions set forth in the Appraisal were reached independently from such discussions. In addition, where appropriate, we have considered information based on other available published sources that we believe are reliable. While we believe the information and data gathered from all these sources are reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.
Board of Directors
February 25, 2011
Page 3
We have investigated the competitive environment within which Iroquois Federal operates and have assessed the Associations relative strengths and weaknesses. We have monitored all material regulatory and legislative actions affecting financial institutions generally and analyzed the potential impact of such developments on Iroquois Federal and the industry as a whole to the extent we were aware of such matters. We have analyzed the potential effects of the stock conversion on the Associations operating characteristics and financial performance as they relate to the pro forma market value of Iroquois Federal. We have reviewed the economy and demographic characteristics of the primary market area in which the Association currently operates. We have compared Iroquois Federals financial performance and condition with publicly-traded thrift institutions evaluated and selected in accordance with the Valuation Guidelines, as well as all publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies. We have reviewed conditions in the securities markets in general and the market for thrifts and thrift holding companies, including the market for new issues.
The Appraisal is based on Iroquois Federals representation that the information contained in the regulatory applications and additional information furnished to us by the Association and its independent auditors, legal counsel, investment bankers and other authorized agents are truthful, accurate and complete. We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by the Association, or its independent auditors, legal counsel, investment bankers and other authorized agents nor did we independently value the assets or liabilities of the Association. The valuation considers Iroquois Federal only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the Associations liquidation value.
Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for the Association and the Company and for all thrifts and their holding companies. Changes in the local and national economy, the federal and state legislative and regulatory environments for financial institutions, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability, and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Associations value alone. It is our understanding that Iroquois Federal intends to remain an independent institution and there are no current plans for selling control of the Association as a converted institution. To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.
The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which the Companys stock, immediately upon completion of the offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.
Board of Directors
February 25, 2011
Page 4
Valuation Conclusion
It is our opinion that, as of February 25, 2011, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion, including shares to be issued to the Foundation, equaled $36,380,000 at the midpoint, equal to 3,638,000 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00. Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% offering range indicates a minimum value of $30,923,000 and a maximum value of $41,837,000. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 3,092,300 at the minimum and 4,183,700 at the maximum. In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a supermaximum value of $48,112,550 without a resolicitation. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the supermaximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 4,811,255. Based on this valuation range, the offering range is as follows: $28,900,000 at the minimum, $34,000,000 at the midpoint, $39,100,000 at the maximum and $44,965,000 at the supermaximum. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the number of offering shares is as follows: 2,890,000 at the minimum, 3,400,000 at the midpoint, 3,910,000 at the maximum and 4,496,500 at the supermaximum.
Limiting Factors and Considerations
The valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the common stock. Moreover, because such valuation is determined in accordance with applicable OTS regulatory guidelines and is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of common stock in the conversion will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the estimated pro forma market value thereof. The appraisal reflects only a valuation range as of this date for the pro forma market value of IF Bancorp immediately upon issuance of the stock and does not take into account any trading activity with respect to the purchase and sale of common stock in the secondary market on the date of issuance of such securities or at anytime thereafter following the completion of the public stock offering.
The valuation prepared by RP Financial in accordance with applicable OTS regulatory guidelines was based on the financial condition and operations of Iroquois Federal as of December 31, 2010, the date of the financial data included in the prospectus.
RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities. RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits RP Financial, its principals or employees from purchasing stock of its financial institution clients.
Board of Directors
February 25, 2011
Page 5
The valuation will be updated as provided for in the OTS conversion regulations and guidelines. These updates will consider, among other things, any developments or changes in the financial performance and condition of Iroquois Federal, management policies, and current conditions in the equity markets for thrift stocks, both existing issues and new issues. These updates may also consider changes in other external factors which impact value including, but not limited to: various changes in the federal and state legislative and regulatory environments for financial institutions, the stock market and the market for thrift stocks, and interest rates. Should any such new developments or changes be material, in our opinion, to the valuation of the shares, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value will be made. The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained in the update at the date of the release of the update.
Respectfully submitted, |
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC. |
/s/ William E. Pommerening |
William E. Pommerening |
Chief Executive Officer and |
Managing Director |
/s/ Gregory E. Dunn |
Gregory E. Dunn |
Director |
RP ® Financial, LC. | TABLE OF CONTENTS | |
i |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
IF BANCORP, INC.
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
Watseka, Illinois
DESCRIPTION |
PAGE
|
|||
CHAPTER ONE OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS |
|
|||
Introduction |
I.1 | |||
Plan of Conversion |
I.1 | |||
Strategic Overview |
I.2 | |||
Balance Sheet Trends |
I.6 | |||
Income and Expense Trends |
I.10 | |||
Interest Rate Risk Management |
I.14 | |||
Lending Activities and Strategy |
I.15 | |||
Asset Quality |
I.18 | |||
Funding Composition and Strategy |
I.19 | |||
Subsidiary Activities and Affiliations |
I.20 | |||
Legal Proceedings |
I.21 | |||
CHAPTER TWO MARKET AREA | ||||
Introduction |
II.1 | |||
National Economic Factors |
II.1 | |||
Market Area Demographics |
II.5 | |||
Local Economy |
II.7 | |||
Unemployment Trends |
II.8 | |||
Market Area Deposit Characteristics and Trends |
II.9 | |||
Competition |
II.10 | |||
CHAPTER THREE PEER GROUP ANALYSIS | ||||
Peer Group Selection |
III.1 | |||
Financial Condition |
III.5 | |||
Income and Expense Components |
III.9 | |||
Loan Composition |
III.12 | |||
Interest Rate Risk |
III.14 | |||
Credit Risk |
III.16 | |||
Summary |
III.16 |
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ii |
|
TABLE OF CONTENTS
IF BANCORP, INC.
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
Watseka, Illinois
(continued)
DESCRIPTION |
PAGE
NUMBER |
|||||||||
CHAPTER FOUR VALUATION ANALYSIS |
|
|||||||||
Introduction |
IV.1 | |||||||||
Appraisal Guidelines |
IV.1 | |||||||||
RP Financial Approach to the Valuation |
IV.1 | |||||||||
Valuation Analysis |
IV.2 | |||||||||
1. Financial Condition |
IV.3 | |||||||||
2. Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings |
IV.5 | |||||||||
3. Asset Growth |
IV.7 | |||||||||
4. Primary Market Area |
IV.7 | |||||||||
5. Dividends |
IV.9 | |||||||||
6. Liquidity of the Shares |
IV.9 | |||||||||
7. Marketing of the Issue |
IV.10 | |||||||||
A. The Public Market |
IV.10 | |||||||||
B. The New Issue Market |
IV.17 | |||||||||
C. The Acquisition Market |
IV.19 | |||||||||
8. Management |
IV.21 | |||||||||
9. Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform |
IV.21 | |||||||||
Summary of Adjustments |
IV.22 | |||||||||
Valuation Approaches: |
IV.22 | |||||||||
1. Price-to-Earnings (P/E) |
IV.24 | |||||||||
2. Price-to-Book (P/B) |
IV.26 | |||||||||
3. Price-to-Assets (P/A) |
IV.26 | |||||||||
Comparison to Recent Offerings |
IV.27 | |||||||||
Valuation Conclusion |
IV.27 |
RP ® Financial, LC. |
LIST OF TABLES iii |
LIST OF TABLES
IF BANCORP, INC.
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
Watseka, Illinois
TABLE NUMBER |
DESCRIPTION |
PAGE | ||||
1.1 |
Historical Balance Sheet Data | I.7 | ||||
1.2 |
Historical Income Statements | I.11 | ||||
2.1 |
Summary Demographic Data | II.6 | ||||
2.2 |
Primary Market Area Employment Sectors | II.8 | ||||
2.3 |
Unemployment Trends | II.9 | ||||
2.4 |
Deposit Summary | II.10 | ||||
2.5 |
Market Area Deposit Competitors | II.11 | ||||
3.1 |
Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts | III.3 | ||||
3.2 |
Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates | III.6 | ||||
3.3 |
Income as a Pct. of Avg. Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads | III.10 | ||||
3.4 |
Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information | III.13 | ||||
3.5 |
Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility | III.15 | ||||
3.6 |
Credit Risk Measures and Related Information | III.17 | ||||
4.1 |
Market Area Unemployment Rates | IV.8 | ||||
4.2 |
Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends | IV.18 | ||||
4.3 |
Market Pricing Comparatives | IV.20 | ||||
4.4 |
Public Market Pricing | IV.25 |
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 1 |
|
I. OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
Introduction
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association (Iroquois Federal or the Association), chartered in 1883, is a federally-chartered savings association headquartered in Watseka, Illinois. Watseka is located in eastern Illinois near the Indiana border, approximately 100 miles south of Chicago. The Association serves east-central Illinois through the main office and three branch offices. The main office and one branch office are located in Iroquois County and the remaining two branch offices are located in Vermilion County, which is the adjacent to the southern border of Iroquois County. The Association also maintains a loan production office in Osage Beach, Missouri, which is located in central Missouri. A map of the Associations office locations is provided in Exhibit I-1. The Association is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) system, and its deposits are insured up to the regulatory maximums by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). At December 31, 2010, the Association had $404.9 million in assets, $333.2 million in deposits and total equity of $36.7 million, equal to 9.1% of total assets. The Associations audited financial statements are incorporated by reference as Exhibit I-2.
Plan of Conversion
On March 8, 2011, the Board of Directors of the Association adopted a plan of conversion, incorporated herein by reference, in which the Association will convert from a federally-chartered mutual savings association to a federally-chartered stock savings association and become a wholly-owned subsidiary of IF Bancorp, Inc. (IF Bancorp or the Company), a newly formed Maryland corporation. IF Bancorp will offer 100% of its common stock to qualifying depositors of Iroquois Federal in a subscription offering and, if necessary, to members of the general public through a community offering and/or a syndicated community offering. Going forward, IF Bancorp will own 100% of the Associations stock, and the Association will initially be IF Bancorps sole subsidiary. A portion of the net proceeds received from the sale of common stock will be used to purchase all of the then to be issued and outstanding capital stock of the Association and the balance of the net proceeds will be retained by the Company.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 2 |
|
At this time, no other activities are contemplated for the Company other than the ownership of the Association, extending a loan to the newly-formed employee stock ownership plan (the ESOP) and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company. In the future, IF Bancorp may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.
Concurrent with the conversion, the Company will contribute IF Bancorp common stock and cash to the Iroquois Federal Foundation, Inc. (the Foundation), a newly formed charitable foundation established by the Association. The common stock contribution will be in an amount equal to 7.0% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering, and the cash contribution will be equal to 1.0% of the gross proceeds raised in the conversion offering. The purpose of the Foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in the communities in which the Association operates. The dilutive impact of the contribution to the Foundation has been factored into this appraisal.
Strategic Overview
Iroquois Federal maintains a local community banking emphasis, with a primary strategic objective of meeting the borrowing and savings needs of its local customer base. The Association has pursued a growth strategy in recent years, in which asset growth has been sustained through a combination of loans and investments. Retail deposits have been the primary funding source for the Associations asset growth.
Historically, Iroquois Federals operating strategy has been fairly reflective of a traditional thrift operating strategy, in which 1-4 family residential mortgage loans and retail deposits have constituted the principal components of the Associations assets and liabilities, respectively. In more recent years, the Association has pursued a strategy of placing more of an emphasis on diversifying into other types of lending that
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 3 |
|
generally earn higher yields and are more rate sensitive than 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans. Beyond 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans, commercial real estate/multi-family loans, consumer loans and commercial business loans constitute the most significant areas of lending diversification for the Association. Lending diversification for the Association also includes home equity loans and construction loans. The Associations current strategic plan is to continue to pursue recent growth strategies, in which lending diversification will emphasize growth of commercial real estate and commercial business loans. Pursuant to targeting growth of commercial loans, the Association is also placing an emphasis on growing commercial deposit accounts through establishing full service banking relationships with its commercial borrowers. The origination of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans is expected to remain as the Associations primary lending activity, but growth of the 1-4 family loan portfolio will be somewhat limited by the Associations general philosophy of selling originations of 1-4 family fixed rate loans with terms of more than fifteen years.
Investments serve as a supplement to the Associations lending activities and the investment portfolio is considered to be indicative of a low risk investment philosophy. U.S. Government and agency securities constitute the major portion of the Associations investment portfolio, with other investments consisting of mortgage-backed securities, municipal bonds and FHLB stock.
The Associations lending and investment strategies have supported management of credit risk exposure, as evidenced by favorable credit quality measures for non-performing assets and credit quality related losses. Iroquois Federal is not a subprime lender and does not hold any investments in high risk collateralized debt obligations (CDOs).
Retail deposits have consistently served as the primary interest-bearing funding source for the Association and have funded most of the Associations asset growth in recent years. Certificates of deposit (CDs) constitute the largest portion of the Associations deposit, although the concentration of CDs comprising total deposits has declined in recent years. The Association utilizes borrowings as a supplemental funding source to facilitate management of funding costs and interest rate risk. Borrowings utilized the Association have typically been limited to FHLB advances.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 4 |
|
Iroquois Federals earnings base is largely dependent upon net interest income and operating expense levels. In recent years, the Associations net interest margin has trended higher as interest rate spreads have increased with the decline in short-term interest rates and resulting steeper yield curve. In particular, the Associations balance sheet is liability-sensitive in the short-term and, therefore, funding costs have decreased more rapidly relative to yields earned on less rate sensitive interest-earning assets. Operating expenses have increased in recent years as well, which has been mostly related to higher compensation costs incurred in connection with expansion of staff to facilitate and implement planned growth strategies. Revenues derived from non-interest income sources have been a fairly substantive and growing contributor to the Associations core earnings base, with such income consisting mostly of fees and service charges, insurance commissions and mortgage banking income.
The post-offering business plan of the Association is expected to continue to focus on operating and growing a profitable institution serving retail customers and businesses in local markets. Accordingly, Iroquois Federal will continue to be an independent community-oriented financial institution with a commitment to meeting the retail and commercial banking needs of individuals and businesses in east-central Illinois. In addition, the Associations business plan is to implement strategies that will facilitate growth of its franchise and increase earnings.
The Associations Board of Directors has elected to complete a mutual-to-stock conversion to improve the competitive position of Iroquois Federal. The capital realized from the stock offering will increase the operating flexibility and overall financial strength of Iroquois Federal. The additional capital realized from stock proceeds will increase the Associations leverage capacity, pursuant to which the Association plans to emphasize loan growth and growth of other interest-earning assets. Iroquois Federals higher capital position resulting from the infusion of stock proceeds will also serve to reduce interest rate risk, particularly through enhancing the Associations interest-earning-assets-to-interest-bearing-liabilities (IEA/IBL) ratio. The additional funds
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 5 |
|
realized from the stock offering will provide an alternative funding source to deposits and borrowings in meeting the Associations future funding needs, which may facilitate a reduction in Iroquois Federals funding costs. Additionally, Iroquois Federals stronger capital position will also better position the Association to take advantage of expansion opportunities as they arise. Such expansion would most likely occur through the establishment or acquisition of additional banking offices or customer facilities that would provide for further penetration in the markets currently served by the Association or nearby surrounding markets. The Association will also be better positioned to pursue growth through acquisition of other financial service providers following the stock offering, given its strengthened capital position and its ability to offer stock as consideration. At this time, the Association has no specific plans for expansion. The projected uses of proceeds are highlighted below.
|
IF Bancorp The Company is expected to retain up to 50% of the net offering proceeds. At present, funds at the Company level, net of the loan to the ESOP, are expected to be primarily invested initially into liquid funds held as a deposit at the Association and short-term investment grade securities. Over time, the funds may be utilized for various corporate purposes, possibly including acquisitions, infusing additional equity into the Association, repurchases of common stock, and the payment of regular and/or special cash dividends. |
|
Iroquois Federal. Approximately 50% of the net stock proceeds will be infused into the Association in exchange for all of the Associations newly issued stock. Cash proceeds (i.e., net proceeds less deposits withdrawn to fund stock purchases) infused into the Association are anticipated to become part of general operating funds, and are expected to be primarily utilized to fund loan growth. |
Overall, it is the Associations objective to pursue growth that will serve to increase returns, while, at the same time, growth will not be pursued that could potentially compromise the overall risk associated with Iroquois Federals operations.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 6 |
|
Balance Sheet Trends
Table 1.1 shows the Associations historical balance sheet data for the past five and one-half fiscal years. From fiscal year end 2006 through December 31, 2010, Iroquois Federals assets increased at a 4.8% annual rate. Asset growth included a mix of investments and loans, which provided for a fairly consistent interest-earning asset composition over the five and one-half period. Since fiscal year end 2006, deposit growth has funded most of the Associations asset growth. A summary of Iroquois Federals key operating ratios for the past five and one-half years is presented in Exhibit I-3.
Iroquois Federals loans receivable portfolio increased at a 4.3% annual rate from year end 2006 through December 31 2010, in which loan growth was sustained throughout the period. The Associations slightly lower loan growth rate compared to its asset growth rate provided for a slight decrease the loans-to-assets ratio from 60.6% at fiscal year end 2006 to 59.5% at December 31, 2010. Iroquois Federals historical emphasis on 1-4 family lending is reflected in its loan portfolio composition, as 61.0% of total loans receivable consisted of 1-4 family loans at December 31, 2010.
Trends in the Associations loan portfolio composition over the past five and one-half fiscal years show that the concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans comprising total loans declined from a high of 78.8% at fiscal year end 2007 to a low of 61.0% at December 31, 2010. The decrease in the concentration of 1-4 family loans comprising the Associations loan was due a decrease in the balance of 1-4 family loans held by the Association, as well as growth of other types of loans. The declining balance of 1-4 family loans reflects Iroquois Federals general philosophy of selling originations of longer term fixed rate 1-4 family loans into the secondary market. Over the past five and one-half fiscal years, lending diversification by the Association has emphasized commercial real estate/multi-family loans. The concentration of commercial real estate/multi-family loans comprising total loans increased from 6.7% at fiscal year end 2006 to 21.4% at December 31, 2010. Consumer loans, excluding home equity loans, and commercial business loans constitute the other major areas of lending diversification for the Association. Consumer loans decreased from 10.9% of total loans at fiscal year end 2006 to 6.9% of total loans at December 31, 2010, while commercial business loans increased from 3.7% of total loans at fiscal year end 2006 to 6.3% of total loans at December 31, 2010. Home equity loans have been a source of loan growth for the Association as well, as home equity loans comprising total loans increased from a zero balance at fiscal year end 2006 to 4.0% of total loans at December 31, 2010. Lending diversification for the Association also includes construction loans, which has generally not been a significant area of lending diversification for the Association. Construction loans comprised 0.5% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2010.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 7 |
|
Table 1.1
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
Historical Balance Sheet Data
6/30/06- | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12/31/10 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | At December 31, | Annual. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 | 2010 | 2010 | Growth Rate | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount | Pct(1) | Amount | Pct(1) | Amount | Pct(1) | Amount | Pct(1) | Amount | Pct(1) | Amount | Pct(1) | Pct | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
($000) | (%) | ($000) | (%) | ($000) | (%) | ($000) | (%) | ($000) | (%) | ($000) | (%) | (%) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Amount of: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
$ | 328,488 | 100.00 | % | $ | 326,425 | 100.00 | % | $ | 338,959 | 100.00 | % | $ | 377,158 | 100.00 | % | $ | 384,782 | 100.00 | % | $ | 404,911 | 100.00 | % | 4.76 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
8,640 | 2.63 | % | 5,826 | 1.78 | % | 3,658 | 1.08 | % | 11,902 | 3.16 | % | 6,836 | 1.78 | % | 6,655 | 1.64 | % | -5.64 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment securities/CDs |
104,819 | 31.91 | % | 97,443 | 29.85 | % | 103,033 | 30.40 | % | 124,870 | 33.11 | % | 125,747 | 32.68 | % | 138,127 | 34.11 | % | 6.32 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale |
| 0.00 | % | | 0.00 | % | | 0.00 | % | 156 | 0.04 | % | 460 | 0.12 | % | 242 | 0.06 | % | NM | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans receivable, net |
199,105 | 60.61 | % | 206,730 | 63.33 | % | 215,180 | 63.48 | % | 223,656 | 59.30 | % | 233,753 | 60.75 | % | 240,725 | 59.45 | % | 4.31 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FHLB stock |
3,536 | 1.08 | % | 3,688 | 1.13 | % | 3,121 | 0.92 | % | 3,121 | 0.83 | % | 3,121 | 0.81 | % | 3,121 | 0.77 | % | -2.74 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bank-owned life insurance |
5,985 | 1.82 | % | 3,121 | 0.96 | % | 6,469 | 1.91 | % | 6,723 | 1.78 | % | 6,978 | 1.81 | % | 7,108 | 1.76 | % | 3.90 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits |
$ | 271,932 | 82.78 | % | $ | 272,795 | 83.57 | % | $ | 269,944 | 79.64 | % | $ | 313,252 | 83.06 | % | $ | 320,557 | 83.31 | % | $ | 333,191 | 82.29 | % | 4.62 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Borrowings |
27,000 | 8.22 | % | 22,000 | 6.74 | % | 36,000 | 10.62 | % | 26,500 | 7.03 | % | 22,500 | 5.85 | % | 31,000 | 7.66 | % | 3.12 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity |
$ | 26,288 | 8.00 | % | $ | 27,054 | 8.29 | % | $ | 28,912 | 8.53 | % | $ | 33,256 | 8.82 | % | $ | 37,288 | 9.69 | % | $ | 36,720 | 9.07 | % | 7.71 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Full Service Banking Offices Open |
4 | 4 | 4 | 4 | 4 | 4 |
(1) | Ratios are as a percent of ending assets. |
Sources: | Iroquois Federals prospectus, audited and unaudited financial statements and RP Financial calculations. |
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 8 |
|
The intent of the Associations investment policy is to provide adequate liquidity and to generate a favorable return within the context of supporting Iroquois Federals overall credit and interest rate risk objectives. It is anticipated that proceeds retained at the holding company level will primarily be invested into a deposit at the Association or other short-term funds. Over the past five and one-half years, the Associations level of cash and investment securities (inclusive of FHLB stock) ranged from a low of 32.4% of assets at fiscal year end 2008 to a high 36.5% of assets at December 31, 2010. In recent years, the Association has emphasized investing in U.S. Government federal agency and government sponsored enterprises (GSEs) and such investments constituted the major portion of investment portfolio at December 31, 2010 ($122.3 million). Other investments held by the Association at December 31, 2010 consisted of mortgage-backed securities ($12.9 million), which are mortgage pass-through certificates that are guaranteed or insured by GSEs, and municipal bonds ($2.6 million). As of December 31, 2010, all investment securities were maintained as available for sale and the net unrealized gain on the investment portfolio equaled $746,000. Exhibit I-4 provides historical detail of the Associations investment portfolio. As of December 31, 2010, the Association also held FHLB stock of $3.1 million or 0.8% of assets, cash and cash equivalents amounting to $6.7 million or 1.6% of assets and CDs held in other financial institutions of $250,000.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 9 |
|
The Association also maintains an investment in bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) policies, which cover the lives of the Associations directors and officers. The purpose of the investment is to provide funding for the benefit plans of the covered individuals. The life insurance policies earn tax-exempt income through cash value accumulation and death proceeds. As of December 31, 2010, the cash surrender value of the Associations BOLI equaled $7.1 million.
Over the past five and one-half years, Iroquois Federals funding needs have been largely addressed through deposits and internal cash flows, with supplemental funding provided by borrowings and retained earnings. From fiscal year end 2006 through December 31, 2010, the Associations deposits increased at an annual rate of 4.6%. After declining slightly during fiscal year 2008, positive deposit growth was sustained over the past two and one-half fiscal years. The most significant deposit growth occurred during fiscal year 2009. Deposits as a percent of assets ranged from a low of 79.6% at fiscal year end 2008 to a high of 83.6% at fiscal year end 2007. As of December 31, 2010, the Associations deposits totaled $333.2 million or 82.3% of assets. CDs account for the largest concentration of the Associations deposits and comprised 62.15% of average deposits for the six months ended December 31, 2010. Transaction and savings account deposits comprised 37.85% of average deposits for the six months ended December 3,1 2010, with money market accounts comprising the largest portion of the Associations core deposits.
Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for the Association to address funding needs for growth and to support management of deposit costs and interest rate risk. From fiscal year end 2006 to December 31, 2010, borrowings increased at an annual rate of 3.1%. Borrowings ranged from a low of $22.0 million or 6.7% of assets at fiscal year end 2007 to a high of $36.0 million or 10.6% of assets at fiscal year end 2008. As of December 31, 2010, Iroquois Federal maintained $31.0 million of borrowings equal to 7.7% of assets. The Associations utilization of borrowings has generally been limited to FHLB advances and borrowings held by the Association at December 31, 2010 consisted entirely of FHLB advances.
Since fiscal year end 2006, retention of earnings and the adjustment for accumulated other comprehensive income translated into an annual capital growth rate of 7.7% for the Association. Capital growth outpaced the Associations asset growth
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 10 |
|
rate, as Iroquois Federals equity-to-assets ratio increased from 8.0% at year fiscal year end 2006 to 9.1% at December 31, 2010. All of the Associations capital is tangible capital and the Association maintained capital surpluses relative to all of its regulatory capital requirements at December 31, 2010. The addition of stock proceeds will serve to strengthen the Associations capital position, as well as support growth opportunities. At the same time, as the result of the significant increase that will be realized in the Associations pro forma capital position, Iroquois Federals ROE can be expected to initially decline from current returns
Income and Expense Trends
Table 1.2 shows the Associations historical income statements for the past five and one-half fiscal years. The Association reported positive earnings over the past five and one-half fiscal years, ranging from a low of 0.20% of average assets during fiscal year 2007 to a high of 0.79% of average assets for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. Net interest income and operating expenses represent the primary components of the Associations earnings. Non-interest operating income has been a solid and growing contributor to the Associations earnings, while loan loss provisions and gains and losses from the sale of investments and foreclosed assets have had a varied impact on the Associations earnings over the past five and one-half fiscal years. Notably, the higher return posted during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 was in part supported by an increase in gains on the sale of investment securities.
Over the past five and one-half fiscal years, the Associations net interest income to average assets ratio ranged from a low of 1.88% during fiscal year 2007 to a high of 2.91% during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. The positive trend in the net interest income ratio since fiscal year 2007 reflected a more significant decrease in the interest expense ratio relative to the interest income ratio. The increase in the Associations net interest income ratio since fiscal year 2007 has been facilitated by a wider yield-cost spread, as the decline in short-term interest rates and resulting steeper yield curve has provided for a more significant decline in the Associations funding costs relative to less rate sensitive interest-earning asset yields. Loan growth that was sustained by diversification into higher yielding types of loans also contributed to the increase in the Associations interest rate spread. Overall, the Associations interest rate spread increased from 1.88% during fiscal year 2007 to 3.01% during the six months ended December 31, 2010. The Associations net interest rate spreads and yields and costs for the past five and one-half fiscal years are set forth in Exhibits I-3 and I-5.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 11 |
|
Table 1.2
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
Historical Income Statements
For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, |
For the 12
months |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 | 2010 | Ended 12/31/10 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount | Pct(1) | Amount | Pct(1) | Amount | Pct(1) | Amount | Pct(1) | Amount | Pct(1) | Amount | Pct(1) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
($000) | (%) | ($000) | (%) | ($000) | (%) | ($000) | (%) | ($000) | (%) | ($000) | (%) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
$ | 14,665 | 4.63 | % | $ | 17,224 | 5.26 | % | $ | 18,142 | 5.45 | % | $ | 18,118 | 5.06 | % | $ | 17,761 | 4.58 | % | $ | 17,395 | 4.39 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(8,216 | ) | -2.59 | % | (11,058 | ) | -3.38 | % | (11,033 | ) | -3.32 | % | (8,663 | ) | -2.42 | % | (6,714 | ) | -1.73 | % | (5,833 | ) | -1.47 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income |
$ | 6,449 | 2.03 | % | $ | 6,166 | 1.88 | % | $ | 7,109 | 2.14 | % | $ | 9,455 | 2.64 | % | $ | 11,047 | 2.84 | % | $ | 11,562 | 2.91 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Provision for loan losses |
| 0.00 | % | (25 | ) | -0.01 | % | (47 | ) | -0.01 | % | (405 | ) | -0.11 | % | (1,875 | ) | -0.48 | % | (1,531 | ) | -0.39 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income after provisions |
$ | 6,449 | 2.03 | % | $ | 6,141 | 1.88 | % | $ | 7,062 | 2.12 | % | $ | 9,050 | 2.53 | % | $ | 9,172 | 2.36 | % | $ | 10,031 | 2.53 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other operating income |
$ | 2,078 | 0.66 | % | $ | 2,162 | 0.66 | % | $ | 2,324 | 0.70 | % | $ | 3,029 | 0.85 | % | $ | 2,932 | 0.76 | % | $ | 3,386 | 0.86 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating expense |
(7,011 | ) | -2.21 | % | (7,623 | ) | -2.33 | % | (7,247 | ) | -2.18 | % | (8,336 | ) | -2.33 | % | (9,118 | ) | -2.35 | % | (9,868 | ) | -2.49 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net operating income |
$ | 1,516 | 0.48 | % | $ | 680 | 0.21 | % | $ | 2,139 | 0.64 | % | $ | 3,743 | 1.05 | % | $ | 2,986 | 0.77 | % | $ | 3,549 | 0.90 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-Operating Income |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gain (loss) on sale of investments |
$ | 0 | 0.00 | % | $ | 0 | 0.00 | % | 158 | 0.05 | % | $ | 69 | 0.02 | % | $ | 1,108 | 0.29 | % | $ | 1,182 | 0.30 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gain (loss) on sale of foreclosed assets |
160 | 0.05 | % | 115 | 5.73 | % | 15 | 0.00 | % | (43 | ) | -0.01 | % | (28 | ) | -0.01 | % | 113 | 0.03 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gain (loss) on loans sold |
| 0.00 | % | | 0.00 | % | | | 0.00 | % | | 0.00 | % | | 0.00 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment on investements |
| 0.00 | % | | 0.00 | % | | 0.00 | % | | 0.00 | % | | 0.00 | % | | 0.00 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net non-operating income |
$ | 160 | 0.05 | % | $ | 115 | 0.04 | % | $ | 173 | 0.05 | % | $ | 26 | 0.01 | % | $ | 1,080 | 0.28 | % | $ | 1,295 | 0.33 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income before tax |
$ | 1,676 | 0.53 | % | $ | 795 | 0.24 | % | $ | 2,312 | 0.69 | % | $ | 3,769 | 1.05 | % | $ | 4,066 | 1.05 | % | $ | 4,844 | 1.22 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax provision |
(503 | ) | -0.16 | % | (130 | ) | -0.04 | % | (742 | ) | -0.22 | % | (1,362 | ) | -0.38 | % | (1,389 | ) | -0.36 | % | (1,719 | ) | -0.43 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 1,173 | 0.37 | % | $ | 665 | 0.20 | % | $ | 1,570 | 0.47 | % | $ | 2,407 | 0.67 | % | $ | 2,677 | 0.69 | % | $ | 3,125 | 0.79 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted Earnings |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 1,173 | 0.37 | % | $ | 665 | 0.20 | % | $ | 1,570 | 0.47 | % | $ | 2,407 | 0.67 | % | $ | 2,677 | 0.69 | % | $ | 3,125 | 0.79 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Add (Deduct): Net gain/(loss) on sale |
(160 | ) | -0.05 | % | (115 | ) | -0.04 | % | (173 | ) | -0.05 | % | (26 | ) | -0.01 | % | (1,080 | ) | -0.28 | % | (1,295 | ) | -0.33 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax effect (2) |
61 | 0.02 | % | 44 | 0.01 | % | 66 | 0.02 | % | 10 | 0.00 | % | 410 | 0.11 | % | 492 | 0.12 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted earnings |
$ | 1,074 | 0.34 | % | $ | 594 | 0.18 | % | $ | 1,463 | 0.44 | % | $ | 2,391 | 0.67 | % | $ | 2,007 | 0.52 | % | $ | 2,322 | 0.59 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Expense Coverage Ratio (3) |
0.92 | 0.81 | 0.98 | 1.13 | 1.21 | 1.17 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Efficiency Ratio (4) |
82.2 | % | 91.5 | % | 76.8 | % | 66.8 | % | 65.3 | % | 66.0 | % |
(1) | Ratios are as a percent of average assets. |
(2) | Assumes a 38.0% effective tax rate. |
(3) | Expense coverage ratio calculated as net interest income before provisions for loan losses divided by operating expenses. |
(4) | Efficiency ratio calculated as operating expenses divided by the sum of net interest income before provisions for loan losses plus other income (excluding net gains). |
Sources: | Iroquois Federals prospectus, audited & unaudited financial statements and RP Financial calculations. |
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 12 |
|
Non-interest operating income has been a growing contributor to the Associations earnings over the past five and one-half fiscal years, ranging from a low of 0.66% of average assets during fiscal years 2006 and 2007 to a high of 0.86% of average assets during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. Fees and service charges constitute the largest source of non-interest operating income for the Association, with other non-interest operating revenues derived from mortgage banking revenues, insurance commissions, income earned on BOLI and miscellaneous other revenue sources.
Operating expenses represent the other major component of the Associations earnings, ranging from a low of 2.18% of average assets during fiscal years 2006 and 2008 to a high of 2.49% of average assets during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. The upward trend in the Associations operating expense ratio since fiscal year 2008 has been in part related to adding personnel to facilitate implementation of planned growth strategies and management of information technology operations. A significant increase in FDIC insurance premiums was another factor that accounted for the higher operating expenses reported by the Association in recent years. Upward pressure will be placed on the Associations expense ratio following the stock offering, due to expenses associated with operating as a publicly-traded company, including expenses related to the stock benefit plans. At the same time, the increase in capital realized from the stock offering will increase the Associations capacity to leverage operating expenses through pursuing more aggressive growth of the balance sheet.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 13 |
|
Overall, the general trends in the Associations net interest margin and operating expense ratio since fiscal year 2006 reflect an increase in core earnings, as indicated by the Associations expense coverage ratio (net interest income divided by operating expenses). Iroquois Federals expense coverage ratio equaled 0.92 times during fiscal year 2006, versus a ratio of 1.17 times during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. The increase in the expense coverage ratio resulted from a more significant increase in the net interest income ratio compared to the operating expense ratio. Similarly, Iroquois Federals efficiency ratio (operating expenses, net of amortization of intangibles, as a percent of the sum of net interest income and other operating income) of 82.2% during fiscal year 2006 was less favorable than the 66.0% efficiency ratio posted for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.
Over the past five and one-half fiscal years, loan loss provisions established by the Association ranged from a low of no loan loss provisions established during fiscal year 2006 to a high of 0.48% of average assets during fiscal year 2010. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, loan loss provisions amounted to $1.5 million or 0.39% of average assets. An increase in non-performing loans, growth of higher risk types of loans and the impact of the recession on the local economy were factors that contributed to the higher loan loss provisions established by the Association in recent periods. As of December 31, 2010, the Association maintained valuation allowances of $2.7 million, equal to 1.13% of net loans receivable and 66.85% of total non-accruing loans and accruing loans delinquent 90 days or more. Exhibit I-6 sets forth the Associations loan loss allowance activity during the past five and one-half fiscal years.
Non-operating income over the past five and one-half fiscal years has typically had a fairly modest impact on the Associations earnings, consisting of gains on the sale of investment of securities and gains and losses on the sale of foreclosed assets. However, non-operating income was a comparatively larger contributor to the Associations earnings during fiscal year 2010 and during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, as the result of gains recorded on the sale of investment securities. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, non-operating gains amounted to $1.3 million or 0.33% of average assets and consisted of $1.2 million of gains on the sale of investment securities and $113,000 of gains on the sale of foreclosed assets. In general, the gains and losses recorded by Association were not viewed as part of the Associations core or recurring earnings.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 14 |
|
The Associations effective tax rate ranged from a low of 16.35% during fiscal year 2007 to a high of 36.14% during fiscal year 2009. As set forth in the prospectus, the Associations marginal effective statutory tax rate is 38.0%.
Interest Rate Risk Management
The Associations balance sheet is liability-sensitive in the short-term (less than one year) and, thus, the net interest margin will typically be adversely affected during periods of rising and higher interest rates, as well as in the interest rate environment that generally prevailed during 2006 and 2007 in which the yield curve was flat or inverted. Comparatively, the Associations interest rate spreads will tend to benefit when short-term interest rates decline and the yield curve steepens, such as the interest rate environment that has prevailed in recent years. As of December 31, 2010, the OTS Net Portfolio Value (NPV) analysis indicated that a 2.0% instantaneous and sustained increase in interest rates would result in a 20% decrease in Iroquois Federals NPV (see Exhibit I-7).
The Association pursues a number of strategies to manage interest rate risk, particularly with respect to seeking to limit the repricing mismatch between interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The Association manages interest rate risk from the asset side of the balance sheet through selling originations of longer term 1-4 family fixed rate loans to the secondary market, originating 1-4 family ARM loans for investment, maintaining investment securities as available for sale, laddering the maturities of the investment portfolio out to six and three-quarter years and diversifying into other types of lending beyond 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans which generally consists of shorter term fixed rate balloon loans or variable rate loans. As of June 30, 2010, of the Associations total loans due after June 30, 2011, ARM loans comprised 50.78% of those loans (see Exhibit I-8). On the liability side of the balance sheet, management of interest rate risk has been pursued through emphasizing growth of lower costing and less interest rate sensitive transaction and savings account deposits and utilizing longer term fixed rate FHLB advances. Transaction and savings account deposits comprised 37.85% of the Associations average deposits for the six months ended December 31, 2010.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 15 |
|
The infusion of stock proceeds will serve to further limit the Associations interest rate risk exposure, as most of the net proceeds will be redeployed into interest-earning assets and the increase in the Associations capital position will lessen the proportion of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding assets.
Lending Activities and Strategy
Iroquois Federals lending activities have traditionally emphasized 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans and such loans continue to comprise the largest component of the Associations loan portfolio. Beyond 1-4 family loans, lending diversification by the Association has emphasized commercial real estate/multi-family loans followed by consumer loans and commercial business loans. Other areas of lending diversification for the Association include home equity and construction loans. Going forward, the Associations lending strategy is to continue to emphasize diversification of the loan portfolio, particularly with respect to growth of commercial real estate and commercial business loans. The origination of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans is expected to remain an active area of lending for the Association, although growth of the 1-4 family loan portfolio will be limited as new loan production will be offset by the sale of most longer term fixed rate originations and repayments on the existing portfolio. The Associations general lending philosophy has been to limit its lending activities to local and familiar markets. Exhibit I-9 provides historical detail of Iroquois Federals loan portfolio composition over the past five and one-half fiscal years. Exhibit I-10 provides the contractual maturity of the Associations loan portfolio by loan type as of December 31, 2010.
Iroquois Federal offers both fixed rate and adjustable rate 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans, with most current originations consisting of fixed rate loans reflecting high demand for such loans in the low interest rate environment that has prevailed in recent years. Loans are underwritten to secondary market guidelines, as the
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 16 |
|
Associations current philosophy has been to sell most originations of fixed rate loans with terms of more than 15 years into the secondary market. Loans are sold on a servicing retained basis. ARM loans offered by the Association have initial repricing terms of one, three, five and seven years and then convert to a one-year ARM loan for the balance of the mortgage term. Fixed rate loans are offered for terms of 10 through 30 years. Residential loans are generated through the Associations in-house lending staff, walk-ins, on-line banking and third party referrals. As of December 31, 2010, the Associations outstanding balance of 1-4 family loans equaled $148.9 million or 61.0% of total loans outstanding.
The Associations 1-4 family lending activities include home equity loans and home equity lines of credit, which are offered as fixed and variable rate loans. Home equity lines of credit are tied to the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal. Home equity loans and lines of credit are offered for terms of up to 15 years consisting of a maximum five year draw period and 10 year term for repayment of the loan. The Association will originate home equity loans and lines of credit up to a maximum loan-to value (LTV) ratio of 90.0%, inclusive of other liens on the property. As of December 31, 2010, the Associations outstanding balance of home equity loans and home equity lines of credit equaled $9.7 million or 4.0% of total loans outstanding.
Construction loans originated by the Association consist of loans to finance the construction of 1-4 family residences and commercial/multi-family properties. The Associations 1-4 family construction lending activities generally consist of construction/permanent loans, which are originated up to a LTV ratio of 80.0%. Commercial real estate construction loans generally require a commitment for permanent financing to be in place prior to closing construction loan and are originated up to 80.0% of the completed appraised value of the property. Residential and commercial construction loans are interest only loans during the construction period. As of December 31, 2010, outstanding construction loans equaled $1.2 million or 0.5% of total loans outstanding.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 17 |
|
The balance of the mortgage loan portfolio consists of commercial real estate, multi-family and land loans, which are collateralized by properties in the Associations regional lending area. Iroquois Federal generally originates commercial real estate and multi-family loans up to a maximum LTV ratio of 75.0% and requires a minimum debt-coverage ratio of 1.2 times. Commercial real estate and multi-family loans are generally offered as balloon loans, with a balloon term of five years and amortization terms of up to 20 years. Properties securing the commercial real estate and multi-family loan portfolio include small office buildings, churches, restaurants and apartment buildings. Land loans consist substantially of properties that will be used for residential development and are typically extended up to a LTV ratio of 75.0%. Land loans are generally prime rate based loans for terms of up to five years. The largest commercial real estate/multi-family or land loan in the Associations loan portfolio at December 31, 2010 was a $5.8 million loan secured by apartment buildings and was performing in accordance with its terms at December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2010, the Associations outstanding balance of commercial real estate, multi-family and land loans totaled $52.2 million or 21.4% of total loans outstanding.
Iroquois Federals diversification into non-mortgage loans is fairly evenly distributed between consumer loans and commercial business loans. Beyond home equity loans and line of credit, the Associations consumer lending activities have been concentrated in automobile loans. Auto loans are originated directly with the consumer and indirectly through relationships with local dealerships. The remaining balance of the Associations consumer loan portfolio consists largely of loans secured by deposits and other types of installment loans. As of December 31, 2010, the Associations outstanding balance of consumer loans equaled $16.8 million or 6.9% of total loans outstanding and included $10.8 million of auto loans.
The commercial business loan portfolio is generated through extending loans to businesses operating in the local market area. Commercial business loans offered by the Association consist of prime rate based loans, as well as fixed rate loans which are generally secured by equipment. Commercial business loans are generally offered for terms of up to five years. Loans secured by business assets such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment account for the major portion of the Associations commercial loan portfolio, while the portfolio also includes a limited amount of
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 18 |
|
unsecured loans. Expansion of commercial business and commercial real estate lending activities are areas of lending emphasis for the Association, pursuant to which the Association is seeking to become a full service community bank to its commercial loan customers through offering a full range of commercial loan products that can be packaged with lower cost commercial deposit products. As of December 31, 2010, Iroquois Federals outstanding balance of commercial business loans equaled $15.5 million or 6.3% of total loans outstanding.
Exhibit I-11 provides a summary of the Associations lending activities over the past three and one-half fiscal years. Total loans originated increased from $63.0 million in fiscal year 2008 to $81.8 million in fiscal year 2009, but then decreased to $67.7 million in fiscal year 2010. For the six months ended December 31, 2010, total loans originated equaled $51.6 million. Fluctuations in the Associations lending volumes were largely related to increases and decreases in 1-4 family loans originated. Loans secured by 1-4 family properties comprised the largest source of originations during the past three and one-half fiscal years, followed by originations of commercial real estate and multi-family loans. Originations of 1-4 family loans accounted for approximately 53% of total loans originated during the past three and one-half fiscal years and approximately 38% of the Associations 1- 4 family loan originations were sold during the past three and one-half fiscal years. The Association did not purchase any loans during the past three and one-half fiscal years. Loan originations exceeded loans sold and principal repayments during the past three and one-half fiscal years, which provided for a positive trend in loans receivable since year fiscal year end 2007. Overall, net loans receivable increased from $206.7 million at fiscal year end 2007 to $240.7 million at December 31, 2010.
Asset Quality
The Associations historical 1-4 family lending emphasis and emphasis on lending in local and familiar markets have generally supported the maintenance of relatively favorable credit quality measures. However, with the onset of the recession and less favorable real estate market conditions, the Association has experienced some
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 19 |
|
credit quality deterioration in its loan portfolio in recent years Over the past five and one-half fiscal years, Iroquois Federals balance of non-performing assets, consisting of non-accruing loans, accruing loans 90 days or more past due and repossess assets, ranged from a low of 0.16% of assets at fiscal year end 2007 to a high of 1.13% of assets at fiscal year end 2010. As shown in Exhibit I-12, non-performing assets at December 31, 2010 totaled $4.4 million or 1.10% of assets. The non-performing assets balance at December 31, 2010 consisted of $3.5 million of non-accruing loans, $511,000 of accruing loans 90 days or more past due and $386,000 of reposed assets. The major portion of the non-performing assets balance at December 31, 2010 consisted of 1-4 family loans or 1-4 family residences that were held as real estate owned.
To track the Associations asset quality and the adequacy of valuation allowances, Iroquois Federal has established detailed asset classification policies and procedures which are consistent with regulatory guidelines. Detailed asset classifications are reviewed quarterly by senior management and the Board. Pursuant to these procedures, when needed, the Association establishes additional valuation allowances to cover anticipated losses in classified or non-classified assets. As of December 31, 2010, the Association maintained valuation allowances of $2.7 million, equal to 1.13% of net loans receivable and 66.95% of non-accruing loans and accruing loans 90 days or more past due.
Funding Composition and Strategy
Deposits have consistently served as the Associations primary funding source and at December 31, 2010 deposits accounted for 91.5% of Iroquois Federals interest-bearing funding composition. Exhibit I-13 sets forth the Associations deposit composition for the past three and one-half fiscal years and Exhibit I-14 provides the interest rate and maturity composition of the CD portfolio at December 31, 2010. CDs constitute the largest component of the Associations deposit composition, although the concentration of CDs comprising total deposits has declined in recent years reflecting a comparatively stronger growth rate for the Associations transaction and savings
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 20 |
|
account deposits. For the six months ended December 31, 2010, the balance of CDs averaged $206.5 million or 62.15% of average deposits, versus comparable measures of $199.1 million and 72.08% of average deposits during fiscal year 2008. CDs with scheduled maturities of one year or less comprised 75.3% of the Associations CDs at December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2010, jumbo CDs (CD accounts with balances of $100,000 or more) amounted to $80.6 million or 38.8% of total CDs. The Association maintained $6.0 million of brokered deposit at December 31, 2010.
For the six month ended December 31, 2010, the average balance of the Associations savings and transaction accounts was $125.8 million or 37.85% of average deposits. Comparatively, the average balance of core deposits was $77.1 million or 27.92% of average deposits for fiscal year 2008. Over the past three and one-half fiscal years, money market accounts have been the primary source of the Associations core deposit growth. Money market account deposits comprise the largest concentration of the Associations core deposits and for the six months ended December 31, 2010 money market account deposits comprised 56.6% of the average balance of core deposits.
Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for the Association to facilitate management of funding costs and interest rate risk. The Associations utilization of borrowings has generally been maintained at less than 10% of assets over the past five and one-half fiscal years. The Association maintained $31.0 million of FHLB advances at December 31, 2010 with a weighted average rate of 2.83%. FHLB advances held by the Association at December 31, 2010 consisted of a mix of short- and long-term borrowings, with maturities on long-term borrowings currently extending out beyond five years. Over the past five and one-half fiscal years, FHLB advances have been the only source of borrowings utilized by the Association. Exhibit I-15 provides further detail of the Associations borrowings activities during the past three and one-half fiscal years.
Subsidiary Activities and Affiliations
L.C.I. Service Corporation is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Iroquois Federal. L.C.I. Service Corporation offers insurance products through Iroquois Insurance Agency.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I. 21 |
|
Iroquois Financial Services, which is a division of Iroquois Federal, offers brokerage and investment advisory services through an affiliation with Raymond James Financial Services, Inc.
Legal Proceedings
Iroquois Federal is not currently party to any pending legal proceedings that the Associations management believes would have a material adverse effect on the Associations financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
MARKET AREA
II.1 |
|
II. MARKET AREA
Introduction
Organized in 1883, the Association is headquartered in Watseka, Illinois. The headquarters office and a branch office are located in Iroquois County, Illinois. Two additional branches are located in Vermilion County, Illinois, located directly south of Iroquois County. The Association also maintains a loan production office in Osage Beach, Missouri, which is in central Missouri. Iroquois and Vermilion Counties are located along the eastern portion of the state of Illinois, south of Chicago, The city of Watseka, which has a population of approximately 5,500, is located in the rural eastern portion of the county approximately 15 miles from the Illinois-Indiana border and approximately 100 miles south of Chicago. Exhibit II-1 provides information on the Associations office properties.
Future growth opportunities for the Association depend on the future growth and stability of the local and regional economy, demographic growth trends, and the nature and intensity of the competitive environment. These factors have been briefly examined to help determine the growth potential that exists for the Association, the relative economic health of the Associations market area, and the resultant impact on value.
National Economic Factors
The future success of the Associations operations is partially dependent upon national economic factors and trends. In assessing national economic trends over the past few quarter, economic data at the start of the third quarter 2010 continued to show a mixed picture for the economy. Growth in manufacturing activity slowed in July, while service sector activity expanded in July. Employment data for July showed a loss of 131,000 jobs, while the unemployment rate held steady at 9.5%. Retail sales and wholesale production were up slightly in July and the index of leading indicators also showed a modest increase in July. Housing starts were up in July, but single-family housing starts were down in July. Sales of existing homes plunged to 15-year lows in July and new home sales were down sharply in July as well. A weak reading for July
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
MARKET AREA
II.2 |
|
durable goods order further underscored that the economy was losing momentum. In contrast to general trends pointing towards a slowing economy, manufacturing activity accelerated in August. At the same time, U.S. job losses continued to mount in August and the national unemployment rate for August edged up to 9.6%. Despite modest improvement in the August housing numbers, the data continued to indicate that the housing market continued to face a long recovery. Increases in business spending and durable-goods orders (excluding transportation) were among the bright spots coming out of the August data.
Manufacturing activity expanded in September 2010 for a 14 th straight month, but at a slower rate than the previous month. Comparatively, the service sector expanded at a faster rate in September, allaying fears that the economy would slip back into a recession. The September employment report showed job losses of 95,000, while the unemployment rate held steady at 9.6%. New and existing home sales increased in September, but the overall level of sales remained very weak. Retail sales rose for a third straight month in September, but industrial output for September was down slightly. The index of leading economic indicators rose slightly in September, suggesting the economy would keep growing but slowly. Third quarter GDP grew at a 2.5% annual rate (subsequently revised to 2.6%), which was slightly better than the 1.7% GDP growth rate posted during the second quarter.
The U.S. economy added 151,000 jobs in October as private-sector hiring picked up, but the unemployment rate remained at 9.6%. Manufacturing for October was at its highest level since May and retail sales for October were up for a fourth straight month in October. The index of leading economic indicators rose in October, but the housing sector continued to struggle as existing and new home sales fell in October amid weak demand and concerns about the foreclosure process. Orders for durable goods unexpectedly plunged 3.3% in October, which was the largest drop in 21 months. Manufacturing activity expanded for a 16 th straight month in November, but the growth remained too weak to bring down high unemployment. November employment data showed 39,000 jobs were added to the U.S. economy, which was fewer than expected, and the November unemployment rate jumped to 9.8%. On the positive side, retail
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
MARKET AREA
II.3 |
|
sales and industrial production rose in November, while housing starts increased modestly in November. New and existing home sales edged up from October to November, but were well below year ago levels. Manufacturing activity remained a bright spot for the economic recovery in December, as industrial production continued to climb in December. In fact, factory jobs in the U.S. grew 1.2% during 2010, the first increase since 1997. While the December unemployment rate dropped to 9.4%, the 103,000 jobs added in December were less than expected. Existing home sales showed a strong percentage increase in December, but remained at a relatively low level by historical standards. Durable-goods orders were up in December, after stripping out aircraft orders which decreased in December. Fourth quarter GDP rose 3.2% (subsequently revised to 2.8%), which was in line with pre-recession growth.
Economic data for January 2011 generally showed an improving economy, while housing remained a soft spot in the economic recovery. Manufacturing activity continued to expand in January 2011, jumping to its highest level in 2004. The jobs report for January showed 36,000 jobs were added, which was far less than expected. However, the January unemployment rate dropped to 9.0%. New home construction declined slightly in January, as new home sales faced increasing completion from the large number of foreclosed homes put on the market. Existing home sales were up 2.7% in January, while new home sales plunged 12.6% in January. Home prices continued to decline in most major metropolitan areas through the end of 2010. Durable goods orders were up in January, which was driven by a jump in orders for aircraft and other transportation equipment.
In terms of interest rates trends over the past few quarters, signs of a slowing economy and tame inflation readings provided for a relatively stable interest rate environment through most of July 2010 and mortgage rates dropped to historic lows. A weak employment report for July continued to support a downward trend in Treasury yields in early-August. Treasury yields dropped to 16-month lows heading into mid-August, as investors bought Treasurys in a flight to safety amid worries over slowing growth. More signs of slower growth continued a slight downward trend in long-term Treasury yields into late-August. Strong reports for manufacturing and service sector
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
MARKET AREA
II.4 |
|
activity in August contributed to long-term Treasury yields edging higher during the first half of September. The Federal Reserve concluded its September meeting with no change in its target rate and signaled they were moving towards taking new steps to bolster the economy. The Federal Reserves statement along with housing data for August indicating a long recovery for the housing market depressed long-term Treasury yields in the second half of September.
Treasury yields declined further at the start of fourth quarter of 2010, reflecting growing expectations that the Federal Reserve would start buying more U.S. debt following a disappointing jobs report that showed private employers cut jobs in September. The yield on the 10-year Treasury note dipped below 2.4% in early-October and then edged higher in mid-October following a weak sale of 30-year Treasury bonds. Interest rates stabilized during the second half of October, amid signs that the economy would continue to grow slowly and inflation would remain low. The Federal Reserves announcement that it would purchase $600 billion of Treasury bonds to spur the economy pushed long-term Treasury yields lower in early-November, which was followed by an upturn in Treasury yields in mid-November. Stronger than expected retail sales for October and profit taking were noted factors contributing to the decline in Treasury prices. Treasury yields eased lower in late-November amid a flight to safety based on worries about Irelands debt problems and North Koreas attack of a South Korean island. An apparent agreement by Congress to extend the Bush-era tax cuts pushed the ten year Treasury yield back above 3.0%. While inflation readings for November remained low, Treasury yields spiked higher in mid-December on signs of stronger economic growth and then stabilized for the balance of 2010.
News that private sector hiring increased in December pushed Treasury yields at the start of 2011, with the yield on the 10-year Treasury note approaching 3.5%. Treasury yields eased lower heading into mid-January, as the December producer price index showed only a modest increase after factoring out food and energy prices. Stronger than expected existing home sales provided for a brief spike in long-term Treasury yields heading into late-January, The Federal Reserve concluded its late-January meeting electing to keep its target rate the same and that would continue to
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
MARKET AREA
II.5 |
|
maintain the bond purchase programs. Treasury yields eased lower in late-January, as investors sought the safe haven of Treasury amid the political turmoil in Egypt. Higher wholesale and consumer prices in January, along with more indications that the economic recovery was gaining momentum, pushed Treasury yields higher heading into mid-February. Treasury yields dipped in late-February, as investors moved into lower risk investments amid the growing turmoil in Libya. As of February 25, 2011, the bond equivalent yields for U.S. Treasury bonds with terms of one and ten years equaled 0.28% and 3.46%, respectively, versus comparable year ago yields of 0.32% and 3.64%. Exhibit II-2 provides historical interest rate trends.
Based on the consensus outlook of 51 economists surveyed by The Wall Street Journal in early-February 2011, the economy is expected to expand by at least a 3.0% annual rate in each quarter of 2011 and on average increase by 3.5% for all of 2011. Most of the economists expect that unemployment rate will decrease in 2011, but the pace of job growth will only serve to bring the unemployment rate down slowly. On average, the economists expect that the unemployment rate will be 8.6% at the end of 2011, with the economy adding around 2.2 million jobs in 2011. On average, the economists did not expect the Federal Reserve to begin raising its target rate until 2012 and the yield on the 10-year Treasury will reach 4.07% by December 2011. The surveyed economists also forecasted home prices would decline on average in 2011 and new home construction would remain at historical low levels.
Market Area Demographics
Table 2.1 presents information regarding demographic trends for the Associations market area counties from 2000 to 2010 and projected through 2015. Data for the nation and the state of Illinois is included for comparative purposes. The data indicates that Iroquois County and Vermilion County maintained populations of 30,000 and 81,000, respectively, in 2010. Iroquois Countys population decreased at a 0.3% annual rate from 2000 to 2010, while Vermilion Countys population decreased at a 0.4% annual rate over the same time period. Comparatively, annual population growth rates for Illinois and the U.S. equaled 0.5% and 1.0%, respectively, over the past decade. Consistent with the past decade, the Associations primary market counties are projected to experience slight decreases in population over the next five years. Household growth trends paralleled population growth trends, as Iroquois and Vermilion Counties experienced slight decreases in households during the past decade and that trend is projected to continue over the next five years.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
MARKET AREA
II.6 |
|
Table 2.1
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
Summary Demographic Data
Year | Growth Rate | |||||||||||||||||||
2000 | 2010 | 2015 | 2000-2010 | 2010-2015 | ||||||||||||||||
Population (000) |
||||||||||||||||||||
United States |
281,422 | 311,213 | 323,209 | 1.0 | % | 0.8 | % | |||||||||||||
Illinois |
12,419 | 13,090 | 13,269 | 0.5 | % | 0.3 | % | |||||||||||||
Iroquois County |
31 | 30 | 30 | -0.3 | % | -0.3 | % | |||||||||||||
Vermilion County |
84 | 81 | 79 | -0.4 | % | -0.4 | % | |||||||||||||
Households (000) |
||||||||||||||||||||
United States |
105,480 | 116,761 | 121,360 | 1.0 | % | 0.8 | % | |||||||||||||
Illinois |
4,592 | 4,838 | 4,904 | 0.5 | % | 0.3 | % | |||||||||||||
Iroquois County |
12 | 12 | 12 | -0.2 | % | -0.3 | % | |||||||||||||
Vermilion County |
33 | 32 | 32 | -0.4 | % | -0.4 | % | |||||||||||||
Median Household Income ($) |
||||||||||||||||||||
United States |
$ | 42,164 | $ | 54,442 | $ | 61,189 | 2.6 | % | 2.4 | % | ||||||||||
Illinois |
46,635 | 60,254 | 69,034 | 2.6 | % | 2.8 | % | |||||||||||||
Iroquois County |
38,036 | 46,174 | 51,593 | 2.0 | % | 2.2 | % | |||||||||||||
Vermilion County |
33,981 | 42,424 | 48,764 | 2.2 | % | 2.8 | % | |||||||||||||
Per Capita Income ($) |
||||||||||||||||||||
United States |
$ | 21,587 | $ | 26,739 | $ | 30,241 | 2.2 | % | 2.5 | % | ||||||||||
Illinois |
23,104 | 28,233 | 32,670 | 2.0 | % | 3.0 | % | |||||||||||||
Iroquois County |
18,435 | 21,679 | 24,438 | 1.6 | % | 2.4 | % | |||||||||||||
Vermilion County |
16,787 | 20,341 | 23,112 | 1.9 | % | 2.6 | % | |||||||||||||
Less Than | $ | 25,000 to | $ | 50,000 to | ||||||||||||||||
2010 HH Income Dist. (%) |
$ | 25,000 | 50,000 | 100,000 | $ | 100,000 + | ||||||||||||||
United States |
20.8 | % | 24.7 | % | 35.7 | % | 18.8 | % | ||||||||||||
Illinois |
18.5 | % | 22.2 | % | 39.0 | % | 20.2 | % | ||||||||||||
Iroquois County |
22.9 | % | 29.7 | % | 39.7 | % | 7.7 | % | ||||||||||||
Vermilion County |
27.5 | % | 30.6 | % | 35.3 | % | 6.7 | % |
Source: | SNL Financial. |
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
MARKET AREA
II.7 |
|
Examination of median household income and per capita income measures, further highlight the rural nature of the Associations market area. The 2010 median household income and per capital income measures for Iroquois and Vermilion Counties were well below the comparable Illinois and the U.S. measures. In comparison to Illinois and the U.S., the primary market area counties showed slightly lower growth rates for household and per capita income over the past decade. Over the next five years, growth rates for median household income and per capita income are projected to increase slightly in the primary market area counties, with Vermilion Countys projected growth rate for median household income matching the comparable Illinois growth rate. The rural nature of the Associations market area counties is further evidenced by the household income distribution measures, as both counties maintain higher percentages of household incomes of less than $25,000 and lower percentages of households with incomes over $100,000 relative to the Illinois and the U.S.
Local Economy
Table 2.2 provides an overview of employment by sector, for the state of Illinois, Iroquois County and Vermilion County. The Associations primary market area has a fairly diversified local economy, with employment in services, wholesale/retail trade, and government serving as the basis of the Iroquois County and Vermilion County economies. Manufacturing jobs, which tend to be higher paying jobs, is also a large source of employment in Vermilion County, while agriculture jobs maintain a prominent role in the Iroquois County economy.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
MARKET AREA
II.8 |
|
Table 2.2
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
Primary Market Area Employment Sectors
(Percent of Labor Force)(1)
Employment Sector |
Illinois |
Iroquois
County |
Vermilion
County |
|||||||||
(% of Total Employment) | ||||||||||||
Services |
38.7 | % | 28.6 | % | 27.1 | % | ||||||
Wholesale/Retail Trade |
14.1 | % | 16.7 | % | 17.1 | % | ||||||
Government |
11.8 | % | 11.3 | % | 15.6 | % | ||||||
Finance/Insurance/Real Esate |
10.3 | % | 8.8 | % | 7.2 | % | ||||||
Manufacturing |
8.9 | % | 6.3 | % | 14.4 | % | ||||||
Construction |
5.3 | % | 7.0 | % | 3.8 | % | ||||||
Transportation/Utility |
4.4 | % | NA | 4.8 | % | |||||||
Arts/Entertainment/Rec. |
2.0 | % | 1.0 | % | 1.1 | % | ||||||
Agriculture |
1.0 | % | 10.6 | % | 2.4 | % | ||||||
Other |
3.5 | % | 9.7 | % | 6.4 | % | ||||||
Total |
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % |
(1) | As of 2008 |
Source: | REIS DataSource. |
Unemployment Trends
Comparative unemployment rates for the primary market area counties, as well as for the U.S. and Illinois, are shown in Table 2.3. December 2010 unemployment rates for Iroquois County and Vermilion County were 9.0% and 10.2%, respectively, versus comparable Illinois and U.S. unemployment rates of 8.8% and 9.4%, respectively. The December 2010 unemployment rates for both of the primary market area counties were lower compared to a year ago, which was consistent with the national and state unemployment rate trends.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
MARKET AREA
II.9 |
|
Table 2.3
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
Unemployment Trends (1)
December 2009 | December 2010 | |||||||
Region |
Unemployment | Unemployment | ||||||
United States |
10.0 | % | 9.4 | % | ||||
Illinois |
10.8 | 8.8 | ||||||
Iroquois County, IL |
11.9 | 9.0 | ||||||
Vermilion County, IL |
12.5 | 10.2 |
(1) | Unemployment rates have not been seasonally adjusted. |
Source: | U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. |
Market Area Deposit Characteristics and Trends
Table 2.4 displays deposit market trends from June 30, 2006 through June 30, 2010 for the Association, as well as for the state of Illinois. Consistent with the state of Illinois, commercial banks maintained a larger market share of deposits than savings institutions in the Associations primary market area counties. For the four year period covered in Table 2.4, savings institutions experienced a decrease in deposit market share in Illinois, however gained market share in both primary market area counties. The Association maintains approximately the same of amount of deposits in Iroquois County and Vermilion County. The Associations $164.3 million of deposits in Iroquois County represented a 22.3% market share of thrift and bank deposits at June 30, 2010. Comparatively, the Vermilion County branches had $158.8 million in deposits and a 15.3% market share of total bank and thrift deposits at June 30, 2010. The Associations deposit market share in both counties increased during the four year period covered in Table 2.4.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
MARKET AREA
II.10 |
|
Table 2.4
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
Deposit Summary
As of June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2006 | 2010 | Deposit | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits |
Market
Share |
Number of
Branches |
Deposits |
Market
Share |
No. of
Branches |
Growth Rate
2006-2010 |
||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars In Thousands) | (%) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposit Summary |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
State of Illinois |
$ | 329,563,000 | 100.0 | % | 4,770 | $ | 360,845,000 | 100.0 | % | 4,941 | 2.3 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Commercial Banks |
292,870,000 | 88.9 | % | 4,248 | 337,177,000 | 93.4 | % | 4,665 | 3.6 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Savings Institutions |
36,693,000 | 11.1 | % | 522 | 23,668,000 | 6.6 | % | 276 | -10.4 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Iroquois County, IL |
$ | 655,412 | 100.0 | % | 25 | $ | 735,980 | 100.0 | % | 130 | 2.9 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Commercial Banks |
500,361 | 76.3 | % | 22 | 550,901 | 74.9 | % | 120 | 2.4 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Savings Institutions |
155,051 | 23.7 | % | 3 | 185,079 | 25.1 | % | 10 | 4.5 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Iroquois Federal |
140,596 | 21.5 | % | 2 | 164,252 | 22.3 | % | 2 | 4.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Vermillion County, IL |
$ | 1,005,295 | 100.0 | % | 35 | $ | 1,039,399 | 100.0 | % | 32 | 0.8 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Commercial Banks |
852,853 | 84.8 | % | 32 | 856,824 | 82.4 | % | 29 | 0.1 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Savings Institutions |
152,442 | 15.2 | % | 3 | 182,575 | 17.6 | % | 3 | 4.6 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Iroquois Federal |
131,612 | 13.1 | % | 2 | 158,802 | 15.3 | % | 2 | 4.8 | % |
Source: FDIC.
Competition
Competition among financial institutions in the Associations market area is significant, particularly in light of the rural nature of the markets that are served by the Associations branches. Among the Associations competitors are much larger and more diversified institutions, which have greater resources than maintained by the Association. Financial institution competitors in the Associations primary market area include other locally based thrifts and banks, as well as regional, super regional and money center banks. From a competitive standpoint, the Association has sought to emphasize its community orientation in the markets served by its branches. Iroquois Federal holds the largest market share of deposits in Iroquois County among a total of 13 banking institutions and the Association holds the third largest market share of deposits in Vermilion County among a total of 16 banking institutions. Table 2.5 lists the Associations largest competitors in the two counties currently served by its branches, based on deposit market share as noted parenthetically.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
MARKET AREA
II.11 |
|
Table 2.5
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
Market Area Deposit Competitors
Location | Name | |
Iroquois County | First T&SB of Watseka (20.93%) | |
Iroquois Farmers State Bank (9.19%) | ||
Federated Bank (8.01%) | ||
Mainsource Bank (6.44%) | ||
Iroquois FS&LA (22.3%) Rank: 1 of 13 | ||
Vermilion County | Old National Bank (17.93%) | |
First Financial Bank (16.86%) | ||
First Midwest Bank (15.25%) | ||
Community Bank (5.97%) | ||
Iroquois FS&LA (15.3%) Rank: 3 of 16 |
Source: | FDIC |
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.1 |
|
III. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
This chapter presents an analysis of Iroquois Federals operations versus a group of comparable savings institutions (the Peer Group) selected from the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions in a manner consistent with the regulatory valuation guidelines. The basis of the pro forma market valuation of Iroquois Federal is derived from the pricing ratios of the Peer Group institutions, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences in relation to the Peer Group. Since no Peer Group can be exactly comparable to Iroquois Federal, key areas examined for differences are: financial condition; profitability, growth and viability of earnings; asset growth; primary market area; dividends; liquidity of the shares; marketing of the issue; management; and effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.
Peer Group Selection
The Peer Group selection process is governed by the general parameters set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines. Accordingly, the Peer Group is comprised of only those publicly-traded savings institutions whose common stock is either listed on a national exchange (NYSE or AMEX), or is NASDAQ listed, since their stock trading activity is regularly reported and generally more frequent than non-publicly traded and closely-held institutions. Institutions that are not listed on a national exchange or NASDAQ are inappropriate, since the trading activity for thinly-traded or closely-held stocks is typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus may not be a reliable indicator of market value. We have also excluded from the Peer Group those companies under acquisition or subject to rumored acquisition, mutual holding companies and recent conversions, since their pricing ratios are subject to unusual distortion and/or have limited trading history. A recent listing of the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions is included as Exhibit III-1.
Ideally, the Peer Group, which must have at least 10 members to comply with the regulatory valuation guidelines, should be comprised of locally- or regionally-based institutions with comparable resources, strategies and financial characteristics. There
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.2 |
|
are approximately 148 publicly-traded institutions nationally and, thus, it is typically the case that the Peer Group will be comprised of institutions with relatively comparable characteristics. To the extent that differences exist between the converting institution and the Peer Group, valuation adjustments will be applied to account for the differences. Since Iroquois Federal will be a fully-converted public company upon completion of the offering, we considered only fully-converted public companies to be viable candidates for inclusion in the Peer Group. In the selection process for Iroquois Federals Peer Group, we applied one screen to the universe of all public companies that were eligible for consideration:
|
Screen #1 Midwest institutions with assets between $250 million and $1.250 billion, tangible equity-to-assets ratios greater than 6.5% and positive core earnings. Ten companies met the criteria for Screen #1 and all ten were included in the Peer Group: CFS Bancorp, Inc. of Indiana, First Capital, Inc. of Indiana, First Clover Leaf Financial Corp. of Illinois, First Savings Financial Group of Indiana, HF Financial Corp. of South Dakota, HopFed Bancorp, Inc. of Kentucky, LSB Financial Corp. of Indiana, North Central Bancshares of Iowa, River Valley Bancorp of Indiana and Wayne Savings Bancshares of Ohio. Exhibit III-2 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of all publicly-traded Midwest thrifts. |
Table 3.1 shows the general characteristics of each of the 10 Peer Group companies and Exhibit III-3 provides summary demographic and deposit market share data for the primary market areas served by each of the Peer Group companies. While there are expectedly some differences between the Peer Group companies and Iroquois Federal, we believe that the Peer Group companies, on average, provide a good basis for valuation subject to valuation adjustments. The following sections present a comparison of Iroquois Federals financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, interest rate risk and credit risk versus the Peer Group as of the most recent publicly available date.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.3 |
|
Table 3.1
Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts
May 28, 2010
Operating | Total | Fiscal | Conv. | Stock | Market | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ticker |
Financial Institution |
Exchange |
Primary Market |
Strategy(1) |
Assets(2) | Offices | Year | Date | Price | Value | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
($) | ($Mil) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
HFFC | HF Financial Corp. of SD | NASDAQ | Sioux Falls, SD | Thrift | $ | 1,226 | 33 | 06-30 | 04/92 | $ | 10.99 | $ | 77 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
CITZ | CFS Bancorp, Inc. of Munster IN | NASDAQ | Munster, IN | Thrift | $ | 1,122 | 22 | 12-31 | 07/98 | $ | 5.80 | $ | 63 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
HFBC | HopFed Bancorp, Inc. of KY | NASDAQ | Hopkinsville, KY | Thrift | $ | 1,121 | S | 18 | 12-31 | 02/98 | $ | 9.45 | $ | 69 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
FCLF | First Clover Leaf Financial Corp of IL | NASDAQ | Edwardsville, IL | Thrift | $ | 579 | S | 4 | 12-31 | 07/06 | $ | 7.10 | $ | 56 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
FSFG | First Savings Financial Group of IN | NASDAQ | Clarksville, IN | Thrift | $ | 515 | 12 | 09-30 | 12/08 | $ | 16.65 | $ | 39 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
FFFD | North Central Bancshares of IA | NASDAQ | Fort Dodge, IA | Thrift | $ | 456 | S | 11 | 12-31 | 03/96 | $ | 16.96 | $ | 23 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
FCAP | First Capital, Inc. of IN | NASDAQ | Corydon, IN | Thrift | $ | 452 | S | 13 | 12-31 | 01/99 | $ | 16.20 | $ | 45 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
WAYN | Wayne Savings Bancshares of OH | NASDAQ | Wooster, OH | Thrift | $ | 410 | 11 | 03-31 | 01/03 | $ | 8.44 | $ | 25 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
LSBI | LSB Financial Corp of Lafayette IN | NASDAQ | Lafayette, IN | Thrift | $ | 385 | S | 5 | 12-31 | 02/95 | $ | 15.63 | $ | 24 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
RIVR | River Valley Bancorp of IN | NASDAQ | Madison, IN | Thrift | $ | 382 | S | 10 | 12-31 | 12/96 | $ | 15.01 | $ | 23 |
NOTES: | (1) Operating strategies are: Thrift=Traditional Thrift, M.B.=Mortgage Banker, R.E.=Real Estate Developer, Div.=Diversified and Ret.=Retail Banking. |
(2) Most recent quarter end available (E=Estimated and P=Pro Forma). |
Source: | SNL Financial, LC. |
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.4 |
|
In addition to the selection criteria used to identify the Peer Group companies, a summary description of the key comparable characteristics of each of the Peer Group companies relative to Iroquois Federals characteristics is detailed below.
|
CFS Bancorp, Inc. of Indiana. Selected due to comparable interest-bearing funding composition, comparable impact of loan loss provisions on earnings, similar earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income and lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans. |
|
First Capital, Inc. of Indiana. Selected due to comparable asset size, similar interest-bearing funding composition, comparable return on average assets, similar earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income, comparable concentration of 1-4 family loans and mortgage-backed securities in total comprising assets, lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans and relatively favorable credit quality. |
|
First Clover Leaf Financial Corp. of Illinois. Selected due to Illinois market area, same size of branch network, similar interest-bearing funding composition, and lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans. |
|
First Savings Financial Group of Indiana. Selected due to comparable impact of loan loss provisions on earnings, similar earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income, comparable concentration of 1-4 family loans and mortgage-backed securities in total comprising assets, lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans and relatively favorable credit quality. |
|
HF Financial Corp. of South Dakota. Selected due to similar earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income, comparable concentration of 1-4 family loans and mortgage-backed securities in total comprising assets and lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans. |
|
HopFed Bancorp, Inc. of Kentucky. Selected due to similar interest-earning assets composition, comparable return on average assets, similar net interest margin, comparable impact of loan loss provisions on earnings, similar earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income, comparable level of operating expenses as a percent of average assets and lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans. |
|
LSB Financial Corp. of Indiana. Selected due to comparable asset size, similar size of branch network, similar interest-bearing funding composition, similar earnings contributions from sources of non-interest operating income, comparable concentration of 1-4 family loans comprising assets and lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans. |
|
North Central Bancshares of Iowa. Selected due to comparable asset size, similar interest-bearing funding composition and lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans. |
|
River Valley Bancorp of Indiana. Selected due to comparable asset size, similar net interest margin, similar earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income, comparable level of operating expenses as a percent of average assets and lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans. |
|
Wayne Savings Bancshares of Ohio. Selected due to comparable asset size, similar interest-earning asset composition, similar interest-bearing funding composition, comparable concentration of 1-4 family loans comprising assets and lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans. |
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.5 |
|
In aggregate, the Peer Group companies maintained a lower level of tangible equity than the industry average (9.5% of assets versus 11.2% for all public companies), generated higher core earnings as a percent of average assets (0.40% core ROAA versus a net loss of 0.09% for all public companies), and earned a higher core ROE (4.18% core ROE versus 0.88% for all public companies). Overall, the Peer Groups average P/TB ratio and average core P/E multiple were below and similar to the respective averages for all publicly-traded thrifts.
All
Publicly-Traded |
Peer Group | |||||||
Financial Characteristics (Averages) |
||||||||
Assets ($Mil) |
$ | 2,907 | $ | 665 | ||||
Market capitalization ($Mil) |
$ | 366 | $ | 45 | ||||
Tangible equity/assets (%) |
11.20 | % | 9.50 | % | ||||
Core return on average assets (%) |
(0.09 | ) | 0.40 | |||||
Core return on average equity (%) |
0.88 | 4.18 | ||||||
Pricing Ratios (Averages) (1) |
||||||||
Price core/earnings (x) |
18.18 | × | 17.80 | × | ||||
Price/tangible book (%) |
90.28 | % | 76.70 | % | ||||
Price/assets (%) |
9.72 | 6.89 |
(1) | Based on market prices as of February 25, 2011. |
Ideally, the Peer Group companies would be comparable to Iroquois Federal in terms of all of the selection criteria, but the universe of publicly-traded thrifts does not provide for an appropriate number of such companies. However, in general, the companies selected for the Peer Group were fairly comparable to Iroquois Federal, as will be highlighted in the following comparative analysis.
Financial Condition
Table 3.2 shows comparative balance sheet measures for Iroquois Federal and the Peer Group, reflecting the expected similarities and some differences given the selection procedures outlined above. The Associations and the Peer Groups ratios reflect balances as of December 31, 2010, unless indicated otherwise for the Peer Group companies. Iroquois Federals equity-to-assets ratio of 9.1% was below the Peer Groups average net worth ratio of 10.1%. However, the Associations pro forma capital position will increase with the addition of stock proceeds, providing the Association with an equity-to-assets ratio that will exceed the Peer Groups ratio. Tangible equity-to-assets ratios for the Association and the Peer Group equaled 9.1% and 9.5%, respectively. The increase in Iroquois Federals pro forma capital position will be favorable from a risk perspective and in terms of future earnings potential that could be realized through leverage and lower funding costs. At the same time, the Associations higher pro forma capitalization will initially depress return on equity. Both Iroquois Federals and the Peer Groups capital ratios reflected capital surpluses with respect to the regulatory capital requirements, with the Association currently showing regulatory capital ratios that were very similar to the comparable Peer Group ratios. Accordingly, on a pro forma basis, the Associations regulatory ratios can be expected to exceed the comparable ratios for the Peer Group.
Table 3.2 |
RP® Financial, LC. |
|
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS III.6 |
|
Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of December 31, 2010
Balance Sheet as a Percent of Assets
Balance Sheet Annual Growth Rates
Regulatory Capital
Cash &
MBS &
Borrowed
Subd.
Net
Goodwill
Tng Net
MBS, Cash &
Borrows.
Net
Tng Net
Equivalents
Invest
BOLI
Loans
Deposits
Funds
Debt
Worth
& Intang
Worth
Assets
Investments
Loans
Deposits
&Subdebt
Worth
Worth
Tangible
Core
Reg.Cap.
Iroquois Federal
December 31, 2010
1.6%
34.9%
1.8%
59.5%
82.3%
7.7%
0.0%
9.1%
0.0%
9.1%
4.83%
3.78%
5.03%
4.19%
10.92%
6.79%
6.79%
8.87%
8.87%
17.43%
All Public Companies
Averages
6.2%
20.6%
1.4%
66.6%
72.9%
13.6%
0.5%
11.9%
0.8%
11.2%
4.43%
12.48%
1.40%
7.28%
-15.82%
2.81%
2.67%
10.78%
10.78%
18.53%
Medians
5.1%
18.9%
1.5%
68.6%
73.1%
12.5%
0.0%
10.8%
0.1%
10.0%
1.51%
9.02%
-1.21%
4.03%
-13.57%
2.31%
2.25%
9.55%
9.55%
16.62%
State of IL
Averages
10.4%
16.8%
1.7%
65.3%
77.4%
8.2%
0.2%
13.0%
1.2%
11.8%
-1.01%
14.71%
-4.85%
0.82%
-36.96%
5.46%
6.91%
11.16%
11.16%
17.96%
Medians
10.1%
15.8%
1.4%
66.1%
78.0%
5.6%
0.0%
12.8%
1.3%
11.3%
-1.53%
2.85%
-4.10%
0.42%
-40.96%
-2.11%
-1.80%
9.30%
9.30%
17.36%
Comparable Group
Averages
4.9%
20.9%
1.5%
68.0%
77.5%
11.0%
0.6%
10.1%
0.6%
9.5%
2.47%
16.92%
-3.49%
6.24%
-20.28%
9.49%
9.92%
8.97%
8.97%
15.10%
Medians
4.5%
21.6%
1.4%
67.5%
76.2%
11.6%
0.0%
10.3%
0.2%
9.3%
2.63%
13.43%
-3.92%
5.19%
-19.18%
3.32%
3.92%
9.01%
9.01%
15.20%
Comparable Group
CITZ
CFS Bancorp, Inc. of Munster IN
5.5%
20.9%
3.2%
63.8%
84.3%
4.8%
0.0%
10.1%
0.0%
10.1%
3.71%
22.38%
-3.70%
11.31%
-52.11%
2.31%
2.25%
9.07%
9.07%
13.32%
FCAP
First Capital, Inc. of IN (1)
4.8%
21.7%
1.3%
67.2%
81.7%
7.1%
0.0%
10.7%
1.2%
9.5%
-0.92%
9.79%
-5.02%
0.31%
-17.23%
4.05%
4.78%
9.32%
9.32%
15.54%
FCLF
First Clover Leaf Financial Corp of IL (1)
11.1%
15.4%
0.0%
67.9%
75.7%
9.4%
0.7%
13.5%
2.2%
11.3%
-4.02%
-2.91%
-5.32%
-1.58%
-21.13%
-1.69%
-1.45%
NA
NA
NA
FSFG
First Savings Financial Group of IN
2.2%
24.8%
1.6%
66.1%
72.6%
16.4%
0.0%
10.5%
1.6%
8.9%
4.83%
35.31%
-3.76%
3.90%
10.45%
2.88%
3.97%
7.97%
7.97%
12.80%
HFFC
HF Financial Corp of SD
1.5%
22.1%
1.3%
70.5%
74.2%
13.7%
2.3%
7.7%
0.4%
7.3%
4.30%
7.43%
3.71%
5.44%
0.68%
2.27%
3.07%
NA
NA
NA
HFBC
HopFed Bancorp, Inc. of KY (1)
5.0%
35.1%
0.8%
55.5%
74.2%
13.5%
0.9%
10.6%
0.1%
10.6%
9.63%
36.96%
-4.08%
8.67%
-4.15%
47.76%
48.99%
NA
NA
19.24%
LSBI
LSB Financial Corp of Lafayette IN (1)
4.2%
4.0%
1.8%
86.4%
83.5%
6.6%
0.0%
9.1%
0.0%
9.1%
5.80%
26.37%
3.88%
19.67%
-56.03%
2.31%
2.31%
8.95%
8.95%
13.13%
FFFD
North Central Bancshares of IA (1)
8.9%
10.0%
1.3%
74.1%
76.6%
11.8%
0.0%
11.0%
0.0%
11.0%
0.53%
NM
-12.18%
6.20%
-26.19%
3.88%
3.88%
10.20%
10.20%
16.48%
RIVR
River Valley Bancorp of IN (1)
2.6%
21.4%
2.5%
70.0%
73.5%
15.2%
1.9%
8.5%
0.0%
8.5%
-0.77%
3.51%
-3.30%
4.95%
-25.22%
27.34%
27.19%
NA
NA
NA
WAYN
Wayne Savings Bancshares of OH
2.9%
33.6%
1.7%
58.1%
78.1%
11.5%
0.0%
9.3%
0.5%
8.8%
1.55%
13.43%
-5.07%
3.54%
-11.90%
3.76%
4.25%
8.30%
8.30%
15.20%
(1) |
Financial information is for the quarter ending September 30, 2010. |
Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2011 by RP® Financial, LC.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.7 |
|
The interest-earning asset compositions for the Association and the Peer Group were somewhat similar, with loans constituting the bulk of interest-earning assets for both Iroquois Federal and the Peer Group. The Associations loans-to-assets ratio of 59.5% was lower than the comparable Peer Group ratio of 68.0%. Comparatively, the Associations cash and investments-to-assets ratio of 36.5% exceeded the comparable ratio for the Peer Group of 25.8%. Overall, Iroquois Federals interest-earning assets amounted to 96.0% of assets, which was above the comparable Peer Group ratio of 93.8%. The Peer Groups non-interest earning assets included bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) equal to 1.5% of assets and goodwill/intangibles equal to 0.6% of assets, while the Association maintained BOLI equal to 1.8% of assets and a zero balance of goodwill/intangibles.
Iroquois Federals funding liabilities reflected a funding strategy that was fairly similar to that of the Peer Groups funding composition. The Associations deposits equaled 82.3% of assets, which was above the Peer Groups ratio of 77.5%.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.8 |
|
Comparatively, the Association maintained a lower level of borrowings than the Peer Group, as indicated by borrowings-to-assets ratios of 7.7% and 11.6% for Iroquois Federal and the Peer Group, respectively. Total interest-bearing liabilities maintained by the Association and the Peer Group, as a percent of assets, equaled 90.0% and 89.1%, respectively, with the Peer Groups lower ratio supported by maintenance of a slightly higher capital position.
A key measure of balance sheet strength for a thrift institution is its IEA/IBL ratio. Presently, the Associations IEA/IBL ratio is slightly higher than the Peer Groups ratio, based on IEA/IBL ratios of 106.7% and 105.3%, respectively. The additional capital realized from stock proceeds should serve to provide Iroquois Federal with an IEA/IBL ratio that further exceeds the Peer Groups ratio, as the increase in capital provided by the infusion of stock proceeds will serve to lower the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets and will be primarily deployed into interest-earning assets.
The growth rate section of Table 3.2 shows annual growth rates for key balance sheet items. Growth rates for the Association and the Peer Group are based on annual growth for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 or the most recent twelve month period available for the Peer Group companies. Iroquois Federal recorded asset growth of 4.8%, which exceeded the Peer Groups asset growth rate of 2.5%. Asset growth for Iroquois Federal consisted of a 5.0% increase in loans and a 3.8% increase in cash and investments. Asset growth for the Peer Group was sustained by a 16.9% increase in cash and investments, which was somewhat offset by a 3.5% decrease in loans.
Asset growth for Iroquois Federal was largely funded with a combination of deposits and borrowings, which increased by 4.2% and 10.9%, respectively. Comparatively, deposit growth of 6.2% funded most of the Peer Groups assets growth, as well as 20.3% reduction in borrowings. The Associations capital increased 6.8% during the twelve month period, versus a 9.5% capital growth rate posted by the Peer Group. The Peer Groups higher capital growth rate was largely related to capital raises that were completed by HopFed Bancorp and River Valley Bancorp during the twelve month period covered in Table 3.2. The Associations post-conversion capital growth
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.9 |
|
rate will initially be constrained by maintenance of a higher pro forma capital position. Dividend payments and stock repurchases, pursuant to regulatory limitations and guidelines, could also potentially slow the Associations capital growth rate in the longer term following the stock offering.
Income and Expense Components
Table 3.3 displays statements of operations for the Association and the Peer Group. The Associations and the Peer Groups ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, unless otherwise indicated for the Peer Group companies. Iroquois Federal and the Peer Group reported net income to average assets ratios of 0.79% and 0.51%, respectively. The Association maintained earnings advantages with respect to lower loan loss provisions, lower operating expenses and higher net gains, which were partially offset by the Peer Groups earnings advantage with respect to a higher net income ratio and lower effective tax rate.
The Peer Groups stronger net interest margin was realized through maintenance of a higher interest income ratio, which was partially offset by the Associations slightly lower interest expense ratio. The Peer Groups higher interest income ratio was supported by maintaining a higher overall yield earned on interest-earning assets (5.10% versus 4.67% for the Peer Group), which was somewhat offset by the Associations higher concentration of assets maintained in interest-earning assets. Likewise, the Associations lower interest expense ratio was supported by maintaining a lower cost of funds (1.64% versus 1.77% for the Peer Group), which was partially offset by the Peer Groups slightly lower ratio of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets. Overall, Iroquois Federal and the Peer Group reported net interest income to average assets ratios of 2.91% and 3.21%, respectively.
In another key area of core earnings strength, the Association maintained a lower level of operating expenses than the Peer Group. For the period covered in Table 3.3, the Association and the Peer Group reported operating expense to average assets ratios of 2.49% and 2.87%, respectively. The Associations lower operating expense ratio is believed to be in part attributable to the comparatively lower cost of operating in a rural market area, which tends to provide for lower compensation costs as compared to more urban markets where the cost of living is higher. The relatively small size of the Associations branch network for an institution with over $300 million in deposits also contributed to the Associations lower operating expense ratio. Consistent with Iroquois Federals lower operating expense ratio, the Associations ratio for assets per full time equivalent employee of $4.7 million exceeded the comparable Peer Group ratio of $4.2 million. On a post-offering basis, the Associations operating expenses can be expected to increase with the addition of stock benefit plans and certain expenses that result from being a publicly-traded company, with such expenses already impacting the Peer Groups operating expenses. At the same time, Iroquois Federals capacity to leverage operating expenses will increase and be greater than the Peer Groups leverage capacity following the increase in capital realized from the infusion of net stock proceeds.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.10 |
|
Table 3.3
Income as Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads
Comparable Institution Analysis
For the 12 Months Ended December 31, 2010
Net Interest Income | Other Income | G&A/Other Exp. | Non-Op. Items | Yields, Costs, and Spreads | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net
Income |
Income | Expense | NII |
Loss
Provis. on IEA |
NII
After Provis. |
Loan
Fees |
R.E.
Oper. |
Other
Income |
Total
Other Income |
G&A
Expense |
Goodwill
Amort. |
Net
Gains |
Extrao.
Items |
Yield
On Assets |
Cost
Of Funds |
Yld-Cost
Spread |
MEMO:
Assets/ FTE Emp. |
MEMO:
Effective Tax Rate |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Iroquois Federal |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2010 0.79% |
4.39% | 1.47% | 2.91% | 0.39% | 2.53% | 0.00% | 0.00% | 0.86% | 0.86% | 2.49% | 0.00% | 0.33% | 0.00% | 4.67% | 1.64% | 3.03% | $4,708 | 35.49% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
All Public Companies |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Averages |
0.09% | 4.61% | 1.59% | 3.02% | 0.78% | 2.24% | 0.02% | -0.08% | 0.86% | 0.80% | 2.81% | 0.05% | 0.10% | 0.00% | 4.93% | 1.81% | 3.11% | $5,853 | 29.42% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Medians |
0.38% | 4.62% | 1.56% | 3.05% | 0.49% | 2.45% | 0.00% | -0.01% | 0.63% | 0.59% | 2.75% | 0.00% | 0.05% | 0.00% | 4.92% | 1.78% | 3.16% | $4,544 | 30.03% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
State of IL |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Averages |
-0.35% | 4.45% | 1.48% | 2.97% | 0.92% | 2.05% | 0.03% | -0.12% | 0.73% | 0.64% | 3.02% | 0.04% | 0.12% | 0.00% | 4.81% | 1.71% | 3.10% | $5,045 | 28.67% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Medians |
0.16% | 4.46% | 1.56% | 2.97% | 0.79% | 2.19% | 0.00% | -0.06% | 0.88% | 0.63% | 3.31% | 0.03% | 0.08% | 0.00% | 4.82% | 1.78% | 3.07% | $4,222 | 24.94% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comparable Group |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Averages |
0.51% | 4.79% | 1.58% | 3.21% | 0.55% | 2.65% | 0.02% | -0.06% | 0.87% | 0.82% | 2.85% | 0.02% | 0.12% | 0.00% | 5.10% | 1.77% | 3.33% | $ | 4,243 | 24.22% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Medians |
0.51% | 4.86% | 1.58% | 3.21% | 0.54% | 2.51% | 0.00% | -0.03% | 0.73% | 0.80% | 2.89% | 0.02% | 0.14% | 0.00% | 5.16% | 1.79% | 3.32% | $ | 3,754 | 25.13% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comparable Group |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CITZ |
CFS Bancorp, Inc. of Munster IN |
0.31% | 4.25% | 0.92% | 3.32% | 0.35% | 2.97% | 0.06% | -0.15% | 1.02% | 0.93% | 3.59% | 0.00% | 0.08% | 0.00% | 4.68% | 1.04% | 3.64% | $3,483 | 16.97% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FCAP |
First Capital, Inc. of IN (1) |
0.72% | 4.86% | 1.40% | 3.46% | 0.52% | 2.93% | 0.00% | 0.00% | 0.68% | 0.68% | 2.76% | 0.02% | 0.12% | 0.00% | 5.18% | 1.57% | 3.61% | NM | 25.33% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FCLF |
First Clover Leaf Financial Corp of IL (1) |
0.34% | 4.48% | 1.67% | 2.81% | 0.92% | 1.89% | 0.00% | 0.00% | 0.17% | 0.17% | 1.67% | 0.07% | 0.16% | 0.00% | 4.74% | 1.94% | 2.80% | $7,325 | 24.94% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FSFG |
First Savings Financial Group of IN |
0.56% | 5.21% | 1.17% | 4.04% | 0.32% | 3.72% | 0.00% | -0.03% | 0.98% | 0.94% | 3.20% | 0.06% | -0.30% | 0.00% | 5.59% | 1.32% | 4.27% | $3,577 | 14.89% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
HFFC |
HF Financial Corp of SD |
0.42% | 4.60% | 1.48% | 3.12% | 0.55% | 2.56% | 0.16% | -0.02% | 0.72% | 0.86% | 3.02% | 0.05% | 0.27% | 0.00% | 4.88% | 1.65% | 3.24% | $3,682 | 34.01% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
HFBC |
HopFed Bancorp, Inc. of KY (1) |
0.74% | 4.98% | 2.18% | 2.80% | 0.35% | 2.46% | 0.00% | 0.00% | 0.69% | 0.69% | 2.36% | 0.03% | 0.30% | 0.00% | 5.22% | 2.41% | 2.81% | $4,482 | 29.29% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
LSBI |
LSB Financial Corp of Lafayette
|
0.36% | 5.09% | 1.80% | 3.28% | 0.85% | 2.43% | 0.00% | -0.14% | 1.00% | 0.86% | 3.00% | 0.00% | 0.21% | 0.00% | 5.38% | 2.00% | 3.38% | $4,093 | 28.65% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FFFD |
North Central Bancshares of IA (1) |
0.48% | 5.04% | 1.79% | 3.25% | 0.84% | 2.41% | 0.00% | -0.18% | 2.06% | 1.88% | 3.72% | 0.00% | 0.08% | 0.00% | 5.39% | 2.02% | 3.37% | $3,478 | 26.64% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
RIVR |
River Valley Bancorp of IN (1) |
0.64% | 4.86% | 2.05% | 2.81% | 0.57% | 2.24% | 0.00% | 0.00% | 0.74% | 0.74% | 2.40% | 0.00% | 0.21% | 0.00% | 5.14% | 2.24% | 2.90% | NM | 20.18% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
WAYN |
Wayne Savings Bancshares of OH |
0.54% | 4.52% | 1.35% | 3.17% | 0.24% | 2.93% | 0.00% | -0.09% | 0.59% | 0.50% | 2.77% | 0.02% | 0.05% | 0.00% | 4.79% | 1.51% | 3.28% | $3,827 | 21.34% |
(1) | Financial information is for the quarter ending September 30, 2010. |
Source: |
SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. |
Copyright (c) 2011 by RP ® Financial, LC.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.11 |
|
When viewed together, net interest income and operating expenses provide considerable insight into a thrifts earnings strength, since those sources of income and expenses are typically the most prominent components of earnings and are generally more predictable than losses and gains realized from the sale of assets or other non-recurring activities. In this regard, as measured by their expense coverage ratios (net interest income divided by operating expenses), the Associations earnings were slightly more favorable than the Peer Groups. Expense coverage ratios posted by Iroquois Federal and the Peer Group equaled 1.17x and 1.12x, respectively.
Sources of non-interest operating income were similar contributors to the Associations and the Peer Groups earnings, with such income amounting to 0.86% and 0.82% of Iroquois Federals and the Peer Groups average assets, respectively. Taking non-interest operating income into account in comparing the Associations and the Peer Groups earnings, Iroquois Federals efficiency ratio (operating expenses, net of amortization of intangibles, as a percent of the sum of non-interest operating income and net interest income) of 66.0% was slightly more favorable than the Peer Groups efficiency ratio of 70.7%.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.12 |
|
Loan loss provisions had a larger impact on the Peer Groups earnings, with loan loss provisions established by the Association and the Peer Group equaling 0.39% and 0.55% of average assets, respectively. The higher level of loan provisions established by the Peer Group was consistent with its higher ratio of non-performing loans as a percent of loans (see Table 3.6).
Net gains and losses realized from the sale of assets and other non-operating items equaled net gains of 0.33% of average assets for the Association, versus net gains of 0.12% of average assets for the Peer Group. The net gains recorded by the Association were derived from the sale of investments and repossessed assets Gains and losses on investment securities and repossessed assets are viewed as non-recurring earnings and, therefore, are not considered to be part of an institutions core operations. Comparatively, to the extent that gains have been derived through selling fixed rate loans into the secondary market, such gains may be considered to be an ongoing activity for an institution and, therefore, warrant some consideration as a core earnings factor for an institution. However, loan sale gains are still viewed as a more volatile source of income than income generated through the net interest margin and non-interest operating income. Extraordinary items were not a factor in either the Associations or the Peer Groups earnings.
Taxes had a larger impact on the Associations earnings, as Iroquois Federal and the Peer Group posted effective tax rates of 35.49% and 24.22%, respectively. As indicated in the prospectus, the Associations effective marginal tax rate is equal to 38.0%.
Loan Composition
Table 3.4 presents data related to the Associations and the Peer Groups loan portfolio compositions (including the investment in mortgage-backed securities). The Associations loan portfolio composition reflected a similar concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities relative to the Peer Group (40.0% of assets versus 40.3% for the Peer Group). The Association maintained a higher concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans, while the Peer Group maintained a higher concentration of mortgage-backed securities. Loans serviced for others equaled 15.2% and 26.2% of the Associations and the Peer Groups assets, respectively, thereby indicating a slightly larger influence of loan servicing operations on the Peer Groups earnings. The Peer Groups larger loan servicing portfolio for others translated into a higher balance of servicing intangibles ($1.7 million versus $290,000 for the Association).
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.13 |
|
Table 3.4
Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of December 31, 2010
Portfolio Composition as a Percent of Assets | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1-4 | Constr. | 5+Unit | Commerc. | RWA/ | Serviced | Servicing | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institution |
MBS | Family | & Land | Comm RE | Business | Consumer | Assets | For Others | Assets | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(%) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (%) | ($000) | ($000) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Iroquois Federal |
3.19 | % | 36.78 | % | 0.31 | % | 12.90 | % | 3.82 | % | 6.54 | % | 52.89 | % | $ | 61,560 | $ | 290 | ||||||||||||||||||||
All Public Companies |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Averages |
12.29 | % | 34.06 | % | 4.21 | % | 22.20 | % | 4.39 | % | 2.14 | % | 63.63 | % | $ | 711,529 | $ | 6,612 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Medians |
10.79 | % | 33.51 | % | 3.41 | % | 21.05 | % | 3.41 | % | 0.55 | % | 64.13 | % | $ | 38,420 | $ | 121 | ||||||||||||||||||||
State of IL |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Averages |
6.51 | % | 27.56 | % | 2.66 | % | 24.63 | % | 7.36 | % | 1.68 | % | 70.92 | % | $ | 109,718 | $ | 687 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Medians |
4.73 | % | 22.95 | % | 1.30 | % | 23.24 | % | 8.10 | % | 0.51 | % | 71.08 | % | $ | 108,940 | $ | 699 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Comparable Group |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Averages |
9.77 | % | 30.56 | % | 4.69 | % | 24.57 | % | 6.10 | % | 1.99 | % | 68.39 | % | $ | 174,159 | $ | 1,659 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Medians |
7.42 | % | 33.00 | % | 5.61 | % | 26.36 | % | 5.06 | % | 1.31 | % | 69.71 | % | $ | 62,040 | $ | 429 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Comparable Group |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CITZ |
CFS Bancorp, Inc. of Munster IN |
11.54 | % | 22.87 | % | 2.86 | % | 31.67 | % | 6.98 | % | 0.11 | % | 73.56 | % | $ | 25,940 | $ | 51 | |||||||||||||||||||
FCAP |
First Capital, Inc. of IN (1) |
5.82 | % | 36.55 | % | 3.45 | % | 15.44 | % | 5.28 | % | 5.78 | % | 62.90 | % | $ | 280 | $ | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||
FCLF |
First Clover Leaf Financial Corp of IL (1) |
2.76 | % | 26.27 | % | 6.99 | % | 25.42 | % | 7.98 | % | 0.89 | % | 73.61 | % | $ | 68,330 | $ | 601 | |||||||||||||||||||
FSFG |
First Savings Financial Group of IN |
7.28 | % | 36.43 | % | 6.02 | % | 15.36 | % | 5.34 | % | 3.67 | % | 64.48 | % | $ | 490 | $ | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||
HFFC |
HF Financial Corp of SD |
19.50 | % | 15.53 | % | 5.21 | % | 28.19 | % | 19.83 | % | 2.46 | % | 77.97 | % | $ | 1,209,040 | $ | 13,215 | |||||||||||||||||||
HFBC |
HopFed Bancorp, Inc. of
|
9.89 | % | 20.17 | % | 7.40 | % | 20.04 | % | 4.85 | % | 1.58 | % | 58.97 | % | $ | 55,750 | $ | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||
LSBI |
LSB Financial Corp of Lafayette IN (1) |
0.69 | % | 34.95 | % | 6.56 | % | 39.03 | % | 4.21 | % | 0.33 | % | 75.11 | % | $ | 119,340 | $ | 1,092 | |||||||||||||||||||
FFFD |
North Central Bancshares of
|
7.28 | % | 42.03 | % | 0.95 | % | 27.33 | % | 0.54 | % | 3.63 | % | 66.52 | % | $ | 137,440 | $ | 770 | |||||||||||||||||||
RIVR |
River Valley Bancorp of IN (1) |
7.56 | % | 31.06 | % | 6.77 | % | 27.30 | % | 4.08 | % | 1.05 | % | 72.90 | % | $ | 94,410 | $ | 589 | |||||||||||||||||||
WAYN |
Wayne Savings Bancshares of OH |
25.39 | % | 39.74 | % | 0.68 | % | 15.93 | % | 1.93 | % | 0.38 | % | 57.84 | % | $ | 30,570 | $ | 268 |
(1) | Financial information is for the quarter ending September 30, 2010. |
Source: |
SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. |
Copyright (c) 2011 by RP ® Financial, LC.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.14 |
|
Diversification into higher yielding and higher risk types of loans was more significant for the Peer Group. Commercial real estate loans constituted the most significant area of lending diversification for the Association (12.9% of assets), followed by consumer loans (6.5% of assets), commercial business loans (3.8% of assets) and construction/land loans (0.3% of assets). Likewise, commercial real estate loans comprised the most significant area of lending diversification for the Peer Group (24.6% of assets), followed by commercial business loans (6.1% of assets), construction/land loans (4.7% of assets) and consumer loans (2.0% of assets). Overall, the Associations less significant diversification into higher risk types of lending and lower concentration of assets maintained in loans translated into a lower risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio compared to the Peer Groups ratio. The Associations risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio equaled 52.9%, versus a comparable ratio of 68.4% for the Peer Group.
Interest Rate Risk
Table 3.5 reflects various key ratios highlighting the relative interest rate risk exposure of the Association versus the Peer Group. In terms of balance sheet composition, Iroquois Federals interest rate risk characteristics were considered to be fairly comparable to the Peer Groups measures. Most notably, the Associations tangible equity-to-assets ratio and IEA/IBL ratio were slightly below and above the respective Peer Group ratios, while the Associations ratio of non-interest earnings as a percent of assets was lower than the comparable Peer Group ratio. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of net conversion proceeds should provide the Association with greater comparative advantages relative to the Peer Groups balance sheet interest rate risk characteristics. In particular, the increase in the Associations capital provided by the net conversion proceeds will serve to increase the Associations tangible equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.15 |
|
Table 3.5
Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of December 31, 2010 or Most Recent Date Available
Balance Sheet Measures | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-Earn. | Quarterly Change in Net Interest Income | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity/ | IEA/ | Assets/ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institution |
Assets | IBL | Assets | 12/31/2010 | 9/30/2010 | 6/30/2010 | 3/31/2010 | 12/31/2009 | 9/30/2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(%) | (%) | (%) | (change in net interest income is annualized in basis points) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Iroquois Federal |
9.1 | % | 106.7 | % | 4.0 | % | -5 | 9 | 3 | 5 | 11 | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
All Public Companies |
11.2 | % | 107.7 | % | 6.7 | % | 0 | 0 | 1 | 4 | 6 | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
State of IL |
11.8 | % | 108.1 | % | 7.5 | % | NA | 5 | 3 | 12 | 4 | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comparable Group |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Averages |
9.5 | % | 105.3 | % | 6.3 | % | -5 | -2 | 5 | 6 | 6 | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Medians |
9.3 | % | 105.2 | % | 6.0 | % | -6 | -3 | 4 | 8 | 6 | 10 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comparable Group |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CITZ |
CFS Bancorp, Inc. of Munster IN |
10.1 | % | 101.2 | % | 9.8 | % | -2 | -20 | -6 | -11 | 13 | 5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
FCAP |
First Capital, Inc. of IN (1) |
9.5 | % | 105.5 | % | 6.3 | % | NA | 5 | 15 | 37 | -20 | 7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
FCLF |
First Clover Leaf Financial Corp of IL (1) |
11.3 | % | 109.9 | % | 5.7 | % | NA | 10 | 6 | 11 | 7 | 13 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
FSFG |
First Savings Financial Group of IN |
8.9 | % | 104.7 | % | 6.8 | % | -10 | 0 | 0 | 2 | NA | -94 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
HFFC |
HF Financial Corp of SD |
7.3 | % | 104.4 | % | 5.9 | % | 4 | -6 | 2 | 8 | 4 | 10 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
HFBC |
HopFed Bancorp, Inc. of KY (1) |
10.6 | % | 107.8 | % | 4.4 | % | NA | -19 | 15 | 7 | 1 | 10 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
LSBI |
LSB Financial Corp of Lafayette IN (1) |
9.1 | % | 105.0 | % | 5.4 | % | NA | 19 | 18 | 14 | 21 | 13 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
FFFD |
North Central Bancshares of
|
11.0 | % | 105.3 | % | 6.9 | % | Na | -10 | -11 | -3 | 6 | 15 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
RIVR |
River Valley Bancorp of IN (1) |
8.5 | % | 103.8 | % | 6.0 | % | Na | 9 | 16 | 11 | 6 | 11 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
WAYN |
Wayne Savings Bancshares of OH |
8.8 | % | 105.5 | % | 5.5 | % | -11 | -6 | -2 | -19 | 11 | 10 |
(1) | Financial information is for the quarter ending September 30, 2010. |
NA=Change is greater than 100 basis points during the quarter.
Source: |
SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. |
Copyright (c) 2011 by RP ® Financial, LC.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.16 |
|
To analyze interest rate risk associated with the net interest margin, we reviewed quarterly changes in net interest income as a percent of average assets for Iroquois Federal and the Peer Group. In general, the comparative fluctuations in the Associations and the Peer Groups net interest income ratios implied that the interest rate risk associated with their respective net interest margins was fairly similar, based on the interest rate environment that prevailed during the period covered in Table 3.5. The stability of the Associations net interest margin should be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds, as interest rate sensitive liabilities will be funding a lower portion of Iroquois Federals assets and the proceeds will be substantially deployed into interest-earning assets.
Credit Risk
Overall, based on a comparison of credit quality measures, the Associations credit risk exposure was considered to be less than the Peer Groups. As shown in Table 3.6, the Associations non-performing assets/assets and non-performing loans/loans ratios equaled 1.10% and 1.47%, respectively, versus comparable measures of 3.06% and 3.55% for the Peer Group. The Associations and the Peer Groups loss reserves as a percent of non-performing loans equaled 76.61% and 45.29%, respectively. Loss reserves maintained as percent of net loans receivable equaled 1.13% for the Association, versus 1.58% for the Peer Group. Net loan charge-offs were lower for the Association, as net loan charge-offs for the Association equaled 0.32% of loans versus 0.65% of loans for the Peer Group.
Summary
Based on the above analysis, RP Financial concluded that the Peer Group forms a reasonable basis for determining the pro forma market value of the Association. Such general characteristics as asset size, capital position, interest-earning asset composition, funding composition, core earnings measures, loan portfolio composition, credit quality and exposure to interest rate risk all tend to support the reasonability of the Peer Group from a financial standpoint. Those areas where differences exist will be addressed in the form of valuation adjustments to the extent necessary.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.17 |
|
Table 3.6
Credit Risk Measures and Related Information
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of December 31 , 2010 or Most Recent Date Available
NPAs & | Rsrves/ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
REO/ | 90+Del/ | NPLs/ | Rsrves/ | Rsrves/ | NPAs & | Net Loan | NLCs/ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institution |
Assets | Assets | Loans | Loans | NPLs | 90+Del | Chargoffs | Loans | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(%) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (%) | ($000) | (%) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Iroquois Federal |
0.10 | % | 1.10 | % | 1.47 | % | 1.13 | % | 76.61 | % | 61.12 | % | $ | 764 | 0.32 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
All Public Companies |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Averages |
0.52 | % | 4.60 | % | 5.24 | % | 1.76 | % | 58.17 | % | 51.35 | % | $ | 1,434 | 0.68 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Medians |
0.23 | % | 3.20 | % | 3.86 | % | 1.49 | % | 42.29 | % | 35.14 | % | $ | 445 | 0.27 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
State of Illinois |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Averages |
0.51 | % | 3.49 | % | 4.10 | % | 1.96 | % | 38.64 | % | 31.97 | % | $ | 702 | 0.44 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Medians |
0.51 | % | 3.49 | % | 4.10 | % | 1.73 | % | 38.64 | % | 31.97 | % | $ | 696 | 0.50 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Comparable Group |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Averages |
0.55 | % | 3.06 | % | 3.55 | % | 1.58 | % | 45.29 | % | 35.52 | % | $ | 799 | 0.65 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Medians |
0.34 | % | 2.53 | % | 3.19 | % | 1.46 | % | 41.58 | % | 35.87 | % | $ | 428 | 0.41 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Comparable Group |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CITZ |
CFS Bancorp, Inc of Munster IN |
1.99 | % | 7.87 | % | 8.67 | % | 2.34 | % | 27.06 | % | 19.46 | % | $ | 1,131 | 0.62 | % | |||||||||||||||||
FCAP |
First Capital, Inc. of IN |
0.13 | % | 1.35 | % | 1.87 | % | 1.50 | % | 35.12 | % | 32.54 | % | $ | 283 | 0.37 | % | |||||||||||||||||
FCLF |
First Clover Leaf Fin Cp of IL(1) |
0.30 | % | 2.68 | % | 3.23 | % | 1.37 | % | 42.33 | % | 35.14 | % | $ | 1,278 | 1.27 | % | |||||||||||||||||
FSFG |
First Savings Fin Grp. Of IN |
0.37 | % | 1.38 | % | 1.34 | % | 1.15 | % | 76.88 | % | 50.17 | % | $ | 204 | 0.24 | % | |||||||||||||||||
HFFC |
GS Financial Corp. of LA |
0.01 | % | 2.91 | % | 3.52 | % | 1.49 | % | 42.29 | % | 36.59 | % | $ | 538 | 0.24 | % | |||||||||||||||||
HFBC |
HopFed Bancorp Inc. of KY |
0.91 | % | 2.19 | % | 2.28 | % | 1.61 | % | 70.72 | % | 37.35 | % | $ | 2,354 | 1.51 | % | |||||||||||||||||
LSBI |
LSB Fin. Corp. of Lafayette IN(1) |
0.28 | % | 4.10 | % | 4.36 | % | 1.43 | % | 32.86 | % | 30.63 | % | $ | 318 | 0.38 | % | |||||||||||||||||
FFFD |
North Central Bancshares of IA(1) |
0.81 | % | 4.11 | % | 4.35 | % | 2.22 | % | 51.04 | % | 40.98 | % | $ | 1,489 | 1.69 | % | |||||||||||||||||
RIVR |
River Valley Bancorp of IN(1) |
0.00 | % | 2.38 | % | 3.15 | % | 1.41 | % | 40.87 | % | 38.31 | % | $ | 289 | 0.00 | % | |||||||||||||||||
WAYN |
Wayne Savings Bancshares of OH |
0.65 | % | 1.61 | % | 2.77 | % | 1.27 | % | 33.73 | % | 34.02 | % | $ | 109 | 0.18 | % |
(1) | Financial information is for the quarter ending September 30, 2010 |
Source: |
Audited and unaudited financial statements, corporate reports and offering circulars, and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. |
Copyright (c) 2011 by RP ® Financial, LC.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.1 |
|
IV. VALUATION ANALYSIS
Introduction
This chapter presents the valuation analysis and methodology, prepared pursuant to the regulatory valuation guidelines, and valuation adjustments and assumptions used to determine the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued in conjunction with the Associations conversion transaction.
Appraisal Guidelines
The OTS written appraisal guidelines specify the market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of an institution pursuant to a mutual-to-stock conversion. Pursuant to this methodology: (1) a peer group of comparable publicly-traded institutions is selected; (2) a financial and operational comparison of the subject company to the peer group is conducted to discern key differences; and (3) a valuation analysis in which the pro forma market value of the subject company is determined based on the market pricing of the peer group as of the date of valuation, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences. In addition, the pricing characteristics of recent conversions, both at conversion and in the aftermarket, must be considered.
RP Financial Approach to the Valuation
The valuation analysis herein complies with such regulatory approval guidelines. Accordingly, the valuation incorporates a detailed analysis based on the Peer Group, discussed in Chapter III, which constitutes fundamental analysis techniques. Additionally, the valuation incorporates a technical analysis of recently completed stock conversions, including closing pricing and aftermarket trading of such offerings. It should be noted that these valuation analyses cannot possibly fully account for all the market forces which impact trading activity and pricing characteristics of a particular stock on a given day.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.2 |
|
The pro forma market value determined herein is a preliminary value for the Associations to-be-issued stock. Throughout the conversion process, RP Financial will: (1) review changes in Iroquois Federals operations and financial condition; (2) monitor Iroquois Federals operations and financial condition relative to the Peer Group to identify any fundamental changes; (3) monitor the external factors affecting value including, but not limited to, local and national economic conditions, interest rates, and the stock market environment, including the market for thrift stocks; and (4) monitor pending conversion offerings (including those in the offering phase), both regionally and nationally. If material changes should occur during the conversion process, RP Financial will evaluate if updated valuation reports should be prepared reflecting such changes and their related impact on value, if any. RP Financial will also prepare a final valuation update at the closing of the offering to determine if the prepared valuation analysis and resulting range of value continues to be appropriate.
The appraised value determined herein is based on the current market and operating environment for the Association and for all thrifts. Subsequent changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or major world events), which may occur from time to time (often with great unpredictability) may materially impact the market value of all thrift stocks, including Iroquois Federals value, or Iroquois Federals value alone. To the extent a change in factors impacting the Associations value can be reasonably anticipated and/or quantified, RP Financial has incorporated the estimated impact into the analysis.
Valuation Analysis
A fundamental analysis discussing similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group was presented in Chapter III. The following sections summarize the key differences between the Association and the Peer Group and how those differences affect the pro forma valuation. Emphasis is placed on the specific strengths and weaknesses of the Association relative to the Peer Group in such key areas as financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.3 |
|
area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, and the effect of government regulations and/or regulatory reform. We have also considered the market for thrift stocks, in particular new issues, to assess the impact on value of the Association coming to market at this time.
1. | Financial Condition |
The financial condition of an institution is an important determinant in pro forma market value because investors typically look to such factors as liquidity, capital, asset composition and quality, and funding sources in assessing investment attractiveness. The similarities and differences in the Associations and the Peer Groups financial strengths are noted as follows:
|
Overall A/L Composition . In comparison to the Peer Group, the Associations interest-earning asset composition showed a lower concentration of loans and a higher concentration of cash and investments as a percent of assets. Lending diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of loans was more significant for the Peer Group. Overall, in comparison to the Peer Group, the Associations interest-earning asset composition provided for a lower yield earned on interest-earning assets and a lower risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio. Iroquois Federals funding composition reflected a slightly higher level of deposits and a slightly lower level of borrowings than the comparable Peer Group ratios, which translated into a slightly lower cost of funds for the Association. Overall, as a percent of assets, the Association maintained higher levels of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities compared to the Peer Groups ratios, which resulted in a slightly higher IEA/IBL ratio for the Association. After factoring in the impact of the net stock proceeds, the Associations IEA/IBL ratio should further exceed the Peer Groups ratio. On balance, RP Financial concluded that asset/liability composition was a slightly positive factor in our adjustment for financial condition. |
|
Credit Quality. The Associations ratios for non-performing assets and non-performing loans were more favorable than the comparable Peer Group ratios. Loss reserves as a percent of non-performing loans were higher for the Association, while the Peer Group maintained a higher level of loss reserves as a percent of loans. Net loan charge-offs were a more significant factor for the Peer Group. As noted above, the Associations risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio was lower than the Peer Groups ratio. Overall, RP Financial concluded that credit quality was a moderately positive factor in our adjustment for financial condition. |
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.4 |
|
|
Balance Sheet Liquidity . The Association operated with a higher level of cash and investment securities relative to the Peer Group (36.5% of assets versus 25.8% for the Peer Group). Following the infusion of stock proceeds, the Associations cash and investments ratio is expected to increase as the proceeds retained at the holding company level will be initially deployed into investments. The Associations future borrowing capacity was considered to be comparable to the Peer Groups, based on the fairly comparable level of borrowings funding the Associations and the Peer Groups assets. Overall, RP Financial concluded that balance sheet liquidity was a slightly positive factor in our adjustment for financial condition. |
|
Funding Liabilities . The Associations interest-bearing funding composition reflected a slightly higher concentration of deposits and a slightly lower concentration of borrowings relative to the comparable Peer Group ratios, with the Association maintaining a slightly lower cost of funds than the Peer Group. Total interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of assets were slightly higher for the Association compared to the Peer Groups ratio, which was attributable to Iroquois Federals lower capital position. Following the stock offering, the increase in the Associations capital position will reduce the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding the Associations assets to a ratio that is lower than the Peer Groups level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets. Overall, RP Financial concluded that funding liabilities were a slightly positive factor in our adjustment for financial condition. |
|
Capital . The Association currently operates with a lower equity-to-assets ratio than the Peer Group. However, following the stock offering, Iroquois Federals pro forma capital position can be expected to exceed the Peer Groups equity-to-assets ratio. The Associations higher pro forma capital position implies greater leverage capacity, lower dependence on interest-bearing liabilities to fund assets and a greater capacity to absorb unanticipated losses. At the same time, the Associations more significant capital surplus will make it difficult to achieve a competitive ROE. On balance, RP Financial concluded that capital strength was a slightly positive factor in our adjustment for financial condition. |
On balance, Iroquois Federals balance sheet strength was considered to be more favorable than the Peer Groups and, thus, a slight upward adjustment was applied for the Associations financial condition.
2. | Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings |
Earnings are a key factor in determining pro forma market value, as the level and risk characteristics of an institutions earnings stream and the prospects and ability to generate future earnings heavily influence the multiple that the investment community will pay for earnings. The major factors considered in the valuation are described below.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.5 |
|
|
Reported Earnings . The Associations reported earnings were higher than the Peer Groups on a ROAA basis (0.79% of average assets versus 0.51% for the Peer Group). The Associations earnings reflected advantages with respect to higher net gains, lower operating expenses and lower loan loss provisions, which were partially offset by the Peer Groups earnings advantages with respect to higher net interest income and lower effective tax rate. Reinvestment and leveraging of stock proceeds into interest-earning assets will serve to increase the Associations earnings, with the benefit of reinvesting proceeds expected to be somewhat offset by higher operating expenses associated with operating as a publicly-traded company and the implementation of stock benefit plans. On balance, RP Financial concluded that the Associations reported earnings were a slightly positive factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings. |
|
Core Earnings . Net interest income, operating expenses, non-interest operating income and loan loss provisions were reviewed in assessing the relative strengths and weaknesses of the Associations and the Peer Groups core earnings. In these measures, the Association operated with a lower net interest margin, a lower operating expense ratio, a similar level of non-interest operating income and a lower level of loss provisions. The Associations lower ratio for net interest income and lower operating expense ratio translated into a slightly higher expense coverage ratio in comparison to the Peer Groups ratio (equal to 1.17x versus 1.12X for the Peer Group). Likewise, the Associations efficiency ratio of 66.0% was slightly more favorable than the Peer Groups efficiency ratio of 70.7%. Loan loss provisions had a more significant impact on the Peer Groups earnings (0.55% of average assets versus 0.39% of average assets for the Association). Overall, these measures, as well as the expected earnings benefits the Association should realize from the redeployment of stock proceeds into interest-earning assets and leveraging of post-conversion capital, which will be somewhat negated by expenses associated with the stock benefit plans and operating as a publicly-traded company, indicate that the Associations pro forma core earnings will be more favorable than he Peer Groups. Therefore, RP Financial concluded that this was a slightly positive factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings. |
|
Interest Rate Risk . Quarterly changes in the Associations and the Peer Groups net interest income to average assets ratios indicated that a similar degree of volatility was associated with the Associations and the Peer Groups net interest margins. Other measures of interest rate risk, such as capital and IEA/IBL ratios were also fairly comparable for the Association and the Peer Group. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds can be expected to provide the Association with equity-to-assets and IEA/ILB ratios that will exceed the Peer Groups ratios, as well as enhance the stability of |
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.6 |
|
the Associations net interest margin through the reinvestment of stock proceeds into interest-earning assets. On balance, RP Financial concluded that interest rate risk was a slightly positive factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings. |
|
Credit Risk . Loan loss provisions were a larger factor in the Peer Groups earnings (0.55% of average assets versus 0.39% of average assets for the Peer Group). In terms of future exposure to credit quality related losses, the Association maintained a lower concentration of assets in loans and less significant lending diversification into higher risk types of loans relative to the comparable Peer Group measures. The Associations credit quality measures generally implied lower credit risk exposure relative to the comparable credit quality measures for the Peer Group. Overall, RP Financial concluded that credit risk was a moderately positive factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings. |
|
Earnings Growth Potential . Several factors were considered in assessing earnings growth potential. First, the Peer Group maintained a slightly more favorable interest rate spread than the Association, which would tend to support a stronger net interest margin going forward for the Peer Group. Second, the infusion of stock proceeds will provide the Association with greater earnings growth potential through leverage than currently maintained by the Peer Group. Third, the Associations lower operating expense ratio was viewed as an advantage to sustain earnings growth during periods when net interest margins come under pressure as the result of adverse changes in interest rates. Overall, earnings growth potential was considered to be a slightly positive factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings. |
|
Return on Equity . Currently, the Associations core ROE is more favorable than the Peer Groups ROE. However, as the result of the significant increase in capital that will be realized from the infusion of net stock proceeds into the Associations equity, the Associations pro forma return on equity on a core earnings basis will be more comparable to or potentially lower than the Peer Groups return on equity ratio. Accordingly, this was a netural factor in the adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings. |
On balance, Iroquois Federals pro forma earnings strength was considered to be more favorable than the Peer Groups and, thus, a slight upward adjustment was applied for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.7 |
|
3. | Asset Growth |
The Associations asset growth rate was slightly higher than the Peer Groups growth rate during the period covered in our comparative analysis, based on asset growth rates of 4.8% and 2.5%, respectively. Asset growth for the Association was largely sustained through loan growth and supplemented with a less significant increase in cash and investments. Comparatively, asset growth for the Peer Group consisted of cash and investments, which was partially offset by a decrease in loans. The Associations historical asset growth would tend to be viewed more favorably than the Peer Groups historical growth, given the higher yields generally earned on loans relative to cash and investments. On a pro forma basis, the Associations tangible equity-to-assets ratio will exceed the Peer Groups tangible equity-to-assets ratio, indicating greater leverage capacity for the Association. On balance, a slight upward adjustment was applied for asset growth.
4. | Primary Market Area |
The general condition of an institutions market area has an impact on value, as future success is in part dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local market served. Operating in east-central Illinois, the Association serves a somewhat rural market area in the counties of Iroquois and Vermilion, as indicated by low population density and relatively low measures for household and per capita income measures. Iroquois County, where the Associations main office is located, has experienced modest population shrinkage since 2000 and the population is forecasted to continue to decline nominally over the next five years. Iroquois Countys December 2010 unemployment rate was similar to the comparable unemployment rates for the U.S and Illinois.
Overall, the markets served by the Peer Group companies were viewed as slightly more favorable with respect to supporting growth opportunities, as they generally operated in more populous and affluent markets than served by the Association. Moreover, the large majority of the primary market areas served by the Peer Group companies have been experiencing population growth. The Associations
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.8 |
|
competitive position in its primary market area, as indicated by deposit market share, was viewed to be stronger than maintained by the Peer Group companies in general. Iroquois Federals deposit market share equaled 22.3% in Iroquois County versus a 19.5% average and a 14.0% median deposit market shares indicated for the Peer Group companies in their respective primary market area counties. Summary demographic and deposit market share data for the Company and the Peer Group companies is provided in Exhibit III-3. As shown in Table 4.1, December 2010 unemployment rates for the markets served by the Peer Group companies were on average slightly lower than the December 2010 unemployment rate for Iroquois County. On balance, we concluded that a moderate downward adjustment was appropriate for the Associations market area.
Table 4.1
Market Area Unemployment Rates
Iroquois Federal and the Peer Group Companies(1)
County |
December 2010
Unemployment |
|||||
Iroquois Federal IL |
Iroquois | 9.0 | % | |||
Peer Group Average |
8.6 | % | ||||
CFS Bancorp, Inc. IN |
Lake | 10.0 | ||||
First Capital, Inc. IN |
Harrison | 9.3 | ||||
First Clover Leaf Financial IL |
Madison | 8.6 | ||||
First Savings Financial Group IN |
Clark | 9.1 | ||||
HF Financial Corp. SD |
Minnehaha | 4.9 | ||||
HopFed Bancorp, Inc. KY |
Christian | 10.4 | ||||
LSB Financial Corp. IN |
Tippecanoe | 7.9 | ||||
North Central Bancshares IA |
Webster | 7.5 | ||||
River Valley Bancorp IN |
Jefferson | 9.5 | ||||
Wayne Savings Bancshares OH |
Wayne | 8.5 |
(1) | Unemployment rates are not seasonally adjusted. |
Source: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.9 |
|
5. | Dividends |
At this time the Association has not established a dividend policy. Future declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors will depend upon a number of factors, including investment opportunities, growth objectives, financial condition, profitability, tax considerations, minimum capital requirements, regulatory limitations, stock market characteristics and general economic conditions.
Eight out of the ten of the Peer Group companies pay regular cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 0.24% to 5.60%. The average dividend yield on the stocks of the Peer Group institutions equaled 2.49% as of February 25, 2011. As of February 25, 2011, approximately 61% of all fully-converted publicly-traded thrifts had adopted cash dividend policies (see Exhibit IV-1), exhibiting an average yield of 1.59%. The dividend paying thrifts generally maintain higher than average profitability ratios, facilitating their ability to pay cash dividends.
While the Association has not established a definitive dividend policy prior to converting, the Association will have the capacity to pay a dividend comparable to the Peer Groups average dividend yield based on pro forma earnings and capitalization. On balance, we concluded that no adjustment was warranted for this factor.
6. | Liquidity of the Shares |
The Peer Group is by definition composed of companies that are traded in the public markets. All ten of the Peer Group members trade on the NASDAQ. Typically, the number of shares outstanding and market capitalization provides an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a particular stock. The market capitalization of the Peer Group companies ranged from $22.7 million to $76.7 million as of February 25, 2011, with average and median market values of $44.5 million and $42.3 million, respectively. The shares issued and outstanding to the public shareholders of the Peer Group members ranged from 1.4 million to 10.9 million, with average and median shares outstanding of 4.6 million and 2.9 million, respectively. The Associations stock offering is expected to have a pro forma market value that will be fairly consistent with the average and median market values indicated for the Peer Group. Likewise, the
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.10 |
|
Associations shares outstanding are expected to be near the middle of the range of shares outstanding indicated for the Peer Group companies. Like all of the Peer Group companies, the Associations stock will be quoted on the NASDAQ following the stock offering. Overall, we anticipate that the Associations public stock will have a comparable trading market as the Peer Group companies on average and, therefore, concluded no adjustment was necessary for this factor.
7. | Marketing of the Issue |
We believe that three separate markets exist for thrift stocks, including those coming to market such as Iroquois Federal: (1) the after-market for public companies, in which trading activity is regular and investment decisions are made based upon financial condition, earnings, capital, ROE, dividends and future prospects; (2) the new issue market in which converting thrifts are evaluated on the basis of the same factors, but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a fully-converted publicly-held company and stock trading history; and (3) the acquisition market for thrift franchises in Illinois. All three of these markets were considered in the valuation of the Associations to-be-issued stock.
A. | The Public Market |
The value of publicly-traded thrift stocks is easily measurable, and is tracked by most investment houses and related organizations. Exhibit IV-1 provides pricing and financial data on all publicly-traded thrifts. In general, thrift stock values react to market stimuli such as interest rates, inflation, perceived industry health, projected rates of economic growth, regulatory issues and stock market conditions in general. Exhibit IV-2 displays historical stock market trends for various indices and includes historical stock price index values for thrifts and commercial banks. Exhibit IV-3 displays historical stock price indices for thrifts only.
In terms of assessing general stock market conditions, the performance of the overall stock market has been mixed in recent quarters. More signs of the economy gaining strength sustained the positive trend in the broader stock market at the start of the second quarter of 2010. The Dow Jones Industrial Average (DJIA) closed above
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.11 |
|
11000 heading into mid-April, based on growing optimism about corporate earnings and a recovering economy. Fraud charges against Goldman Sachs halted a six day rally in the market in mid-April, as financial stocks led a one day sell-off in the broader market. The broader stock market generally sustained a positive trend during the second half of April, with encouraging first quarter earnings reports and favorable economic data supporting the gains. Financial stocks pulled the broader stock market lower at the end of April on news of a criminal investigation of Goldman Sachs. The sell-off in the stock market sharpened during the first week of May, largely on the basis of heightened concerns about possible ripple effects stemming from Greeces credit crisis. Stocks surged after European Union leaders agreed to a massive bailout to prevent Greeces financial troubles from spreading throughout the region, but then reversed course heading into the second half of May on continued worries about the fallout from Europes credit crisis and an unexpected increase in U.S. jobless claims. Chinas promise not to unload its European debt sparked a one-day rally in late-May, which was followed by a lower close for the DJIA on the last trading day of May as a downgrade of Spains credit rekindled investors fears about Europes economy. Overall, it was the worst May for the DJIA since 1940. Volatility in the broader stock market continued to prevail in early-June. A rebound in energy shares provided for the third biggest daily gain in the DJIA for 2010, which was followed by a one day decline of over 300 points in the DJIA as weaker than expected employment numbers for May sent the DJIA to a close below 10000. The DJIA rallied back over 10000 in mid-June, as stocks were boosted by upbeat comments from the European Central Bank, a rebound in energy stocks, tame inflation data and some regained confidence in the global economic recovery. Weak housing data for May and persistent worries about the global economy pulled stocks lower in late-June. The DJIA closed out the second quarter of 2010 at a new low for the year, reflecting a decline of 10% for the second quarter.
A disappointing employment report for June 2010 extended the selling during the first week of July. Following seven consecutive days of closing lower, the DJIA posted a gain as bargain hunters entered the market. Some strong earnings reports at the start of second quarter earnings season and upbeat data on jobs supported a seven day winning streak in the broader stock market and pushed the DJIA
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.12 |
|
through the 10000 mark going into mid-July. Renewed concerns about the economy snapped the seven day winning streak in the DJIA, although losses in the broader stock market were pared on news that Goldman Sachs reached a settlement with the SEC. Stocks slumped heading into the second half of July, as Bank of America and Citigroup reported disappointing second quarter earnings and an early-July consumer confidence report showed that consumers were becoming more pessimistic. Favorable second quarter earnings supported a rally in the broader stock market in late-July, with the DJIA moving back into positive territory for the year. Overall, the DJIA was up 7.1% for the month of July, which was its strongest performance in a year.
Better-than-expected economic data helped to sustain the stock market rally at the beginning of August 2010, but stocks eased lower following the disappointing employment report for July. Stocks skidded lower heading into mid-August, as investors dumped stocks amid worries over slowing economic growth. The downturn in the broader stock market accelerated in the second half of August, as a number of economic reports for July showed the economy was losing momentum which more than overshadowed a pick-up in merger activity. The DJIA had its worst August in nearly a decade, with the DJIA showing a loss of over 4% for the month. Stocks rebounded in the first half of September, as a favorable report on manufacturing activity in August and a better-than-expected employment report for August supported gains in the broader stock market. News of more takeovers, robust economic growth in China and passage of new global regulations for how much capital banks must maintain extended the rally into the third week of September, as the DJIA moved to a one-month high. Despite a favorable report for August retail sales, worries about the European economy snapped a four day winning streak in the DJIA in mid-September. The DJIA closed higher for the third week in row heading into the second half of September, as stocks edged higher on positive earnings news coming out of the technology sector and merger activity. The positive trend in stock market continued for a fourth consecutive week in late-September, as investors viewed a rise in August business spending as a sign the recovery was on firmer ground. Stocks closed out the third quarter trading slightly lower on profit taking, but overall the DJIA showed a gain of 10.4% for the quarter and, thereby, reversing losses suffered in the second quarter.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.13 |
|
Stocks leapt to a five-month high at the start of the fourth quarter of 2010, as investors responded to signals that the Federal Reserve was poised to step in to prop up the U.S. economy. September employment data, which showed a loss of jobs and no change in the unemployment rate, translated into a mixed trading market ahead of third quarter earnings season kicking into high gear. Stocks traded unevenly in the second half of October, as investors responded to generally favorable third quarter earnings reports and concerns that the foreclosure crisis could spread into the overall economy. The DJIA surged to a two-year high in early-November, as investors were encouraged by the Federal Reserves plan to support the economy and better-than-expected job growth reflected in the October employment report. Stocks reversed course heading into mid-November, amid concerns over Europes debt problems, the potential impact of the Federal Reserves stimulus plan and slower growth in China. A favorable report on jobless claims hitting a two-year low helped stocks to rebound heading into late-November, which was followed by a downturn as investors remained concerned about the debt crisis in Europe. Stocks rebounded in early-December, based on news reports that U.S. consumers felt more upbeat about the economic outlook, U.S. exports in October surged to their highest level in more than two years and retail sales increased in November. Stocks also benefitted from a pickup in merger activity heading into mid-December. The DJIA moved to a two year high ahead of the Christmas holiday, with financial stocks leading the broader market higher as some announced bank mergers heightened acquisition speculation for the sector.
The broader stock market started 2011 on an upswing, fueled by reports of manufacturing activity picking up in December. Weaker than expected job growth reflected in the December employment report pulled stocks lower to close out the first week in 2011. Some favorable fourth quarter earnings report by J.P. Morgan and data confirming strength in the manufacturing sector helped stocks to rebound in mid January, with the DJIA moving to its highest close since June 2008. The positive trend in the broader stock market was sustained in late-January, which was followed by a one day sell-off as political unrest in Egypt rattled markets around the word. The DJIA ended up 2.7% for the month of January, which was its strongest January in 14 years. Stocks continued to trade higher through the first two weeks of February, as the DJIA
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.14 |
|
closed higher for eight consecutive trading sessions. Strong manufacturing data for January, merger news and some favorable fourth quarter earnings reports helped to sustain the rally in the broader stock market. News that Egypts President resigned further boosted stocks heading into mid-February. A strong report on manufacturing activity in the Mid-Atlantic region lifted the DJIA to a fresh two and one-half year high in mid-February, which was followed by a sell-off as stocks tumbled worldwide on worries over escalating violence in Libya. Stocks recovered in late-February, as oil prices stabilized. On February 25, 2011, the DJIA closed at 12130.45, an increase of 17.5% from one year ago and an increase of 4.8% year-to-date, and the NASDAQ closed at 2781.05, an increase of 24.3% from one year ago and an increase of 4.8% year-to-date. The Standard & Poors 500 Index closed at 1319.88 on February 25, 2011, an increase of 19.5% from one year ago and an increase of 4.9% year-to-date.
The market for thrift stocks has been somewhat uneven in recent quarters, but in general has underperformed the broader stock market. An improving outlook for financial stocks in general, along with positive reports for housing, employment and retail sales, boosted thrift stocks at the start of the second quarter of 2010. A nominal increase in March consumer prices and a strong first quarter earnings report from JP Morgan Chase & Co. supported a broad rally in bank and thrift stocks heading into mid-April, which was followed by a pullback on news that the SEC charged Goldman Sachs with fraud. Thrift stocks generally underperformed the broader stock market during the second half of April, as financial stocks in general were hurt by uncertainty about the progress of financial reform legislation, Greeces debt crisis and news of a criminal investigation of Goldman Sachs. Thrift stocks retreated along with the broader stock market in the first week of May, based on fears that the growing debt crisis in Europe could hurt the economic recovery. Likewise, thrift stocks surged higher along with the broader stock market after European Union officials announced a massive bailout plan to avert a public-debt crisis and then retreated heading into the second half of May on lingering concerns about the euro. News of rising mortgage delinquencies in the first quarter of 2010, an expected slowdown in new home construction and uncertainty over financial reform legislation further contributed to lower trading prices for thrift stocks. Thrift stocks participated in the one-day broader market rally in late-May and then
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.15 |
|
declined along with the broader stock market at the close of May. Some positive economic reports provided a boost to thrift stocks at the start of June, which was followed a sharp decline in the sector on the disappointing employment report for May. Gains in the broader stock market provided a boost to thrift stocks as well heading into mid-June, while weaker-than-expected housing data for May and uncertainty surrounding the final stages of the financial reform legislation pressured thrift stocks lower in late-June.
Thrift stocks declined along with the broader stock market at the start of the third quarter of 2010, as home sales in May declined sharply following the expiration of a special tax credit for home buyers. A report showing that home loan delinquencies increased in May further depressed thrift stocks, while the broader market moved higher on more attractive valuations. Financial stocks helped to lead the stock market higher through mid-July, as State Street projected a second quarter profit well above analysts forecasts which fueled a more optimistic outlook for second quarter earnings reports for the financial sector in general. Thrift stocks retreated along with the financial sector in general in mid-July, as investors reacted to disappointing retail sales data for June and weaker than expected second quarter earnings results for Bank of America and Citigroup which reflected an unexpected drop in their revenues. Some favorable second quarter earnings reports, which included improving credit quality measures for some institutions, helped to lift the thrift sector in late-July and at the beginning of August. Thrift stocks closed out the first week of August trading lower, as the weak employment report for July raised fresh concerns about the strength of the economy and the risk of deflation. The sell-off in thrift stocks became more pronounced in the second half of August, with signs of slower growth impacting most sectors of the stock market. Thrift stocks were particularly hard hit by the dismal housing data for July, which showed sharp declines in both existing and new home sales.
August employment data coming in a little more favorable than expected boosted the thrift sector in early-September, which was followed by a narrow trading range into mid-September. Financial stocks in general posted gains in mid-September after global regulators gave banks eight years to meet tighter capital requirements, but
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.16 |
|
then traded lower going into the second half of September on mixed economic data. The thrift sector traded in a narrow range during the second half of September, with financial stocks in general underperforming the broader stock market during the third quarter. The divergence in the performance of financial stocks from the broader stock market was attributed to factors such as the uncertain earnings impact of financial reform legislation and ongoing problems resulting from the collapse of the U.S. housing market.
The weak employment report for September 2010 and growing concerns about the fallout of alleged foreclosure abuses weighed on bank and thrift stocks during the first half of October, as financial stocks continued to underperform the broader stock market. Some better-than-expected earnings reports provided a slight boost to bank and thrift stocks heading into the second half of October, which was followed by a downturn in late-October on lackluster economic data. Financial stocks led the market higher in early-November, which was supported by the Federal Reserves announcement that it would purchase $600 billion of Treasury bonds over the next eight months to stimulate the economy. Profit taking and weakness in the broader stock market pulled thrift stocks lower heading into mid-November. Ongoing concerns about debt problems in Ireland, weak housing data for home sales in October and a widening insider trading investigation by the U.S. government pressured financial stocks lower heading into late-November. Favorable reports for retail sales and pending home sales helped thrift stocks move higher along with the broader stock market in early-December. Expectations of a pick-up in merger activity in the financial sector contributed to gains in the thrift sector as well during the second week of December. A report showing a rise in consumer confidence in early-December also provided a modest boost to thrift stocks heading into mid-December. Thrifts stocks benefitted from announced bank deals in the final weeks of 2010, as investors bet on an increase in financial sector merger activity in 2011.
Thrift stocks rallied along with the broader stock market at the start of 2011, as investors were encouraged by data that suggested the economic recovery was strengthening. A strong fourth quarter earnings report posted by J.P. Morgan supported
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.17 |
|
gains in the financial sector in mid-January, which was followed by a downturn heading into late-January as some large banks reported weaker than expected earnings. Thrift stocks traded higher along with the broader stock market into mid-February, as financial stocks benefitted from some favorable fourth quarter earnings reports coming out of the financial sector. Financial stocks also benefitted from a rally in mortgage insurer stocks, which surged on a government proposal to shrink the size of FHA. Thrift stocks faltered along with the broader market heading into late-February, as investors grew wary of mounting violence in Libya. A report that December home prices fell to new lows in eleven major metropolitan areas further contributed to the pullback in thrift prices. Thrift prices rebounded along with the broader market in late-February. On February 25, 2011, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 598.0, a decrease of 0.4% from one year ago and an increase of 1.0% year-to-date.
B. | The New Issue Market |
In addition to thrift stock market conditions in general, the new issue market for converting thrifts is also an important consideration in determining the Associations pro forma market value. The new issue market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned thrift stocks in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically: (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials. The distinction between pricing of converting and existing issues is perhaps no clearer than in the case of the price/book (P/B) ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to book value whereas in the current market for existing thrifts the P/B ratio may reflect a premium to book value. Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.
As shown in Table 4.2, two standard conversions, seven second-step conversions and one mutual holding company offering have been completed during the
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.18 |
|
Table 4.2
Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends
Recent Conversions Completed (Last Three Months)
Institutional Information | Pre-Conversion Data | Offering Information |
Contribution
to |
Insider Purchases | Pro Forma Data | Post-IPO Pricing Trends | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial
Info. |
Asset
Quality |
Charitable
Found. |
% Off Incl. Fdn. |
Pricing
Ratios(3) |
Financial
Charac. |
Closing Price: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Benefit Plans |
Initial Dividend
Yield
|
First Trading Day ($) |
After | After | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institution
|
Conver. Date
|
Ticker
|
Assets ($Mil) |
Equity/ Assets (%) |
NPAs/ Assets (%) |
Res. Cov. (%) |
Gross Proc. ($Mil.) |
% Offered (%) |
% of Mid. (%) |
Exp./ Proc. (%) |
Form
|
% of Offering (%) |
ESOP (%) |
Recog. Plans (%) |
Stk Option (%) |
Mgmt.& Dirs. (%)(2) |
P/TB (%) |
Core P/E (x) |
P/A (%) |
Core ROA (%) |
TE/A (%) |
Core ROE (%) |
IPO Price ($) |
% Change (%) |
First Week(4) ($) |
% Change (%) |
First Month(5) ($) |
% Change (%) |
Thru 2/25/11 ($) |
% Change (%) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standard Conversions |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Anchor Bancorp -
|
1/26/11 | ANCB-NASDAQ | $ 522 | 8.40% | 5.10% | 123% | $ 25.5 | 100% | 85% | 8.7% | N.A. | N.A. | 4.0% | 0.0% | 0.0% | 2.5% | 0.00% | 38.6% | NM | 4.7% | -0.1% | 12.1% | -0.9% | $10.00 | $10.00 | 0.0% | $10.03 | 0.3% | $10.45 | 4.5% | $10.45 | 4.5% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Wolverine Bancorp,
|
1/20/11 | WBKC-NASDAQ | $ 308 | 13.59% | 3.86% | 98% | $ 25.1 | 100% | 85% | 5.5% | N.A. | N.A. | 8.0% | 4.0% | 10.0% | 4.2% | 0.00% | 40.1% | NM | 7.6% | -0.8% | 19.0% | -7.0% | $10.00 | $12.45 | 24.5% | $12.24 | 22.4% | $13.50 | 35.0% | $13.56 | 35.6% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Averages - Standard Conversions: | $ 415 | 11.00% | 4.48% | 111% | $ 25.3 | 100% | 85% | 7.1% | NA | NA | 6.0% | 2.0% | 5.0% | 3.3% | 0.00% | 39.4% | NM | 6.2% | -0.5% | 15.6% | -4.0% | $10.00 | $11.23 | 12.3% | $11.14 | 11.4% | $11.98 | 19.8% | $12.01 | 20.1% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Medians - Standard Conversions: | $ 415 | 11.00% | 4.48% | 111% | $ 25.3 | 100% | 85% | 7.1% | NA | NA | 6.0% | 2.0% | 5.0% | 3.3% | 0.00% | 39.4% | NM | 6.2% | -0.5% | 15.6% | -4.0% | $10.00 | $11.23 | 12.3% | $11.14 | 11.4% | $11.98 | 19.8% | $12.01 | 20.1% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Second Step Conversions |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Atlantic Coast Fin.
|
2/4/11 | ACFC-NASDAQ | $ 893 | 5.67% | 3.38% | 51% | $ 17.1 | 65% | 86% | 11.5% | N.A. | N.A. | 4.0% | 4.0% | 10.0% | 10.8% | 0.00% | 40.9% | NM | 2.9% | -2.7% | 7.1% | -37.2% | $10.00 | $10.05 | 0.5% | $10.00 | 0.0% | $10.37 | 3.7% | $10.37 | 3.7% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Alliance Bancorp,
|
1/18/11 | ALLB-NASDAQ | $ 443 | 12.50% | 3.81% | 36% | $ 32.6 | 60% | 105% | 8.0% | N.A. | N.A. | 4.6% | 6.7% | 10.0% | 1.1% | 1.20% | 67.1% | 95.89 | 11.7% | 0.1% | 17.4% | 0.7% | $10.00 | $11.00 | 10.0% | $10.68 | 6.8% | $11.19 | 11.9% | $11.04 | 10.4% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
- SI Financial Group,
|
1/13/11 | SIFI-NASDAQ | $ 890 | 9.20% | 1.01% | 119% | $ 52.4 | 62% | 100% | 3.5% | C | $500K | 6.0% | 3.1% | 7.7% | 0.3% | 1.50% | 68.5% | 35.61 | 9.0% | 0.3% | 13.3% | 1.9% | $ 8.00 | $ 9.27 | 15.9% | $ 9.03 | 12.9% | $ 9.40 | 17.5% | $ 9.30 | 16.3% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Minden Bancorp,
|
1/5/11 | MDNB-OTCBB | $ 215 | 11.16% | 0.46% | 113% | $ 13.9 | 59% | 107% | 7.2% | N.A. | N.A. | 4.0% | 3.6% | 8.9% | 9.1% | 0.00% | 66.3% | 10.46 | 10.5% | 1.0% | 15.8% | 6.3% | $10.00 | $12.80 | 28.0% | $12.85 | 28.5% | $13.00 | 30.0% | $12.95 | 29.5% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Capitol Fed. Financial,
|
12/22/10 | CFFN-NASDAQ | $8,590 | 11.17% | 0.47% | 47% | $1,181.5 | 71% | 85% | 4.2% | C | 3.4% | 4.0% | 2.0% | 5.0% | 0.1% | 0.00% | 83.9% | 24.31 | 17.4% | 0.7% | 20.7% | 3.5% | $10.00 | $11.65 | 16.5% | $11.88 | 18.8% | $11.60 | 16.0% | $12.42 | 24.2% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home Federal Bancorp,
|
12/22/10 | HFBL-NASDAQ | $ 193 | 17.46% | 0.06% | 488% | $ 19.5 | 64% | 104% | 8.3% | N.A. | N.A. | 6.0% | 4.0% | 10.0% | 1.3% | 0.00% | 61.2% | NM | 14.6% | 0.0% | 23.8% | 0.0% | $10.00 | $11.50 | 15.0% | $11.70 | 17.0% | $12.13 | 21.3% | $13.20 | 32.0% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Heritage Financial
|
11/30/10 | HBOS-NASDAQ | $ 662 | 9.42% | 1.59% | 80% | $ 65.9 | 76% | 92% | 5.7% | N.A. | N.A. | 5.0% | 2.5% | 6.8% | 0.2% | 0.00% | 74.4% | 51.44 | 12.1% | 0.2% | 16.3% | 1.4% | $10.00 | $10.25 | 2.5% | $10.85 | 8.5% | $12.17 | 21.7% | $13.12 | 31.2% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Averages - Second Step Conversions: | $1,698 | 10.94% | 1.54% | 134% | $ 197.6 | 65% | 97% | 6.9% | N.A. | N.A. | 4.8% | 3.7% | 8.3% | 3.3% | 0.39% | 66.1% | 43.5x | 11.2% | 0.0% | 16.3% | -3.4% | $ 9.71 | $10.93 | 12.6% | $11.00 | 13.2% | $11.41 | 17.4% | $11.77 | 21.0% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Medians - Second Step Conversions: | $ 662 | 11.16% | 1.01% | 80% | $ 32.6 | 64% | 100% | 7.2% | N.A. | N.A. | 4.6% | 3.6% | 8.9% | 1.1% | 0.00% | 67.1% | 35.6x | 11.7% | 0.2% | 16.3% | 1.4% | $10.00 | $11.00 | 15.0% | $10.85 | 12.9% | $11.60 | 17.5% | $12.42 | 24.2% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mutual Holding Company Conversions |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Oconee Fed. Fin.
|
1/14/11 | OFED-NASDAQ | $ 346 | 17.49% | 1.85% | 19% | $ 20.9 | 33% | 132% | 5.3% | C/S | 2%/6% | 11.2% | 5.6% | 14.0% | 8.4% | 0.00% | 57.6% | 29.66 | 16.5% | 0.7% | 21.2% | 3.2% | $10.00 | $11.96 | 19.6% | $11.90 | 19.0% | $12.50 | 25.0% | $12.46 | 24.6% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Averages -
Mutual Holding Company Conversions: |
$ 346 | 17.49% | 1.85% | 19% | $ 20.9 | 33% | 132% | 5.3% | NA | NA | 11.2% | 5.6% | 14.0% | 8.4% | 0.00% | 57.6% | 29.7x | 16.5% | 0.7% | 21.2% | 3.2% | $10.00 | $11.96 | 19.6% | $11.90 | 19.0% | $12.50 | 25.0% | $12.46 | 24.6% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Medians -Mutual Holding Company Conversions: | $ 346 | 17.49% | 1.85% | 19% | $ 20.9 | 33% | 132% | 5.3% | NA | NA | 11.2% | 5.6% | 14.0% | 8.4% | 0.00% | 57.6% | 29.7x | 16.5% | 0.7% | 21.2% | 3.2% | $10.00 | $11.96 | 19.6% | $11.90 | 19.0% | $12.50 | 25.0% | $12.46 | 24.6% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Averages - All Conversions: | $1,306 | 11.61% | 2.16% | 117% | $ 145.4 | 69% | 98% | 7.0% | NA | NA | 5.7% | 3.5% | 8.2% | 3.8% | 0.27% | 59.9% | 41.2x | 10.7% | -0.1% | 16.7% | -2.8% | $ 9.80 | $11.09 | 13.2% | $11.12 | 13.4% | $11.63 | 18.7% | $11.89 | 21.2% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Medians - All Conversions: | $ 482 | 11.17% | 1.72% | 89% | $ 25.3 | 64% | 96% | 7.2% | NA | NA | 4.8% | 3.8% | 9.4% | 1.9% | 0.00% | 63.8% | 32.6x | 11.1% | 0.2% | 16.9% | 1.1% | $10.00 | $11.25 | 15.4% | $11.28 | 14.9% | $11.87 | 19.4% | $12.44 | 24.4% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Note: * - Appraisal performed by RP Financial; BOLD=RP Financial did the Conversion Business Plan. NT - Not Traded; NA - Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(1) Non-OTS regulated thrift. (2) As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions. (3) Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6. (4) Latest price if offering is less than one week old.
|
|
|
(5) Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old.
(6) Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis. (7) Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution. (8) Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter.
|
|
(9) Former credit union. |
|
February 25, 2011
|
|
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.19 |
|
past three months. The standard conversion offerings are considered to be more relevant for Iroquois Federals pro forma pricing. The average closing pro forma price/tangible book ratio of the two recent standard conversion offerings equaled 39.4%. On average, the two standard conversion offerings reflected price appreciation of 11.4% after the first week of trading. As of February 25, 2011, the two recent standard conversion offerings reflected a 20.1% increase in price on average.
Shown in Table 4.3 are the current pricing ratios for the fully-converted offerings completed during the past three months that trade on NASDAQ or an Exchange, five of which were second-step offerings. The current P/TB ratio of the fully-converted recent conversions equaled 71.37%, based on closing stock prices as of February 25, 2011.
C. | The Acquisition Market |
Also considered in the valuation was the potential impact on Iroquois Federals stock price of recently completed and pending acquisitions of other thrift institutions operating in Illinois. As shown in Exhibit IV-4, there were eight Illinois thrift acquisitions completed from the beginning of 2007 through February 25, 2011 and there is currently one acquisition pending for an Illinois savings institution. The recent acquisition activity involving Illinois savings institutions may imply a certain degree of acquisition speculation for the Associations stock. To the extent that acquisition speculation may impact the Associations offering, we have largely taken this into account in selecting companies for the Peer Group that could be subject to the same type of acquisition speculation that may influence Iroquois Federals stock. However, since converting thrifts are subject to a three-year regulatory moratorium from being acquired, acquisition speculation in Iroquois Federals stock would tend to be less compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies.
* * * * * * * * * * *
In determining our valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue, we considered trends in both the overall thrift market, the new issue market including the
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.20 |
|
Table 4.3
Market Pricing Comparatives
Prices As of February 25, 2011
Market
Capitalization |
Per Share Data | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Core
12 Month EPS(2) |
Book
Value/ Share |
Pricing Ratios(3) | Dividends(4) | Financial Characteristics(6) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial
Institution |
Price/
Share(1) |
Market
Value |
P/E | P/B | P/A | P/TB / |
P/
Core |
Amount/
Share |
Yield |
Payout
Ratio(5) |
Total
Assets |
Equity/
Assets |
Tang Eq/
Assets |
NPAs/
Assets |
Reported
ROA ROE |
Core ROA
ROE |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
($) | ($Mil) | ($) | ($) | (x) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (x) | ($) | (%) | (%) | ($Mil) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (%) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
All Public
Companies |
$ | 11.30 | $ | 321.13 | $ | (0.06 | ) | $ | 13.19 | 18.67x | 86.82 | % | 10.56 | % | 95.02 | % | 18.88x | $ | 0.21 | 1.61 | % | 28.29 | % | $ | 2,705 | 11.51 | % | 10.83 | % | 4.60 | % | 0.04 | % | 1.39 | % | -0.03 | % | 1.05 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Converted
Last 3 Months (no MHC) |
$ | 11.68 | $ | 310.19 | $ | (1.17 | ) | $ | 18.09 | 27.40x | 70.77 | % | 12.23 | % | 71.37 | % | 33.57x | $ | 0.11 | 0.94 | % | 40.00 | % | $ | 1,739 | 16.32 | % | 16.23 | % | 1.90 | % | -0.22 | % | 2.15 | % | -0.25 | % | 2.84 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Converted
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ALLB |
Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA |
$ | 11.04 | $ | 60.44 | $ | 0.10 | $ | 14.91 | NM | 74.04 | % | 12.89 | % | 74.04 | % | NM | $ | 0.12 | 1.09 | % | NM | $ | 469 | 17.40 | % | 17.40 | % | NA | 0.12 | % | 1.38 | % | 0.12 | % | 1.38 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ANCB |
Anchor Bancorp of Aberdeen, WA |
$ | 10.45 | $ | 26.65 | $ | (0.24 | ) | $ | 25.92 | NM | 40.32 | % | 4.89 | % | 40.32 | % | NM | $ | 0.00 | 0.00 | % | NM | $ | 544 | 12.14 | % | 12.14 | % | NA | -0.11 | % | NM | -0.11 | % | NM | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ACFCD |
Atlantic Coast Financial Corp. of GA |
$ | 10.37 | $ | 27.27 | $ | (9.12 | ) | $ | 24.51 | NM | 42.31 | % | 3.01 | % | 42.38 | % | NM | $ | 0.00 | 0.00 | % | NM | $ | 907 | 7.11 | % | 7.10 | % | NA | -2.03 | % | NM | -2.65 | % | NM | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CFFN |
Capitol Federal Financial Inc. of KS |
$ | 12.42 | $ | 2,080.28 | $ | 0.37 | $ | 12.05 | NM | 103.07 | % | 21.23 | % | 103.07 | % | 33.57x | $ | 0.30 | 2.42 | % | NM | $ | 9,798 | 20.60 | % | 20.60 | % | NA | 0.40 | % | 3.02 | % | 0.71 | % | 5.32 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
HBOS |
Heritage Financial Group, Inc. of GA |
$ | 13.12 | $ | 114.29 | $ | 0.19 | $ | 13.74 | NM | 95.49 | % | 15.89 | % | 97.62 | % | NM | $ | 0.12 | 0.91 | % | NM | $ | 719 | 16.64 | % | 16.34 | % | NA | -0.19 | % | -2.64 | % | 0.23 | % | 3.13 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
HFBL |
Home Federal Bancorp Inc. of LA |
$ | 13.20 | $ | 40.21 | $ | 0.17 | $ | 16.61 | 17.60x | 79.47 | % | 19.06 | % | 79.47 | % | NM | $ | 0.24 | 1.82 | % | 32.00 | % | $ | 211 | 23.99 | % | 23.99 | % | 0.05 | % | 1.13 | % | 5.42 | % | 0.26 | % | 1.23 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SIFI |
SI Financial Group, Inc. of CT |
$ | 9.30 | $ | 98.37 | $ | 0.22 | $ | 12.07 | 37.20x | 77.05 | % | 10.51 | % | 79.69 | % | NM | $ | 0.12 | 1.29 | % | 48.00 | % | $ | 936 | 13.64 | % | 13.25 | % | NA | 0.28 | % | 3.60 | % | 0.25 | % | 3.17 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
WBKC |
Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. of MI |
$ | 13.56 | $ | 34.01 | $ | (1.08 | ) | $ | 24.93 | NM | 54.39 | % | 10.36 | % | 54.39 | % | NM | $ | 0.00 | 0.00 | % | NM | $ | 328 | 19.04 | % | 19.04 | % | 3.75 | % | -1.33 | % | NM | -0.82 | % | NM |
(1) | Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share. |
(2) | EPS (estimate core basis) is based on actual trailing 12 month data, adjusted to omit non-operating items on a tax-effected basis. |
(3) | P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings. |
(4) | Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared. |
(5) | Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month estimated core earnings. |
(6) | ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances. |
(7) | Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics. |
Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2011 by RP ® Financial, LC.
F-69
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.21 |
|
new issue market for thrift conversions and the local acquisition market for thrift stocks. Taking these factors and trends into account, RP Financial concluded that a slight downward adjustment was appropriate in the valuation analysis for purposes of marketing of the issue.
8. | Management |
The Associations management team appears to have experience and expertise in all of the key areas of the Associations operations. Exhibit IV-5 provides summary resumes of the Associations Board of Directors and senior management. The financial characteristics of the Association suggest that the Board and senior management have been effective in implementing an operating strategy that can be well managed by the Associations present organizational structure. The Association currently does not have any senior management positions that are vacant.
Similarly, the returns, equity positions and other operating measures of the Peer Group companies are indicative of well-managed financial institutions, which have Boards and management teams that have been effective in implementing competitive operating strategies. Therefore, on balance, we concluded no valuation adjustment relative to the Peer Group was appropriate for this factor.
9. | Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform |
In summary, as a fully-converted OTS regulated institution, Iroquois Federal will operate in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Peer Group members all of whom are adequately capitalized institutions and are operating with no apparent restrictions. Exhibit IV-6 reflects the Associations pro forma regulatory capital ratios. On balance, no adjustment has been applied for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.22 |
|
Summary of Adjustments
Overall, based on the factors discussed above, we concluded that the Associations pro forma market value should reflect the following valuation adjustments relative to the Peer Group:
Key Valuation Parameters: |
Valuation Adjustment |
|
Financial Condition |
Slight Upward | |
Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings |
Slight Upward | |
Asset Growth |
Slight Upward | |
Primary Market Area |
Moderate Downward | |
Dividends |
No Adjustment | |
Liquidity of the Shares |
No Adjustment | |
Marketing of the Issue |
Slight Downward | |
Management |
No Adjustment | |
Effect of Govt. Regulations and Regulatory Reform |
No Adjustment |
Valuation Approaches
In applying the accepted valuation methodology promulgated by the OTS and adopted by the FDIC, i.e., the pro forma market value approach, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing the Associations to-be-issued stock price/earnings (P/E), price/book (P/B), and price/assets (P/A) approaches all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the stock proceeds. In computing the pro forma impact of the conversion and the related pricing ratios, we have incorporated the valuation parameters disclosed in the Associations prospectus for reinvestment rate, effective tax rate, stock benefit plan assumptions and expenses (summarized in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8).
In our estimate of value, we assessed the relationship of the pro forma pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group and recent conversion offerings.
RP Financials valuation placed an emphasis on the following:
|
P/E Approach . The P/E approach is generally the best indicator of long-term value for a stock. Given the similarities between the Associations and the Peer Groups operating strategies, earnings composition and overall financial condition, the P/E approach was carefully considered in this valuation. At the |
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.23 |
|
same time, since reported earnings for both the Association and the Peer Group included certain non-recurring items, we also made adjustments to earnings to arrive at core earnings estimates for the Association and the Peer Group and resulting price/core earnings ratios. |
|
P/B Approach . P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, particularly in the context of an initial public offering, as the earnings approach involves assumptions regarding the use of proceeds. RP Financial considered the P/B approach to be a useful indicator of pro forma value, taking into account the pricing ratios under the P/E and P/A approaches. We have also modified the P/B approach to exclude the impact of intangible assets (i.e., price/tangible book value or P/TB), in that the investment community frequently makes this adjustment in its evaluation of this pricing approach. |
|
P/A Approach . P/A ratios are generally a less reliable indicator of market value, as investors typically assign less weight to assets and attribute greater weight to book value and earnings. Furthermore, this approach as set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines does not take into account the amount of stock purchases funded by deposit withdrawals, thus understating the pro forma P/A ratio. At the same time, the P/A ratio is an indicator of franchise value, and, in the case of highly capitalized institutions, high P/A ratios may limit the investment communitys willingness to pay market multiples for earnings or book value when ROE is expected to be low. |
The Association will adopt Statement of Position (SOP) 93-6, which will cause earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding excluding unreleased ESOP shares. For purposes of preparing the pro forma pricing analyses, we have reflected all shares issued in the offering, including all ESOP shares, to capture the full dilutive impact, particularly since the ESOP shares are economically dilutive, receive dividends and can be voted. However, we did consider the impact of the adoption of SOP 93-6 in the valuation.
Based on the application of the three valuation approaches, taking into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed above and the dilutive impact of the stock contribution to the Foundation, RP Financial concluded that, as of February 25, 2011, the pro forma market value of Iroquois Federals conversion stock was $36,380,000 at the midpoint, equal to 3,638,000 shares at $10.00 per share.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.24 |
|
1. Price-to-Earnings (P/E) . The application of the P/E valuation method requires calculating the Associations pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/E multiple to the pro forma earnings base. In applying this technique, we considered both reported earnings and a recurring earnings base, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one-time non-operating items, plus the estimated after-tax earnings benefit of the reinvestment of the net proceeds. The Associations reported earnings equaled $3.125 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. In deriving Iroquois Federals core earnings, the only adjustments made to reported earnings were to eliminate the loss on the sale of investment securities and foreclosed assets, which equaled $1.182 million and $114,000, respectively, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. As shown below, on a tax effected basis, assuming an effective marginal tax rate of 38.0% for the earnings adjustments, the Associations core earnings were determined to equal $2.321 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. (Note: see Exhibit IV-9 for the adjustments applied to the Peer Groups earnings in the calculation of core earnings).
Amount | ||||
($ | 000 | ) | ||
Net income(loss) |
$ | 3,125 | ||
Deduct: Gain on sale of investment securities(1) |
(733 | ) | ||
Deduct: Gain on sale of foreclosed assets(1) |
(71 | ) | ||
Core earnings estimate |
$ | 2,321 |
(1) | Tax effected at 38.0%. |
Based on the Associations reported and estimated core earnings and incorporating the impact of the pro forma assumptions discussed previously, the Associations pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the $36.4 million midpoint value equaled 12.24 times and 16.79 times, respectively, which provided for discounts of 16.85% and 5.67% relative to the Peer Groups average reported and core P/E multiples of 14.72 times and 17.80 times, respectively (see Table 4.4). In comparison to the Peer Groups median reported and core earnings multiples which equaled 13.92 times and 15.56 times, respectively, the Associations pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the midpoint value indicated a discount of 12.07% and a premium of 7.77%,
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.25 |
|
Table 4.4
Public Market Pricing
Iroquois Federal and the Comparables
As of February 25, 2011
Per Share Data | Dividends(4) | Financial Characteristics(6) |
Offering
Size |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Market
Capitalization |
Core
12 Month EPS (2) |
Book
Value/ Share |
Pricing Ratios(3) |
Amount/
Share |
Yield |
Payout
Ratio (5) |
Total
Assets |
Equity/
Assets |
Tang
Eq/
Assets |
NPAs/
Assets |
Reported | Core | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Price/
Share(1) |
Market
Value |
P/E | P/B | P/A | P/TB | P/Core | ROA | ROE | ROA | ROE | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
($) | ($Mil) | ($) | ($) | (x) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (x) | ($) | (%) | (%) | ($Mil) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (%) | ($Mil) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Iroquois Federal |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Superrange |
$ | 10.00 | $ | 48.11 | $ | 0.44 | $ | 15.62 | 16.44x | 64.02 | % | 10.85 | % | 64.02 | % | 22.67x | $ | 0.00 | 0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | $ | 443 | 16.95 | % | 16.95 | % | 1.00 | % | 0.66 | % | 3.89 | % | 0.48 | % | 2.82 | % | $ | 45.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maximum |
$ | 10.00 | $ | 41.84 | $ | 0.51 | $ | 16.73 | 14.81x | 59.77 | % | 9.55 | % | 59.77 | % | 19.49x | $ | 0.00 | 0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | $ | 438 | 15.98 | % | 15.98 | % | 1.01 | % | 0.67 | % | 4.21 | % | 0.49 | % | 3.07 | % | $ | 39.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Midpoint |
$ | 10.00 | $ | 36.38 | $ | 0.60 | $ | 18.01 | 12.24x | 55.52 | % | 8.39 | % | 55.52 | % | 16.79x | $ | 0.00 | 0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | $ | 434 | 15.11 | % | 15.11 | % | 1.02 | % | 0.69 | % | 4.54 | % | 0.50 | % | 3.31 | % | $ | 34.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Minimum |
$ | 10.00 | $ | 30.92 | $ | 0.71 | $ | 19.73 | 10.33x | 50.68 | % | 7.20 | % | 50.68 | % | 14.13x | $ | 0.00 | 0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | $ | 429 | 14.22 | % | 14.22 | % | 1.03 | % | 0.70 | % | 4.90 | % | 0.51 | % | 3.59 | % | $ | 28.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
All Non-MHC Public Companies (7) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Averages |
$ | 11.83 | $ | 365.97 | ($ | 0.12 | ) | $ | 14.30 | 18.08x | 82.02 | % | 9.72 | % | 90.28 | % | 18.18x | $ | 0.22 | 1.59 | % | 29.30 | % | $ | 2,907 | 11.34 | % | 10.66 | % | 4.49 | % | 0.00 | % | 1.21 | % | -0.09 | % | 0.88 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Medians |
$ | 12.42 | $ | 67.75 | $ | 0.33 | $ | 13.59 | 17.80x | 82.66 | % | 9.10 | % | 86.05 | % | 17.35x | $ | 0.16 | 1.09 | % | 0.00 | % | $ | 907 | 10.50 | % | 9.81 | % | 3.38 | % | 0.34 | % | 3.56 | % | 0.26 | % | 3.15 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
All Non-MHC State of IL (7) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Averages |
$ | 8.09 | $ | 66.93 | ($ | 0.87 | ) | $ | 14.75 | 21.07x | 57.70 | % | 7.88 | % | 64.37 | % | 21.93x | $ | 0.21 | 2.25 | % | 32.97 | % | $ | 667 | 12.99 | % | 11.97 | % | 3.49 | % | -0.36 | % | -3.37 | % | -0.43 | % | -4.11 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Medians |
$ | 7.89 | $ | 40.13 | $ | 0.08 | $ | 15.02 | 21.07x | 67.93 | % | 8.82 | % | 74.39 | % | 21.93x | $ | 0.26 | 2.81 | % | 0.00 | % | $ | 441 | 12.81 | % | 11.45 | % | 3.49 | % | 0.16 | % | 1.19 | % | 0.11 | % | 0.82 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comparable Group Averages |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Averages |
$ | 12.22 | $ | 44.50 | $ | 0.75 | $ | 17.07 | 14.72x | 71.94 | % | 6.89 | % | 76.70 | % | 17.80x | $ | 0.29 | 2.49 | % | 28.19 | % | $ | 665 | 10.10 | % | 9.57 | % | 4.33 | % | 0.51 | % | 5.41 | % | 0.40 | % | 4.18 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Medians |
$ | 13.00 | $ | 42.30 | $ | 0.67 | $ | 15.61 | 13.92x | 70.52 | % | 6.22 | % | 76.76 | % | 15.58x | $ | 0.24 | 3.11 | % | 29.63 | % | $ | 485 | 10.29 | % | 9.39 | % | 4.10 | % | 0.51 | % | 5.37 | % | 0.36 | % | 4.07 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comparable Group |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CITZ | CFS Bancorp, Inc. of Munster IN | $ | 5.80 | $ | 62.93 | $ | 0.27 | $ | 10.41 | 18.13 | 55.72 | % | 5.61 | % | 55.77 | % | 21.48x | $ | 0.04 | 0.69 | % | 12.50 | % | $ | 1,122 | 10.07 | % | 10.06 | % | 7.87 | % | 0.32 | % | 3.09 | % | 0.27 | % | 2.61 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FCAP | First Capital, Inc. of IN | $ | 16.20 | $ | 45.15 | $ | 1.04 | $ | 17.41 | 13.85 | 93.05 | % | 9.98 | % | 104.99 | % | 15.58x | $ | 0.76 | 4.69 | % | 64.96 | % | $ | 452 | 10.75 | % | 9.65 | % | NA | 0.71 | % | 6.90 | % | 0.63 | % | 6.13 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FCLF | First Clover Leaf Financial Corp of IL | $ | 7.10 | $ | 56.17 | $ | 0.17 | $ | 9.89 | 28.4 | 71.79 | % | 9.71 | % | 85.54 | % | NM | $ | 0.24 | 3.38 | % | NM | $ | 579 | 13.52 | % | 11.60 | % | 2.68 | % | 0.34 | % | 2.54 | % | 0.23 | % | 1.72 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FSFG | First Savings Financi1al Group of IN | $ | 16.65 | $ | 39.44 | $ | 1.61 | $ | 22.86 | 13.99 | 72.83 | % | 7.66 | % | 86.05 | % | 10.34x | $ | 0.00 | 0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | $ | 515 | 10.51 | % | 9.05 | % | NA | 0.56 | % | 5.23 | % | 0.76 | % | 7.07 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
HFFC | HF Financial Corp of SD | $ | 10.99 | $ | 76.70 | $ | 0.42 | $ | 13.53 | 14.85 | 81.23 | % | 6.26 | % | 85.19 | % | 26.17x | $ | 0.45 | 4.09 | % | 60.81 | % | $ | 1,226 | 7.70 | % | 7.37 | % | 2.91 | % | 0.42 | % | 5.51 | % | 0.24 | % | 3.13 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
HFBC | HopFed Bancorp, Inc. of KY | $ | 9.45 | $ | 69.32 | $ | 0.65 | $ | 13.80 | 8.75 | 68.48 | % | 6.19 | % | 69.13 | % | 14.54x | $ | 0.32 | 3.39 | % | 29.63 | % | $ | 1,121 | 10.64 | % | 10.57 | % | NA | 0.74 | % | 8.33 | % | 0.45 | % | 5.01 | % |
Per Share Data | Dividends(4) | Financial Characteristics(6) |
Offering
Size |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Market
Capitalization |
Core
12 Month EPS (2) |
Book
Value/ Share |
Pricing Ratios(3) |
Amount/
Share |
Yield |
Payout
Ratio (5) |
Total
Assets |
Equity/
Assets |
Tang
Eq/
Assets |
NPAs/
Assets |
Reported | Core | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Price/
Share(1) |
Market
Value |
P/E | P/B | P/A | P/TB | P/Core | ROA | ROE | ROA | ROE | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
($) | ($Mil) | ($) | ($) | (x) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (x) | ($) | (%) | (%) | ($Mil) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (%) | (%) | ($Mil) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
LSBI | LSB Financial Corp of Lafayette IN | $ | 15.63 | $ | 24.29 | $ | 0.53 | $ | 22.57 | 18.17 | 69.25 | % | 6.31 | % | 69.25 | % | 29.49x | $ | 0.00 | 0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | $ | 385 | 9.12 | % | 9.12 | % | 4.10 | % | 0.36 | % | 3.89 | % | 0.22 | % | 2.39 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FFFD | North Central Bancshares of IA | $ | 16.96 | $ | 22.91 | $ | 1.03 | $ | 29.48 | 10.53 | 57.53 | % | 5.03 | % | 57.53 | % | 16.47x | $ | 0.04 | 0.24 | % | 2.48 | % | $ | 456 | 10.96 | % | 10.96 | % | 4.11 | % | 0.48 | % | 4.46 | % | 0.31 | % | 2.85 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
RIVR | River Valley Bancorp of IN | $ | 15.01 | $ | 22.73 | $ | 1.08 | $ | 18.13 | 9.1 | 82.79 | % | 5.94 | % | 83.02 | % | 13.90x | $ | 0.84 | 5.60 | % | 50.91 | % | $ | 382 | 8.49 | % | 8.47 | % | NA | 0.64 | % | 8.21 | % | 0.42 | % | 5.38 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
WAYN | Wayne Savings Bancshares of OH | $ | 8.44 | $ | 25.35 | $ | 0.69 | $ | 12.65 | 11.41 | 66.72 | % | 6.19 | % | 70.51 | % | 12.23x | $ | 0.24 | 2.84 | % | 32.43 | % | $ | 410 | 9.28 | % | 8.82 | % | NA | 0.55 | % | 5.90 | % | 0.51 | % | 5.50 | % |
(1) | Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share. |
(2) | EPS (estimate core basis) is based on actual trailing 12 month data, adjusted to omit non-operating items on a tax-effected basis, and is shown on a pro forma basis where appropriate. |
(3) | P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings. |
(4) | Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared. |
(5) | Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month estimated core earnings. |
(6) | ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances. |
(7) | Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics. |
Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. Corporate reports, offering circulars, and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright |
(c) 2011 by RP ® Financial, LC. |
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.26 |
|
respectively. At the top of the super range, the Associations reported and core P/E multiples equaled 16.44 times and 22.67 times, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Groups average reported and core P/E multiples, the Associations P/E multiples at the top of the super range reflected premiums of 11.68% and 27.36%, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Groups median reported and core P/E multiples, the Associations P/E multiples at the top of the super range reflected premiums of 18.10% and 45.51%, respectively.
2. Price-to-Book (P/B) . The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating the Associations pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/B ratio, as derived from the Peer Groups P/B ratio, to the Associations pro forma book value. Based on the $36.4 million midpoint valuation, the Associations pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios both equaled 55.52%. In comparison to the average P/B and P/TB ratios for the Peer Group of 71.94% and 76.70%, the Associations ratios reflected a discount of 22.82% on a P/B basis and a discount of 27.61% on a P/TB basis. In comparison to the Peer Groups median P/B and P/TB ratios of 70.52% and 76.76%, respectively, the Associations pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios at the midpoint value reflected discounts of 21.27% and 27.67%, respectively. At the top of the super range, the Associations P/B and P/TB ratios both equaled 64.02%. In comparison to the Peer Groups average P/B and P/TB ratios, the Associations P/B and P/TB ratios at the top of the super range reflected discounts of 11.01% and 16.53%, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Groups median P/B and P/TB ratios, the Associations P/B and P/TB ratios at the top of the super range reflected discounts of 9.22% and 16.60%, respectively. RP Financial considered the discounts under the P/B approach to be reasonable, given the nature of the calculation of the P/B ratio which mathematically results in a ratio discounted to book value.
3. Price-to-Assets (P/A) . The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a valuation P/A ratio to the Associations pro forma asset base, conservatively assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases. In all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in understating the pro forma P/A ratio which is computed herein. At the $36.4 million
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.27 |
|
midpoint of the valuation range, the Associations value equaled 8.39% of pro forma assets. Comparatively, the Peer Group companies exhibited an average P/A ratio of 6.89%, which implies a premium of 21.77% has been applied to the Associations pro forma P/A ratio. In comparison to the Peer Groups median P/A ratio of 6.22%, the Associations pro forma P/A ratio at the midpoint value reflects a premium of 34.89%.
Comparison to Recent Offerings
As indicated at the beginning of this chapter, RP Financials analysis of recent conversion offering pricing characteristics at closing and in the aftermarket has been limited to a technical analysis and, thus, the pricing characteristics of recent conversion offerings can not be a primary determinate of value. Particular focus was placed on the P/TB approach in this analysis, since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source of the stock proceeds (i.e., external funds vs. deposit withdrawals). As discussed previously, two standard conversion offerings were completed during the past three months. In comparison to the 39.4% average closing forma P/TB ratio of the recent standard conversions, the Associations P/TB ratio of 55.5% at the midpoint value reflects an implied premium of 40.86%. At the top of the superrange, the Associations P/TB ratio of 64.0% reflects an implied premium of 62.44% relative to the recent standard conversions average P/TB ratio at closing. The current average P/TB ratio of the two recent standard conversions that are publicly-traded equaled 47.4%, based on closing stock prices as of February 25, 2011. In comparison to the current average P/TB ratio of the recent publicly-traded standard conversions, the Companys P/TB ratio at the midpoint value reflects an implied premium of 17.09% and at the top of the superrange reflects an implied premium of 35.02%.
Valuation Conclusion
Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of February 25, 2011, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion, including shares to be issued to the Foundation, equaled
RP ® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.28 |
|
$36,380,000 at the midpoint, equal to 3,638,000 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00. Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% valuation range indicates a minimum value of $30,923,000 and a maximum value of $41,837,000. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 3,092,300 at the minimum and 4,183,700 at the maximum. In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a supermaximum value of $48,112,550 without a resolicitation. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the supermaximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 4,811,255. Based on this valuation range, the offering range is as follows: $28,900,000 at the minimum, $34,000,000 at the midpoint, $39,100,000 at the maximum and $44,965,000 at the supermaximum. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the number of offering shares is as follows: 2,890,000 at the minimum, 3,400,000 at the midpoint, 3,910,000 at the maximum and 4,496,500 at the supermaximum. The pro forma valuation calculations relative to the Peer Group are shown in Table 4.4 and are detailed in Exhibit IV-7 and Exhibit IV-8.
Exhibit 99.6
January 18, 2011
Mr. Alan D. Martin
President and CEO
Iroquois Federal Savings & Loan Association
201 East Cherry Street
Watseka, IL 60970
Dear Mr. Martin:
Based upon our recent discussions, FinPro, Inc. (FinPro) is pleased to submit this proposal to assist Iroquois Federal Savings & Loan Association (the Bank) in compiling a Strategic Business Plan, which will specifically address the deployment of capital raised in the stock offering.
1. | Scope of Project |
The Plan will be specifically designed to build and measure value for a five-year time horizon. As part of the Plan compilation, the following major tasks will be included:
|
assess the regulatory, social, political and economic environment; |
|
analyze the existing Bank markets from a: |
|
demographic standpoint |
|
competitive standpoint |
|
document the internal situation assessment; |
|
analyze the current ALM position; |
|
analyze the CRA position; |
|
compile a historical trend analysis; |
|
perform detailed peer performance and comparable analysis; |
|
assess the Bank from a capital markets perspective including comparison to national, regional, and similar size organizations; |
|
identify and document strengths and weaknesses; |
|
document the objectives and goals; |
|
document strategies; |
|
map the Banks general ledger to FinPros planning model; |
|
compile five year projections of performance; and |
|
prepare assessment of strategic alternatives to enhance value. |
As part of this process, FinPro will conduct two planning sessions with the Bank and its Board. The first session will be a situation assessment retreat and the second will be a presentation and detailed discussion of the recommended plan scenario and its alternatives.
20 Church Street P.O. Box 323 Liberty Corner, NJ 07938-0323 Tel: 908.604.9336 Fax: 908.604.5951
finpro@finpronj.com www.finpronj.com
2. | Requirements of the Bank |
To accomplish the tasks set forth in this proposal, the following information and work effort is requested of the Bank:
|
provide FinPro with all financial and other information, whether or not publicly available, necessary to familiarize FinPro with the business and operations of the Bank. |
|
allow FinPro the opportunity, from time to time, to discuss the operation of the Bank business with Bank personnel. |
|
promptly advise FinPro of any material or contemplated material transactions which may have an effect on the day-to-day operations of the Bank. |
|
have system download capability. |
|
promptly review all work products of FinPro and provide necessary sign-offs on each work product so that FinPro can move on to the next phase. |
|
provide FinPro with office space, when FinPro is on-site, to perform its daily tasks. The office space requirements consist of a table with at least two chairs along with access to electrical outlets for FinPros computers and a high speed internet connection. |
3. | Term of the Agreement and Staffing |
It is anticipated that it will take approximately six to eight weeks of elapsed time to complete the tasks outlined in this proposal. During this time, FinPro may be on-site at the Banks facilities on a regular basis, during normal business hours. Any future work that would require extra expense to the Bank will be proposed separately from this engagement prior to any work being performed.
2
4. | Fees and Expenses |
Fees:
FinPro fees to complete the tasks outlined in this proposal will be as follows:
Strategic Business Plan | $40,000 |
FinPros fee for this engagement is $40,000 (plus all out-of-pocket and pass-through expenses as outlined below). This fee shall be payable as follows:
|
$10,000 retainer payable at signing of this agreement; |
|
$10,000 payable at the end of the first board meeting; |
|
Remainder of the strategic business plan and expenses payable upon final business plan delivery. |
Expenses:
In addition to any fees that may be payable to FinPro hereunder, the Bank hereby agrees to promptly (but not less than quarterly) reimburse FinPro for the following:
1. | Out-of-Pocket - all of FinPros reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with FinPros engagement. It is FinPro policy to itemize expenses for each project so that the client can review, by line item, each expense. Such fees will not exceed $5,000 in aggregate without prior approval of the Bank. |
2. | Data Cost - There is also a pass through cost for competitor financial/regulatory data which is equal to $1,000. |
FinPro has included with this proposal an executed confidentiality agreement with the Bank. The Bank acknowledges that all opinions, valuations and advice (written or oral) given by FinPro to the Bank in connection with FinPros engagement are intended solely for the benefit and use of the Bank (and its directors, management, and attorneys) in connection with the matters contemplated hereby and the Bank agrees that no such opinion, valuation, or advice shall be used for any other purpose, except with respect to the opinion and valuation which may be used for the proper corporate purposes of the client, or disseminated to any regulatory authority, or reproduced, or disseminated, quoted or referred to at any time, in any manner or for any purpose, nor shall any public references to FinPro be made by the Bank (or such persons), without the prior written consent of FinPro, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
This proposal will expire 30 days from this date unless accepted by you in accordance with the terms below. Any changes to this proposal will require written approval of both parties.
3
Please sign and return one of the original copies of this agreement along with the retainer to indicate acceptance of the agreement. We hope that we might be selected to work with the Bank on this endeavor and are excited about building a relationship with the Bank.
By,
/s/ Scott Martorana | /s/ Alan D. Martin | |||||||
Scott Martorana | Alan D. Martin | |||||||
Managing Director | President and CEO | |||||||
FinPro, Inc. | Iroquois Federal Savings & Loan Association | |||||||
January 18, 2011 | January 24, 2011 | |||||||
Date | Date |
4
Exhibit 99.7
January 7, 2011
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
201 E. Cherry Street
Watseka, Illinois 60970
Attention: | Alan D. Martin |
President
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This letter confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette and Woods, Inc. (KBW) to act as the Conversion Agent to Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association (the Bank) in connection with the Banks proposed conversion from mutual to stock form of ownership, including the offer and sale of common stock of a newly organized holding company(the Holding Company) of the Bank (the Offering). References to the Bank herein shall also refer to the Holding Company, as applicable.
Conversion Agent Services : As Conversion Agent, and as the Bank may reasonably request, KBW will provide the following services:
1. | Consolidation of Accounts and Development of a Central File, including, but not limited to the following: |
|
consolidate accounts having the same ownership and separate the consolidated file information into necessary groupings to satisfy mailing requirements; |
|
create the master file of account holders as of key record dates; and |
|
provide software for the operation of the Banks Stock Information Center, including subscription management and proxy solicitation efforts. |
2. | Preparation of Proxy Forms; Proxy Solicitation and Special Meeting Services, including, but not limited to the following: |
|
assist the Banks financial printer with labeling of proxy materials for voting and subscribing for stock; |
|
provide support for any follow-up mailings to members, as needed, including proxy grams and additional solicitation materials; |
|
proxy and ballot tabulation; and |
|
act as Inspector of Election for the Banks special meeting of members, if requested, and the election is not contested. |
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods 10 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3400 Chicago, IL 60606
312.423.8200 800.929.6113 Fax 312.423.8232
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
January 7, 2011
Page 2
3. | Subscription Services, including, but not limited to the following: |
|
assist the Company in establishing and managing a Stock Information Center; |
|
advising on the physical location of the Stock Information Center including logistical and materials requirements; |
|
assist in training Bank personnel; |
|
establish recordkeeping and reporting procedures; |
|
supervision of the Stock Information Center during the Offering; |
|
assist the Banks financial printer with labeling of stock offering materials for subscribing for stock; |
|
provide support for any follow-up mailings to members, as needed, including additional solicitation materials; |
|
stock order form processing and production of daily reports and analysis; |
|
provide supporting account information to the Banks legal counsel for blue sky research and applicable registration; |
|
assist the Banks transfer agent with the generation and mailing of stock certificates; |
|
perform interest and refund calculations and provide a file to enable the Bank to generate interest and refund checks and |
|
create 1099-INT forms for interest reporting, as well as magnetic media reporting to the IRS, for subscribers paid $10 or more in interest for subscriptions paid by check |
Fees : For the Conversion Agent services outlined above, the Bank agrees to pay KBW a fee of $20,000 . This fee is based upon the requirements of current banking regulations, the Banks Plan of Conversion as currently contemplated, and the expectation that member data will be processed as of three key record dates. Any material changes in regulations or the Plan of Conversion, or delays requiring duplicate or replacement processing due to changes to record dates, may result in additional fees. All fees under this agreement shall be payable as follows: (a) $10,000 payable upon execution of this agreement, which shall be non-refundable; and (b) the balance upon the completion of the Offering.
Costs and Expenses : In addition to any fees that may be payable to KBW hereunder, the Bank agrees to reimburse KBW, upon request made from time to time, for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its engagement hereunder, regardless of whether the Offering is consummated, including, without limitation, travel, lodging, food, telephone, postage, listings, forms and other similar expenses provided, however, that KBW shall document such expenses to the reasonable satisfaction of the Bank.
Reliance on Information Provided : The Bank agrees to provide KBW with such information as KBW may reasonably require to carry out its services under this agreement. The Bank recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on such
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
January 7, 2011
Page 3
information in performing the services contemplated by this agreement without having independently verified the same, and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the information or to conduct any independent verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets.
Limitations : KBW, as Conversion Agent hereunder, (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth herein; (b) will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any order form or any stock certificates or the shares represented thereby, and will not be required to and will make no representations as to the validity, value or genuineness of the offer; (c) shall not be obliged to take any legal action hereunder which might in its judgment involve any expense or liability, unless it shall have been furnished with reasonable indemnity satisfactory to it; and (d) may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telex, telegram, or other document or security delivered to it and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties.
The Company also agrees that neither KBW, nor any of its affiliates nor any officer, director, employee or agent of KBW or any of its affiliates, nor any person controlling KBW or any of its affiliates, shall be liable to any person or entity, including the Bank, by reason of any error of judgment, or for any act done by it in good faith, or for any mistake of law or fact in connection with this agreement and the performance hereof, unless caused by or arising primarily out of KBWs bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence. The foregoing agreement shall be in addition to any rights that KBW, the Company or any Indemnified Party (as defined herein) may have at common law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, any right to contribution.
Anything in this agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall KBW be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if KBW has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
Indemnification : The Bank agrees to indemnify and hold harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees, and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an Indemnified Party) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, related to or arising out of the engagement of KBW pursuant to, and the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
January 7, 2011
Page 4
proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a Party. The Bank will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBWs bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence.
If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Bank shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Bank, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Bank and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , however , in no event shall KBW's aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by KBW under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Bank and to KBW of the engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Bank in the Conversion and the Offerings that are the subject of the engagement hereunder, whether or not consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement.
This letter constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that state, without regard to such states rules concerning conflicts of laws. Any right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or action arising out of this agreement or conduct in connection with the engagement is hereby waived by the parties hereto.
Iroquois Federal Savings and Loan Association
January 7, 2011
Page 5
If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning the original copy of this letter to the undersigned.
Very truly yours,
KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.
By: |
|
|
Charles E. Sloane | ||
Managing Director |
IROQUOIS FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION | ||||||||
By: | /s/ Alan D. Martin | Date: February 7, 2011 | ||||||
Name: | Alan D. Martin | |||||||
Title: | President and Chief Executive Officer |